<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?><TEI xmlns="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0" xmlns:xsi="http://www.w3.org/2001/XMLSchema-instance" xsi:schemaLocation="http://www.tei-c.org/ns/1.0 nzetc-p5.xsd" xml:id="Bea04Cook" xml:lang="en">
  <teiHeader>
    <fileDesc xml:id="fileDesc-0001">
      <titleStmt>
        <title type="marc245">The Life of Captain James Cook</title>
        <title type="sort">Life of Captain James Cook</title>
        <title type="gmd">[electronic resource]</title>
        <author>
          <name key="name-207379" type="person">J. C. Beaglehole</name>
        </author>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0001">
          <resp>Creation of machine-readable version</resp>
          <name key="name-121582" type="organisation">Keyboarded by Aptara, Inc.</name>
        </respStmt>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0002">
          <resp>Creation of digital images</resp>
          <name key="name-121582" type="organisation">Aptara, Inc.</name>
        </respStmt>
        <respStmt xml:id="respStmt-0003">
          <resp>Conversion to TEI.2-conformant markup</resp>
          <name key="name-121582" type="organisation">Aptara, Inc.</name>
        </respStmt>
      </titleStmt>
      <extent>ca. 2,631,448 kilobytes</extent>
      <publicationStmt>
        <publisher>
          <name key="name-121602" type="organisation">New Zealand Electronic Text Centre</name>
        </publisher>
        <pubPlace>Wellington, New Zealand</pubPlace>
        <authority>
          <name key="name-111622" type="person">Tim Beaglehole</name>
        </authority>
        <idno type="etc">Modern English, Bea04Cook</idno>
        <availability status="unknown">
          <p>Publicly accessible</p>
          <p n="public">URL: http://www.nzetc.org/collections.html</p>
          <p>copyright 2007, by Victoria University of Wellington</p>
        </availability>
        <date when="2007">2007</date>
      <idno type="vuw-bbid">264238</idno></publicationStmt>
      <notesStmt xml:id="notesStmt-0001">
        <note xml:id="page-images">
</note>
      </notesStmt>
      <sourceDesc xml:id="sourceDesc-0001">
        <biblFull>
          <titleStmt>
            <title>
              <name key="name-405091" type="work">The Life of Captain James Cook</name>
            </title>
            <author>
              <name key="name-207379" type="person">J. C. Beaglehole</name>
            </author>
          </titleStmt>
          <publicationStmt>
            <pubPlace>Wellington, New Zealand</pubPlace>
            <date when="1974">1974</date>
            <publisher>
              <name key="name-418617" type="organisation">A. And C. Black Ltd</name>
            </publisher>
            <idno type="callno">Source copy consulted: Victoria University of Wellington Library, G246 C7 B365 L</idno>
          </publicationStmt>
        </biblFull>
      </sourceDesc>
    </fileDesc>
    <encodingDesc>
      <editorialDecl>
        <p>All unambiguous end-of-line hyphens have been removed and the trailing part of a word has been joined to the preceding line, except in the case of those words that break over a page.</p>
      </editorialDecl>
      <classDecl>
        <taxonomy xml:id="nzetc-subjects">
          <bibl>
            <title>NZETC Subject Headings</title>
          </bibl>
        </taxonomy>
      </classDecl>
    </encodingDesc>
    <profileDesc xml:id="profileDesc-0001">
      <textClass>
        <keywords scheme="http://www.nzetc.org/nzetc-subjects">
          <list>
            <item>
              <rs key="subject-000007" type="subject">Autobiography; Biography; Journals; Correspondence</rs>
            </item>
          </list>
        </keywords>
        <keywords scheme="http://www.example.org/folksonomy">
          <term>
            <name key="name-207700" type="person">James Cook</name>
          </term>
        </keywords>
      </textClass>
    </profileDesc>
    <revisionDesc xml:id="revisionDesc-0001">
      <change xml:id="change-0001" n="quickProof"><date when="2008-03-03T13:38:56">13:38:56, Monday 3 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Text-proofing of a sample of the text</change>
      <change xml:id="change-0002" n="teiMarkup"><date when="2008-03-03T13:39:29">13:39:29, Monday 3 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Conversion to TEI.2-conformat markup</change>
      <change n="scriptedMarkup"><date when="2008-03-05T12:17:04">12:17:04, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Adding name markup</change>
      <change n="encodingDesc"><date when="2008-03-05T12:18:22">12:18:22, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Addition of encodingDesc</change>
      <change n="addBibls"><date when="2008-03-05T12:18:25">12:18:25, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Addition of bibls</change>
      <change n="teiValidation"><date when="2008-03-05T13:29:45">13:29:45, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Validation of TEI</change>
      <change n="nameValidation"><date when="2008-03-05T13:34:12">13:34:12, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Validation of names</change>
      <change n="utf8Conversion"><date when="2008-03-05T13:34:14">13:34:14, Wednesday 5 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Conversion to Unicode (utf-8)</change>
      <change n="makeProduction"><date when="2008-03-11T11:53:08">11:53:08, Tuesday 11 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Promotion to production</change>
      <change n="drmAddition"><date when="2008-03-11T11:53:10">11:53:10, Tuesday 11 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Addition of text to access control</change>
      <change n="harvestTopicMap"><date when="2008-03-11T11:53:12">11:53:12, Tuesday 11 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Harvest into Topic Map</change>
      <change n="browserCheck"><date when="2008-03-11T14:34:03">14:34:03, Tuesday 11 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Checking of text using browser</change>
      <change n="corpusAddition"><date when="2008-03-11T14:55:54">14:55:54, Tuesday 11 March 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-134482">Max Sullivan</name>Addition of text to corpus</change>
      <change n="catalogueAddition"><date when="2008-04-10T11:47:19">11:47:19, Thursday 10 April 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="person" key="name-121584">Jason Darwin</name>Addition of text to Library Catalogue<!-- BBID=264238 --></change>
      <change n="live"><date when="2008-09-23T14:46:52">14:46:52, Tuesday 23 September 2008</date><label>editorial</label><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Make text available on NZETC website</change>
    <change n="epubPreparation"><date when="2009-08-04T14:06:16">14:06:16, Tuesday 4 August 2009</date><name type="organisation" key="name-121602">NZETC</name>Preparation of EPUB (and other formats such as DaisyBook)</change></revisionDesc>
  </teiHeader>
  <text xml:id="t1">
    <front xml:id="t1-front">
      <divGen type="toc" rend="div"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d1" type="covers">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookFCo">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookFCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookFCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Front Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookBCo">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookBCo.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookBCo-g"/>
            <figDesc>Back Cover</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookSpi">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookSpi.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookSpi-g"/>
            <figDesc>Spine</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookTit">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookTit.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookTit-g"/>
            <figDesc>Title Page</figDesc>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n1"/>
      <pb xml:id="n2"/>
      <pb xml:id="n3"/>
      <pb xml:id="n4"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d2" type="halftitle">
        <p>
          <hi rend="c">Captain James Cook</hi>
        </p>
        <pb xml:id="n5"/>
        <pb xml:id="n6"/>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n7"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-front-d3" type="frontispiece">
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP002a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP002a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP002a-g"/>
            <head>1. <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name>, by <name type="person" key="name-170604">Nathaniel Dance</name>, 1776.</head>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n8"/>
      <titlePage xml:id="t1-front-d2-d1">
        <docTitle>
          <titlePart type="main">
            <hi rend="i">The Life of</hi>
            <lb/>
            <hi rend="c">
              <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name>
            </hi>
          </titlePart>
        </docTitle>
        <byline>
          <hi rend="i">by</hi>
          <docAuthor>
            <hi rend="c">
              <name type="person" key="name-207379">J. C. Beaglehole</name>
            </hi>
          </docAuthor>
          <lb/>
        </byline>
        <docImprint><publisher><hi rend="c">Adam &amp; Charles Black</hi></publisher><lb/><pubPlace><hi rend="c">London</hi></pubPlace><pb xml:id="n9"/><hi rend="sc">First Published</hi> 1974<lb/>
<lb/>
<hi rend="sc">A. And C. Black Ltd</hi><lb/>
4, 5 <hi rend="sc">And 6 Soho Square London W.I</hi><lb/>
<hi rend="sc">Isbn</hi> 7136 1382 3<lb/>
<lb/>
© 1974 <hi rend="sc">Timothy H. Beaglehole</hi><lb/>
<lb/>
<hi rend="sc">Printed In Great Britain</hi><lb/>
<hi rend="sc">By Butler And Tanner Ltd, Frome And London</hi><lb/>
</docImprint>
      </titlePage>
      <pb xml:id="n10"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d1" type="section">
        <head>
          <hi rend="i">Contents</hi>
        </head>
        <p>
          <table rows="30" cols="2">
            <row>
              <cell>Chapter</cell>
              <cell>Page</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>I <hi rend="c">The North Sea</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n18">1</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>II <hi rend="c">The Navy</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n32">15</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>III <hi rend="c">The Master</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n43">26</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>IV <hi rend="c">Newfoundland</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n77">60</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>V <hi rend="c">Scientific Background</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n120">99</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>VI <hi rend="c">Preparations</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n149">128</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>VII <hi rend="c">Passage to Tahiti</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n174">153</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>VIII <hi rend="c">Tahiti</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n193">172</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>IX <hi rend="c">New Zealand</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n217">196</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>X <hi rend="c">New South Wales</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n247">226</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XI <hi rend="c">Batavia To England</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n290">257</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XII <hi rend="c">England</hi> 1771–1772</cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n306">273</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XIII <hi rend="c">England To New Zealand</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n341">306</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XIV <hi rend="c">The First Island Sweep</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n366">331</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XV <hi rend="c">The Antarctic Again</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n392">357</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XVI <hi rend="c">The Second Island Sweep</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n415">380</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XVII <hi rend="c">From New Zealand To England</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n459">424</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XVIII <hi rend="c">England 1775–1776</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n485">442</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XIX <hi rend="c">A Third Voyage</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n515">472</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XX <hi rend="c">England To New Zealand Again</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n551">506</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXI <hi rend="c">New Zealand To Tonga</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n570">525</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXII <hi rend="c">Last Days At Tahiti</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n594">549</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXIII <hi rend="c">To New Albion</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n624">571</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXIV <hi rend="c">The North-West Coast</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n644">591</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXV <hi rend="c">Kealakekua Bay</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n690">637</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXVI <hi rend="c">End Of A Voyage</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n734">673</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>XXVII <hi rend="c">Epilogue</hi></cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n750">689</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="c">Bibliography</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n780">715</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="c">Index</hi>
              </cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n800">735</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
          </table>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n11"/>
      <pb xml:id="n12" n="vii"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d2" type="section">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Illustrations</hi>
        </head>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d1" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Frontispiece</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>1. Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name>, by <name type="person" key="name-170604">Nathaniel Dance</name>, 1776. <hi rend="i">In colour</hi> Oil painting in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d2" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Between Pages 80 and 81</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>2. Whitby harbour in the mid-eighteenth century Water-colour drawing by unknown artist. Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>3. ‘Draught of the Bay and Harbour of Gaspee’, 1758 Cook's first published map. B.M. Maps K.Mar VII 2(5).</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>4. ‘Plan of the Harbour of Great and Little St Laurence’ By Cook. Inset in a chart of the south coast of Newfoundland, 1765. Ministry of Defence, Hydrographic Department, Taunton, C58/71.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>5. Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-134359">Sir Hugh Palliser</name>, by George Dance Oil painting in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d3" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Between Pages 256 and 257</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>6. Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks</name>, after <name type="person" key="name-402271">Benjamin West</name>, 1773 Mezzotint engraving by J. R. Smith. The original by West is not now known.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>7.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) ‘A View of part of the West Side of Georges Island’ [Tahiti] Drawing by Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 8.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) ‘The West Elevation of the Fort’ [at Point Venus, Matavai Bay] Drawing by Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 8.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>8.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) ‘A Plan of Royal or Matavie Bay in Georges Island’ [Tahiti] Drawing by Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 8.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) Peaks of Matavai Bay Pen and wash drawing by Parkinson. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7345, fol. 44v.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>9. Fortified <hi rend="i">pa</hi> on arched rock, Mercury Bay Drawing by Cook, after a drawing by Parkinson. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 25.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>10. The watering-place in Tolaga Bay Drawing by Cook, after a drawing by Parkinson. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 21.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>11.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) The <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> at sea Drawing by Parkinson. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 9345, fol. 16v.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) The hull of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> Drawing by Parkinson. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 9345, fol. 57.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>12. ‘New Zealand War Canoe. The crew bidding defiance to the Ships Company’ Drawing by Spöring. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 23920, fol. 48.</p>
            </item>
            <pb xml:id="n13" n="viii"/>
            <item>
              <p>13. ‘A Chart of New Zeland or the Islands of Aeheinomouwe and Tovypoenammu lying in the South Sea’ By Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 17.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>14. Entry in Cook's Journal, 16 August 1770 From the original in the National Library of Australia, Canberra.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>15.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) The reef where the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> struck, 11 June 1770 Detail from ‘Chart of Part of the Sea Coast of New South Wales’. By Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 39.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) ‘A Plan of the entrance of <name key="name-402251" type="place">Endeavour River</name>’ By Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 7085, fol. 42.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>16. The <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> being careened Engraving by W. Byrne after Parkinson.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>17. ‘A Map of the Southern Hemisphere’ By Cook; showing his proposed route by a strong continuous line (yellow in the original). Mitchell Library, Sydney.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d4" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Facing Page <ref target="#n329">296</ref></hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>18. The <hi rend="i">Resolution. In colour</hi> Water-colour drawing by <name type="person" key="name-170589">Henry Roberts</name>. Mitchell Library, Sydney, D11, no. 14.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d5" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Between Pages 432 and 433</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>19.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-101199">Captain Tobias Furneaux</name>, by James Northcote, 1776 Oil painting, in the possession of the Earl of Birkenhead.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) Reinhold and <name type="person" key="name-123817">George Forster</name> at Tahiti, after J. F. Rigaud Engraving by D. Beyel.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>20. Portrait of Captain Cook, after <name type="person" key="name-131240">William Hodges</name>, 1777 Engraving by J. Basire. The original by Hodges is not now known.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>21. The ships watering by taking in ice, in 61°S Water-colour drawing by Hodges. Mitchell Library, Sydney, D 11, no. 26.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>22. ‘Dusky Bay in New Zeland 1773’ Unsigned plan, probably by Cook. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 31360, fol. 56.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>23. ‘Family in Dusky Bay, New Zeland’ Engraving by Lerperniere after Hodges.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>24. ‘The Fleet of Otaheite assembled at Oparee’ Engraving by W. Woollett after Hodges.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>25.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) Portrait of Omai, after William Hodges Engraving by <name type="person" key="name-401748">J. Caldwall</name>.</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) Portrait of O-Hedidee [Odiddy], after William Hodges Engraving by <name type="person" key="name-401748">J. Caldwall</name>.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>26. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> off the South Sandwich Islands Pen and wash drawing by Joseph Gilbert, in his Log. Public Record Office, Adm 55/107, fol. 205.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d6" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Facing Page <ref target="#n539">496</ref></hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>27. Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-134285">Captain Charles Clerke</name>, by <name type="person" key="name-170604">Nathaniel Dance</name>, 1776. <hi rend="i">In colour</hi> Oil painting in Government House, Wellington, New Zealand.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
          <pb xml:id="n14" n="ix"/>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d7" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Between Pages 560 and 561</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>28. Portrait of the Fourth Earl of Sandwich, by Thomas Gainsborough Oil painting in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>29. Stählin's map of Russian discoveries, 1774. In <hi rend="i">An Account of the New Northern Archipelago</hi> (London, 1774), by Jacob von Stählin.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>30.</p>
              <list>
                <item>
                  <p>(a) Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-134497">Captain James King</name>, after Samuel Shelley Medallion engraving by L. Hogg</p>
                </item>
                <item>
                  <p>(b) Portrait of <name type="person" key="name-170588">Captain John Gore</name>, by <name type="person" key="name-102157">John Webber</name>, 1780 Oil painting in the National Library of Australia, Canberra, Nan-Kivell Collection, 3680.</p>
                </item>
              </list>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>31. Christmas Harbour, Kerguelen's Land Water-colour drawing by <name type="person" key="name-121365">William Ellis</name>. National Library of Australia, Canberra, NanKivell Collection 53P.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>32. ‘Cook's interview with Natives in Adventure Bay, Van Diemen's Land, 29 January 1777’ Unsigned drawing. Ministry of Defence, Naval Library, London.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>33. Cook in Queen Charlotte Sound, New Zealand Water-colour drawing by Webber. National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>34. A Tongan Dance Drawing by Webber. National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>35. ‘A Human Sacrifice, in a Morai, in Otaheite’ Drawing by Webber, B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 15513, fol. 16.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d8" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Between Pages 672 and 673</hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>36. Portrait of Poetua, by John Webber Oil painting in the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>37. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> at anchor in Nootka Sound Drawing by Webber. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 15514, fol. 10.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>38. ‘Chart of part of the <hi rend="c">Nw</hi> Coast of America. Explored by <name type="person" key="name-207700">Capt. J. Cook</name> in 1778’ By Cook. Showing the track and discoveries of the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> and <hi rend="i">Discovery</hi>, 7 March-3 October 1778. Public Record Office, Adm 1/1612 (<hi rend="c">Mpi</hi> 83).</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>39. The ships in the ice off Icy Cape, 18 August 1778 Drawing by Webber. Peabody Museum, Salem, Massachusetts.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>40. Meeting with the Chukchi at St Lawrence Bay Drawing by Webber. National Maritime Museum, Greenwich.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>41. ‘An Offering before Capt. Cook in the Sandwich Islands’ Engraving by S. Middiman and J. Hall after Webber.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>42. <name key="name-150185" type="place">Kealakekua Bay</name> with the ships at anchor Unsigned drawing, possibly by <name type="person" key="name-121365">William Ellis</name>. Public Record Office, Museum <hi rend="c">Mpm</hi> 44.</p>
            </item>
            <item>
              <p>43. Mrs Elizabeth Cook Oil painting by unknown artist. Mitchell Library, Sydney.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
        <div xml:id="t1-body-d2-d9" type="section">
          <head>
            <hi rend="c">Facing Page <ref target="#n760">697</ref></hi>
          </head>
          <list>
            <item>
              <p>44. Portrait of Captain Cook, by <name type="person" key="name-102157">John Webber</name>, 1776. <hi rend="i">In colour</hi> Oil painting in the National Art Gallery, Wellington, New Zealand.</p>
            </item>
          </list>
        </div>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n15"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d3" type="section">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Sketch Maps</hi>
        </head>
        <p>
          <table rows="5" cols="2">
            <row>
              <cell/>
              <cell>Page</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>1 Newfoundland and the St Lawrence Estuary</cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n55">38</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>2 New Zealand and the East Coast of Australia</cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n224">203</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>3 Islands of the South Pacific</cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n369">334</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>4 The North Pacific</cell>
              <cell>
                <ref target="#n632">579</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>5 The Three Voyages of Captain Cook</cell>
              <cell>
                <hi rend="i">facing</hi>
                <ref target="#n767">704</ref>
              </cell>
            </row>
          </table>
        </p>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d4" type="section">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Acknowledgements</hi>
        </head>
        <p>The reproductions have been made by the courtesy of the Trustees of the National Art Gallery and Dominion Museum, Wellington, New Zealand, 44; His Excellency the Governor-General of New Zealand, Government House, Wellington, 27; the Trustees of the British Museum, 3, 6–13, 15a, 15b, 22–5, 29, 35, 37; the Trustees of the National Maritime Museum, Greenwich, frontispiece, 5, 16, 19b, 20, 28, 30a, 33, 34, 36, 40, 41; the Committee of the National Library of Australia, Canberra, 14, 30b, 31; the Peabody Museum, Salem, Massachusetts, 39; the Controller of H.M. Stationery Office, 26, 38, 42; the Hydrographer of the Navy, 4; the Trustees of the Mitchell Library in the Public Library of New South Wales, Sydney, 17, 18, 21, 43; the Right Hon. the Earl of Birkenhead, 19a; the Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, 2.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n16"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d5" type="preface">
        <head>
          <hi rend="c">Preface</hi>
        </head>
        <p>Nearly forty years ago <name type="person" key="name-207379">J. C. Beaglehole</name> said he was going to write the life of Cook: the preliminary step—and how lightly that was once viewed—would be a new and scholarly edition of the Journals. Preliminary, perhaps; in the event this called for twenty years' work. In July 1967, a few months after his retirement from the Chair of British Commonwealth History at Victoria University of Wellington, he began the first chapter of the life. In the next two years there were long interruptions while he gave lectures for Cook bicentenary celebrations in Britain, New Zealand and Australia. The last page was written on 26 March 1971. At the time of his death, on 10 October 1971, he was revising the typescript and had reached the middle of chapter XIX.</p>
        <p>This biography, the summation of a lifetime's study of Pacific exploration, is the writing towards which my father's whole work as an historian was directed. His devotion to the eighteenth century, his antipodean wit, his recreating imagination, his fascination with the Pacific—over so much of which he was to travel in Cook's tracks from Nootka Sound in the north to <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name> in the south—come together in a book which, in some ways perhaps, only a New Zealander could have written.</p>
        <p>In completing the revision and seeing the book through the press I have had help from many quarters for which I am deeply grateful: in New Zealand from <name type="person" key="name-121075">Mrs Janet Paul</name> and <name type="person" key="name-131237">Dr David Mackay</name>, and Mrs Ilse Jacoby who carefully typed the whole text; in England from Mrs Alison Quinn (who compiled the index), Miss Phyllis Mander-Jones (for the bibliography), both of whom scrutinised the proofs with a critical and scholarly eye, from Mrs Yolande Jones, <name type="person" key="name-208516">Dr Averil Lysaght</name>, Mr J. D. Newth, Dr Helen Wallis and Dr Glyndwr Williams.</p>
        <p>Over many years my father became indebted to men and women in almost every part of the world for scholarly assistance. Many are listed in the prefaces to his editions of the Cook and Banks's Journal. It is impossible for me to list them all here, and all will, I am sure, accept that this book itself is the real acknowledgement of their advice and help and will, on their part, share our gratitude that a lifetime's work has been so magnificently completed.</p>
        <p>T. H. Beaglehole<lb/> 
Victoria University of Wellington</p>
      </div>
    </front>
    <body xml:id="t1-body">
      <pb xml:id="n17"/>
      <pb xml:id="n18" n="1"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d6" type="section">
        <head>I<lb/>
The North Sea</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The village</hi> of Marton-in-Cleveland, in the north-east corner of the North Riding of Yorkshire, where Cook was born, had not in the early part of the eighteenth century been touched by fame. No traveller, that we know of, committed to his journal any particular notice of the scatter of farm houses and cottages, on its gentle rise a quarter of a mile south of the road between Stockton and Guisborough; so far from prominence was it that it may indeed have shrunk since its earlier days, within its parish of five miles by two. It lay in an agricultural district, though moors and hills were not far away—a district well farmed, according to the standards of the time; the virtues of whose inhabitants were—so we learn from the worthy John Tuke,<note xml:id="fn1-1" n="1"><p>John Tuke,<hi rend="i">A General View of the Agriculture of the North Riding of Yorkshire</hi> (London, 1794).</p></note> who published his observations in 1794—uncontaminated by the neighbourhood or vices of manufacture. Farmers were sober, industrious, orderly, thrifty; so, by force of example, were the lower and labouring classes, decent in their demeanour, deserving of every indulgence from their superiors that might render their situation comfortable and easy. We may perhaps see in Cleveland, then, sixty or seventy years earlier, if not outstanding genius or intellectual or social passions, at least a certain general respectability—the sort of English soil from which, now and again, the most astonishing and unpredictable phenomenon will shoot up to dominate the imagination, a soil otherwise for long years undisturbed. This district was not entirely secluded. A man of curiosity would find the sea not far distant. A few miles to the north the river Tees met larger waters, though the Marton horizon was not yet made sinister by the fires and smokes of Middlesbrough at its mouth; across country some fifteen miles, a little north of east, the small harbour of Staithes fronted the fury of the North Sea; and rather more than twenty miles away, a little south of east, stood the comparatively large town of Whitby, sheltered by high land where the Esk exchanged its wooded valley for tidal flats and flowed north through its gateway of cliffs
<pb xml:id="n19" n="2"/>
into the coastal waters. You passed from the Esk to the world. This reflection, one may guess, was not often entertained by the lower and labouring classes of Cleveland, that district so predominantly agricultural, nor within it by the parish of Marton, five miles by two.</p>
        <p>Beyond the North Riding lay the county of Durham, and then Northumberland; Northumberland marched with the Border and on the other side of the Border was Roxburghshire. In the north-east corner of Roxburghshire was Ednam, the village where the poet Thomson was born; here also was born another person of more immediate interest to us.<note xml:id="fn1-2" n="1"><p>John Walker Ord, <hi rend="i">History and Antiquities of Cleveland</hi> (London, 1846), 547.</p></note> The parish register of Ednam records that on 24 December 1692 John Cook of that parish, at some time kirk elder, and Jean Duncan of the parish of Smaillhome, ‘gave up their names for proclamation’, and that before marriage Jean produced a certificate of her good behaviour. This couple were married on the following 19 January 1693 by Mr Thomas Thomson, minister, later to be, father of the poet. On 4 March 1694 Mr Thomson baptised their son called James. According to the tradition of one family claiming descent from this John, the father of James, he had connections with building, milling, and sheep-rearing, all on a modest scale, and certainly made no fortune at Ednam, where James was the only son born to him, so far as the parish records can tell us.<note xml:id="fn2-2" n="2"><p>I am indebted for some relevant information to a letter from Mr Clifford Cook, of Ashby-de-la-Zouch, Leicestershire.</p></note> He had other sons, born elsewhere (though where is unknown), and he himself and his wife Jean disappear from sight. Not so James. Whether obscurely impelled to travel, even if not far, or driven across the border by the hard times which followed the Jacobite rebellion of 1715, and seeking employment like other Scots in some rising alum works, he came south to Yorkshire—a man obviously without training in any trade, willing to do the humblest farm labour, sober, respectable, industrious, fitting without friction into the respectable and respectful lower classes at Cleveland; and, it seems, intelligent. ‘God give you grace’, his mother is alleged to have said to him when he departed from his home; and Grace is what he was given, in the person of a young woman of Stainton-in-Cleveland whose surname was Pace. They were married in the parish church of Stainton on 10 October 1725, when he was thirty-one and she twenty-three, and settled first in the village of Morton, in the parish of Ormesby, near Guisborough. It is in this parish, register that the baptism of their first child, a son John, is noted, 10 January 1726/7. This son lived into his early twenties, but otherwise
<pb xml:id="n20" n="3"/>
attracted no attention. James and Grace moved shortly to Marton, the village already briefly described, a mile to the westward; and here, in a two-roomed, clay-built thatched cottage, their second child and second son was born, on 27 October 1728, being baptised in the village church of St Cuthbert on 3 November as ‘James, y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> son of a day labourer’. It is evident that the Cook family was strongly conservative in their choice of names for elder sons. There were six other children born to the couple, of whom four died young: Mary, born 1732, who died in her fifth year; Jane, born 173, who also died in her fifth year; another Mary, born 1740, who died at ten months; and a son William, born 1745, who died at the age of three. There were two survivors besides James beyond the year 1750, his sisters Margaret and Christiana. <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, born and baptised in that cold time of the year 1728, an infant strong, tough, and if the child is physically as well as mentally the father of the man, large-boned, with a clutch on survival, was the child whose career we have now to pursue. What combination of factors, in the mingled blood of a Lowland Scots labourer and a Yorkshire village woman, went to produce that remarkable career, we may ask without useful answer. Sobriety, orderliness, industry, all virtues to be respected, we might quite well be prepared for and deduce. Genius, of whatever sort, takes us unawares: is not, even in retrospect, de-ducible. We can ponder, if we choose, over the unlikely origins, in place and circumstance, of a maritime distinction so extraordinary.</p>
        <p>A fitful light, as usual with the annals of the poor, plays on the boy's earliest years. A few months after his birth his parents went to another cottage—presumably, as they now had two sons, a larger one—and at some time thereafter his birthplace became the village ale-house, at the sign of the Bear. His father worked most regularly for a Mr Mewburn. When the baby became a small boy he went to learn his letters with Mrs Walker, whose husband farmed Marton Grange; the Walker family story was that this education of a promising youth was in return for his services round the place, running errands and watering stock.<note xml:id="fn1-3" n="1"><p>The Walker family story tended to move over into legend. Ord, who tells Cook's story in a very large footnote, 545 ff., writes in his elevated style, ‘Dame Walker was the daughter of the wealthiest farmer in the neighbourhood; and her husband, a respectable yeoman of the first class, resided at Marton Grange. Young Cook, then a mere lad, tended the stock, took the horses to water, and ran errands for the family; and in return for such services, the good old lady, finding him an intelligent, active youth, was pleased to teach him his alphabet and reading. Dame Walker was great-great-great grandmother to the author on the maternal side.’—The ‘intelligent, active youth’ would then be six or seven years old, and ‘the good old lady’, if she died in 1789, aged 89, as Ord says, would be in her mid-thirties.</p></note> No doubt he engaged in the other
<pb xml:id="n21" n="4"/>
pursuits of small boys in a small village. About 1736 there was a further family removal to Ayton or Great Ayton (‘Yatton’ of the natives), a move which argues steadiness, sobriety and intelligence on the part of James Cook senior; for he had been made ‘hind’, or foreman, to Mr Thomas Skottowe, of Airyholme farm; virtually, it appears, he was the farm-manager. Ayton was four miles from Marton, a much larger village—even, we are told, with some good buildings; its situation was pleasant, on the edge of the sombre Cleveland hills, among which stood out the kingly shape of Rosebury or Roseberry Topping; it had its own small river, a branch of the Leven. It was not far from a market-town, Stokesley; and with its watermills and rural manufactories, weaving, tanyards, brewery, brick-kiln, and so forth,<note xml:id="fn1-4" n="1"><p>John Graves, <hi rend="i">The History of Cleveland</hi> (Carlisle, 1808), 197. I take it that Great Ayton had not changed essentially between 1736 and the beginning of the next century.</p></note> could entertain a growing boy with some variety, when he was let off from farm-work or school. Skottowe belonged to the gentry rather than to the class of yeomen-farmers—Cook was to come across one of his sons in official position at a later date—a benevolent as well as substantial man; and noticing that the boy had some brains, he paid the small fees asked for him at the Postgate School at Ayton, where Mr Pullen the master taught him writing, arithmetic and his catechism, and perhaps more reading than Mrs Walker could. The school, the charitable foundation in 1704 of Michael Postgate, a local yeoman-farmer, was rebuilt in 1785, part of an oblong block of schoolhouse and poorhouse combined, so that the present-day pilgrim will find nothing on which to exercise emotion but original stones. James was said to have been good at his sums: he certainly left no lasting impression of academic brilliance, or displayed visible ambition for a nobler scholarship. We may guess that he helped his father well enough with the horses and about the farmyard; a country-bred boy, in his after career he had a good eye for the land as well as the sea. There may be hindsight and a little of fancy in one of the small bits of reminiscence that have survived from the 1740's; but as this does not set him out as a paragon of leadership it may not improbably be true, high flown as is the historian of Cleveland.</p>
        <q>During young Cook's continuance at this village seminary it appears that he was never much regarded by the other boys of the school, and was generally left behind in their juvenile excursions; a circumstance, which can only be attributed to his steady adherence to his own plans and schemes, never giving way to the <hi rend="i">contre-projets</hi> of his associates. This, instead of conciliating their regard, naturally rendered them averse from
<pb xml:id="n22" n="5"/>
his company. It has been asserted by those who knew him at this early period of his life, that he had such an obstinate and sturdy way of his own, as made him sometimes appear in an unpleasant light; notwithstanding which, <hi rend="i">there was a something</hi> in his manners and deportment, which attracted the reverence and respect of his companions.</q>
        <q>The seeds of that undaunted resolution and perseverence which afterwards accelerated his progress to immortality, were conspicuous, even in his boyish days. Frequently, on an evening, when assembled together in the village, to set out in search of birds' nests, Cook might be seen in the midst of his comrades, strenuously contending that they should proceed to some particular, spot: This he would sometimes do, with such inflexible earnestness, as to be deserted by the greater part of his companions.<note xml:id="fn1-5" n="1"><p>Graves, 456, n.</p></note></q>
        <p>How long Cook remained a village seminarist, with the leisure occupations of birds' nesting and argument, before he emerged on the world as a master of reading, writing, and arithmetic and (a little less so) of spelling; whether he spent the succeeding period exclusively in the employ of his father or Mr Skottowe and how wide was his farm practice, how far he rambled from Ayton, who made the next suggestion for the career of a likely lad—of all these things we are ignorant. But it seems as if something—proficiency in arithmetic?—marked him out as perhaps equal to the demands of commerce; for we next find him, in 1745, at the age of seventeen, a shop-boy with Mr William Sanderson, grocer and haberdasher, of Staithes. This was not regular apprenticeship, there were no indentures, it was trial on both sides; Sanderson was a wise and amiable man. The building which contained his house and shop was close to the sea, and as early as 1812 was pulled down lest it should be washed away, to be rebuilt in its present position in Church Street by his successors in business;<note xml:id="fn2-5" n="2"><p><name type="person" key="name-170625">Arthur Kitson</name>, <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name></hi> (London, 1907), 7.</p></note> the counter on which the youth measured out raisins and ribbon was removed in 1835 to Middlesbrough, ‘Captain Cook's Shop'is But dubiously his. Over the original site the waves flow deep. The importance of this shop-keeping interlude is not commercial. What Cook learnt from it, obviously, was that he did not want to be a shop-keeper. We need give only the most fleeting attention to the famous story of his exchange of a shilling of his own for a bright new shilling in the till, one of those issued by the South Sea Company, which excited his curiosity, and Sanderson's displeasure at fancied dishonesty—a trivial affair blown up to dramatic proportions by more than one romancer. Sanderson and his family had and kept James in high regard. The important thing was Staithes itself. Cook might have become a sailor
<pb xml:id="n23" n="6"/>
without Staithes, but there it was, the little fishing port—the most considerable fishing port, indeed, on that part of the coast—at the foot of a gash in the cliffs, alive, active. Strong Yorkshire figures took out their boats or brought them in, heaved up their baskets of fish, bent working over their pointed flat-bottomed cobles; strong Yorkshire voices sounded over the wash of the waves; ropes were coiled, nets dried in the wind; the smell of the beach, of seaweed and tar was different from that of the farmyard, it blew into the shop; the children playing on the beach, in and out of the boats, the youths of seventeen, seemed a different race from those land-bound beings a few miles westward; how could another youth of seventeen, glimpsing all this at door or window, or gazing out towards the procession of sails north and south on the horizon, half the traffic of the North Sea, and then turning back to the groceries and ribbons, not be stirred to restlessness? Nothing can be more reasonably certain than that Cook had his first taste, as well as sight, of the sea at Staithes, and that the experience was convincing. Nevertheless, he did not run away, he finished his shop-life by no act of romantic daring; he stood it for eighteen months in all sobriety, we are led to believe, and then the good Sanderson himself, having made requisite enquiries, went over to Whitby with him and arranged his formal apprenticeship, as ‘a three-years servant’, to <name type="person" key="name-170618">Mr John Walker</name>.</p>
        <p>The word respectable recurs. John Walker was greatly to be respected, a Quaker ship-master, ship-owner, and coal-shipper, who made a firm with his brother Henry, though it was to John exclusively that the young Cook was bound apprentice. The Quaker connection was powerful in the town—its first meeting house was built in 1676—and a Quaker dignity and restraint marked many of the stone and brick dwellings of the old town, among them John Walker's own house in Haggersgate, on the west side of the river, where Cook lodged with his master, and that of John Walker's mother, the late seventeenth-century building in Grape Lane on the east side, to which Walker removed in 1752.<note xml:id="fn1-6" n="1"><p>Mrs Walker's house and its attic in Grape Lane are popularly regarded as the premises where Cook lived and slept, but the dates make this impossible. John Walker's house in Haggersgate no longer exists. There seems to have been no connection between these Walkers and the farming family of Marton.</p></note> The youth, coming to his first metropolis (Whitby's inhabitants numbered upwards of ten thousand) as well as his first port, may have noticed solidity as well as bustle; and Whitby's long and honourable history, even where it was built on sand-banks, ran back far beyond the reigns of the Georges, far beyond the ruined abbey on its east cliff through the centuries of the building and re-building of its parish church of St
<pb xml:id="n24" n="7"/>
Mary near by, the very image of a seafaring people's church. Its streets were none of them far from the river, and though these might smell less of fish than did the narrow beach of Staithes, Whitby had its fishermen, and there were other smells connected with the sea—of mud-flats at ebb of tide, of shipyards, of sail-makers' lofts, of rope-walks. The whale-fishery had not yet begun; but Whitby men at the middle of the century owned over two hundred ships, trading on the English coast, to the Baltic, the Mediterranean, America; even, when chartered by the Honourable Company, to India and China. Ship-building and boat-building had gone on from time immemorial; towards the end of the seventeenth century really big ships, on the reckoning of the time, began to come from the yards. A revolution in transport was to destroy the old industry; in the next century railway companies bought and filled in the docks, turned shipyards into station-yards, obliterated all that sober glory. Whitby in its ship-building prime had five principal yards, as well as the innumerable builders of small craft and cobles. When Cook entered the service of Walker, in 1746, the firms so closely identified with his voyages, Thomas Fishburn and the Langborns, had not yet established themselves, but the west bank of the river was busy, and John Walker the ship-owner had not far to go from his house in Haggers-gate to the yard where his ships were built. The picture is one of industry, enterprise, propriety, and the few later letters we have of Walker to Cook reflect in him, at least, a sober and benevolent soul. A seaport, on the other hand, is not all sobriety and benevolence; Whitby had its numerous taverns; its quarrels and riots, over pressgang or smuggling; its crimes and punishments and unhealthinesses and uproars of the eighteenth century in general. As an introduction to life, whether urban or maritime, it was for a country boy adequate. Has his life so far seemed obscure and dull? It will not in the future seem dull to him.</p>
        <p>The coal trade, too, in which the Walkers were concerned, was one of the great trades of Britain, and opened vistas of the real metropolis. Coal was the ‘grand commodity of the northern counties’;<note xml:id="fn1-7" n="1"><p>Quoted in E. Lipson, <hi rend="i">Economic History of England</hi> (5th ed., 1948), II, 113.</p></note> a thousand ships or more carried coal, four hundred of them to London, in the annual trade from the Tyne—at this time a million tons of it, and the quantity increased every year. In the year a ship might make as many as ten voyages, granted the most favourable conditions, though they were generally fewer. It was no wonder that this trade was regarded as—to use the ancient, the hallowed phrase
<pb xml:id="n25" n="8"/>
— ‘a nursery of seamen’: not a writer who mentions it but mentions it thus. Nurseries of seamen, however, carried with them a paradox: so far from being the abodes of a gentle tenderness, they were the hardest nurseries that ever existed. The east coast of England was a treacherous coast, unlighted, unbuoyed, its charts rudimentary, its harbours bar-harbours, its tides to be watched; the North Sea was a treacherous sea. The dangers were not merely the offshore dangers of sunken rocks and rocky shelves, breakers and sand-spits and sandbanks, tidal streams, storms and thick weather, but the banks far out from land, the storms and thick weather from England to the Baltic. Gales might be propitious, weather clear, all well, two or three hundred ships might sail out of Newcastle harbour on one tide, after long-continued easterly winds, and reach London in safety; losses might not be considered, from one year's end to the other, outrageous; yet men in Cook's day remembered, and long after his day remembered, the things that they had known—innumerable groundings, single wrecks that they had survived, the ship that sank with all hands before their eyes; the sixteen ships that crossed the bar of Shields together, the six that were left after the northerly tempest that all at once fell on them, the twenty-three lost on the Norfolk coast in one dreadful night of storm.<note xml:id="fn1-8" n="1"><p>Henry Taylor, <hi rend="i">Memoirs of The Principal Events in the Life of Henry Taylor</hi> (North Shields, 1811). Taylor, nine years younger than Cook, went to sea in the coal trade when about 13, as a six-years' apprentice, and became master of a ship when 21. His experience, coal trade and North Sea, was much like Cook's, and his picture of the life is the best we have. He left the sea at 35, to become a ship and insurance broker at North Shields, and to carry on a valuable propaganda for coastal lights (with which, indeed, his book is largely concerned).</p></note> But apart from such shattering misfortune, the good master, in a well found vessel, who knew his coast and kept an offing, came through; prided himself on his reputation as a seaman, resented any slight cast upon it; might even legitimately hope, as an able and prudent man, to retire owner or part-owner of his ship and live in decent comfort. The competent seaman could hope to be a master. There was in that trade a great deal of competence. It was concerned not merely with the management of ships in general, but with the management of a particular sort of ship under particular conditions.</p>
        <p>Apprentices worked hard, a man who had been one not many years after Cook tells us.<note xml:id="fn2-8" n="2"><p>i.e. Taylor.</p></note> They learnt the ropes and learnt their ship. Seamen as well as mates and masters were responsible, competent, and strict instructors, and the senior apprentice exercised a sort of delegated authority. The boy normally got one half-day's shore leave in a week. He was given care of some particular part of the
<pb xml:id="n26" n="9"/>
ship's stores, which he had to have ready immediately it was called for. The lazy unhandy boy was set to tasks a smart apprentice considered degrading, like sweeping the decks or cleaning out the boats; the smart boy, as he felt at home, had paths to distinction, the race to be first up the rigging or at the windlass pawls. ‘To haul out the weather earing when the topsails were to reef, to ship the first handspike, and to cat the anchor, were objects contended for by men and boys, as point of honor.’<note xml:id="fn1-9" n="1"><p>Taylor, 158.</p></note> To be one of a score who managed a ship of three or four hundred tons, aloft and below, only a quarter of whom, in addition to master and mate, were out of indentures, was no small thing. To handle her, not merely in a gale at sea, but in the narrow entrance of a small river harbour, or over the shifting sandbanks of the Thames, with other shipping about, to keep her off the bottom or know when she could safely rest upon it, to bring her to anchor or get her under weigh in a crowd, these might be feats of learning or technique indeed. And the ship, the instrument of this art, was a specialised thing—in appearance the clumsiest thing, it might be thought, that could be created. The broad-bottomed blunt-bowed Whitby collier was no sprite of the sea: she was a ‘cat-built’ vessel, or simply a ‘cat’ The cat was defined by the <hi rend="i">Dictionary of the Marine</hi><note xml:id="fn2-9" n="2"><p>William Falconer, <hi rend="i">A Universal Dictionary of the Marine.</hi> I have used the 1789 edition.</p></note> as ‘a ship employed in the coal trade, formed from the Norwegian model. It is distinguished by a narrow stern, projecting quarters, a deep waist, and by having no ornamental figure on the prow … generally built remarkably strong’, and carrying from four to six hundred tons; a vessel, that is, of severe lack of beauty, which a figure-head could hardly have conferred; a vessel also that could be converted from carrying coals to carrying any large amount of cargo for its size; a vessel for its purpose, under the right conduct, thoroughly handy. Go even now to Whitby, from which the colliers and the ship-yards have vanished, with its bar harbour, its outside kelp-covered rocks, the drying mud and shingle of the flats at low tide, when the Esk gives up the struggle to cover that not so wide estuary: one look makes plain a whole period of ship design and building. The collier was built to ‘take the ground’ as well as to float upon the waters.</p>
        <p>Into this life plunged the young Cook, fugitive from retail trade—young, but at eighteen or nearly eighteen rather old for a beginning apprentice—and joined the men and boys so thickly recruited from the Yorkshire coastal villages. While seamen are in the nursery they do not have individual prominence; and, as might be expected,
<pb xml:id="n27" n="10"/>
we get few personal details of the youth during these years. The muster-rolls of a number of Walker's ships still exist, however, through which, with other indications, we can follow his life in general terms. Between voyages he lived in the stable environment of his master's house, where, it is said, Walker encouraged him to study the theory of navigation—whatever that means: one supposes he learnt something about the compass and its variation, and latitude, and studied sail-plans, and what charts he could get hold of, and plans of ships, and improved on the arithmetic he had brought away from the Postgate School. He had another friend in Walker's house besides Walker, the housekeeper Mary Prowd, who coddled his studies in a quiet corner with a private table and candle. The industrious apprentice got full sympathy. But his real learning had to be, in the first place, seamanship; in the second place, as a coastal seaman, actual memorisation of his coast and the dangers that lay off it, the peculiarities of harbours and the winds that blew in them —the sort of knowledge and its application, including a good deal of rule of thumb, that would become second nature to him. So the men from whom the ‘servant’ Cook chiefly learnt, apart from those by whose side he bent sails or heaved at the windlass, were probably John Jefferson, master of the <hi rend="i">Freelove</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi>, and his mate Robert Watson; for we have record of Walker himself sailing as master only for two passages of the <hi rend="i">Freelove</hi> from London in 1747, and for a month on the maiden passage of the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi> to London, with Jefferson, a man of 32, as his co-master then. Watson was five years younger. Good men could rise young in that service. Walker's function from then, it is clear, was that of owner.</p>
        <p>Cook's first voyage was in the <hi rend="i">Freelove</hi>, a ship—that is a three-masted vessel, square-rigged—of 341 tons, 106 feet in length with a beam of 27 feet—somewhat the equivalent, indeed, of the vessel in which, twenty-two years later, he was first to go exploring, and built as a collier at Great Yarmouth, Norfolk, in 1746. Walker must have acquired her immediately, or almost immediately, she was built. She carried a complement of nineteen—master, mate, carpenter, cook, five seamen, and ten ‘servants’ or apprentices. The birthplace and domicile of all these last is given in the muster-roll as Whitby, and they ranged in age from nineteen down to fifteen.<note xml:id="fn1-10" n="1"><p>The surviving muster-rolls are now preserved in the Whitby Museum.</p></note> Cook was one of the oldest, but he was not nineteen in 1747 until 27 October; the date when he entered is given as 26 February and the date of his discharge as 22 April, his period aboard for this voyage being one month and 25 days, like four other of the apprentices. Unfortunately
<pb xml:id="n28" n="11"/>
the places of entry and discharge are not given, so we are at a loss to know where he went. The master and some of the seamen were entered on 20 February and discharged on 7 June; one apprentice served for only twenty-three days; the reckonings do not always match when they should. The next record is of an autumn and winter passage from London, where the same apprentices (some with different ages, Cook now with birthplace Marton and domicile Great Ayton) were entered on 29 September 1747. Two seamen were discharged at Shields, which indicates a cargo of Tyne coal to Whitby, where the generality of the company left the ship on 17 December, Cook's stay on board being this time two months and nineteen days; and other indications are that for the last month the ship was manned almost entirely by the ‘servants’. It is evident that these youths were beginning to know the east coast from the Thames at least as far north as Tynemouth, and that much was expected of them. Whether, when their coal was unloaded at a Thames-side wharf, they got leave from their ship long enough to go up to the city and fill their eyes with its sights, whether James was smitten with the metropolis, whether Walker recommended him to the London Quaker connection, we have no means of useful conjecture.</p>
        <p>Walker had a new ship under construction, and it is said that Cook took part in her rigging and fitting out, invaluable experience again. She was the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi>, apparently a quite large vessel.<note xml:id="fn1-11" n="1"><p>Kitson, 11, says she was ‘of some 600 tons’, and she ‘was still in existence near the close of the last [i.e. 19th] century.’ It seems doubtful whether a 600-ton ship could have been managed by a crew of nineteen, the number given in her muster-roll. An entry in the catalogue of a Cook exhibition at the National Maritime Museum, Green-wich, in the 1957–7, refers to her as ‘over 400 tons’, but gives no authority. Richard Weather-ill, <hi rend="i">The Ancient Port of Whitby and its Shipping</hi> (Whitby, 1908), has no particulars.</p></note> Jefferson became her master, and took into her with him a number of the <hi rend="i">Freelove</hi> men, including six of the apprentices. Cook was one of these, and was in the ship continuously from 14 June 1748 to 8 December 1749. For the early part of this time she was in the coal trade; then, with stalls for forty horses, was chartered by government for some months as a transport, carrying troops that had been engaged in Flanders from Middleburg to Dublin and Liverpool.<note xml:id="fn2-11" n="2"><p>I follow Kitson, 12, in this; but <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> letters shown at the exhibition referred to in the previous note, on the chartering of a <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi>, William Drake master, convinced the officials concerned that the ship, ‘in which Cook was then serving’, sailed from Gravesend for Flanders in March 1747 and for Williamstadt in February 1748. Cook however was in the <hi rend="i">Freelove</hi> in 1747, and appears in the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi> (master John Jefferson) only in June 1748—and she was then a new ship. The name <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi> may have been a popular one: the National Maritime Museum mentions another, 97 tons, taken up for transport duties at Whitehaven in December 1746.</p></note> After the completion of this service Cook signed on for the first time as a seaman, 20 April 1750, his apprenticeship over and perhaps with a little pride
<pb xml:id="n29" n="12"/>
at his heart. His ship for the rest of the year was in the trade to Norway. His acquaintance with the sea, with coasts and with ports, was extending. He may have fancied this North Sea trade; for we next find him, all his old shipmates left behind, in the <hi rend="i">Mary</hi> of Whitby, owned by John Wilkinson and commanded by William Gaskin—some relative of Walker—for eight months to and from the Baltic, February to 5 October 1750, when he was discharged at London, He was next in a Sunderland ship, unspecified, till he returned to the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi> for 1751 and 1752, her master being Robert Watson, the mate of his first voyage. In December of this latter year Watson moved as master to the <hi rend="i">Friendship</hi>, another new Walker ship, and with him went <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, mate. The mate remained in the <hi rend="i">Friendship</hi> for two and a half years, with successive masters, after Watson, in John Swainston and Richard Ellerton: with the last-named of these men he seems to have formed a positive friendship. There is no doubt that he had learnt a great deal. The practice of seamanship, as well as its theory, has been adverted to, the rule of thumb, the line of coast alive in the mind. He had not been confined to one shore: he knew the North Sea and its further side, at least in ports from the Netherlands to Norway; he had been through the Channel and into the Irish Sea; but it was the east coast of England that had given him his most intimate experience, the experience of the inshore sailor. We shall see the deposit of that experience active in his mind on coasts far distant, as dangerous, still unknown.</p>
        <p>We must beware of too much eloquence. <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, at this point of his career, in his twenty-seventh year, knew his business pretty well. It was the business, however, of a good seaman, rather than of a highly educated one. He certainly disposed of no refined technique of navigation, and it would be hard to think of anyone who at that time did, though there were a number of treatises and text-books on the current practice of the art, as well as a variety of suggestions for its improvement. We may conjecture that at home with Walker, or later, in the course of self-education, he studied something of the earlier sort. He could hardly have read the famous <hi rend="i">Elements of Navigation</hi> of <name type="person" key="name-150167">John Robertson</name>, mathematical teacher and librarian to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, over which eighteenth-century sailors pored, unless he were a very up-to-date student indeed, because its first edition appeared only in 1754. We may conjecture a little further, and guess, if he read a book, it was another extremely well known in its day, the <hi rend="i">Practical Navigation</hi> of John Seller, which, though first published in 1669, went through edition after edition for seventy years. Seller, a compass-maker and chart publisher of Wapping, gave rules,
<pb xml:id="n30" n="13"/>
described instruments—the ring-dial, the cross-staff, the backstaff, the azimuth compass, the nocturnal dipping-needle—provided tables: ‘the whole being delivered in a manner so well adapted to the general humour of mariners’, as one critic observed, that it could not help having a long run.<note xml:id="fn1-13" n="1"><p>The words quoted are those of Dr James Wilson, in the preliminary ‘Dissertation on the Rise and Progress of the Modern Art of Navigation' which he contributed to the second and third editions (1764 and 1772) of Robertson's book; he goes on, ‘the last [edition] I have seen, was in 1739; but some late writers seem to have abated the run of this book.’ Its full title was <hi rend="i">Praxis Nautica: Practical Navigation: or, an Introduction to the whole Art.</hi> The <hi rend="i">Dictionary of the Marine</hi> lists a number of the ‘late writers’—e.g. Edward Hauxley, <hi rend="i">Navigation Unveil'd</hi> (1743), a perfectly conventional treatment in spite of its dramatic title; John Barrow, <hi rend="i">Navigatio Britannica</hi> (1750); and so on. Cook must have encountered Robertson's book later on. It is interesting to note that <name type="person" key="name-134492">William Wales</name>, the astronomer of the second voyage, brought out new editions of it in 1780, 1786 and 1796; so that it too had a long life.</p></note> But if Walker fancied a different work, there were half a dozen or more he could choose from—some <hi rend="i">Art</hi> or <hi rend="i">Elements</hi> or <hi rend="i">Treatise</hi> or <hi rend="i">Complete Tutor</hi>—to place before his servant. One way or another, the young man would have learnt a little elementary astronomy and geometry, and how to use the more popular instruments; how to find a latitude and work out his position with the traverse board, how to allow for leeway and the other incidents of a ship's behaviour at sea. It is very possible that he had his own backstaff, or Davis's quadrant as it was now called, that old friend of mariners; probably he knew all about Hadley's quadrant, since Hadley invented it in 1731, though it may be doubtful whether he could afford to own one. He would probably on his experience not have seen much reason to differ from Halley—‘the celebrated Doctor Halley’—that the system of navigation in his time depended on the three L's of Lead, Latitude and Look-out,<note xml:id="fn2-13" n="2"><p>Quoted, by William Hutchinson, ‘Mariner, And Dock Master at Liverpool’, on p. 110 of his valuable volume beginning <hi rend="i">A Treatise</hi> and boiling down to <hi rend="i">Practical Seamanship.</hi> Hutchinson, in his second edition of 1787, adds (p. 106), ‘The latitude when it can be got by a good observation, with a good instrument, must be allowed to be the only guide we have in navigation; because it not only gives to a certainty, the ship's place, North and South, but it likewise helps us to form a judgment how far a dependance may be put on our reckoning, East or West; in proportion as the latitude by the account kept of the ship's way, agrees or disagrees with the latitude observed in the passage in general; so more or less dependance accordingly may be put upon the longtitude the ship is reckoned to be in.’ This is rather unsophisticated for 1787.</p></note> or to think that times had changed much. Look-out and Lead did not need to be taught theoretically. Henry Taylor, whose memoirs are so instructive about the conditions of the coal trade in which both he and Cook served, nevertheless found it worth while to point out that ‘Another necessary duty, especially on this coast, is that of frequently casting the lead… . Even in crossing the North Sea it is necessary to have recourse to the lead’;<note xml:id="fn3-13" n="3"><p>Taylor, 32.</p></note> and he adds a cautionary tale about a master who scorned it. In thick or hazy weather one practically navigates
<pb xml:id="n31" n="14"/>
by the lead, knowing where to expect such and such a depth of water and what sort of bottom. This means a highly admirable skill, certainly; it does not mean scientific navigation.</p>
        <p>Cook's experience, to recur to that, was still a narrow experience: although not confined to the Narrow Seas, its widest sea was the North Sea. If the argument should be advanced by some battered captain that the North Sea should be experience enough for anyone, the answer would be No, for the complete sailor its coastwise and short voyage sailing was not enough. The coal trade, the Baltic trade were not the only nurseries of seamen. The Newfoundland trade was another highly-esteemed nursery, though not one into which York-shire boys normally entered. There were various Atlantic trades, and there were the long passages, out to India and China and back, which bred men ‘the most perfect in the open seas’.<note xml:id="fn1-14" n="1"><p>Hutchinson, 129; ‘From all that I have seen, the seamen in the <hi rend="i">East India</hi> trade are the most perfect in the open seas, and those in the coal trade to <hi rend="i">London</hi> the most perfect in difficult narrow channels, and tide ways…’</p></note> Cook had never yet been on a long voyage. To the immediate view, there were hundreds of mates like him, with the same training and the same experience—some of them with much more of it. Any Whitby owner of average judgment could easily pick up a good mate. It might not be quite so easy to pick up a first-rate master, particularly among men in their twenties; but there were hundreds of experienced and competent masters. However that may be, the young Cook had certainly gained the complete confidence of that sober person John Walker; for Walker now offered him the command of the <hi rend="i">Friendship</hi>, as next in the succession of her captains. To become master of a ship eleven years after becoming an apprentice could hardly be other than satisfactory to any man; and Cook must have been tempted. Instead, he volunteered into the royal navy as an able seaman.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n32" n="15"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d7" type="section">
        <head>II<lb/>
The Navy</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">He volunteered</hi> at Wapping on 17 June 1755; and the only recorded reason is that he determined to ‘take his future fortune’ that way;<note xml:id="fn1-15" n="1"><p>Phrase from Kippis, 4.</p></note> or, much the same thing as recollected by Walker, ‘he had always an ambition to go into the Navy’.<note xml:id="fn2-15" n="2"><p>‘… as <name type="person" key="name-170618">Mr John Walker</name> observes in a memorandum now lying before me’, says E. H. Locker in his <hi rend="i">Gallery of Greenwich Hospital</hi>, part I (1831), 2.</p></note> Among merchant seamen this was unusual. As between the two services there might seem to be no possible claim that the navy had on the rational man. If such a man, for his own purposes, wanted a different sort of ship from colliers, or a longer voyage than those of the coal or Baltic trades, he could join an Atlantic vessel, or enter the service of the <name key="name-402168" type="organisation">East India Company</name>. The disadvantage of that choice was that any seaman in the merchant service was in time of war subject to the depredations of the press gang, on shore or afloat, in his home port or as he finished. a hard passage at Bombay or Calcutta. But there were years of peace as well as years of war; and in any case Cook, as the master of a merchant ship, could not have been pressed. We do not take at face value Dr Johnson's reflections on the sailor's life in general, that no man would be a sailor, who had contrivance enough to get himself into a jail; ‘for, being in a ship is being in a jail, with the chance of being drowned’. Men enough went to sea to give the lie to that remark; the merchant service at least was adequately manned. The navy was a different matter. Its physical conditions were worse; its pay was worse; its food was worse, its discipline was harsh, its record of sickness was appalling. To the chance of being drowned could be added the chance of being flogged, hanged or being shot, though it was true that deaths in battle were infinitely fewer than deaths from disease. The enemy might kill in tens, scurvy and typhus killed in tens of hundreds. ‘Manned by violence and maintained by cruelty’, as were the fleets of Britain to the mind of that great man Admiral Vernon (and his head on so many inn
<pb xml:id="n33" n="16"/>
signs was an index to his dearness to the mind of the people), it is staggering to the mind of the historian that these fleets could attain a reasonable efficiency of movement and survival, quite apart from winning battles and wars. Officers entered the navy voluntarily, from higher social classes, to make a career; but it was commonly thought in the profession that they should enter not later than their early adolescence, to be inured to its rigours soon enough for other modes of life to be deprived of attraction. A midshipman might do the duty of a seaman, and get a seaman's pay, but he was a young gentleman, and aspired to become a lieutenant as soon as he had served the requisite term of years, and come of age, and passed his examination. He was in embryo a professional man. The ordinary seaman might be the scum of the dockyards, or an unfortunate landsman picked up by the press-gang, or something in between sent on board drunk by a crimp and unable to desert; the able seaman, however he got on board, and even if he had settled down to make the best of it, could hardly regard himself as a dedicated naval person, or his instincts as professional instincts. Men could be trained as seamen; they could, even under the conditions of the time, give loyalty and devotion to a good officer; a really good officer might even make a ship seem almost a humane place. The appearance of many men when they were first dragged on board a ship, however, might almost break an officer's heart; and in spite of all the difficulties of bringing the navy from a peace footing to a war footing—raising its general complement, that is, from 16,000 to 80,000—there were numbers of miserable beings passed from ship to ship, unfortunates whom nobody wanted and the system yet could not bear to lose. In 1755 the navy was going on to a war footing. England and France were on the edge of world conflict, though each still preferred to maintain the fiction of peace, and in England there was a ‘hot press’. It brought in little of value, only ‘very indifferent landsmen’. The arrival of Cook at the Wapping rendezvous must therefore have been an agreeable incident in the day of the lieutenant in charge: a man young though mature enough, strong-faced, tall, well set-up, healthy, a seaman—and a volunteer, a prize indeed; with nothing against his intelligence, perhaps, except that he was a volunteer. The lieutenant must have looked at him with curiosity as well as gratification. Presumably, if Walker offered him the command of a ship, there must have been some correspondence between them, and to the respectable Quaker the step his protégé was taking can hardly have appeared proper or wise. No correspondence has survived. The £2 bounty can hardly have been an attraction to
<pb xml:id="n34" n="17"/>
Cook, or the able seaman's wage of £1 4s a month. There were precedents, though, few, that he might have heard of, of men rising from the lower to the quarter deck; but if that sort of ambition stirred in him, there is no evidence that he ever confided it in anyone. If he was finding the coasting trade dull, and thought that naval service, whatever its drawbacks, offered a lively mind more variety and more excitement, this was as good a time as any to make the change. We can henceforth follow his career a little more clearly. It is still, over a period, largely an anonymous career: not quite anonymous, because he was a man enrolled, we know where he was, and one or two things he did in the course of duty; but for the most part his personal history is subsumed in the history of a ship. We view his experience, we do not know what effect his experience had on him.</p>
        <p>The volunteer was sent to the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, Captain Joseph Hamar,<note xml:id="fn1-17" n="1"><p>Kitson and others spell his name Hamer, but he signs himself in his log/journal, Adm 51/292, ‘Jos. Hamar’.</p></note> a 60-gun ship then moored at Spithead. She had come out of dock in Portsmouth harbour on 8 May, with only her lower masts and bowsprit standing, no rigging, and a vast deal to do to fit her for sea. There was still plenty to do when Cook made his first appearance in her, on 25 June. His appearance, we are to gather, was highly satisfactory to Captain Hamar, because a month later he was rated master's mate.<note xml:id="fn2-17" n="2"><p>‘Immediately’, not ‘a month later’, if we are to take literally the title-page of his <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> log, now in the <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>. But Kitson correctly gives the date of his promotion as 24 July, going on the muster book, Adm 36/5533. It is possible that he began to keep a log even as A.B., inscribing the title-page later.</p></note> We have the log he dutifully began to keep, the first of many: ‘Log Book on Board his Maj<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Ship Eagle, Kept by Jam<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Cook Masters Mate Commencing the 27<hi rend="sup">th</hi> June 1755; And Ending the 31<hi rend="sup">st</hi> of December 1756’; and the first of innumerable entries registering wind and weather. The master was the very capable Thomas Bisset. Work on the ship went forward; at the beginning of July the fleet at Portsmouth was ceremonially visited by the First Lord of the Admiralty, Lord Anson, and the Duke of Cumberland; ships and admirals came and went; the master's mate recorded such happenings as '[20 July] Rec<hi rend="sup">d</hi> on Board 12 Chalder of Coals &amp; 3 Cask's of Char Coal, w<hi rend="sup">th</hi> other Stoars for Pursser, Emp<hi rend="sup">d</hi> in Makeing Points &amp; Pointing Ropes Ends'—or the arrival of ‘his Maj<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Ship Giberalter’; on 27 July all the volunteers on board got two months' pay in advance; and at last, on 4 August, the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> sailed: ‘weigh'd &amp; Came to Sail, Saw a water Spout to y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> S.W.’<note xml:id="fn3-17" n="3"><p>The quotations and dates given in this chapter are from Cook's log, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, unless otherwise attributed.</p></note> On that day too the mate, an incursion into the learned unusual
<pb xml:id="n35" n="18"/>
among seamen, begins to use the astronomical symbols for the days of the week: he is already a slightly unusual young man.</p>
        <p>The primary aim of the navy was the interruption of French communication with the possessions of France in North America, an aim in which it had so far not been markedly successful. The earlier intention for the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> was that she should cross the Atlantic to the Leeward Islands. In July, however, this plan was changed, and Hamar was ordered on a cruise outside St George's Channel, between the Scilly Islands and Cape Clear on the Irish coast. He was to put himself under the command of Admiral Hawke. It was a cruise of no great glory. One day out a sail to the south was taken to be a French ship of war, and chased, but proved a Dutch merchantman. From day to day small vessels were chased, stopped and examined; and Hamar, short-handed as he was, did not miss the chance to press men when he could from the London-bound—three one day, four another.<note xml:id="fn1-18" n="1"><p>Bisset's log, Adm 52/578, 8 and 9 August 1755.</p></note> Half-way through August the weather turned squally. At the beginning of September there were hard gales; early in the morning of the 1st, off the Old Head of Kinsale ‘a Monstrous great Sea Carry'd away the Driver Boom in a deep Roll’ (it is Hamar writing), and a few hours later the captain was convinced his main mast was sprung between decks. He decided to go into Plymouth for repairs, and there he was anchored on 5 September. After two surveys in a week the mast-makers could find nothing wrong; and then Hamar, ordered to sea again immediately by an indignant Admiralty, and ready for sailing, decided instead to put his ship in dock to clean and tallow her bottom. This was too much for the Admiralty, who did not like its commands ignored, and before the end of the month Hamar was superseded. On 1 October came on board in his stead <name type="person" key="name-134359">Captain Hugh Palliser</name>.<note xml:id="fn2-18" n="2"><p>Hamar, Adm 51/292, 29 September, ‘This day Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Palliser Superceeded me in the Comand of the Eagle'.—Cook, 1 October, ‘Came on Board, Cap<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Palliser &amp; tooke Possesion of y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Ship’.</p></note> His arrival meant much more to Cook than either dreamed.</p>
        <p>Palliser was another Yorkshireman, from the West Riding, well-rooted in the gentry; the son of an army captain. Five years older than Cook, he had had twenty years' more naval experience: he had gone to sea at the age of twelve, in an uncle's care, passed his examination and become a lieutenant when eighteen (which was three years too early for a commission according to the regulations), been in the action off Toulon in February 1744, and got his first command in 1746, the year in which Cook began as Walker's apprentice. He had served in the West Indies and on the Coromandel coast of India
<pb xml:id="n36" n="19"/>
as well as on the English coast, and in September 1755 had just returned from convoying transports out to Virginia. He was a capable man, although certainly never hindered in professional advancement, to his new command he brought a good deal of energy. He sailed from Plymouth in the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> for the first time on 8 October. The cruise this time was down Channel and about its western approaches, under the general orders of West and Byng, rear-admiral and vice-admiral; but for the greater part of five weeks the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> was on her own. They were weeks of gales and squalls, hard on the sails, and no doubt hard on the sailors, as the ship chased any-thing in sight—vessels which usually turned out to be English, Spanish, Swedes, Hamburgers or Dutch, though she took two or three French ones, fishermen homeward bound from Newfoundland. In one chase forty leagues west of Ushant, 18 October, in a hard gale, her main topmast went by the board and the Frenchman escaped under cover of night; but next day, with a jury topmast, the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> fell in with the <hi rend="i">Monmouth</hi>, and the Frenchman being sighted again, the <hi rend="i">Monmouth</hi> took her. The prizes were sent in to Plymouth. The <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, with more than two hundred prisoners, continued cruising, ran into gales again in early November, carried away her main topgallant mast in a squall, and on the 13th was with West and Byng in the Bay of Biscay.</p>
        <p>She was present at the end of the <hi rend="i">Espérance</hi>, a French seventy-four short of fifty guns, which had eluded Boscawen's fleet on the other side of the Atlantic only to be maimed in the storms and brought up by West's squadron almost within reach of home: in a fight that for hopeless heroism was like that of the <hi rend="i">Revenge</hi> she was finally battered into surrender. She was to enter no British harbour as a prize, and Cook's log registers her last hours, on the afternoon of the 15th: ‘Rec<hi rend="sup">d</hi> on B<hi rend="sup">d</hi> from y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Esperance 26 Prisoners art 4 y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Esperance on fire there being no Posabillity of Keeping her above water’. And so she went down. A few days after this funeral rite Byng, having returned to the Channel, ordered West and half-a-dozen ships, including the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, into Plymouth Sound for cleaning and refitting; and here she remained from 21 November to 13 March 1756. On 27 November Palliser wrote to the Admiralty Secretary with the perennial captain's plaint. He had a great many men on board, he said, who were supernumeraries belonging to other ships, and had been received at different times from them or from hospital, to make up a sufficient crew to go to sea. What ships they properly belonged to he could not tell, and nobody wanted them: forty-four were alleged to belong to the <hi rend="i">Ramillies</hi>, she needed only six, and her boatswain
<pb xml:id="n37" n="20"/>
thought only three worth taking. ‘When their Lordships shall think proper to Compleat this Ships Complement I hope they'll be pleased to Order her a few good Men, for I assure you I have been much distressed this last Cruize having so very few Seamen on board.‘<note xml:id="fn1-20" n="1"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 27 November 1755, Adm 1/2292.</p></note> One of his best seamen, <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, in February spent a few days in hospital with an unspecified minor illness;<note xml:id="fn2-20" n="2"><p>Kitson, 20.</p></note> some of the others were flogged round the fleet for desertion; otherwise (and even thus) it was the routine of winter weeks in harbour.</p>
        <p>The winter, so it seems, was marked for Cook by further promotion. ‘<hi rend="c">Am</hi> had a Survey on Boatswain's Stores, when Succeeded y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Former Boatswain’. This was on 22 January. It may have been only temporary. As boatswain he would have been responsible for ropes, sails, cables and anchors, flags, and (not unnaturally) boats; his pay would have risen from £3 16s to £4 a month. It was very satisfactory, though Palliser still refers to him as a mate, he continues to appear in other records as master's mate, and as such he may continue to be referred to here.</p>
        <p>The cruise last completed laid down the pattern for the next fifteen months, in and out of Plymouth Sound and hanging round the French coast, a period broken by one savage duel with the enemy and two interludes of semi-independence for the master's mate. Palliser reports on his proceedings for March-April.<note xml:id="fn3-20" n="3"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 13 April 1756, Adm 1/2293; and his log, Adm 51/292, Part III.</p></note> He had sailed on 13 March for his station off Cape Barfleur, the eastern point of the Cherbourg peninsula, where he had not arrived because of strong winds till the 19th; on the 21st he had been joined by the <hi rend="i">Windsor</hi>, and cruised in company with her until they both joined the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi>, Captain Gayton, Palliser's senior officer, who ordered him further west off the Isle of Batz on the Breton coast. He and Captain Faulkner of the <hi rend="i">Windsor</hi> agreed to keep company as far as that island in case a French convoy then in Cherbourg should sail that night and elude Gayton. They encountered no convoy, only two little sloops, smugglers from Guernsey with tea and brandy for the English coast: the weather was too bad and they were too short of men to detain these sloops, so they took out their cargoes and let them go. On 4 April they joined company with a British squadron of three ships and two cutters; Palliser sent one of the cutters into Guernsey to fetch out pilots, and sent Cook into the other. Cook's log entries for two weeks now relate to this experience, beginning with the morning of 5 April: ‘Bro<hi rend="sup">t</hi> too on y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Star: Tack when I
<pb xml:id="n38" n="21"/>
went on Board y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Cruzer Cutter, to take y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Command of her with Men, Arms, and Ammanishon. Mod<hi rend="sup">t</hi> &amp; Clowdy. In Company w<hi rend="sup">th</hi> y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Eagle, Falmouth, Greyhound, &amp; Firret Sloop.’ Next day he makes a little drawing of the coast about Morlaix, with its buildings and rocks—already trying his hand, as if by instinct, on a ‘coastal profile’. On the 8th, off the Tragoz rocks, two large French sails, taken for frigates, were chased but made their escape into Morlaix, where the British could not follow; then on the 12th an order was received from Captain Keppel to repair to Plymouth Sound, whence next day Palliser wrote to the Admiralty. He was out again on the 16th. Meanwhile Cook was off on his own, in and out of sight of the squadron, having some hard squalls and rain, no doubt enjoying the exercise of authority as he fired a few shots to bring vessels to—until he went on board the <hi rend="i">Falmouth</hi>, the commodore's ship, on the 21st, to return to Plymouth. Here on the 27th he and his men transferred to the <hi rend="i">St Albans</hi>, another 60-gun ship, which sailed on the 30th and joined the fleet of ‘Adm<note xml:id="fn1-21" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> log, 22 May 1756 to 1 July.</p></note> Buscowon’, Vice-Admiral of the Blue, off Ushant—a formidable array, and the master's mate copies out the line of battle. On 3 May he was once more on board the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> now part of Boscawen's fleet. Boscawen met no French fleet—the British purpose was blockade—but as explicit war came nearer (it was declared on 18 May) the <hi rend="i">Eagle's</hi> men began to die, and her log is a melancholy record. There was a little relief on 20 May, when in the Bay of Biscay she and the <hi rend="i">St Albans</hi> took two prizes, one ‘a ship from Santimingo’ with sugar and coffee (as Cook notes), and put boarding parties in both to carry them to port.<note sameAs="#fn1-21" xml:id="note-0001"><p><hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> log, 22 May 1756 to 1 July.</p></note>It was Cook who took command of ‘y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Triton prize’ and got her into Plymouth at the end of the month, only to be sent round to London with her. By the end of June he had her moored securely in the Thames, had taken an inventory of her rigging and stores, sent his men back to Plymouth, and followed them himself. Rejoining his ship on 1 July, he was plunged into a very busy month of refitting.</p>
        <p>Palliser had been sent into Plymouth by Boscawen to land his sick men and his prisoners. He arrived on 3 June, on which day his surgeon and four men died, to add to the twenty-two who had been buried in the previous month; he put 130 men in hospital, ‘most of which are extreamly Ill’, including the two surgeon's mates; and as he had thirty-five men away in prizes, and was thirty-four short of his complement, he reported himself in a very weak condition.<note xml:id="fn2-21" n="2"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 3 June, 4 June 1756, Adm 1/2293.</p></note> He landed 143 prisoners. There was a standing order at Plymouth to
<pb xml:id="n39" n="22"/>
dock, clean and refit any ship that came in from Boscawen, and while this was being done to the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> Palliser took further thought. The sickness and mortality that had raged in his ship, he reported, was in great measure owing to the want of clothes: his men were nearly all landsmen, who had never been at sea till they were sent on board the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, ‘Naked when they came on board being for the most part Vagabones not one in Twenty of them that had more than Shirt and one ragged Coat'. The established allowance of slops was not enough; when they became sickly he had to give them more, and he now wished to be indemnified for this over-expenditure of clothing.<note xml:id="fn1-22" n="1"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 17 June 1756 and endorsement, Adm 1/3293.</p></note> The Lords were not unsympathetic: he was ordered ‘To let the men be supplyed with what they absolutely want and no more, and to take care they do not sell any part thereof’. He reported readiness for sea again on 6 July—which, if we are to take Cook's log seriously, can hardly have been so, though no doubt the ship was out of dock<note xml:id="fn2-22" n="2"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 6 July, Adm 1/2293: but Cook's log notes continuous work on the ship, rigging, loading, etc., till they sailed on 4 August.</p></note> and was ordered to rejoin Boscawen. In the interval, ‘very much indisposed in a Fever’, he had requested leave of absence for himself, with the temporary appointment of another captain.<note xml:id="fn3-22" n="3"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 18 July, Adm 1/2293.</p></note> Charles Proby, so designated, being detained by adverse winds in the Downs, Palliser was recovered and on board again by the time, 2 August, rumour spread of a French squadron in the Channel,<note xml:id="fn4-22" n="4"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 2 August, Adm 1/2293.</p></note> so that on the 4th he could sail again under the orders of Rear-Admiral Harrison. The French squadron seems to have been merely the figment of a Swedish mariner's imagination.<note xml:id="fn5-22" n="5"><p>Kitson, 22, gives the story more at large: ‘The report originated with the master of a Swedish trader, who, under examination, swore that he had seen nine ships off the Isle of Wight, flying a white flag, all large, and he estimated two to be 90-gun ships. He stated that he was boarded by a boat from one that he believed to be the flagship, and that after the boarding officer had returned to his ship, a gun was fired, and the whole squadron made sail. Very careful enquiry was made, and the portion of the Channel mentioned by the Swede was thoroughly searched, but no signs or tidings could be found of any French men-of-war having been in the neighbourhood, and the Swede paid the penalty of what seemed to be only an exercise of his imagination, by suffering a detention of some months in Portsmouth.’</p></note> The <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> first helped to convoy a large number of merchantmen down Channel; then, one of a dozen ships, took part in the blockade directed by Boscawen, cruising some sixty miles west of Ushant, chasing whatever appeared, seizing an occasional prize: it was a long cruise, that hardly rose above routine, and by the time she was back once more at Plymouth, on 11 November, her men had again begun to die. That was the other routine. When an advance payment of prize money
<pb xml:id="n40" n="23"/>
was made in mid-December <note xml:id="fn1-23" n="1"><p>Palliser log, 17 December 1756, Adm 51/292/III.</p></note> it would have seemed to able seamen and warrant officers little enough to compensate for those dull and stormy months.</p>
        <p>She left again, her crew increased to 420, on 29 December—the blockade was winter work as well as summer—only to meet a very hard gale of wind off the Isle of Wight on 4 January 1757, ‘which blowed away most of our sails’,<note xml:id="fn2-23" n="2"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 6 January, 13 January 1757, Adm 1/2294; Palliser log, 30 January.</p></note> and forced her to put first into Spithead and then back to the Sound until 30 January, when she sailed with the fleet of Vice-Admiral West. This was a Biscayan cruise rather than an off-Channel one, and lasted till 15 April. Palliser was given fourteen days' leave for ‘some business of consequence in town’ while the usual cleaning and refitting went on.<note xml:id="fn3-23" n="3"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 17 April 1757, Adm 1/2294.</p></note> On 25 May, in company with the <hi rend="i">Medway</hi>, another 60-gun ship, Captain Proby, she departed to rejoin Boscawen. Five days later she had her moment of glory. It was an Atlantic action, its place given by Palliser as about latitude 48° and 2° W of the Lizard—that is about 180 miles southwest of Ushant. At 1 o'clock in the morning, through driving rain, a sail was seen to the north-west of the two English ships. They immediately gave chase: ‘let out the Reefs, &amp; set Studding Sails &amp; Clear'd Ship for Action', wrote Palliser in his log. The <hi rend="i">Medway</hi>, in the lead, omitted to clear for action, and was forced to bring to when nearly up with the chase to do so; by this time she had hoisted French colours. Proby, the senior captain, at first urged Palliser on, then wished him to shorten sail so that he himself might get into the action; Palliser, however, did not understand—possibly did not want to understand—the signals, and Proby managed only a few raking shots.</p>
        <q>‘At 1/4 before 4’, writes Palliser, ‘Came along side the [chase] &amp; Engaged at about Two Ships lengths from her the Fire was very brisk on both Sides for near an hour, she then Struck to us, She proved to be the Duc D'Acquitaine last from Lisbon, mounting 50 Guns all 18 Pounders, 493 Men, We had 7 men Killed in the Action &amp; 32 Wounded, Our Sails &amp; Rigging cutt almost all to Peices, soon after She Struck her Main &amp; Mizen Masts went by the Board Employed the Boats fetching the Prisoners &amp; carrying Men on board the Prize, Employed Knotting &amp; Splicing the Rigging. Our Cutter was lost alongside the Prize by the going away of her Main Mast.’<note xml:id="fn4-23" n="4"><p>Palliser log, 30 May, Adm 51/292/III.</p></note></q>
        <p>At the end of the day the prize's foremast also went by the board, and three of the <hi rend="i">Eagle's</hi> men died of their wounds; another died two
<pb xml:id="n41" n="24"/>
days later. Eighty (notwithstanding Palliser's first count) were wounded. The French losses were fifty killed and thirty wounded. The <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> herself had suffered badly, her masts and rigging and sails ‘very much shattered’, sails indeed ‘rent almost to rags’, almost all the running rigging shot away, her sides full of shot-holes, and stuck, like her masts and yards, with bars of iron.<note xml:id="fn1-24" n="1"><p>Palliser to Clevland, 5 June, list of ‘Visible Defects’, Adm 1/2294.</p></note> She was in no case to do much about her conquest, which the <hi rend="i">Medway</hi> took in tow. The latter had had only ten men injured from an accidental explosion of powder. The <hi rend="i">Duc d'Aquitaine</hi> was an East Indiaman of 1500 tons, commanded by ‘the Sieur D'Esquelen'; she had landed a rich cargo at Lisbon, whence she had sailed on her way round to Lorient, equipped for war and hoping to intercept a British convoy about to sail from Lisbon in charge of the 20-gun <hi rend="i">Mermaid</hi>, but before this desperate action had taken only an English brig from Cadiz.<note xml:id="fn2-24" n="2"><p>ibid.</p></note> This the Sieur obligingly ransomed for £200, and let go.</p>
        <p>The three ships put back into Plymouth together. Palliser found that his report made the Lords exceedingly happy, and he in his turn was made happy by their compliments. The prize was surveyed, found worth taking into the navy in spite of the 97 shot-holes through both her sides, and fitted out as a 64-gun ship under the same name. The <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, put into order again within a month, on 12 July sailed for Halifax across the Atlantic, to join Rear-Admiral Holburne, second-in-command to Boscawen, who was now blockading the formidable stronghold of Louisburg. His fleet, formidable too, was thwarted by foul weather as well as French daring; and by the end of September the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, victim of a violent storm, had begun to stagger home across the Atlantic, leaking, with jury-masts and improvised sails, and men going down sick in tens and scores. She reached safety; but Palliser's days in her were almost at an end. He handed over the command in February 1758. He had been without two of his most valuable warrant officers for many months. Bisset, the master, had been appointed to the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, a ship still building, on 28 April 1757, and had a good deal to do with her even before she was launched. He thus missed the <hi rend="i">Duc d'Aquitaine</hi> affair. In this affair his mate, <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, stood an enemy's fire for the first time, and escaped cannonballs and bars of iron. As he, too, was given preferment, between it and the following cruise, he also escaped the wretched experience of that October Atlantic crossing. It might have seemed a question, briefly, not whether the master's mate might have preferment, but what preferment he should have: for about this time, as we may guess, Palliser received a letter from Mr William Osbaldestone,
<pb xml:id="n42" n="25"/>
member of Parliament for Scarborough, written on the stimulus of John Walker of Whitby, suggesting that Cook might be commissioned. That is, the great principle of ‘interest’, spring of so much naval advancement, was being tried on his behalf, and broke down—the principle that what really counted in the profession was the influence which important persons, on the fringe of authority, could bring to bear on important persons in authority. Really important persons—a Lord of the Admiralty, perhaps—applied to by a noble earl, or the son of a noble earl, or an influential contractor to the navy, might quite light-heartedly lay aside a hallowed regulation to oblige some favoured child of grace. But Mr Osbaldestone was not one of the great members of parliament; <name type="person" key="name-134359">Hugh Palliser</name>, though he had done very well, was still only a naval captain, not at all the son of an earl, and he could not dispense with regulations or exert influence on those who could; Mr Osbaldestone and Mr Walker perhaps showed a little naïveté in applying to him. True, the war meant a great demand not merely for able seamen but (though a lesser one) for officers, particularly lieutenants, the rank at which commissions started. There were still, however, plenty of unemployed though qualified men to be employed; and the regulations had it that no midshipman or mate without at least six years' naval service could take his lieutenant's examination. An order had recently been issued for the strict enforcement of this regulation. Here was a mate with two years' service. Palliser was bound to reply as he did, that Cook had been too short a time in the service for a commission, but that a master's warrant might be given him, ‘by which he would be raised to a station that he was well qualified to discharge with ability and credit’.<note xml:id="fn1-25" n="1"><p>Kippis, 4–5, ‘From the information of <name type="person" key="name-134359">Sir Hugh Palliser</name>’.</p></note> This was just; there can be no doubt that Palliser spoke up for his mate. On 29 June 1757 <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> attended at the Trinity House, Deptford, passed his own examination, and came away with a certificate stating that he was qualified ‘to take charge as Master of any of His Majesty's Ship from the Downs thro’ the Channel to the Westward and to Lisbon'; and, one presumes, in any other direction.<note xml:id="fn2-25" n="2"><p>Minute Books of the Trinity House, Deptford, 29 June 1757.</p></note> On 30 June he was discharged from the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> and entered as master in the <hi rend="i">Solebay</hi>, a 24-gun frigate, Captain Robert Craig.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n43" n="26"/>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d8" type="section">
        <head>III<lb/>
The Master</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The Position</hi> of master in a ship of the navy was an honourable and responsible one, without parallel at the present day; rooted in history, to the time when for purposes of war the royal servants hired a ship with her ‘master’ and crew all together, and installed in her the necessary military persons to ‘fight’ her, men skilled in arms but innocent of navigation. The transformation of these men into officers acquainted with the ways of the sea and of ships came in due course, but the master remained, of inferior social position, appointed not by commission from the Admiralty but by warrant from the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>; perhaps with a minimum of formal education (and a good many of his superiors might have not much more) but trained by hard experience and his own ability; the chief professional on board though not the highest ranking one, the man who never ceased to retain control, as a professional thing, of the ship's navigation. He was subject of course to the orders from the captain, who got his orders from an admiral or the Admiralty; but it would be an unwise captain who ignored, or overrode, his subordinate's particular expertness. Apart from navigation the master was responsible, over the boatswain, for masts, yards, sails and rigging, for stores, for general management. In between navigation and management he had a special responsibility for pilotage and harbour-work, and for what may be called the investigative side of his trade, for taking soundings and bearings and correcting or adding to charts—often enough for making new ones. He was responsible for the ship's log. His responsibilities were endless, his signature always in demand. This did not mean that captain, lieutenants, mates, midshipmen were merely ornamental. They had duties, laid down in the black and white of the naval <hi rend="i">Regulations and Instructions;</hi> some of their duties were, on paper, very like a master's; but the master's were cumulative. He wore no uniform. His competence was certified when he passed his examination. In the end his capacity to find his position at sea was outdistanced by officers with scientific accomplishment
<pb xml:id="n44" n="27"/>
enough to master the relevant astronomy and mathematics; but there was more to a master than dead reckoning. In the hierarchy of pay he might, depending on the rating of his ship, get more than a lieutenant. The value of a good master was beyond computation in gold or rubies. For this very reason there was a tendency for masters to remain masters: who would wish to waste such a man by giving him a commission? It was into this select brotherhood, more than into a particular ship, that Cook now entered.</p>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Solebay</hi>'s duty was the patrol of the eastern coast of Scotland and of the Orkney and Shetland islands, against smuggling and ‘treasonable intercourse’ with France or Holland. Her base was at Leith on the Firth of Forth; there she had just returned and was at anchor in Leith Road when Cook joined her on 30 July 1757. He must have had leave in the month since his discharge from the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, but how he spent it one can but speculate. He had pay in his pocket, and one guesses that he made his way from Plymouth to London, where, at the Black Swan in Holborn, he took the coach for Yorkshire, to visit his parents, and <name key="name-170618" type="person">John Walker</name> and his other friends at Whitby, on his way to Scotland. One guesses also, from the flourishes encircling his signature in the new log that he began to keep on entering his ship, that he derived a little, and proper, pride in now being ‘<name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>; Master’ of one of His Majesty's ships. It is a routine log,<note xml:id="fn1-27" n="1"><p>Cook's ‘Solebays Logg’ is a small quarto, Adm 52/1033, 30 July—7 September 1757, according to its title-page, but the date of the first entry is corrected from 30 to 31 July. At the end of the book, after a large interposition of blank pages, is a small section heralded ‘Solebays Journal / <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> / Master’, and the dates—which, however, adds nothing of value to the log. Craig's log is Adm 51/908.</p></note> and the cruise it chronicles was one without particular incident, notable perhaps for no more than giving Cook his only view of the Scottish coast—which was a view, however, that he remembered. Sailing on 2 August, and calling at one or two points on the mainland—Stoneham in Kincardineshire, Buchan Ness, the easternmost point of the Aberdeenshire coast—and then at the islet of Copinsay in the eastern Orkneys and at Fair Isle, by the 9th of the month she was in Lerwick harbour in the Shetlands, and the master was registering the other ships riding there, their comings and goings; on the 19th she was at Stromness, and after some days round and about these waters was back in her anchorage at Leith at the end of the month. Cook remained with her till 7 September—or at least his log ends at that date;<note xml:id="fn2-27" n="2"><p>Kitson, 29, says, ‘on 17th September James Cook was superseded by John Nichols as Master’; but there could quite easily have been a nine days' vacancy in the position.</p></note> and we have again a gap in his chronology, because it was not till 18 October that a warrant was made out giving him his next appointment, not till 27 October that
<pb xml:id="n45" n="28"/>
he entered upon it.<note xml:id="fn1-28" n="1"><p>Kitson, 29: ‘entered upon his duties on 27th October, the twenty-ninth anniversary of his birth’. This does not allow for the change in the calendar instituted in 1752. The 27 October of his birth was Old Style: a strict reckoning of his birthday after 1752 would have been eleven days later, i.e. 7 November New Style. Bisset[t]'s log, Adm 52/978, finishes on 26 October, on which date he was appointed to the <hi rend="i">Stirling Castle.</hi></p></note> In this appointment he followed Bisset, whose mate he had been in the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, and it was a very satisfactory one indeed. For the warrant made him master of the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, the almost new 64-gun ship, 1250 tons, <name type="person" key="name-170627">Captain John Simcoe</name>, a ship of the line and a captain that might well be the cause of some pride in warrant officers. This was better than a collier and the North Sea.</p>
        <p>Simcoe had taken command of his ship while she was still on the stocks at Plymouth, and had watched over her launching on 2 June and her fitting out.<note xml:id="fn2-28" n="2"><p>Simcoe to John Clevland, secretary to the Admiralty, 19 April, 14 May, 2 June 1757.—Adm 1/2471.</p></note> When Cook joined her she was in Portsmouth harbour, just returned from Lisbon, busily fitting and provisioning for another cruise. The business of the port! Did a ship of the line, more than a collier, stir the mind? Portsmouth or Plymouth more than Whitby was an animating place, with the activity of naval war, the noise of dockyards, the coming and going of sails, the noble ships—single ships, squadrons, fleets—the bringing in of prizes, the crowd of small craft, the sound of guns: guns were always going off in salutes, salutes to admirals, salutes for anniversaries, the king's birthday, the king's accession, the king's coronation; the waters and the air were never still. It could not be said, in October 1757, that the atmosphere was that of present victory; but there were considerable workings. A man, not a pressed landsman, might tread the deck with a certain elation. So the master could not have felt depressed when the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> on 8 December weighed and came to sail from St Helen's, where she had been anchored for a fortnight, and with other ships made down Channel. This was a cruise of a sort he was familiar with from his days in the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, across the Bay of Biscay, somewhat further south than before, so that Finisterre and not Ushant became the point of reference, in the old routine of chase—one day he remarks on ‘the whole Fleet in Chase’;<note xml:id="fn3-28" n="3"><p>Adm 52/978, 3 January 1758.</p></note> a number of seamen died, that routine repeated; and on 9 February 1758 a home-port again, moored at Plymouth.</p>
        <p>This sort of activity was necessary though humdrum. The <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, however, with Cook in her, was on the edge of greater things—was, in fact, about to play her part in one of the great reversals of history; and a reversal in an American theatre. The war that had been waged between Britain and France since 1754—undeclared
<pb xml:id="n46" n="29"/>
till May 1756, declared thereafter—was a transatlantic, American war, to British colonists the ‘French and Indian war’—the continuation, in spite of all efforts at peaceful settlement, of the war that had its illusory end in 1748; and it became, inevitably, an Atlantic and then a European war. The American, the frontier, the backwoods, war could not be sustained indefnitely on either side without recourse to naval power; the critical lines of communication and supply, in final analysis, were Atlantic lines, the continental struggle merged into oceanic struggle. There was, on both sides, the usual preying on commerce; both sides lost enormously in merchant ships. Cook had seen a little of this, in his cruises in the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, as she chased the fishing-vessels from Newfoundland or the snows from the West Indies. There were the single ship actions—and he had seen the end of the <hi rend="i">Espérance</hi>, had helped to batter the <hi rend="i">Duc d'Aquitaine</hi> into surrender. In both the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> he had had his introduction to that perennial and tedious strategy, the blockading of the coasts of France, the endless watchfulness through fair weather and foul. But none of this had tended towards victory: indeed, looking back from the end of 1757 the British could see little but defeat, or when not defeat, frustration—and it was in the hysteria consequent on such frustration that they had shot their Admiral Byng. Regular army officers had failed in America, General Braddock had been killed, colonial forces had failed, forts had been lost, the colonial line of defence pushed hither and thither, Indians had massacred, French strategy had been brilliant. There were, however, two factors which gave the French civil and military command in Canada some unease, even at the peak of prestige. They could see signs, first of all, that they had strained their manpower: their regular regiments were good, but the French <hi rend="i">habitant</hi> had had his fill of wilderness fighting. Secondly, to do this fighting and the miscellaneous army service that went with it, he had been taken away from his proper work of cultivation; and Canada faced a serious food shortage. Hence the importance to the French of their lines of communication, free movement from France of troops and provisions; hence the eyes at Quebec through the next eighteen months straining for signs of the transports that would bring troops, but even more important—additional troops being additional mouths—flour. And hence the strategy of French naval power—even the risks it was prepared to take in stripping away guns for the sake of supplies: a strategy of convoy and protection, of conservation of line-of-battle ships, not of seeking out some grand general encounter of fleets which might bring glory, but even with glory disaster. Against this the British
<pb xml:id="n47" n="30"/>
built up their own vast strategy, by land and sea. Inside it we are able to see, fitfully, the emerging Cook, a figure of slight importance, yet not altogether unimportant; through him, fitfully, we see the strategy.</p>
        <p>The safety of the French possessions in North America, and their enlargement, was pinned not merely on successful wilderness fighting but on the two great fortresses which guaranteed the Gulf of St Lawrence and the immense river—Louisburg and Quebec. Who had those had Canada: if they could be captured there would be an immediate revolution in the war, which would negate all French successes on the frontiers of the British colonies, and remove at once the pressure that constricted these to their narrow coastal ribbon. This was plain to Lord Loudon, British commander-in-chief in North America from mid-1756, and he had determined to go straight for Quebec as in his 1757 campaign, assembling troops and making his dispositions carefully for that purpose. If he could get Quebec, he was persuaded—and he was a careful planner—Louisburg could be attended to later. While he was planning, the extraordinary Pitt had at last come to power in England, backed by popular support and with ideas of his own. These dislocated Loudon's, without ensuring all the preliminaries to success. Pitt was convinced that Louisburg and Quebec must both be taken, but in that order; and he could argue powerfully that he was right, on the military principle that in proceeding to one objective, you should not leave a dangerous threat to your communications behind you. Undoubtedly Louisburg would have been that, if a powerful French fleet were based upon it. For Louisburg was a harbour as well as a fortress, just below Cape Breton, the northern tip of the south-eastern coast of Cape Breton island: as a harbour, it could accommodate a large fleet; as a fortress it commanded the approach between Newfoundland and Cape Breton island to the Gulf of St Lawrence; as a considerable town and a port, it was a thriving centre of trade and of the French fishery, and had been in the previous war the thriving headquarters of privateering enterprise against British colonial commerce. It was this last characteristic that led the redoubtable Colonel Pepperrell of Massachusetts, together with Admiral Warren, to attack and take the place in 1745. It had been handed back at the peace in exchange for Madras, regardless of colonial rage; since when the French, determined that it should not be taken again, had poured money and work into its improvement. It had a strong garrison. It had also, through a good part of the year, the protection of the dense fogs that hung over that part of the Atlantic ocean, a
<pb xml:id="n48" n="31"/>
beckoning to shipwreck of which potentially intruding fleets were much aware. There was one other material factor in the naval disposition of the area. This was the British base of Halifax, on the Nova Scotian coast, a day or two's sail south-west of Louisburg, as a counterpoise to which it had been deliberately founded in 1749, immediately after the peace, with four thousand colonists sent out from Britain. It was not a heavily fortified place, nor had it grown rapidly into a metropolis; but it had an admirable double harbour and safe anchorage, and British fleets, and their masters, would get to know it extremely well, though perhaps never positively to love it.</p>
        <p>Pitt, then, in 1757 wanted Louisburg, and set Loudon to take it. He was generous with reinforcements, despatching them with the squadron commanded by Holburne. But even a Pitt could not command the weather. Contrary winds and gales kept Holburne from Halifax till July, by which time the French, well up in British plans, had been able to install a strong fleet and their own reinforcements in Louisburg; and from late June to late autumn the protective fog was thick. The fortress could be still more strongly fortified. Loudon after a council of war very wisely decided to abandon the project for that season; the French fleet, needed at home, declined to waste time and resources fighting Holburne; and towards the end of September a great southerly hurricane caught the British ships eight or ten leagues off Louisburg, forced them towards the shore for two days, and in another day, if it had continued, would have destroyed them all. It was this tempest that had so badly battered the <hi rend="i">Eagle.</hi> Loudon paid for his wisdom, as he had grimly anticipated, by his recall. Pitt demanded brilliance, not Fabian strategy. He planned again for 1758; in that year he wanted both Louisburg and Quebec. His new general was Jeffrey Amherst, and one of Amherst's three brigadiers, for the Louisburg enterprise, was <name type="person" key="name-170628">James Wolfe</name>. Sir Charles Hardy's squadron was patrolling the desperate coast, in fogs and storms, from early April—unable even then, when driven away from the land by pressing danger, to prevent five French ships of the line and three frigates from slipping into harbour. The British fleet command was given to Boscawen, a great fighting admiral, who sailed from Plymouth on 22 February <note xml:id="fn1-31" n="1"><p>The date is from Simcoe's <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> log, Adm 51/686; but the dates given in various sources by no means coincide.</p></note> with eight line-of-battle ships and some smaller vessels. One of the ships of the line was the <hi rend="i">Pembroke.</hi> They picked up transports, crossed the Atlantic by way of Tenerife and Bermuda, and were at Halifax by 9 May, the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> having had
<pb xml:id="n49" n="32"/>
twenty-six men die on the passage, and putting a large number into hospital as soon as she reached port. Five men also immediately deserted with her yawl. She had to be left behind when Boscawen, on 28 May, stood slowly away for Louisburg with 157 vessels of war and transports. By the time she had received her men back from hospital and could leave with a convoy it was 7 June; it was the 12th when she was anchored off Louisburg, in the formidable company of Vice-Admiral Boscawen, Rear-Admiral Hardy, Commodore Durell, and the great assemblage of fleet and transports. She found that a landing had been forced by Wolfe, aided by good luck, on the morning of 8 June, at Kennington Cove, the west part of Gabarus Bay, just to the south and west of Louisburg; that the French had retreated to the fortress which the British, in doubtful weather, had already invested; and that all was going forward to set up batteries for a bombardment.</p>
        <p>This time luck was indeed on the side of the British, ill-hap on the side of the French. The French fleet returning home from the Louisburg operation of the previous year brought ship-fever with it: two thousand men died on the passage, and at Brest ten thousand more. A Mediterranean action of March 1758 revenged the defeat of Byng. A great fleet that it was hoped to send across the Atlantic was kept at home to meet a rumoured British movement against the coasts of France. Hawke in the Bay of Biscay prevented any actual large despatch of ships. Of those that did succeed in slipping into Louisburg harbour four out of five ships of the line had come <hi rend="i">en flûte</hi>—that is, with stores in the room of guns. The fortress was effectively cut off from relief. The military and naval commanders at Louisburg could not agree, though that is unlikely to have affected the outcome. On the other hand Boscawen and Amherst co-operated to perfection; seamen not merely put the troops, the heavy naval guns and supplies on shore—losing a hundred boats in the process—but helped to serve the guns and siege works; and the weather, though unkind, was not unkind enough to render the fleet other than a secure base. Strong gales in the middle of June made the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> and other ships cut their cables and put to sea, but they were back in two days. The French blocked the harbour-mouth by sinking four ships in it, but blocking the harbour was of little avail when the attack was from the land. On 26 June the siege guns opened up, and the batteries were steadily pressed closer to the walls. On 15 July a fast frigate, the <hi rend="i">Aréthuse</hi>, escaped with the ominous tidings for France. On 21 July a shell from a heavy battery exploded the magazine of the <hi rend="i">Célèbre</hi>, 64, and set fire to two other ships of the line as well: all three burnt
<pb xml:id="n50" n="33"/>
to the water. Another was sunk at the harbour entrance. Bastions and barracks were going up in flames. On the night of 25 July Boscawen sent in two boats from each of his ships, with six hundred men, in thick fog, ‘in order to cut away the 2 men-of-warr’ that remained, ‘the Ben Fison of 64 guns, the Prudon 74 guns’ (it is the master of the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> writing);<note xml:id="fn1-33" n="1"><p>Adm 52/978.</p></note> the <hi rend="i">Bienfaisant</hi> was towed off, but the <hi rend="i">Prudent</hi>, aground at low tide, could not be moved and was set on fire. On 26 July the Governor surrendered.</p>
        <p>The day after the surrender, the master of the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> was ashore at Kennington Cove, where Wolfe had made his landing seven weeks before. His curiosity was much aroused by the behaviour of a man carrying a small square table, supported by a tripod; the man would set his table down so that he could squint along the top in various directions, after which he would make notes in a pocket-book. This man in his turn noticed Cook, and they struck up a conversation. He was a military engineer and surveyor in a regiment under Wolfe; he was making a plan of the place and its encampments, and the instrument he was using was known as a plane table; with it he was observing angles. His name was <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name>. His biography may be lightly touched on. He was Dutch, born in the same year as Cook. At the age of seventeen, he had joined the army of his own country; after some years as an artillery officer had crossed to England, where in 1755 he was commissioned lieutenant in the 60th Regiment, then being raised; he was a valuable person, not merely ambitious, but well trained professionally, an excellent draughtsman, a good linguist. He went to America in Loudon's train in 1756, and he had been present at some famous actions before Louisburg. Neither he nor Cook knew that their encounter that day was not less important than the great event they had just witnessed; for Cook expressed an ardent desire to be instructed in the use of the instrument, and, says Holland, ‘I appointed the next day in order to make him acquainted with the whole process; he accordingly attended, with a particular message from Capt. Simcoe expressive of a wish to have been present at our proceedings; and his inability, owing to indisposition, of leaving his ship; at the same time requesting me to dine with him on board; and begging me to bring the Plane Table pieces along. I, with much pleasure, accepted that invitation, which gave rise to my acquaintance with a truly scientific gentleman, for the which I ever hold myself much indebted to Capt. Cook. I remained that night on board, in the morning landed to continue my survey at
<pb xml:id="n51" n="34"/>
White Point [the other end of Gabarus Bay], attended by Capt. Cook and two young gentlemen' whom Simcoe wished also to be instructed in the business.<note xml:id="fn1-34" n="1"><p>Holland to Lieut-Governor John Graves Simcoe, 11 January 1792. His letter is printed in Ontario Historical Society, <hi rend="i">Papers and Records</hi>, XXI (1924), 18–19.</p></note> Probably the two young gentlemen were midshipmen of a mathematical cast of mind. The course of demonstration may possibly have lasted longer than that day, because through most of August, the 3rd to the 28th, the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> was moored in Louisburg harbour, and one cannot imagine that Cook and Holland parted immediately.</p>
        <p>According to Holland, it was agreed by Wolfe and Simcoe that the British force could go straight on and take Quebec that autumn, as Pitt had planned,<note xml:id="fn2-34" n="2"><p>ibid., 19.</p></note> but the admirals thought the season was too late; the only further action therefore taken by Amherst was to send Wolfe with three battalions, escorted by Sir <name key="name-405394" type="person">Charles Hardy</name> and a squadron which included the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, to raid and destroy French settlements at the Bay of Gaspé and other places on the Gulf of St Lawrence and at the entrance to the river—the northern part of what is now New Brunswick. It was inglorious service, though it did deprive Quebec of further provision, in the way of fish, as well as render the fishing population miserable and take a few of them prisoner. A few small prizes were taken also, what provision they had was transferred to the squadron—the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> got some bread, butter and wine—and the seven line-of-battle ships, having burnt a sloop and a schooner, returned to Louisburg, where they lay at anchor from 2 October to 14 November. Rather more interesting and useful than these minor acts of war was a small piece of work done by Mr Cook; and we can perhaps see in this directly the influence of his captain and of his new acquaintance <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name>. It was a survey of Gaspé bay and harbour, ‘taken in 1758’, which resulted in his first engraved and printed chart, dedicated to the Master and Wardens of the Trinity House of Deptford ‘by James Cook Master of his Majesty's Ship the Pembroke’, and published by the well-known firm Mount and Page of Tower Hill in 1759.<note xml:id="fn3-34" n="3"><p>R. A. Skelton, <hi rend="i">James Cook Surveyor of Newfoundland</hi> (San Francisco, 1965), 22; R A. Skelton and R. V. Tooley, <hi rend="i">The Marine Surveys of <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> in North America 1758–1768</hi> (London, 1967), 13. No <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> of this chart is known.</p></note> How it came to them we do not know: we may presume through Simcoe. Cook had his own little command for a week, taking a schooner round to ‘Marquin Bay’ to get coals.<note xml:id="fn4-34" n="4"><p>Adm 51/686, 10 October, 12 October 1758.</p></note> On 14 November the fleet, under Durell, sailed for Halifax, where on the morning of the 19th the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> was moored for the long winter. Boscawen returned to England in
<pb xml:id="n52" n="35"/>
his flagship, taking Wolfe with him to recuperate his health; Amherst remained in America, as commander-in-chief.</p>
        <p>For Halifax, cold and windy as it was, this praise at least can be given, that its harbour did not freeze over, not even in the particularly long and hard winter of 1758–9, however much floating ice from the north knocked at the shores outside. Nor was that winter for seamen in general a time of vast excitement: there was little for anyone to record in his log beyond the wind and the weather—in January a very hard frost, then snow—and the routine of cleaning the ship, its repair, overhauling the hold, the rigging and sails, the receipt of stores, the movement of boats, the coming and going of ships, court martials for offences mostly minor (the fruit, no doubt, often enough of deadly boredom) and floggings round the fleet. Simcoe's men do not seem to have been penalised by this sort of savagery. Day after day a single line serves the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>'s master as a record of things remarkable; sometimes he runs to three lines, now and again to more. In December early one morning the house on shore where the sailmakers lodged is burnt down with the sailmakers' assistant and 24 yards of duck;<note xml:id="fn1-35" n="1"><p>Adm 51/686, 11 December.</p></note> in January Mr Crozier, surgeon's second mate of the <hi rend="i">Captain</hi>, is court-martialled on board the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> for disobeying the surgeon's orders, and suspended for two months;<note xml:id="fn2-35" n="2"><p>Adm 51/686, 52/978 (Cook), 6 January 1759.</p></note> a few days later one man stabs another ‘under y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> short rib in a very dangerous manner’;<note xml:id="fn3-35" n="3"><p>Adm 51/686, 11 January.</p></note> in February another surgeon's mate is in trouble ‘for Drunkeness Neglect of Duty &amp; c—Broke’;<note xml:id="fn4-35" n="4"><p>Adm 52/978, 19 February.</p></note> in February again we have the consequences of a more complicated affair: ‘at 8 <hi rend="c">Am</hi> Punished Felix Flarity for Mutinous Beheavour at Cornwallis's Island Alex<hi rend="sup">dr</hi> Lumsden Pursers Steward for Setling in the Ship &amp; Selling Ten Gall<hi rend="sup">ns</hi> of Wine for a Watch, Jn° Tally for Selling the Watch for the Said Wine, &amp; Ben: Hawkings for takeing Wine and Provisions out of the Steward Room, without the Pursers Knowledge, had a Survey on all the Pursers Stores Provisions &amp; c.’<note xml:id="fn5-34" n="5"><p>Adm 52/978, 13 February.</p></note> Men, of course (for this is the navy, in winter quarters), depart this life. What was of most importance in the master's life, most remarkably remote from routine, from misdemeanours to deaths of bored unhappy men—these public events—was the private excitement, the thing that nobody could conceivably commit to the official pages of a ship's log. For what we know of this thing we are once again indebted to the memories of <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name>; and Holland is transmitting his memories—which, though invaluable, may not be
<pb xml:id="n53" n="36"/>
entirely accurate—to the son of Cook's commander. He continues his story from his survey at White Point, on Cape Breton island.</p>
        <p>From that period, I had the honor of a most intimate and friendly acquaintance with your worthy father, and during our stay at Halifax, whenever I could get a moment of time from my duty, I was on board the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> where the great cabin, dedicated to scientific purposes and mostly taken up with a drawing table, furnished no room for idlers. Under Capt. Simcoe's eye, Mr. Cook and myself compiled materials for a Chart of the Gulf and River St. Lawrence, which plan at his decease was dedicated to <name type="person" key="name-134355">Sir Charles Saunders</name>; with no other alterations than what Mr. Cook and I made coming up the River. Another chart of the River, including Chaleur and Gaspe Bays, mostly taken from plans in Admiral Durell's possession, was compiled and drawn under your father's inspection, and sent by him for immediate publication to Mr. Thos. Jeffrey, predecessor to Mr. Faden.<note xml:id="fn1-36" n="1"><p>‘Mr Thos Jeffrey’ was Thomas Jefferys, ‘Engraver, Geographer to His Royal Highness the Prince of Wales’ (to quote his bill heading), map, chart and print seller, of Charing Cross, c. 1750/71. After his death in 1771 he was succeeded in the business by his partner William Faden. See also pp. <ref target="#n68">51</ref>–2 below and p. 52, n. <ref target="#fn1-52">1</ref> below to this chapter.</p></note> These charts were of much use, as some copies came out prior to our sailing from Halifax for Quebec in 1759. By the drawing of these plans under so able an instructor, Mr. Cook could not fail to improve and thoroughly brought in his hand as well in drawing as in protracting, etc., and by your father's finding the latitudes and longitudes along the Coast of America, principally Newfoundland and Gulf of St. Lawrence, so erroneously heretofore laid down, he was convinced of the propriety of making accurate surveys of those parts. In consequence, he told Capt. Cook that as he had mentioned to several of his friends in power, the necessity of having surveys of these parts and astronomical observations made as soon as peace was restored, he would recommend him to make himself competent to the business by learning Spherical Trigonometry, with the practical part of Astronomy, at the same time giving him Leadbitter's works, a great authority on astronomy, etc., at that period, of which Mr. Cook assisted by his explanations of difficult passages, made infinite use, and fulfilled the expectations entertained of him by your father, in his survey of Newfoundland… .<note xml:id="fn2-36" n="2"><p>Ontario Historical Society, <hi rend="i">Papers and Records</hi>, XXI (1924), 19.</p></note></p>
        <p>Little, unfortunately, is known of <name type="person" key="name-170627">John Simcoe</name>,<note xml:id="fn3-36" n="3"><p>See Charnock, <hi rend="i">Biographia Navalis</hi>, V, 259. He had the misfortune to be a member of Byng's court martial (‘his ship then lying at Portsmouth’). Duncan C. Scott, <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-170627">John Graves Simcoe</name></hi> (Toronto, 1905), has a page or two, including the information that he had a predilection also for the army and left a treatise on military tactics which was considered of value in its day—though apparently unpublished.</p></note> who thus appears as one of the important formative influences on Cook's life; and this lack of knowledge may be the reason why his son, the first lieutenant-governor of Upper Canada, was in 1792 anxious to profit by the memories of <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name>, then the surveyor-general of Quebec. Lieutenant-governor <name type="person" key="name-170627">John Graves Simcoe</name> was only seven when his
<pb xml:id="n54" n="37"/>
father died. His second Christian name does note for us one fact about that father—that his friendship with another distinguished naval man of scientific leanings, Captain Samuel Graves, was so warm that he made him a godfather. Simcoe became a captain in the last days of 1743, at the age of twenty-nine, which argues ability; and his ability must have been intellectual as well as practical—mathematical and ‘truly scientific’ (to use Holland's phrase), if he brought astronomy into the settlement of longitudes as early as 1758. It is scarcely likely that he did that, or did more than exercise unusual care and skill in ordinary observations; and in the deductions and calculation based on them; but there could have been few captains in the service of like capacity, or capable of explaining the difficult passages in the works of Charles Leadbetter to a ship's master enthusiastic after this sort of education. So the <hi rend="i">Young Mathematician's Companion</hi>, that ‘compleat Tutor to the Mathematicks’, became Cook's companion—or was that too elementary? <note xml:id="fn1-37" n="1"><p>This has been suggested, but the title-page, though endearing, is a trifle deceptive: ‘The <hi rend="i">Young Mathematician's</hi> Companion, being a compleat Tutor to the Mathematicks; Whereby the <hi rend="i">Young Beginner</hi> may be early Instructed; those who have lost the Opportunity of learning in their Youth may with very little Pains, and in a short Time become Proficients in this delightful and instructive Science, and such whose <hi rend="i">Business</hi> it is to teach, may receive much <hi rend="i">Useful Assistance</hi>… . The whole Interspersed with delightful and Useful Questions, and adorned with proper Schemes in order to excite Curiosity, and form the Minds of Youth. By Charles Leadbetter, <hi rend="i">Teacher of the Mathematicks.’</hi> London, 1739; 2nd ed. 1748. There are sections on arithmetic, geometry, plain and spherical trigonometry, astronomy, ‘Dyalling’, and a final one on surveying. The second edition is a full and meaty volume of 354 pp., and probably just what Cook needed.</p></note> Did he rather immerse himself in the two volumes of the <hi rend="i">Compleat system of Astronomy</hi>, and learn from them the description and use of the sector and the laws of spheric geometry? Did he persevere in the same work to the <hi rend="i">New Tables of the Motions of the Planets, fix'd Stars, and the first Satellite of Jupiter, of right and oblique Ascensions and of logistical Logarithms?,</hi> so evocative of the reachings of the astronomical mind in those decades, so fundamental to the technique of a newer navigation, so unattractive to the ordinary dead-reckoning sailor. We may note that the first edition of his <hi rend="i">Astronomy</hi> was ‘Designed as a Help towards discovering the Longitude at Sea’, though the help it could give in its day was no more than the help of inapplicable theory. We do not know the extent of Simcoe's ship-board library. It did not need to be very large to act its evangelistic role in the mind of Mr Cook, ‘under Capt. Simcoe's eye’, through that uncommonly cold Nova Scotian winter of 1758–9.</p>
        <p>The St Lawrence charts compiled at that time (if Holland's memory was correct) could indeed have been nothing more than compilations from the ‘plans in Admiral Durell's possession’—but
<pb xml:id="n55" n="38"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP003a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP003a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP003a-g"/><head>Newfoundland and the St Lawrence Estuary</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n56" n="39"/>
what were they? There must surely have been some French chart, imperfect as the French charts were; something must surely have been picked up at Louisburg. There was one English chart which could have been used as a basis—the very inexact ‘Exact Chart of the River S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Laurence’ published by Jefferys in 1757; though this may have been corrected in part by Simcoe from his observations when the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> was with Wolfe's expedition at the mouth of the river in September 1758 (Chaleur Bay and Gaspé are really in the gulf); for alterations made by Cook and Holland ‘coming up the River’ could have been made only when the Quebec expedition was already in train, and could not possibly have been incorporated in any published charts which ‘came out prior to our sailing from Halifax for Quebec in 1759’. Any well-compiled chart of the Gulf, however, would have been useful, even before the fleet got into the river; and it is possible that Cook's contribution towards the taking of Quebec began in this way.</p>
        <p>It is possible, too, or probable, that to this period belongs the first example of ‘sailing directions’ by Cook himself now extant—one of those ‘Descriptions for sailing in and out of Ports, with soundings, Marks for particular Rocks, Shoals, &amp;c. with the Latt<hi rend="sup">d</hi> Long<hi rend="sup">d</hi>, Tides, and Variation of the Compass’, which ships' masters were encouraged in general terms to produce and produced not very frequently. These directions are for the ‘Harbour of Louisbourg in Cape Breton’.<note xml:id="fn1-39" n="1"><p>The <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> is now in the Houghton Library, Harvard.</p></note> They bear the marks of Cook's own style, a precise and economical composition. He gives the latitude, 46°I<hi rend="sup">1</hi> N (a few minutes out); the ‘Longitude by Computation’ is a blank. Although the final figure of the date is gone, it must have been 1758, to match the heading of the column, ‘Place and Time when there’; while the wreck of the <hi rend="i">Prudent</hi>, used as a mark, further confines the date. After 1760 these sailing directions would lose some of their value; for Cook also used as a mark for mariners the ‘Grand Battery’. In the spring of that year <name key="name-405402" type="person">Pitt</name>, who seems to have nourished a particular enmity for Louisburg, sent <name key="name-150151" type="person">Commodore Byron</name> there with a band of sappers and engineers; and after six months of tunnelling those superb fortifications, Grand Battery included, were blown to pieces level with the ground. In the meanwhile, Cook wrote his careful folio page; perhaps here too we can see some sign of the encouragement of that scientific captain and benevolent educator <name type="person" key="name-170627">John Simcoe</name>.</p>
        <p>The cold and studious winter drew to its end. All masters and captains were now faced with the completion of the business that
<pb xml:id="n57" n="40"/>
had begun the summer before in the reduction of Louisburg, a step towards which had been Cook's and Holland's work on the chart of the St Lawrence. Wolfe, an untried strategist, and as was later to be abundantly made clear, a woefully poor one, had been anxious to move straight on from Louisburg to Quebec, at the end of July—with a reduced army, without preparation, and with campaigning time running out; and surprisingly enough (if Holland is to be believed) he had had the support of Simcoe. Weak as the French at Quebec in reality were, this was still a hare-brained idea, and Boscawen was a much better judge of the possibilities. The attack on the city, nevertheless, all responsible persons agreed, should be pressed as soon as possible; and the reason for sending Durell to winter at Halifax with so strong a squadron was precisely to enable the campaign to begin in the earliest spring by depriving Canada of all hope of relief. The general strategy conceived by Pitt was one of attack from two directions. The first of these was down the upper St Lawrence, to be reached by way of the capture of the French wilderness forts, leading to an advance on Montreal: this operation was to be conducted by Amherst. The second was up the lower St Lawrence to Quebec, with the army and navy acting jointly. Wolfe was selected for the command of the troops, a planned twelve thousand, and he was given three good brigadiers. For the naval command Anson picked Saunders, a taciturn and first-rate though untried admiral—‘That brave statue’, as <name type="person" key="name-170616">Horace Walpole</name> later described him; ‘No man said less, or deserved more’—a man of infinite co-operative capacity, and of all the patience necessary for continued co-operation with the temperamental Wolfe. There was little doubt that the two forces would indeed co-operate as well as in the Louisburg operation. There was little doubt that the troops, as highly-trained and efficient as any British army, would do well if they could be brought effectively into contact with the French. There was the difficulty, to make effective contact. Two difficulties presented themselves, rather: one the British began by overestimating, the other by underestimating. The one was naval; the other was military—or, to be more precise again, a difficulty of combined operations in which the strategic object had perforce to be military. The one was bringing the army to Quebec. The other was bringing to battle the army that defended Quebec.</p>
        <p>The one was the navigation, by a great fleet of line-of-battle ships and transports, of the noble four-hundred-mile estuary of the St Lawrence river, at the inner end of which, on the high abrupt cliff, the city and the fortress stood. That navigation the British were sure
<pb xml:id="n58" n="41"/>
they could master, but they were aware of dangers, and they were prepared for losses. They were aware of dangers, because the French talked a great deal about them, and though French charts and sailing directions had indeed been captured by Boscawen there was no French chart, there was no chart at all that either a British or a French sailor would rely on. The chart produced by Holland and Cook could be regarded only as provisional. Saunders, in his orders to the masters of transports on 15 May directed them to ‘a plan or chart showing the route which His Excellency intends to make from Louisburg Harbour to the Island of Bic’.<note xml:id="fn1-41" n="1"><p>Quoted by Kitson, 38.</p></note> But this did not touch the main problem. It would help them through Cabot Strait and the Gulf of St Lawrence; and then after Cape Gaspé were two hundred miles, approximately, of deep water and relatively safe sailing, to the small islands of Bic and Barnaby and somewhat beyond—safe so long as a ship avoided the shore on either hand. The islands themselves were shoaled. Then the dangers multiplied. From the rocky shoal-entangled points on the north shore where the tributary Saguenay river abandoned its wild mountains, intricacy grew, among islands and islets, shoals and drying banks and reefs, strong tides, whirling eddies, bewildering currents. Two thirds of the distance from Bic, the channel ran inside the He aux Coudres, close to the northern shore of the main, though the great breadth of the river was on the other side; then, clinging near to that shore as far as the high, darkly-wooded Cape Tourmente, it crossed diagonally to the north-eastern end of the Ile d'Orleans, within a whole congeries of dangerous islets; and finally, passing between the eastern shore of that island and the little Ile Madame, with its south-western shoal and reef, followed as the South Channel round the bare flat rock of Orleans into the Basin of Quebec. This diagonal crossing into the South Channel was known as the Traverse; it was virtually uncharted, and here the French had never brought a big ship. Its course was buoyed and marked, inadequately, and the French pilots knew their business. Their navigation marks were now all removed.</p>
        <p>There had been previous expeditions for the conquest of Quebec. The first was a New England enterprise commanded by Sir <name key="name-405403" type="person">William Phips</name>, the governor of that colony, in 1690. Having made its way successfully to the northern shore of the river before the city, it collapsed in inefficiency and indiscipline. The second, on a larger scale, in 1711, was wrecked on the rocky Egg island, close to the northern shore of the inner gulf, three hundred miles from its objective, on one of the numerous occasions in that age when the
<pb xml:id="n59" n="42"/>
British navy did not know where it was. In 1759 it had a much better idea. Not all the French realised this; they tended to rely on the river to defend them. Some did not. Among them was the Marquis de Montcalm, commander-in-chief in Canada, who had a very clear appreciation of the real difficulties of the country, and a sufficiently pessimistic view of the prospect if adequate supply and fortification could not be secured before a hostile fleet and army appeared. At this moment Canada desperately needed food supplies from France. Montcalm wanted powerful batteries at Gaspé, to deny the British a base there; others at the Ile aux Coudres and on the northern shore facing it, to deny them passage through that part of the channel; on Cape Tourmente, to command the Traverse; and, in case a fleet still got through, on the western point of Ile d'Orleans and on Point Lévis or Levis, the elevated point on the other side of the Narrows from the city itself, where the river came down in a swift current to the Basin. He wished to block the Traverse by sinking ten large ships in it. None of these defensive measures was carried out. Few could be carried out, because of the lack of means. Something, it appears, could have been done on the Ile d'Orleans; Point Levis could certainly have had a battery. It was not given; none thought hostile ships could work their way through the Narrows into the upper river under the guns of Quebec, few thought of the possibility of hostile guns planted on the point and bombarding Quebec itself. When the crisis came, there were not enough ships to sink in the Traverse, and all that could be done with it was to take away the marks. Apart from this, the defenders considered, a fleet once in confined waters could be attacked by fire-ships, sweeping down with the current. What Montcalm could do effectively, where he thought danger most threatened—in the direction from which Phips had made his bungling attack of 1690—he did on the north shore of the river, east of Quebec, by a line of entrenchments and fortifications between the St Charles and Montmorency rivers with the village of Beauport between them. If ships could not get past the Narrows, and therefore past the high and steep cliffs which guarded Quebec on the west, then the only way round outside the city to embark on a siege by land, or to tempt its defenders to battle, would be from that eastern quarter. In the meantime, in November 1758, after the British fleet had departed from Louisburg, and at the last possible moment before the ice closed in on the river and made navigation completely impossible, he despatched his aide-de-camp Bougainville to France to plead for the supplies and munitions that were so desperately needed.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n60" n="43"/>
        <p>Saunders and Wolfe sailed from Spithead on 14 February 1759. They found it impossible to get into Louisburg, the concentration point where they were to embark troops, because of the ice. This was on 21 April. They sailed on to Halifax. Here Durell was still lying, at the end of the month, detained at single anchor by ice and adverse winds, though they had expected him by then to be in the St Lawrence.<note xml:id="fn1-43" n="1"><p>Wolfe thought very meanly of Durell, and others have thought he might have got into the St Lawrence earlier than he did; but after the business was over Saunders ‘paid him the highest compliments’, and he was included in the House of Commons' vote of thanks. He bad been promoted rear-admiral of the blue while at Louisburg, and rear-admiral of the red in February 1759.—Charnock, V, 167–70.</p></note> Not till 5 May could he depart, with thirteen ships of the line, only to fall among great quantities of loose ice. This must have been the first time Cook had encountered that phenomenon at sea, and he registers it in his log for 7 May: ‘at 7 [<hi rend="c">Am</hi>] tack<hi rend="sup">d</hi> Close along Side the Ice w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> Stretch' away to the <hi rend="c">Ese</hi> as far as Coul'd be distinguished from the Mast Head.’<note xml:id="fn2-43" n="2"><p>Adm 52/978.</p></note> The air was foggy, and the fleet kept together by the noise of guns and small arms. Eight days later Simcoe, who had had to keep to his cabin at Louisburg, died; and we have Cook again, on the evening of 16 May, off the island of Anticosti, bidding farewell to that friend: ‘at 6 Buried the Corp's of Cap<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Jn<hi rend="sup">o</hi> Simcoe &amp; fired 20 Guns half a Miniute between Each Gun.’<note xml:id="fn3-43" n="3"><p>Adm 52/978, 17 May (p.m.)</p></note> The new captain was John Wheelock, from the 20-gun <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi>—good promotion, but he was to miss some exciting moments in the <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi> later on.<note xml:id="fn4-43" n="4"><p>Wheelock is a rather shadowy figure. He had later West Indies and American service, commanded the <hi rend="i">Sultan</hi>, 74, in 1778, and died in early 1779. Charnock, VI, 286.</p></note> On the 19th the fleet was advancing up the St Lawrence, with a steady north-east wind that brought a shudder to the heart of Montcalm; on the 20th it was anchored off Barnaby Island near Bic. Durell's instructions were to wait there. He improved on them. Leaving a few ships at Bic, he took the greater number, including the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, up to the Ile aux Coudres. He captured three provisioners, and learnt that Bougainville, on his return from France, had been able to slip into the river ahead of him with a small convoy, now safe at Quebec; he captured also a number of French river-pilots, by the simple expedient of tempting them on board by a show of French colours. Though his purpose may have been general reconnaissance—he landed some troops on the island and found it empty of inhabitants, as was Ile d'Orleans, all having departed for the city—he developed reconnaissance into a very useful piece of special work. He ordered one of his senior captains to take four naval vessels—two of which were the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi>—and his three transports over to the Ile d'Orleans
<pb xml:id="n61" n="44"/>
to destroy ‘fire stages’, or rafts, which had been reported, and to collect further information. On 8 June these ships were at the beginning of the Traverse. For two days all boats ‘manned and armed’ were out sounding that formidable passage. They discovered, indeed, a ‘New’ as well as an ‘Old’ Traverse. Frequently enough too much credit has been given to Cook for an operation in which all masters took part as a matter of course, and all had a hand in this. At the finish, records this particular master, ‘Ret<hi rend="sup">d</hi> satisfied with being aquanted with y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Channel’;<note xml:id="fn1-44" n="1"><p>Adm 52/978, 10 June 1759.</p></note> and this particular division thereupon sailed through it and anchored at the other end. Each ship then sent a boat manned and armed on board the <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi>, ‘she being the Western Ship in order to prevent any assault from the Enemy’.<note xml:id="fn2-44" n="2"><p>Adm 51/686, 15 June 1759.</p></note> The first assault, however, was from the British, who despatched their boats to take a ‘sloop’ in the northern channel, and in their turn were assailed by Indians from the island and French artillery men who had crossed over to it, so that the <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi> lost her yawl. The French had hastily erected a battery to bombard the ships; it did a little harm, forcing them to change their positions, but could not be maintained for long and was withdrawn.</p>
        <p>While these preliminaries, of sounding, marking and direction-finding, were going on, Saunders with his great fleet of ships of war, transports, and supplementary vessels, was slowly and irreversibly moving up the river, and, because of the care taken, in perfect safety: nine ships of the line and thirteen frigates to add to Durell's, and 119 transports. It may be noted that there were few ships of the greatest size: Saunders' flagship, the <hi rend="i">Neptune</hi>, carried ninety guns; Durell's, the <hi rend="i">Princess Amelia</hi>, eighty; the <hi rend="i">Royal William</hi> was an 84-gun ship, the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> a seventy; but among the others the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> with her sixty guns ranked as one of the largest. Saunders left Halifax on 13 May and Louisburg on the 15th, entered the gulf on 4 June, and on 18 June was anchored off Bic and Barnaby. A week later the whole fleet passed the Traverse, without losing a single vessel of any kind. We have Cook's log for 25 June: ‘at 11 <hi rend="c">Am</hi> a Sig for all Boats man's &amp; arm'd, in order to go &amp; Lay in the Traverse, as Buoys for the Ships to come up';<note xml:id="fn3-44" n="3"><p>Adm 52/978.</p></note> the unfortunate French pilots were all employed, threatened with their necks if they failed; and there was the long experience in river-navigation of more than one master of a transport, like Cook familiar with the banks and shoals of home. There is the famous account by the military Captain Knox of ‘old Killick’ of the transport <hi rend="i">Goodwill</hi>, who put his mate at the helm, and went to the stem himself with a speaking trumpet. ‘I went forward
<pb xml:id="n62" n="45"/>
with this experienced mariner, who pointed out the channel to me as we passed, shewing me, by the ripple and colour of the water, where there was any danger; and distinguishing the places where there were ledges of rocks (to me invisible) from banks of sand, mud, or gravel. He gave his orders with great unconcern, joked with the sounding-boats who lay off on each side, with different-coloured flags for our guidance; and, when any of them called to him, and pointed to the deepest water, he answered, “aye, aye, my dear, chalk it down, a d-d dangerous navigation—eh, if you don't make a sputter about it, you'll get no credit for it in England, &amp;c.” After we had cleared this remarkable place, where the channel forms a complete zig-zag, the Master called to his Mate to give the helm to somebody else, saying, “D— me, if there are not a thousand places in the Thames fifty times more hazardous than this; I am ashamed that Englishmen should make such a rout about it.”<note xml:id="fn1-45" n="1"><p>John Knox, <hi rend="i">An Historical Journal of the Campaigns in North America</hi> (London, 1769), 1, 290–1.</p></note> ‘It may be that old Killick was the merchantman showing off to the navy as well as to a French pilot, and he did after all have the boats and the coloured flags there; nevertheless his performance was a remarkable one, and by such means, added to the preceding careful hydrographic work, was the great enterprise completed. On the morning of 27 June the whole fleet was anchored in the basin of Quebec, stretched between Point Levis and the end of Ile d'Orleans—except the very large <hi rend="i">Neptune</hi>, waiting on a special pilot at the Ile aux Coudres. It was a grim sight for Montcalm, and with grim acerbity, thinking of his own people, he remarked to a correspondent that there was now hope of having a good chart of the river ‘next year’.<note xml:id="fn2-45" n="2"><p>C. P. Stacey, <hi rend="i">Quebec, 1759</hi> (Toronto, 1959), 42.</p></note> Next day it seemed that the weather was turning in favour of the French: a tremendous storm fell on the ships, drove a number of transports ashore, and destroyed many of the boats. Skilful handling saved the fleet, whereupon it was thrown into equal, though a different sort of jeopardy; for Montcalm thought that the night succeeding, with its favourable gale, provided the moment to release his fire ships. He did so, though they were prematurely ignited. It was a terrifying moment for those subject to terror. The nearest vessels had to run for it; two of these raging furies went on shore; the others were grappled by the English boats and towed clear. The navy now had time to breathe. Wolfe had time to look about. The navy had brought him and his troops to Quebec. It seemed within his grasp. The difficulty was to know how to grasp it.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n63" n="46"/>
        <p>While he wavered and worried, and time slipped by, there was a great deal for masters, and other seamen, to do. Every moment meant boat work. Wolfe's first action had been to land men and stores on the south end of Ile d'Orleans, and set up a hospital there. The position was fortified. At the end of June he began to occupy the Point Levis position, stimulated by Saunders through Wheelock. Opposition was weak, and before long a battery was set up, the <hi rend="i">Pembroke's</hi> long boat helping the artillery: Saunders thus need not fear French guns driving his ships from their anchorage, and the British could bombard the city. Early in July, having discarded the idea of landing above it, Wolfe took some of his troops across to the north shore, east of the Montmorency falls—that is, east of Montcalm's entrenchments and other land defences, with the hope of somehow forcing a battle from that direction. Montcalm was playing for time. If he could hold out through the summer and early autumn, even at the cost of near-starvation, and avoid sacrificing his army to the better-trained British, then the river-ice, or its threat, would do his work for him. The time his enemies had was, after all, limited. Their small boats by no means had it all their own way. The French gun-boats or ‘floating batteries’ were active on the water; the French guns on shore discouraged too much rashness close in. Prisoners were taken by both sides. On the night of 18–19 July seven ships, including the frigates <hi rend="i">Diana</hi> and <hi rend="i">Squirrel</hi>, proved the feasibility of getting through the Narrows, under inefficient bombardment from Quebec, returned by the Point Levis guns. The <hi rend="i">Diana</hi>, fouled by a sloop, ran aground, the <hi rend="i">Richmond</hi> went to her aid, and the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>—which otherwise seems to have been anchored off Point Levis from 7 July to 19 September—was involved: ‘at 2 pm’, says Cook, ‘Cut and Slipt p<hi rend="sup">r</hi> order of the adm<note xml:id="fn1-46" n="1"><p>Adm 52/978, 30 July.</p></note> and run up the river in order to cover the Richmond and Dianna w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> was Attackd by a Number of the Enemys Row boats, w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> Row'd off as Soon as we got up … Sent the Long boate and 30 Men on B<hi rend="sup">d</hi> the Dianna to assist in geting her guns out, at 4 fired a 24 p<hi rend="sup">d</hi> Shot at the Enemys Row boats going down the River.’ That passage through the Narrows and up the river in the end proved the secret of victory.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile, and always, it seems, sounding continued. Wherever troops landed they had to be taken there in transports, ships' boats, flat boats; the nature of the shore and currents had to be known. A second, most formidable, attempt to destroy the fleet by fire, by sending down on the tide a hundred fathom-long chain of rafts loaded with combustibles and explosives and shot—this time not
<pb xml:id="n64" n="47"/>
ignited too soon—was frustrated by the sailors who once more towed it off; and then Wolfe decided to abandon skirmishing and try a real attack. It was to be on part of the French position on the north shore, at Beauport, beginning with an assault from the water on one of the enemy redoubts. Two armed transports were to be run aground at high water as close to this redoubt as possible, bluff-bowed, broad-bottomed cats like those Cook had known so well in the North Sea. How close? ‘The Master of the Pembroke’, wrote Wolfe to his brigadier Robert Monckton on 28 July, ‘assures the Admiral that a Cat, can go within less than 100 yards of the Redoubt—if so, it will be a short affair.’<note xml:id="fn1-47" n="1"><p>Stacey, 74.</p></note> After the affair was over he repeated to Saunders, in explaining away some injustice the admiral thought he had done to the sailors in his draft despatch home, ‘Mr. Cook said he believed the cats could be carried within 40 or 50 yards of the redoubts. I told him at the time, that I would readily compound for 150 or 200 yards, which would have been near enough’ under certain conditions which did not at the critical moment present themselves.<note xml:id="fn2-47" n="2"><p>Wolfe to Saunders, 30 August 1759, in Beckles Willson, <hi rend="i">Life and Letters of <name type="person" key="name-170628">James Wolfe</name></hi> (London, 1909), 461. Saunders was present in a boat himself.</p></note> It was poor counsel, and the affair was not short. The transports grounded much further out. The master of the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> was unduly optimistic if he felt that the shore-line had been adequately investigated, though he can hardly be held responsible for Wolfe's subsequent change of plan to a landing from boats at low water, a junction with troops already on that side of the river, and a direct attempt on the French entrenchments. A close examination, if he had had a chance to carry it out, might have shown him the barrier of boulders on which the boats then grounded. He can hardly be held responsible for the defeat that followed, while the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Centurion</hi>, Anson's old ship, cannonaded the shore. The two cats, damaged past salvage by the French artillery, were set on fire before being abandoned. We can otherwise hardly trace Cook, except by implication. His own log is a most impersonal document, as masters' logs tend to be; indeed for lengthy periods he may have been so busy as not to have time to make entries, to judge from the handwriting of the document he signed. We cannot tell: he may have had time enough to make a deliberate attempt to improve his handwriting into sophisticated flourishes, which fortunately failed.</p>
        <p>The boat activity continued. At some indeterminate time Cook may have had the adventure recounted by Kippis, without authority given. There is nothing inherently impossible about the story,
<pb xml:id="n65" n="48"/>
whatever its truth. He was, it is said, out sounding or laying buoys when a party of French and Indians in canoes tried to cut off his boat, which dashed for the Ile d'Orleans shore, Cook leaping out at the bow as the savages leapt into the stern, though they were then driven off by the hospital guard. It has also been said that Bisset, his master of the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, now in the <hi rend="i">Stirling Castle</hi>, was cut off by the enemy while sounding between the island and the Montmorency falls, and lost his ship's barge and its furniture, as well as one man killed; and it is not improbable that such a story should have been transferred to Cook, as a man who took soundings, and was later more known to fame.<note xml:id="fn1-48" n="1"><p>The <hi rend="i">Stirling Castle's</hi> barge was certainly so taken, on 7 July; but Cook is not likely to have been in it. Bisset may have been, though there is nothing to indicate that he was. Kitson, 45, tells the story about Bisset; Carrington, 28, casts doubt on it.</p></note> The bombardment of the town continued. It was twice set on fire, and the greater part of the lower town consumed. The country on the southern side of the river was ravaged: August was a month of devastation and cruelty. Wolfe fell sick. At the beginning of September he abandoned his Montmorency position and took the greater part of his men to Point Levis, under a hot fire from the town, and then up the river, thinking now in terms of a landing on the north side to cut Montcalm's lines of communication, though with no clear idea where to land. It was an exasperating time for the French, with Bougainville's men marching up and down the other side of the river keeping watch on Rear-Admiral Holmes, who sailed his ships up with the flood, and let them drop down on the ebb-tide. Five of the smaller ships were thus engaged. The largest number, the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi> and fourteen others, were stationed off Point Levis; there were eleven at Ile Madame, among them the <hi rend="i">Princess Amelia</hi>, Durell's flagship; and small vessels were cruising about and watching the shores singly. This was the scene on the British side at that moment.<note xml:id="fn2-48" n="2"><p>Adm 1/482, 5 September 1759.</p></note></p>
        <p>Wolfe was persuaded that if he could not succeed by the end of September he, and his expedition, would have to go home, leaving Montcalm reprieved for yet another year. The crisis was close. He determined where he should land, at the foot of the cliff not far above the city—not at all the best place to land, and one that gave Admiral Holmes, said that seaman afterwards, ‘the most hazardous and difficult Task I was ever engaged in’.<note xml:id="fn3-48" n="3"><p>Stacey, 132.</p></note> Wolfe was fortunate in his naval confrères, to the very end, as he stepped ashore at the Anse du Foulon, on the early morning of 13 September, for the battle that killed him and Montcalm both. Saunders gave himself to
<pb xml:id="n66" n="49"/>
persuading the French that the upriver operation was only a feint, and the real landing was to be at Beauport. We have Wheelock's log for 11 and 12 September: ‘at 10 [p.m.] our Master went and laid Sev <note xml:id="fn1-49" n="1"><p>Adm 51/686, 12 September.</p></note> Buoys on the Shoals of Beauport … at noon the Enemy attempted to cut away the Buoys our Master laid, but was [driven] off by the fire of the Richmond.’ And for the very crisis we have Cook.</p>
        <q>Mod<hi rend="sup">t</hi> &amp; Cloudy weath<hi rend="sup">r</hi> at 6 pm unmoord and hov'd in to half a Cable on the Best Bower, at midnight all the Row Boats in the fleet made a faint to Land at Beauport in order to Draw the Enemys Attention that way to favor the Landing of the Troops above the Town on the north Shoar, w<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> was done with little oposition our Batteries at Point [Levis] Keept a Continuell fire against the Town all night, at 8 am, the Adm made the Sig for all Boats man'd and Arm'd to go to point Levi Weigh'd and Drop'd higher up, at 10 the English Army Command<hi rend="sup">d</hi> by Gen Wolf, attacked the french under the Com<hi rend="sup">d</hi> of Gen Montcalm in the field of Aberham behind Quebec, and Tottally Defeated them, Continued the Pursute to the very Gates of the City, afterwards the[y] Begun to form the necessary Desposions for Carring on the Seize, adm Holmes hig<hi rend="sup">[h]</hi>ste'd his flag on Board the Loestoff [<hi rend="i">Lowestoft</hi>] above the Town.<note xml:id="fn2-49" n="2"><p>Adm 52/978, 13 September.</p></note></q>
        <p>It is curious that neither of these sailors mentions the fate of the generals. On 18 September Quebec capitulated, and British troops marched in: ‘at 6', says our master's log, ‘every Ship in the fleet Sent a Boat mand and Arm'd, und<hi rend="sup">r</hi> the Com<hi rend="sup">d</hi> of Cap<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Palleser, who whent and took Poss[ess]ion of the Lower Town.’<note xml:id="fn3-49" n="3"><p>Adm 52/978, 19 September.</p></note></p>
        <p>That log, certainly now in the hand of a different master, Mr John Cleader, chronicles Cook's next movement: ‘I, came on board &amp; supersceeded M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Coock the Master, who was apointed for y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Northumberland’. This movement took place on 23 September, ‘per order of Admiral Saunders’, says Captain Wheelock.<note xml:id="fn4-49" n="4"><p>Adm 52/978, Part V. The entry is for 30 September, though Cleader begins to write the log on Monday 24th. Wheelock's log, Adm 51/686, 23 September.</p></note></p>
        <p>The 70-gun <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> carried a complement of five hundred: technically, like the <hi rend="i">Pembroke</hi>, she was a 3rd-rate. Her captain was Alexander, Lord Colville, who had been in that post since 1753. A little mystery attaches to the fact that the ship was now, simultaneously with Cook's appointment, given a second captain, William Adams, of the <hi rend="i">Hunter</hi> sloop, who had only the previous year been appointed commander: it may have been a personal favour to which Saunders consented, merely to give him rank as post-captain;<note xml:id="fn5-49" n="5"><p>Charnock, VI, 345–6. He died in 1763.</p></note> or
<pb xml:id="n67" n="50"/>
it may have been anticipation on Saunders's part of the early appointment of Colville as commodore, with a captain serving under him. Adams can have made little impression on the master; for among the men under whom Cook served, he was one of the few who did not later have his name conferred upon some cape or bay or island. The fleet was taking up fresh dispositions prior to moving, and it was found that the river had still not been mastered; the current and poor weather made it easy for ships, whether naval vessels or transports, to run ashore on the Ile aux Coudres—fortunately without any losses. The loss of anchors in the previous months had been considerable. On 18 October Saunders sailed for England, leaving the city to face the winter and possible French movements with a garrison under James Murray, one of Wolfe's brigadiers, and two sloops of war; and a detachment of five ships of the line, three frigates, and a number of sloops under the command of <name key="name-405220" type="person">Colville</name>, to winter at Halifax. The end of October saw them all moored in Halifax harbour, the men facing five months of routine, boredom, punishment for petty offences, and cold, though nothing like the privations and sickness their army colleagues were experiencing in Quebec. As for the master of the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi>, that steady serious man, we must suppose him plunged once more in calculations abstruse to his fellows, perhaps exercising his unaided hand at bits of surveying; because it was probably this season, and the next one at Halifax, that he was referring to, when the young Lieutenant King, his eager admirer, in days to come listened to his conversation. ‘It was here, as I have often heard him say, that, during a hard winter, he first read Euclid, and applied himself to the study of mathematics and astronomy, without any other assistance, than what a few books, and his own industry, afforded him.’<note xml:id="fn1-50" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">A Voyage to the Pacific Ocean…for making Discoveries in the Northern Hemisphere</hi> (London, 1784), III, 47. King did not get his facts always quite right.</p></note> But we can hardly imagine him denying Holland and Simcoe their due: it cannot have been in these winters that he ‘first’ read Euclid, if Euclid is a synonym adopted by King for Leadbetter; and perhaps we need take no more from the words than that in winter quarters Cook studied hard. It seems certain that he also spent time practising himself in the drawing of charts and in collecting them, in making notes on navigation and compiling sailing directions, as far afield as on the East and West Indies. Certainly it must be to this period that his three extant manuscript charts of Halifax harbour belong.<note xml:id="fn2-50" n="2"><p>Skelton lists them, <hi rend="i">James Cook Surveyor of Newfoundland</hi>, 9, as Public Archives of Canada T.50/4; British Museum, Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 31360.9; Admiralty Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 20.</p></note></p>
        <p>Meanwhile in England Saunders was going through his papers,
<pb xml:id="n68" n="51"/>
and on 22 April 1760, the day that Colville's refitted squadron sailed again from Halifax for Quebec, he was writing to the Admiralty secretary, ‘Having got materials ready for publishing a Draught of the River St Laurence, with the Harbours, bays and Islands in that river, I must beg you to acquaint their Lordships of it, that I may receive their directions thereon.’ <note xml:id="fn1-51" n="1"><p>Saunders to Clevland, 22 April 1760, Adm 1/482.</p></note> The secretarial annotation is that the Lords approved of his publishing it; and it was published in the same year by Thomas Jefferys of Charing Cross, the leading cartographical engraver of his day—a large production, measuring some seven feet by three, in twelve sheets, accompanied by a quarto pamphlet of sailing directions, ‘Founded on accurate Observations and Experiments, made by the Officers of his Majesty's Fleet.’ It was entitled ‘A New Chart of the River S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Laurence, from the Island of Anticosti to the Falls of Richelieu: with all the Islands, Rocks, Shoals and Soundings … Taken by Order of <name type="person" key="name-134355">Charles Saunders</name>, Esq<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Vice-Admiral of the Blue, and Commander in Chief of His Majesty's Ships in the Expedition against <hi rend="i">Quebec</hi> in 1759.’ It bore a note by Saunders, dated ‘Pall Mall, May 1<hi rend="sup">st</hi> 1760’, on its compilation: ‘This Chart was drawn from particular Surveys of the following Places; and Published for the Use of the British Navigators, by Command of the Right Honourable the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.’ The ‘following Places’ were ten in number (including the famous Traverse, both old and new) all appearing as insets on a larger scale, together with seventeen ‘profiles’ of the coast about the river; and there is the additional note, ‘The Distances between the Island of Coudre, the Island of Orleans, the Pillar Rocks, and Shoals in the South Channel were accurately determined by Triangles. The other parts of this Chart, were taken from the best French Draughts of this River.’ It seems to be the chart which <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name> remembered as being assembled from various pieces by himself and Cook ‘under Capt. Simcoe's eye’ in the Halifax winter of 1758–9, with their ‘alterations … made coming up the River’: sent by Simcoe ‘for immediate publication to Mr. Thos. Jeffrey’. There is no other chart discoverable that answers more closely to Holland's description of 1792, and it is reasonable to assume a certain jumbling of his memories of the time to which he looked back. There are other large charts in manuscript, signed by or attributable to Cook, very much like the main part of this one, which make it seem probable that he had in this one at least a large part; and the reference to distances determined by triangulation in the area in which he was working seems to point directly to him and
<pb xml:id="n69" n="52"/>
the instruction he had had from Holland. Yet, so far as either of them is concerned, we are compelled to infer, clear though some of the inference may be. They were men under orders. Cook had carried out one of the tasks laid down for masters in the navy, that was all. Yet his performance was rather unusual for a master of so few years seniority. He still felt both cautious and modest, if we are to go by his ‘remarks’ on one of the manuscript charts referred to. ‘That part of this plan between the Pilgrims and Green Island is not so correct as I could wish,’ he writes, ‘as I had not time to make sufficient observations there myself have been obliged to collect those of others.—With respect to the middle bank, which is the only danger in this passage, I find no one person I have yet conversed with to have any true Idea either of its form or extent… . I thought proper to make the above remarks in order to point out what may be doubtfull in this chart.’<note xml:id="fn1-52" n="1"><p>This is the large <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> chart (221/2 in. × 1191/2 in.) of the St Lawrence in Cook's hand in the National Maritime Museum (from the Hydrographic Department of the Admiralty), inscribed ‘To The Right Hon<hi rend="sup">ble</hi> the <hi rend="i">Lord Colvill</hi> Rear Admiral of the White Squadron of His Majesty's <hi rend="i">Fleet</hi> This <hi rend="i">Chart</hi> of the <hi rend="i">River St. Laurence</hi> from <hi rend="i">Green Island to Cape Carrouge</hi> is most Humbly Dedicated by His Lordships most Humble Servant Jam<hi rend="sup">3</hi> Cook.’ The reference to Colville as Rear-Admiral indicates that this must have been dedicated, if not drawn, after October 1762 (when the engraved chart had existed for two years), as his promotion came in November of that month; he hoisted his flag in Neptune 7 November. of Skelton, op, cit., 21, “presumably drawn after September 1759'. There is a copy, not in Cook's hand, in the Hydrographic Department. There is another copy in the Public Archives of Canada: this is pretty obviously by Cook himself, except for two sets of ‘Remarks’ in a clerkly hand of great neatness. These must all have some close relation with the Saunders/Jefierys chart, which Skelton and Tooley (<hi rend="i">Marine Surveys</hi>, 13) unhesitatingly identify with the chart of Holland's reminiscence (though for the dates, 1759–60, and ‘spring of 1760’ given by them one should read 1758–9 and ‘spring of 1759’). The suggestion seems inescapable that Holland confused his years. In the British Museum, Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 31360 (which is mainly a collection of Pacific charts) is, f. 14, a separate coloured drawing in Cook's hand; ‘A Plan of the Traverse or Passage from Cape Torment into the South-Channel of Orleans by Jam<hi rend="sup">3</hi> Cook’.</p></note> Nevertheless the printed chart became the standard guide not merely for the navy, but for all seamen using the great waterway—for generations of seamen who thumbed their <hi rend="i">North American Pilot</hi>, the collection which first appeared in 1775, and incorporated so much of Cook's work.</p>
        <p>Colville's departure from Halifax on 22 April was a fortnight earlier than Durell had been able to sail the previous year, though it was a month later than his planned time of departure. Ice floes in the gulf and heavy winds had kept him in harbour; even two days after he had sailed the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> with other ships was stuck fast in ice, and remained thus for twenty-four hours, still far short of Cabot Strait, while they had to run through a field of ice as late as 12 May.<note xml:id="fn2-52" n="2"><p>Adm 51/3925 (Adams), 24–5 April, 12 May 1760; Colville to Clevland, from Halifax, 10 April 1761, Adm 1/482. Colville (summarised) says the ice from the Gulf of St Lawrence and the Gulf of Canso never reached as far west as Halifax; it collected in compact bodies on the south coast of Cape Breton Island; we ran among it in dark night last year, it closed, and we were stuck for two days till the swell rose and made a small opening; luckily the weather was moderate.</p></note> They were anchored before Quebec, where the garrison
<pb xml:id="n70" n="53"/>
had been anxiously awaiting them, six days later, and here they remained until 9 October. Murray and his men were anxious, because it was doubtful how much longer they could have sustained the French siege: he had foolishly fought a battle, and fought it foolishly, outside the walls, and lost a great many men; by the end of the winter disease had killed twice as many as had all the previous battles; French as well as British messages had gone out by ship to hasten aid. This time it was the British and not the French that arrived first: three ships from England had in fact preceded Colville. It was Colville's arrival, however, that caused the Chevalier de Lévis to raise his siege and begin the final French retreat. Through the summer Amherst was advancing from New York up the Mohawk river, across Lake Ontario, and down the St Lawrence, and on 7 September 1760 Montreal, and Canada, were surrendered.</p>
        <p>The last scenes had been military, not naval ones. There was little for sailors to do at Quebec but see to the embarkation of troops, look after their ships, witness punishments—and, no doubt, make soundings, take angles, chart, sketch the shores, work up notes into sailing directions. The <hi rend="i">Northumberland's</hi> master may have witnessed the hanging at the <hi rend="i">Vanguard's</hi> yardarm of one miserable fellow who with two companions left the hospital at Point Levis without leave; picked up out of a canoe a few days later they were all condemned to death for desertion, but on account of their families ‘whose subsistence must depend on their labour’ the court martial recommended lenity and the execution of only one; so ‘the Commodore having pardon'd two of them, they Cast Lotts who should dye, he whose Lott it was, was Executed Accordingly’.<note xml:id="fn1-53" n="1"><p>Adm 51/3925 (Adams), 12 July 1760.</p></note> This is not the only execution his journal records. The <hi rend="i">Vanguard</hi> parted a cable and fouled the <hi rend="i">Northumberland.</hi> The longboat of the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi>, her anchor caught in a transport's cable, was carried to the bottom, and there was four days' labour in getting her up, and probably some strong words from the master. On 22 September Captain William Adams went to the <hi rend="i">Diana</hi>, 32-gun frigate, and Nathaniel Bateman of the 20-gun <hi rend="i">Eurus</hi> came to the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> in his place, and seems to have made more of an impression on Cook.<note xml:id="fn2-53" n="2"><p>Cook made use of his name later on the coast of Australia. His career, with its unhappy end, is noticed in Charnock, VI, 386–7.</p></note> On 10 October the ship weighed and fell down with the tide, and on 25 October was at Halifax again for another winter: not only for another winter, indeed, but until
<pb xml:id="n71" n="54"/>
early August 1762. In that period her only move seems to have been from her moorings to the careening wharf in September 1761, when she was hove down and given a thorough overhaul.</p>
        <p>It is obvious that though the North American squadron continued to exist, there was little for it to do. The naval war was being conducted in the West Indies and the Mediterranean, in the blockade of the French Atlantic ports, in Indian seas. So the chief activity of those months in Halifax harbour once again seems to one who reads the logs to have been the activity of the bosun's mate, as he applied the standard dozen lashes for ‘neglect of duty’, with more exceptional numbers, even hundreds, for more exceptional offences. Some men seem to have been particularly cursed by fate. Edward Lovely is punished on 6 November ‘for thieft’; on 1 April he gets thirteen lashes alongside each ship for ‘Severall Crimes and Misdimeniours’, and next day twelve lashes similarly, being the remainder of his punishment; on 6 August 1761 Edward Lovely is sentenced to receive ‘600 Lashes &amp; Vincent Dunnavan belonging to the Norwich to receive 500 lashes the former for absenting himself from the ship and the Latter for Desertion’,<note xml:id="fn1-54" n="1"><p>Adm 51/3925 (Bateman), 6 August 1761. It is hard now to distinguish the different degrees of turpitude. William Buckland got 12 lashes for staying on shore without leave, ibid., 12 August; Robert Boswell got 24 and James Barrett is ‘for absenting themselves from the ship without leave’, ibid., 20 August. Presumably the unlucky and savagely treated Lovely, charged in much the same way as these last two, had made a determined effort to desert.</p></note> and they are duly flogged round the fleet, a hundred or eighty lashes alongside each ship. ‘Publick Demonstrations of Joy’ are the other things that punctuate the time; the memory of the ‘Happy Deliverance from the popish Conspiracy’ gets its twenty-one guns, as does George II's birthday, with bonfires and illuminations on shore, and then George Ill's accession, and Queen Charlotte's birthday, and George Ill's birthday, and the Popish Conspiracy again; and King Charles's restoration—but only fifteen guns for that. It is with a spurt of interest therefore that one comes on the second part of the entry in the Commodore's journal for 19 January 1761. ‘Directed Captain Legge to hold a Court-Martial on two Marines of the Falkland, for robbing the Purser of Slop Cloaths’, writes Lord Colville. Then, ‘Directed the Storekeeper to Pay the Master of the Northumberland Fifty pounds in consideration of his indefatigable Industry in making himself Master of the Pilotage of the River Saint Lawrence, &amp;c.’<note xml:id="fn2-54" n="2"><p>Adm 50/22.</p></note> This can be regarded as a handsome bonus on the master's regular pay of six guineas a month. The entry is certainly a most unusual and most unexpected one in any officer's journal. We conclude that Cook is indeed
<pb xml:id="n72" n="55"/>
beginning to emerge from that valuable body of persons, the masters of His Majesty's ships, as an unusually valuable person; and that the senior officers with whom he has come in contact are aware of the fact. In the context of naval journals, under their standard headings, he can virtually be classed, along with courts martial and Publick Demonstrations of Joy, as a Remarkable Occurrence.</p>
        <p>Possibly the diversion was welcomed when the <hi rend="i">Charming Nancy</hi>, a snow from London, struck a rock at the entrance of the harbour and sank, and had to be raised; or when Colville at last thought time had come to exercise his men at gunnery and ‘fire'd at Marks'; or when there was a fire in the town and a party rushed on shore to help put it out. There was an outbreak of sickness in January 1762, but that could hardly be called a diversion: a suspicion apparently arose of some contagious element, because the dead were interred with their bedding and clothes, and the crew were set to scrub hammocks and ship.<note xml:id="fn1-55" n="1"><p>Adm 52/959 (Cook), 13 February, 2 March, 30 June 1762; Adm 51/3925 (Bateman), 28 December 1761 — 19 February 1762, 18 May 1762.</p></note> At the end of the previous winter Colville had been addressing the Admiralty on the climate and nature of the place. ‘I have now been three Winters at Halifax [he was there with Durell]; and have found by Experience, that in general, this Season is not so boisterous, as ‘tis commonly thought. We have much less blowing weather than in England, and much more Sunshine. ‘Tis the Frost that makes the coasting Navigation so difficult, and almost impracticable to ships.’ That he enlarges on. Then the health of his men: ‘we have always been very well supplied with frozen Beef from Boston; which keeps our Seamen healthy while they continue in Port; but the Scurvy never fails to pull us down in great Numbers, upon our going to Sea in the Spring.’<note xml:id="fn2-55" n="2"><p>Colville to Clevland, 10 April 1761, Adm 1/482.</p></note> Frozen beef was much closer to fresh food than the doubtful brine-sodden substances provided by the English contractors. But this was not enough: sickness, it was obvious, could strike in port. We have plenty of evidence of the nature of the stores normally received on board—beef, beer, butter, bread, pork, pease, oatmeal, vinegar. One day there was even some, fruit—and that is abnormal and quite astonishing. There are little evidences of efforts to render conditions between decks less completely intolerable: ‘Kept the Ventulaters going night and day’,<note xml:id="fn3-55" n="3"><p>Adm 52/959, 25 July 1761.</p></note> notes Cook at one midsummer moment—and we are surprised to see one of the standing Admiralty instructions put into practice. More was needed than ventilators on hot days and nights, to keep men healthy who had to sling their hammocks in those overcrowded
<pb xml:id="n73" n="56"/>
‘tween-deck dungeons. A great many more men would have run away from the British navy, one fancies, winter or summer, if they had known where to run to—too many to bring back and hang or flog round the fleet and face with that comfortless food. We have certainly no means of knowing, but it is possible that the highly intelligent young master was already thinking about such things as well as about mathematics and astronomy and the best way to put a shoreline down on paper.</p>
        <p>On this scene, not of idleness perhaps, but of comparative leisure, on 10 July 1762 a brig arrived with the news that St John's in Newfoundland had surrendered to the French. It was a last flurry of French activity in North America, and it caused a good deal of British excitement. Under the provisions of the Treaty of Utrecht in 1713 fishing rights on the coasts of Newfoundland had been divided between the French and the British—the French on the north and west, the British elsewhere. The hostilities of the present war had put an end to the French cod-fishery and placed an enorously profitable monopoly in the hands of the British. Now, thought the French, to seize the main town (true, an exceedingly small one) on the island, and to retain it until peace was negotiated, while destroying all possible British fishing establishments, would at once cast great confusion on the fishery and provide an excellent bargaining counter. St John's had never been well defended by land, what defences it had were in decay; the British fleet, which must be its only real defence (and the island's) was well scattered. To seize the place would be a gamble, but a gamble worth taking. A squadron of four ships and a bomb-ketch, with eight hundred picked troops, accordingly slipped out of Brest and through the blockade in a fog, received the surrender of St John's on 27 June, devastated the bays to the northward, and then concentrated their forces at the town, which they proceeded to fortify with some efficiency for the first time in its existence. But the gamble was not to succeed. Captain Thomas Graves, a new governor for Newfoundland, not yet arrived, was found at sea in the frigate <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi>, and urgently sent marines to reinforce the Isle of Boys, as a defensible position; then he made for Placentia, on the western side of the isthmus of Avalon, roughly opposite St John's, to raise defences there. Amherst, now at New York, apprised in haste, as immediately sent off a body of troops under his brother Lieutenant-Colonel William Amherst to be convoyed by an armed Massachusetts vessel, the <hi rend="i">King George</hi>. This vessel, however, joined Colville, who early in August had moved to Chedabucto Bay, at the north-eastern end of Nova Scotia; and on
<pb xml:id="n74" n="57"/>
10 August the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> and <hi rend="i">Gosport</hi>, Captain John Jervis—a name bound for renown—sailed for Placentia without the transports. Here they strengthened the garrison with a party of marines, and having met Graves, sailed again with the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> and <hi rend="i">Syren</hi> added to the squadron, to cruise off the east coast of Avalon lest French reinforcements should be on the way. Off the Bay Bulls, south of St John's, Colville impressed fourteen men from a British sloop, and Jervis took a French one; then they moored in the Bay Bulls for a day or two to attend the rigging and take in water, and resumed the cruise. Off Cape Spear on 12 September the transports came up with them; the troops were landed next day at Tor Bay, three leagues to the north of St John's, and at once began their advance. They had artillery; on the 16th they were near enough to clear out a small adjoining harbour called Kitty Vitty or Quidi Vidi, which the French had blocked with shallops. The force was overwhelming, in spite of improved defences; there was nothing the French ships could usefully do, they could not even take off their troops; in a thick fog they slipped out of St John's, as they had slipped out of Brest four months before; and, a gale having blown the British squadron off the immediate coast, got clean away. Colville was highly indignant at this ‘shameful flight’ for no doubt he had expected a portion of glory. On 18 September the abandoned French commander gave in; and in the evening, writes the master, ‘came on b<hi rend="sup">d</hi> Lieut. Cook of the Gosport, with an acc<hi rend="sup">t</hi> of the Surrender… .’<note xml:id="fn1-57" n="1"><p>Adm 52/959, 19 September (p.m.) 1761.</p></note> Thus fleetingly enters the life of <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> another James Cook; there is no record of their meeting before or afterwards. The <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> went into St John's. A day later, the 20th, arrived a man whom Cook had met before. This was Captain Palliser, despatched from England with a small but strong squadron as soon as the news was known. Thus there were concentrated at St John's, together with a number of ships such as the fishing harbour had not earlier seen, three men of signal importance for Cook's career, Colville, Graves and Palliser; and Cook again at this moment gave proof of his technical skill.</p>
        <p>In Amherst's force was Captain J. F. W. DesBarres, like Holland a military engineer and surveyor who was to attain great eminence in the near future in North America; and in Conception Bay, to the west of the peninsula on which St John's stood, were the settlements of Carbonear and Harbour Grace, both of importance to the fisheries. Colville, on arriving in England, some weeks later, wrote to the Admiralty.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n75" n="58"/>
        <quote>I have mentioned in another Letter that the Fortifications on the Island of Carbonera, were entirely destroyed by the Enemy. Colonel Amherst sent thither Mr. Desbarres an Engineer, who surveyed the Island and drew a Plan for fortifying it with new Works: when these are finished, the Enterprize's six guns will be ready to mount on them…. Mr. Cook, master of the Northumberland, accompanied Mr. Desbarres. He has made a Draught of Harbour Grace, and the Bay of Carbonera; both which are in a great measure commanded by the Island, which lies off a Point of Land between them. Hitherto we have had a very imperfect Knowledge of these Places; but Mr. Cook who was particularly carefull in sounding them, has discovered that Ships of any size may ly in safety both in Harbour Grace and the Bay of Carbonera.<note xml:id="fn1-58" n="1"><p>Colville to Clevland, 25 October 1762, Adm 1/482.</p></note></quote>
        <p>This sort of letter could do no master harm at the Admiralty. Nor did Cook confine his attention to Harbour Grace and Carbonear Bay. His ship was moored in Placentia road for a week, in the Bay Bulls for two days, and in St John's harbour for two and a half weeks: of all these places, and of a piece of the coast neighbouring St John's, he drew charts. He also wrote descriptions, appending the dates when he made his notes, incorporating them all in one large ‘Description of the Sea Coast of Nova Scotia, Cape Breton Island and Newfoundland’, with sailing directions added. He incorporates the similar work he had done in 1758; for the stretch of Nova Scotian coast from Cape Sambro to Cape Canso he mentions that of 1758, 1759, 1760 and 1762. He had never, it is clear, missed a chance for scrutiny; yet of this latter stretch he remarks, ‘A good Survey of this coast with the harbours thereon seems to be much wanting, it certainly would be found usefull to this Colony and to Navigation in general.’<note xml:id="fn2-58" n="2"><p>This particular document has been printed in the <hi rend="i">Report of the Board of Trustees of the Public Archives of Nova Scotia For the Year 1958</hi> (Halifax, N.S., 1959), from the holograph in the National Library of Australia, Canberra. With this copy are charts of Harbour Grace and Carbonear, and the river St John (New Brunswick). The Admiralty Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 20, also has the sailing directions, signed by Bateman and Cook, the charts mentioned in the text, and a page of views. All the charts are signed by Cook, except one of Halifax. There are holograph sailing directions for the St Lawrence in both the National Library of Australia and the Public Archives of Canada. Presumably all these manuscripts belong to the material handed to the Admiralty by Cook, as referred to by Colville in his letter quoted on p. 59 below. I have had the advantage of some independent typescript notes made on these <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> <hi rend="c">Mss</hi> by Mr Skelton.</p></note> Most of the latitudes he gives are by observation; most of the longitudes by computation; he includes the variation of the compass from observation. There are other sailing directions, for the St Lawrence, written by him, and attributable to this period since 1759. Certainly it was not in his nature to waste time.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile the war was over. In North America the French were confined to New Orleans and the Mississippi valley. The <hi rend="i">Enterprize</hi>,
<pb xml:id="n76" n="59"/>
whose guns were to go to the Carbonear fortification, had come from the West Indies with news of the fall of Havana, the fruit of late and disastrous Spanish entry into the struggle. The <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi> regained her marines from Placentia, and on 7 October sailed from St John's for home in company with Palliser's three ships. With favouring winds, and a few chases, though no prize, they reached Spithead in nineteen days. On 30 October Colville struck his commodore's flag. He was promoted Rear-Admiral of the White. The master too departed. The last entry in his journal is for 11 November: ‘Strong gales and Sq<hi rend="sup">ly</hi> with Showers of rain, Clear'd out the Spirit room for takeing in the wine and Brandy, Ship-wrights Still on Board. Ja<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Cook.’<note xml:id="fn1-59" n="1"><p>Adm 52/959, 11 November 1762.</p></note> With that he stopped work forever in large ships. He drew pay of £291 19s 3d <note xml:id="fn2-59" n="2"><p>Kitson, 59.</p></note> The shipwrights were still on board because the ship was again getting ready for sea. On 3 December, however, the declaration of cessation of hostilities was read, and on the 8th the whole ship's company was paid off, for good or ill. The master's departure did not mean that he was departing from the navy. As the year came to an end Lord Colville once more addressed the Admiralty on the subject of Mr Cook. ‘Sir’, he wrote to Mr John Clevland, the Secretary, from London, 30 December 1762:</p>
        <quote>
          <p>Mr Cook late Master of the Northumberland acquaints me that he has laid before their Lordships all his Draughts and Observations, relating to the River St Lawrence, Part of the Coast of Nova Scotia, and of Newfoundland.</p>
          <p>On this Occasion, I beg leave to inform their Lordships, that from my Experience of Mr Cook's Genius and Capacity, I think him well qualified for the Work he has performed, and for greater Undertakings of the same kind.—These Draughts being made under my own Eye I can venture to say, they may be the means of directing many in the right way, but cannot mislead any.<note xml:id="fn3-59" n="3"><p>Colville to Clevland, 30 December 1762, Adm 1/482.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>The sole comment Mr Clevland wrote upon this communication was ‘Recd’. It cannot nevertheless have been without its effect.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n77" n="60"/>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d9" type="section">
        <head>IV<lb/>
Newfoundland</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Charts, Large</hi> and small, harbour plans, ‘views’, descriptions, sailing directions—all these things represent experience, professional education, a mastery of a particular sort. We recur inevitably to Holland's account of the good advice that Simcoe had given in the Halifax winter: ‘he told Capt. Cook that as he had mentioned to several of his friends in power, the necessity of having surveys of these parts and astronomical observations made as soon as peace was restored, he would recommend him to make himself competent to the business….’ Cook had made himself competent to the business, as if driven by a sober but compulsive ambition. What now? He must sometimes, as a thoughtful man, have considered the past seven and a half years, since he offered himself to the navy at Wapping: he could hardly have been dissatisfied with his advancement since then. He was now thirty-four; he had been fortunate in some of his friends—Walker, Simcoe, Holland—but they were not men who could send him rocketing to eminence, and eminence was a thing he could scarcely have dreamed of. He had worked hard, as it was natural for him to work hard. If he wished to meditate on experience, he could meditate not merely on his introduction to the plane-table and trigonometry and astronomy, but on the North Sea and the Atlantic; on enough battle to satisfy the ordinary man without particular taste for fire-eating; on the behaviour of men crowded by hundreds into ships and the mentality of sailors in general; on naval discipline and its accepted cruelty of hanging and flogging; on the appalling state of naval health. We know, from his subsequent words and actions, that there were things in his experience that revolted him. We would not know it from anything recorded as said or done by him up to this time, or for some time after. He assimilated his experience. He added to it, by getting married.</p>
        <p>He took this step within six weeks of departing from the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi>, on 21 December 1762. Of its preliminaries, any more than
<pb xml:id="n78" n="61"/>
of the preliminaries to certain other important steps in Cook's life, we know nothing. His chosen bride was Elizabeth Batts, of the parish of Barking, in Essex. She was aged twenty-one, and if the countenance of old age is any index to the lines of early life, she was a highly personable young woman. It was a respectable rather than socially distinguished union. Elizabeth's mother, originally Mary Smith, was the daughter of a Bermondsey currier, Charles Smith, and Elizabeth was the only child of Mary's first union, to John Batts of Wapping; after Batts's death she married John Blackburn of Shadwell. She had a brother, a second Charles Smith, a shipping agent of the Custom House; whose son, a third Charles, was to be—adding respectability—a wholesale watch-maker of Bunhill Row. Bermondsey, Wapping, Shadwell—they were all riverside districts, of thick dark settlement, the closer to the tide the more disreputable; but they had their better-off streets, where the miserable gave way to the shabby, and the shabby to the agreeable; Shadwell was a natural enough place for a young sailor, who could not have known much of London above the Pool, to go for a lodging when he came off his ship. There is little left of it all now, after the bombings of war; the wharves and warehouses, the cranes and steel barges of the river, the oil tanks and tall chimneys across the river, show us nothing that Cook would have seen; the parish church was rebuilt after Waterloo; his Thameside is with difficulty made vivid in the mind. Possibly—all is conjecture—Elizabeth lived with friends or relatives at Barking, the village with its mill surrounded by open country, beyond the miles of marshland running down to the river; possibly Cook met her when she was visiting her mother in Shadwell, possibly—again—through Mr Charles Smith, shipping-agent, of the Custom House, who would not impossibly be a seaman's acquaintance. Whatever the lines of chance, <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> of the parish of St Paul, Shadwell, bachelor, and Elizabeth Batts of the parish of Barking, spinster, on 21 December 1762 walked together over the meadows—Elizabeth remembered it—to her parish church, St Margaret's, with its grey stone and old square battlemented tower, and were there married by George Downing, vicar of Little Wakering, Essex, a village about twenty miles away.<note xml:id="fn1-61" n="1"><p>Why George Downing of Little Wakering? It is an odd little puzzle. The vicar of St Margaret's, Barking, was Christopher Musgrave, though it appears from the Parish Register, 1754–67, that his curate, R. Carter, carried out most of the marriages.</p></note> It was ‘<name type="person" key="name-170592">Elizabeth Cook</name> late Batts’ who added her name beneath her husband's in the register. William Everrest, who witnessed the ceremony, we know was the parish clerk; who the other witnesses were, John Richardson
<pb xml:id="n79" n="62"/>
and Sarah Brown, we do not know. This marriage was by Archbishop of Canterbury's licence, which indicates that Cook, once he had made up his mind, was not prepared to wait on such impediments to a joint navigation as the calling of banns. We cannot think that Elizabeth, at that moment, looked too forebodingly on the future, though she knew she was taking a sailor for a husband; but she was wise to seize every hour of married life that was open to her. They crossed the river to lodgings in Cook's parish; and there they were to be together till the end of the following April, when Cook went again to sea.</p>
        <p>He was to go again to North American waters, and again to where he had last been, to Newfoundland: this time not as the master of a line-of-battle ship, but as a surveyor. Simcoe's advice was bearing fruit. Cook was by no means the only surveyor sent out at this time. Under the treaty of Paris, signed on 10 February 1763, Britain was faced with an enormous acquisition of territory. Settlers were already heading into the interior—was not that the history of America ever since the first landings?—and the mapping of the country called for an effort as vast as its extent. Nor was the imperial territory as it had existed before the war adequately surveyed. The effort made was serious, and in the 60's and 70's an extraordinary amount of valuable work was done, the results of which put to shame contemporary recording of the counties and coasts of England. The two great names on the continent are those of men Cook knew, Holland and DesBarres, the former from 1764 ‘His Majesty's Surveyor General for the Northern District of North America’, and taking within his sphere of competence the province of Massachusetts Bay as well as Canada and the islands of the Gulf of St Lawrence. He worked for the Lords Commissioners of Trade and Plantations, and it is interesting to see the note on one or two of the coastal plans produced by his deputies that shoals and soundings had to be omitted ‘for want of Naval Assistance’.<note xml:id="fn1-62" n="1"><p>Admiralty, Hydrographic Dept., 9/73; A7353/77.</p></note> The production of charts, however, was not his primary business. DesBarres was working in the first place on the coast of Nova Scotia in a most comprehensive and detailed survey, with naval assistance, and working for the Admiralty. The surveys by Cook, then, were not isolated, they were to fit into a general scheme; but they had a special purpose. This purpose was bound up with the particular geographical position of Newfoundland, which gave it a particular position in the British economy. Newfoundland was no ordinary colony. It was not
<pb xml:id="n80" n="63"/>
inviting for ordinary settlement; the British government deplored settlement. In relation to the Atlantic cod-fishery it was a sort of great wharf moored in the ocean, as essential as the fishing banks themselves to the welfare of fishermen. Its bays and harbours were fishing bays and harbours; its jetties and stages and buildings were for the purpose of drying and curing fish, and for the accommodation of men thus employed; the men lived on fish, the foot slipped on fish, the air smelt of fish; administration depended on an odd system of fishing ‘admirals’, with a naval officer in his own ship for governor, and a small number of naval vessels engaged on patrol. The British had never had sole rights to fish the banks or use the shores: to French as well as British the arduous seasonal trade, centred on the other side of the Atlantic two thousand miles off, was a ‘nursery of seamen’—a nursery as important to Britain as the North Sea trade; and even Britain victorious in the recent war could not enforce a monopoly. The Treaty of Paris confirmed British sovereignty over Newfoundland, but not entirely so: off the southern coast the islands of St Pierre and Miquelon, traditionally French, were to be returned, and the French were to retain the right to dry their catch on the north-western and northern shores, from Point Riche to Cape Bonavista. Whatever treaty provisions might be, it was clear that for the continued safety of the trade, and for that of traffic in and out of the St Lawrence, whether through Cabot Strait to the south or the Strait of Belle Isle to the north, the Newfoundland coast needed to be charted as well as was humanly possible. The existing charts fell woefully short of this ideal. The French had done something on the east coasts, of which the most recent English survey was one of 1677, not published until 1689; the west coast and the Labrador side of the Strait of Belle Isle were hardly touched by anyone; the south coast, in terms of survey, was not much better. Graves took the matter up.</p>
        <p>It seems highly probable that he had in his mind not merely a necessity, but the person to meet it. He had been impressed by Cook's activity after the restoration of the island; had conversed with this unusually active master, and been impressed by the conversation; had been impressed, too, by what was said of him by Colville and Palliser<note xml:id="fn1-63" n="1"><p>We can certainly rely on this information given by <name key="name-170622" type="person">Kippis</name>, 8, ‘From a paper of Admiral Graves's, communicated by the Rev. Dr. Douglas, now Bishop of Carlisle’. The paper is unfortunately lost. Graves's brother refers to it in a letter among the Douglas papers, B.M., Egerton <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 2180.</p></note>—and Colville can hardly have said less than he said to the Admiralty in his letter of 30 December. There must have been discussion in the new year, after Colville's letter, and a
<pb xml:id="n81" n="64"/>
letter addressed by Graves to the Admiralty secretary, from the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> in the river Tagus, 2 January 1763, on his return from his first season of government: ‘the Newfound Land station which I have been upon two years though only the last year as Governour, has been attended with many untoward and most perplexing accidents, which as they were totally unforeseen cou'd not but embarras the more.’<note xml:id="fn1-64" n="1"><p>Graves to Clevland, 2 January 1763, Adm 1/1836.</p></note> There was another thing, about which Graves went to the Lords, or Board of Trade, and the Lords of Trade to the Crown, in a representation of 29 March. Graves's government in 1763 was enlarged to include Labrador from Hudson Strait round to the St John river, opposite the western end of Anticosti, Anticosti itself and other islands of the Gulf, and he might well have felt overburdened.</p>
        <p>On economic matters his duty was to correspond with the Board of Trade. ‘Mr Graves having represented to us’, wrote that body, ‘that the imperfect Returns hitherto made by the Governors of Newfoundland have been chiefly owing to their want of a Secretary, Surveyor, or other Person, capable of collecting Information, keeping regular accounts and making Draughts of Coasts and Harbours, for which services there has never been any allowances, and that such assistance is now become still more necessary to the Governor of Newfoundland, by the enlargement of his Government, and his instructions to report as accurately as he can the conditions, fisherys, and other material particulars of a country at present little known. We beg leave to humbly submit to your Majesty, whether it may not be expedient that such an allowance should be made.’<note xml:id="fn2-64" n="2"><p>‘Representation’ of 29 March 1763, quoted by Kitson, 63–4, from the Shelburne <hi rend="c">Mss</hi>.</p></note> It does not seem that this plea to make it financially possible for Graves to cope with the paper work consequent on his Royal Instructions had great success, but at least the pressing need for ‘Draughts of Coasts and Harbours’ was recognised. It is clear that Cook's candidature was pressed on the Admiralty, and that agreement was reached.</p>
        <p>There were office delays, of course. Graves's letters to <name type="person" key="name-134356">Philip Stephens</name>, who had succeeded Clevland as Admiralty secretary, are not without signs of exasperation. He first writes, if the records are complete, as if all were settled, on 5 April:</p>
        <quote>
          <p>I have this moment seen Mr Cook and acquainted him he was to get himself ready to depart the moment the board was pleased to order him, and that he was to have 10 shil<hi rend="sup">s</hi> a day while employed on this service—He has been to enquire for a draughtsman at the Tower, but as this is a Holiday
<pb xml:id="n82" n="65"/>
he found hardly any one there—There are some who draw there at 1<hi rend="sup">s</hi> 6<hi rend="sup">d</hi> a day, and others who have two shillings a day—one of which last establishment he wants to have and is assured that the Board will continue any such Person who chuses to go on their establishment upon an application from your Office made for them. It is from this <hi rend="sup">class</hi><hi rend="sub">set</hi> they allways send draughtsmen with Engineers or Commanding Officers who go abroad—The additional Pay they require from your office M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook will acquaint you of tomorrow as soon as he can see them &amp; propose their going. If he does not find their conditions to come w<hi rend="sup">th</hi> in their own office establishment, I have desired him to advertise for a draughtsman—acquaint you by letter with the terms he can bring them to, and wait your commands, as to the hireing any such, and as to the time of his setting out for the Ship.</p>
          <p>There shou'd be a Theodilite and drawings instrumt<hi rend="sup">s</hi> which will cost about 12 or 15 £ and is a thing the ordnance always allow their People—The officers of the Yard should be orderd to supply me with two or three spare Azimith compasses &amp; a number of Pendants of any colour to put as signals on different Points for takeing the Angles as the Survey goes on—<note xml:id="fn1-65" n="1"><p>Graves to Stephens, 5 April 1763, Adm 1/1836.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>Cook had been to the Tower because that was the headquarters of the Ordnance Office with its staff of technically-trained draughtsmen, one of which he as much as an ‘engineer’ would need for assistance. A week went by, and the sign of exasperation appears, in a note headed with some ambiguity ‘Tuesday noon 1763’.</p>
        <q>Captain Graves Compliments wait upon M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Stephens and beg to know what final answer he shall give to M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook late master of the Northumberland who is very willing to go out to Survey the Harbour &amp; Coasts of Labrador and the draughtsman he was to get from the Tower—as they both wait to know their Lordships resolution and the footing they are to be upon….<note xml:id="fn2-65" n="2"><p>Adm 1/1836. I date this note conjecturally as 12 April. The Tuesdays in that month fall on the 5th, 12th, 19th, 26th. It can hardly belong to the 5th, the date of Graves's earlier letter, on which it seems logically to follow, with its reference to getting a draughtsman from the Tower. On the other hand, Graves's letter of 18 April implies that all dubieties were now settled. The dates of Stephens's letter to Cook about instruments, 18 April, and Graves's to Stephens of 15 April, seem to show that Graves was not informed punctually of all the developments.</p></note></q>
        <p>Graves was evidently casting round for a second-best, in case any part of the great scheme should break down; for he adds to this enquiry another—whether a schoolmaster was allowed to a fourthrate (which his <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> was) as he had heard of a good draughtsman, in the <hi rend="i">Bellona</hi>, who was willing to go out in the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> on that footing. This was Michael Lane, of later note, and Graves did get him transferred. Nevertheless the governor was still kept in suspense: on 15 April he was writing to Stephens again: ‘You will excuse my
<pb xml:id="n83" n="66"/>
takeing the liberty to ask if any change of resolution is taken about M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook, the master and an assistant for him, and whither they are to go out with us.’<note xml:id="fn1-66" n="1"><p>Adm 1/1836.</p></note> There had been no change of resolution: indeed two days earlier the secretary had written to ‘Mr Ja<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Cook, Town’ that Cook's, letter ‘of this date’, the 13th, about mathematical instruments, had been communicated to the Lords, and that he was directed to supply himself with the said instruments and to send the bill to the secretary<note xml:id="fn2-66" n="2"><p>Stephens to Cook, 13 April 1763, Adm 2/722.</p></note>—a missive which suggests, though Cook's own letter is not to be found, that he had already begun to develop the technique of going to the Admiralty himself, explaining what he wanted and the reason for it, and writing the necessary letter on the spot for an immediate answer.</p>
        <p>Graves's mind must somehow have been relieved of its immediate worry—which may indeed have fallen on him partly because of his enforced absence from London to deal with some unrest in the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> at Spithead. On 18 April he reminded Stephens that it had been decided to give him orders to purchase two small vessels of about sixty tons in Newfoundland—‘The one to send with M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook upon the Survey of the Coasts and Harbours’, the other for anti-smuggling or police duty—as well as to build a new hospital at St John's. The orders had not come. ‘A change at the Board takeing place and my being order'd down to my ship on account of a mutiny amongst the Crew—the affair rested where it was and I am afraid is forgotten…. I beg you will please to remind their Lordships of these things, that I may go out with proper orders relating to it. The sending out Draughtsmen to Survey the Harbours, seems to Point out the necessity of their having a Small Vessell fit to use on that business.’<note xml:id="fn3-66" n="3"><p>Graves to Stephens, 18 April 1763, Adm 1/1836.</p></note> He enclosed a list of articles given him by Cook ‘as necessary in the business of Surveying’, which Cook ‘apprehends may be supplied from the King's yard by order’: to wit,</p>
        <p>
          <table rows="10" cols="2">
            <row>
              <cell/>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>‘Small Flags which may be made from new Buntin or out of Old colours</cell>
              <cell>Twelve</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Knight's Azimuth Compas</cell>
              <cell>One</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Knight's Steering Compas</cell>
              <cell>One</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Deep Sea Leads</cell>
              <cell>Two</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>D° Lines</cell>
              <cell>One</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Tallow</cell>
              <cell>lbs Twenty five</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Axes</cell>
              <cell>Two</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Pick Axes</cell>
              <cell>Two</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>Common deal Tables to Draw upon</cell>
              <cell>Two</cell>
            </row>
          </table>
        </p>
        <pb xml:id="n84" n="67"/>
        <p>‘If the Navy Board have not orders to supply these extra stores, no reason I can offer will have any weight.' Obviously Captain Graves was becoming a trifle weary of ‘forms of office’. The Navy Board was ordered to supply the articles from the yard at Plymouth.<note xml:id="fn1-67" n="1"><p>Endorsement on the letter last cited; and Admiralty to Navy Board, as April 1763, National Maritime Museum, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/A/2546.</p></note> And the day after Graves wrote his letter from Spithead the Lords at last despatched their formal order.</p>
        <q>Whereas we have thought fit to appoint M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, a Person well skilled in making Surveys, and M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> William Test belonging to the Drawing Room in the Office of Ordnance, to go to Newfoundland in His Majesty's Ship under your Command in order to be employed in making surveys of the Coast &amp; Harbours of that Island, and in making Drafts and Charts thereof; for which the former will be allowed Ten shillings a day and the latter six shillings in addition to what he receives from the Board of Ordnance: You are hereby required and directed to receive the said two Persons on board, and bear them on a Supernumary [<hi rend="i">sic</hi>] List for Victuals only until your return to England; and to employ them during your stay at Newfoundland as you shall see fit on the Service abovementioned.<note xml:id="fn2-67" n="2"><p>Admiralty to Graves, 19 April 1763, Adm 2/90. Graves wrote from Spithead on the 21st. ‘By last nights Post I receiv'd' the order (Adm 1/1836); which testifies to fairly rapid communication.</p></note></q>
        <p>On the same day <name type="person" key="name-207700">Mr James Cook</name>, Town, and Mr William Test, Tower, were ordered to repair immediately on board the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> and follow the orders of Captain Graves.<note xml:id="fn3-67" n="3"><p>Stephens to Cook/Test, 19 April 1763, Adm 2/90.</p></note> Ten shillings a day, one may call to mind, was the wage of a captain of a fourth rate—the wage of Palliser in the <hi rend="i">Eagle.</hi></p>
        <p>Then it became obvious that the delays of office were not the only possible delays: Cook, ordered on 19 April to join the ship immediately in Plymouth Sound, did not make his appearance until 4 May, his name in the muster book being followed by a list of fifty-five men who had ‘run’—that is, deserted.<note xml:id="fn4-67" n="4"><p>Adm 36/4887.</p></note> Mr William Test did not appear at all. Meanwhile, the Admiralty had ordered the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> to reimburse Cook the £68 11s 8d he had spent on surveying instruments;<note xml:id="fn5-67" n="5"><p>Admiralty to Navy Board, 26 April 1763, <hi rend="c">Nmm, Adm</hi>/A/2546.</p></note> Graves had had time to worry again about the tools Cook wanted—‘I hope the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> will have directions … or I apprehend they will not (however necessary) furnish any thing out of Course’;<note xml:id="fn6-67" n="6"><p>Graves to Stephens, 29 April 1763, Adm 1/1836.</p></note> the Admiralty had told Graves to buy in Newfoundland the small vessels he wanted, and man and victual them from his own ships.<note xml:id="fn7-67" n="7"><p>Admiralty to Graves, 3 May 1763, Adm 1/90.</p></note> Graves groaned again, and acknowledged his orders,
<pb xml:id="n85" n="68"/>
in a letter of 8 May, which contradicts his muster book: ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook arrived here yesterday but without an Assistant, which defect I will endeavour to replace here if possible, under an expectation of the same encouragement their Lordships were to give M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Test. The first employment I shall give M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook will be to Survey S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Pieres &amp; Miquelon, before my getting there to surrender those Islands, to this end it would have been very convenient that one of the Sloops had been ready to sail with me who might have been detached to performe this Service, whilest I made some stay upon the Coast, to afford them the proper time before the surrender of those Islands to the French.’<note xml:id="fn1-68" n="1"><p>Graves to Stephens, from Plymouth Sound, 8 May 1763, Adm 1/1836.</p></note> This letter was minuted with information for the captain about the missing draughtsman. The Admiralty had been informed by the Board of Ordnance a fortnight earlier that it would give him the necessary leave of absence but not on pay, as it would have to pay a substitute; since when their Lordships had neither heard nor seen anything of Mr Test. They approved of Graves trying to get someone else. Graves could get no one else before he sailed rather late in the season, Cook with him, on 15 May. Somehow the Admiralty found another man, a Mr Edward Smart, of Lambeth, also an Ordnance draughtsman, and sent him out at the end of the month in the sloop <hi rend="i">Spy</hi>, Captain Phillips.<note xml:id="fn2-68" n="2"><p>Admiralty to Graves, 27 May 1763, Adm 2/90; Admiralty to ‘Mr Smart, at Lambeth’, 27 May, Adm 2/722. Test made his career at home. Almost forty years later he became Chief Draughtsman at the Tower, in 1801, and retired in 1815 after 56 years in the Ordnance service.—R. A. Skelton, <hi rend="i">James Cook Surveyor of Newfoundland</hi> (San Francisco, 1965), 11, n. Further references to this work are simply to ‘Skelton’.</p></note></p>
        <p>Newfoundland, a great triangle of ancient rock, thrusting out large peninsulas into the ocean as part of its general shape, has an infinite mass of indentations, bays, harbours, arms of the sea, which give it six thousand miles of coastline. This coastline is steep, bare, uninviting, fringed with the dangers of many rocks and shoals, and odd sets of the current; in the long cold winter cut off from access by the masses of Arctic ice swept down by the Labrador current—it is separated from Labrador by only a narrow strait—except for the always ice-free southern shore. Icebergs from the Greenland glaciers appear at any time, the greatest number in the months of spring, and they are dangerous. Fog is the other menace, fortunately not continuous, throughout the year. But the harbours are safe summer ones; although the land is rainy and the summers cool there are warm spells; the offshore banks were alive with cod, and as headquarters for the seasonal industry of fishing Newfoundland was as
<pb xml:id="n86" n="69"/>
admirable as any place could be in that position and climate. Not far from the south coast, to the west of the Burin peninsula and off the entrance to Fortune Bay, lie St Pierre and Miquelon, already mentioned, small rocky outcrops from the sea, with a harbour in St Pierre hardly touched by ice, and thus valuable in the extreme to the French, whose sovereignty was by the treaty of 1763 so minutely confined. The survey to which Cook was sent was important. Like the fishery, and like the ship-based government of the country, it had to be seasonal. He must be on the coast by early June, and away from it by the end of October. The nature of the coastline made it extraordinarily complex. With all the complexity, it had perhaps one advantage, that a surveyor need never be at a loss for a prominent point to pin his observations to. We have noted the requisition for ‘small flags’.</p>
        <p>Cook was to carry out many accomplished pieces of surveying, in one part of the world or another but nothing he ever did later exceeded in accomplishment his surveys of the southern and western sides of Newfoundland from 1763 to 1767. The North-eastern side of the triangle he was hardly to touch. He was so successful because he could deploy all the technique he had acquired from the military ‘engineers’; because he could work at times on land as well as from the sea; because, therefore, he could use, sometimes, instruments that required solid earth as their base. The theodolite of which Graves spoke to the Admiralty would have been perfectly useless on the deck of a ship. One must not overstate the matter. It is nevertheless highly significant not only that that is the first ‘mathematical instrument’ that Cook mentions as necessary, but that when he was looking for a draughtsman he went straight to the Drawing Room at the Tower—to what one might call, in fact, the head office of military survey in England. He went there, one may feel, as the pupil of Holland and the associate of DesBarres, to find a man who was capable of both the desk-work of compiling and drawing, and the instrumental field-work that he had mastered himself. He did not want a plain master's mate for his assistant, any more than he wanted to make only a running survey from the sea. This was the traditional method of surveying a shore: the ship's course, as she sailed along it, would be carefully noted and plotted; the outstanding coastal features equally carefully plotted from cross-bearings taken from the ship; the outline would be filled in by careful sketching.<note xml:id="fn1-69" n="1"><p>‘The errors and omissions inherent in a survey of this sort arose from the difficulty of logging the ship's track and fixing her position with sufficient accuracy, from inability to determine the exact position of soundings and submarine features, and from the masking of some land features by others from the eyes of an observer close inshore.’—Skelton, 11.</p></note> If there
<pb xml:id="n87" n="70"/>
was time, the boats would be used for sounding and the accumulation of additional coastal detail. It was a method capable of brilliant exploitation, as Cook exploited it later on for New Zealand or the New Hebrides, or in varying degrees for New South Wales or the north-west coast of North America; but the exploitation, however brilliant, could hardly ever be more than brilliant reconnaissance. As Cook was to say in a note to his journal on the New Hebrides coast, eleven years later than this, ‘The word Survey, is not to be understood here, in its literal sence. Surveying a place, according to my Idea, is takeing a Geometrical Plan of it, in which every place is to have its true situation, which cannot be done in a work of this kind.’<note xml:id="fn1-70" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals of <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name></hi>, II, 509, n. 4.</p></note> For Newfoundland, he hoped, he was going to provide a survey in the ‘literal’, or anyhow the technical, sense. He would use the theodolite and his brass telescopic quadrant, made by Bird. He would measure accurately his base-lines and his angles, fix the positions of his prominent features, plot them on his paper, plot a net of triangles anchored to fixed positions. We can see these on at least one of his surviving charts.<note xml:id="fn2-70" n="2"><p>‘A Chart of the Sea coast, Bays, and Harbours, in Newfoundland between Green Island and Point Ferrolle. Surveyed … by <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>. Coppy'd from the original survey taken in y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> year 1764.'—H.D. 342. R. A. Skelton, in ‘<name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name> as a Hydrographer’, <hi rend="i">Mariner's Mirror</hi>, Vol. 40 (1954), 92–119, reproduces a detail of this, pl. 1(<hi rend="i">a</hi>).</p></note> He could calculate latitudes accurately with the help of his quadrant. He could not yet bring in longitudes. When he had his land features in correct relation, he would go on to his hydrographic work, would sound, take bearings, draw detail. From his journals as well as his charts we can form some judgment how far he was successful in all this. He no doubt quickened and refined his hand as season succeeded season. The last great Newfoundland chart he produced he felt justified in describing as ‘An exact trigonometrical survey’; but that was not yet.</p>
        <p>Graves reached Newfoundland in the second week in June, and anchored in Trepassey harbour, just west of Cape Race, the southeastern point of the country. Besides the 50-gun <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi>, he had under his command for the purposes of his government five smaller vessels, and his instructions provided for the deployment of them all in surveying as well as in police duties: ‘We have Ordered them to make Charts of all the said Coasts, with Drafts of the Harbours, noting the Depths of Water and Conveniences for fishing, and whatever Observations may Occur worthy of our Knowledge….’<note xml:id="fn3-70" n="3"><p><hi rend="c">Nmm</hi>, Graves <hi rend="c">Mss, Grv</hi>/106, Sect. 9.</p></note> This was an affirmation of what was supposed to be routine. Of these vessels, the frigate <hi rend="i">Pearl</hi>, 32 guns, was to cruise on the coast of Labrador,
<pb xml:id="n88" n="71"/>
between Belle Isle and St John river and round the island of Anticosti; the 26-gun <hi rend="i">Terpsichore</hi>, between Cape Race and Carpoon, or Quirpon—that is, off the northern coast to its north-east extremity; the 32-gun <hi rend="i">Lark</hi> in the strait of Belle Isle, and thence along the west coast to Cape Ray, the south-western point; the 25-gun <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi> along the south coast, between Cape Race and Cape Ray. The <hi rend="i">Tamar</hi> was to spend her time with the fishing vessels on the Grand Bank. It was therefore the <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi>, <name type="person" key="name-405215">Captain Charles Douglas</name>, with which Cook was to be immediately most closely acquainted. She had been on her station since the beginning of June. On the 13th she met the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> at Trepassey, and embarked Cook, James Biddon and Peter Flower, ‘Supernumerary born for Victuals only being an Engineer &amp; his Retinue’.<note xml:id="fn1-71" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Tweed's</hi> muster book, Adm 36/6901, 13 June 1763. They remained on the strength till the July-August muster.</p></note> All official documents were now inculcating speed: the Admiralty's instructions to Graves, Graves's instructions to Douglas, which Cook was to deliver to him—‘you are to proceed without a moment's loss of time … to the Island of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter<hi rend="sup">s</hi>, where you are to afford him (who you are to take with you) all the assistance in your power by boats or otherways in taking an accurate survey of the Island[s] of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter and Miquelon with all the Expedition possible, that no Delay be thereby given to the Delivering these Islands up to the French.’<note xml:id="fn2-71" n="2"><p>Adm 1/1704, n.d.</p></note> This was all very well; but the islands were to have been handed over to the French not later than 10 June,<note xml:id="fn3-71" n="3"><p>Instructions to Graves, 2 May 1763, Adm 2/90.</p></note> and when Douglas arrived in the harbour of St Pierre not merely did he find a French frigate, the <hi rend="i">Licorne</hi>, already there, but at the same hour arrived the French governor-designate, M. d'Anjac, in the <hi rend="i">Garonne</hi>, with fifty soldiers and a hundred and fifty men—merchants and fishermen, women and children. British settlers were to be removed, these were to be installed: Graves and Douglas were determined that not an inch of rock nor an ounce of authority should be ceded until the survey was completed and every secret (if there were any) laid bare. Douglas was even cautioned against handing over at all what Graves wrote as ‘Langly’—Langley or Langlade, the present Petite Miquelon, the southern part of that island, now joined to the northern part by a narrow thread of land: ‘that island has been separated from Miquelon upwards of four years by a passage a mile broad and two fathom deep. It affords little else than wood but lays between Miquelon and St. Peter's.’<note xml:id="fn4-71" n="4"><p>Graves to Stephens, 20 October 1763, <hi rend="c">Nmm, Grv</hi>/106. The isthmus reasserted itself in 1781, but not on the charts, and there were many shipwrecks in consequence.</p></note> In retrospect one can see some moments of tension, and fancy some moments of comedy.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n89" n="72"/>
        <p>Cook got to work at once, ‘with all possible application’, on St Pierre, while Douglas held off the governor, ‘who was (you may believe with some difficulty) persuaded to remain on board with his troops, untill the fourth day of July when (the survey of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter's being compleated) that Island was deliver'd to him in form: and our Surveyor began with the other; the weather still continuing foggy and unfavorable.’<note xml:id="fn1-72" n="1"><p>Douglas to Stephens, 3 May 1764, Adm 1/1704.</p></note> In the meantime M. d'Anjac had despatched a very indignant letter to Graves at Placentia, but was somehow calmed down. We can see a little of the comings and goings in Douglas's log: 3 July, ‘<hi rend="c">Pm</hi> sent our Cutter under y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Command of a Midshipman to attend M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook whilst he survey'd the Islands of Miquelon &amp; Langley'; 12 July, ‘<hi rend="c">Am</hi> sent y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Longboat with 4 Days provisions for y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Men w<hi rend="sup">th</hi> Mr Cook on y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Island of Langley’; 13 July, ‘<hi rend="c">Pm</hi> y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Longb<hi rend="sup">t</hi> return'd from Langley not finding M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook there, he being gone to Miquelon’;<note xml:id="fn2-72" n="2"><p>These dates must again be interpreted according to ship time—i.e. 3 July PM is the afternoon of 2 July civil time; 12 July <hi rend="c">Am</hi> is the morning of 12 July civil time.</p></note> 25 July, ‘Arriv'd here y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Shallop Tender &amp; Cutter w<hi rend="sup">th</hi> M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook he having Finish'd y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Survey of that part of this Island Called Dunn.’ <note xml:id="fn3-72" n="3"><p>Captain's Logs, <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi>, Adm 51/1016. ‘Dunn’ appears to be what Cook called on his chart Dunne Harbour, represented now by Grand Barachois—‘a basin with a narrow entrance on its south-eastern side, only practicable for boats’ (<hi rend="i">Newfoundland Pilot</hi>, I (8th ed., 1951), 185) — which almost entirely occupies the northern part of the tongue of land between the two Miquelons, the Chaussee de Miquelon or Isthme de Langlade.</p></note> A few days more and Cook had finished the whole island, which was handed over to the impatient French on 31 July. He had worked on a large scale. ‘A Plan of the Islands of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter's, Langly, and Miquelong, survey'd by order of H.E. Thos. Graves, Esq., Governor of Newfoundland, by <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>', is laid down at three and a half inches to the mile, and measures seven feet eight inches by two feet five inches.<note xml:id="fn4-72" n="4"><p>B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 17963.</p></note> It could be reduced at need. Douglas, on his part, had done his very best for Cook. ‘I procured him all the time I could,’ he wrote later to the Admiralty secretary, ‘by staying at S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter's under various pretences, untill towards the 17th, and then went to the Road of Miquelon—where we made shift to keep the Commandant in some sort of temper, untill the beginning of August; when, thro’ the unwearied assiduity of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cooke, the survey of that Island too, was compleated.' The dutiful captain had had to expend something more than tactful words, on which he enlarges modestly.</p>
        <q>I flatter myself Sir, that my Lords Comissioners will easily believe, that so delicate an affair, as keeping the French Governor so long on board; out of the exercise of his authority, the surveying of his Islands untill the
<pb xml:id="n90" n="73"/>
beginning of August, due to France since the 10th of June; and to have thereby occasion'd no disturbance, must have caused an expensive intercourse on my side [and he thinks the Lords might be induced to] grant me some consideration for the extraordinary expences I was put to; without having incurred which the Islands in question wou'd have remained unsurvey'd.<note xml:id="fn1-73" n="1"><p>Douglas to Stephens, London, 3 May 1764, and minute thereon, Adm 1/1704.</p></note></q>
        <p>The Lords were not unsympathetic, and did not think the suggested £50 was too much to grant.</p>
        <p>This survey completed, Douglas took Cook on board again and carried him according to orders to Ferryland, a small harbour on the east coast of the Avalon peninsula about half-way between Cape Race and St John's, whence he joined Graves at St John's. The <hi rend="i">Spy</hi> had not yet arrived, and did not arrive until 1 September, so that Cook was still without the help of the skilled assistant Mr Edward Smart. He was, however, to get a vessel of his own. During July Graves had used the authority given him before he left home to buy for the survey, at the price of £372 15s, a 68-ton schooner built in a Massachusetts yard in 1754, ‘together with her Boat, Tackle, Furniture and Apparell’.<note xml:id="fn2-73" n="2"><p>The Navy Board made difficulties over paying for it. On 2 December 1763 it asked the Admiralty whether it should pay the bill.—NMM, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/B/173. Then it said that under its rules it could not pay; for six months later the Admiralty ordered it to do so—<hi rend="c">Nmm, Adm</hi>/A/2561.</p></note> She was called the <hi rend="i">Sally</hi>, and became the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi>—in honour, we must suppose, of the man who was then Prime Minister and seems to have been a friend of Graves; and, as Graves reported, she was within three or four days of being ready for service when Cook joined him. As soon as she was ready Cook sailed her up to the northern end of the island to survey Quirpon and Noddy harbours, inside Quirpon island—where, on the western side of Quirpon harbour, he named Graves (now Jacques Cartier) island; ‘and from thence to York Harbour to take a compleat survey of that or any other good harbour he shou'd fall in w<hi rend="sup">t</hi> on y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Labradore coast, and to employ himself in like manner on his return when y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Season shoud make it necessary to leave that Coast, this he has done with indefatigable industry haveing survey'd four harbours.’<note xml:id="fn3-73" n="3"><p>Graves to Stephens (draft) <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi>, St John's, 20 October 1763; <hi rend="c">Nmm, Grv</hi>/106.</p></note> So Graves; and in the absence of a <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> log for that period, or any other more detailed description, we have no idea how long Cook was at each place, or what precisely he did after his return to St John's. He seems to have returned towards the end of September.<note xml:id="fn4-73" n="4"><p>The dating is not quite easy. Graves to Stephens, 20 October, says that the <hi rend="i">Pearl</hi> had sailed for England, ‘there being no occasion to detain her here and carrys some invalids sent hither from Louisbourg for a passage home.’—<hi rend="c">Nmm, Grv</hi>/106. On 30 October ‘by the Tweed’ he says, ‘By the Pearl C. Saxton who sailed from hence the 26th [October?] I acquainted their Lordships with my proceeding[s] till that time. The Schooner Grenvile has since return'd from the Northward w<hi rend="sup">t</hi> our seeing the Terpsichore.' He had sent her with an answer to Captain Ruthven's many queries ‘some days since’.—<hi rend="c">Grv</hi>/106.</p></note> We have the precise
<pb xml:id="n91" n="74"/>
and beautiful detail of his charts, and from what we know of the country we can see that his work would have its discomforts. York or Chateaux (now Chateau) harbour was frozen six months of the year, from Christmas to the end of June; in the summer, if he landed, Cook could walk on moss and eat cranberries, but flies and mosquitoes would fall on him in clouds. His plan is a good one accompanied with sailing directions and ‘views’.<note xml:id="fn1-74" n="1"><p>Hydrographic Dept., B. 188.</p></note> Presumably when he did reach St John's again he was at last joined by Smart, and could get some relief in copying and computation; and perhaps he had time to consider some of the charts handed in by the other ships on the station.</p>
        <p>The governor reported to the Admiralty secretary on 30 October, beginning with the movements of ships. He proceeds:</p>
        <quote>
          <p>The Tweed sails with these dispatches and I hope to leave the country about the same time. As M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook whose Pains and attention are beyond my description, can go no farther in surveying this year I send him home in the Tweed in preferance to keeping him on board [the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi>], that he may have the more time to finish the diff<hi rend="sup">t</hi> surveys allready taken of it to be layn before their Lordships—and to copy the different sketches of y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Coasts and Harbours, taken by y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> ships on the several stations by which their Lordships will perceive how extreamly erroneous y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> present draughts are, &amp; how dangerous to ships that sail by them—and how generally beneficial to Navigation the work now in hand will be when finished indeed I have no doubt in a Year or two more of seeing a perfect good chart of Newfoundland and an exact survey of most of y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> good harbours in which there is not perhaps a part of the World that more abounds.</p>
          <p>The inclosed Papers are the remarks made by the Captains of the Lark, Tweed and Pearl. M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook will lay before their Lordsh: y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> original Survey of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peters Miquelon &amp; Langley as allso Quirpon &amp; Noddy harbours, Chateaux or York harbour &amp; Croque, these though not so highly finished as a <hi rend="i">Copy</hi> may be, yet I am purswaded thier Lordships will think y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> properest to be deposited in thier Office.<note xml:id="fn2-74" n="2"><p><hi rend="c">Nmm, Grv</hi>/106. The instructions to captains to carry on the survey were apparently meant to be taken seriously. Douglas to Stephens from the <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi>, Spithead, 8 December 1763, illustrates this: ‘Be pleased to lay before my Lords Commissioners, the herewith-inclosed Sketch of the Magdalen Islands in the Gulph of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Laurence; where the Sea-Cow fishery is carried on. And be moreover pleased to acquaint their Lordships, that agreeable to the commands of the Right Honourable Board of last April, between the beginning of September and the middle of October I took an incompleat one, of the whole Coast of Newfoundland, within the limits of the station prescribed me by their Lordships; viz: between the Capes Race and Ray. Which Sketch is (pursuant to the desire of the Captain Graves of the Antelope) now in the hands of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> James Cooke; who was last Summer employ'd to survey the Islands of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peter and Miquelon: which Survey we were not able to compleat before the beginning of August. One of the reasons of the incompleatness of the Draught last mention'd.'—Adm 1/1704. And see Palliser's letter, p. 84 below.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <pb xml:id="n92" n="75"/>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi> anchored at Spithead on 29 November 1763. Cook, there is little doubt, lost no time in hastening to Mrs Cook and the son that had been born to him seven weeks earlier, another James.<note xml:id="fn1-75" n="1"><p>To be precise, on 13 October 1763, at Shadwell. This is one of the bits of information Kippis (517) got from Mrs Cook.</p></note> Nor could it have been long before he decided he must buy a house. The one he selected was in the hamlet of Mile End Old Town, on the northern side of the parish of Stepney; it was the last in a small terrace, No. 7 Assembly Row, facing on the Mile End Road, over which the coaches lumbered from Cornhill on their way to Essex. The row took its name from the Assembly Rooms near by, the scene of various though fortunately not constant tumultuous gatherings; the house was joined by an archway to a gin distillery, or what Cook was later to refer to as ‘Mr Curtis's Wine Vaults’. It was therefore not in a haunt of rural seclusion, as some of the names of neighbouring passage-ways might suggest—Ducking Pond Row, Red Cow Lane, Dog Row, Mutton Lane—but a rush of building had not obliterated all that was green. It was some distance from the dwelling-place of fashion, a house not large, much better nevertheless than lodging in Shadwell for a wife and family, and a man between voyages, entirely respectable, suitable for a master in the navy. Mrs Cook would not be crowded, there was a garden behind to breathe in, market gardens she could visit, meadow and pasture and marsh land not far away. Cook could afford it, on his savings, and his surveyor's ten shillings a day, and his prospect of permanent employment.<note xml:id="fn2-75" n="2"><p>I owe most of the details in the foregoing passage to Mr A. W. Smith, ‘<name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name>, Londoner’, in <hi rend="i">East London Papers</hi>, vol. 11, No. 2 (1968), 94–7. The house stood until 1959. The Assembly Row address remained until 1863, when the name was abolished and the house became 88 Mile End Road. In 1880 the ground floor was converted to a shop, projecting on to the small front garden (most of the other houses in the row were served likewise). No. 88 was in this century successively an emporium for women's apparel and a kosher butchery. An L.C.C. commemorative plaque was affixed to it in 1907, which did not prevent its later demolition. The rest of the row was spared, in shabby disrepair.</p></note> With such testimonials as his from Graves and Douglas, the Admiralty would not let him go, even if the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> was slow in paying.<note xml:id="fn3-75" n="3"><p>Admiralty to Navy Board, 4 January 1764, <hi rend="c">Nmm, Adm</hi>/A/2555.</p></note> He and Smart, and Smart's brother, were busy drawing and making copies, and it was intended to send them out again. Smart was not to go out again: he died on 8 March 1764, when Cook was busy in all sorts of ways.<note xml:id="fn4-75" n="4"><p>A letter from the Admiralty to the Navy Board, 23 April 1764, refers to his death, and to Smart's (and his brother's) employment, in providing for Smart's pay. A certificate from Cook on the matter was enclosed.—<hi rend="c">Nmm, Adm</hi>/A/2558.</p></note> He was not too busy to write to Graves, on
<pb xml:id="n93" n="76"/>
15 March, in a way that indicates regard for Graves on his part as great as Graves's regard for him.</p>
        <quote>
          <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d9-t1">
            <body xml:id="t1-body-d9-t1-body">
              <opener>
                <salute>Sir,</salute>
              </opener>
              <p>I learnt this day at the Admiralty of your arrival of which I give you joy, and have to acquaint you, that soon after my arrival, I gave my surveys into the board which was approved of, and was then order'd to draw a fair copie of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peters and Miquelong to be laid before the King, these and the different Captains Sketches is finished and given in to the board. Those that you intend for the Board of Trade are ready. I had not the honour to see M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Grenvill when I gave in the Plan, but am convinced it was well received, as he made me an offer soon after (by M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Whatley Secretary to the Treasury) to go as one of the Surveyors to the Natral Islands, which I was obliged to decline, your favourable recommendation of me to this Gentleman, likewise, to the Admiralty, together with many other signal favours I have received during the short time I have had the honour to be under your command shall ever be had in the most gratfull remembrance and tho' Captain Pallisser, who is appointed to the command in Newfoundland is a Gentleman I have been long acquainted with yet I cannot help being sorry that you do not enjoy that officer longer.</p>
              <p>It is more than probable the Survey of the Island will go on untill compleatly finished, this usefull and necessary thing the World must be obliged to you for.</p>
              <p>I shall do my self the honour to wait upon you as soon as you arrive in town and acquaint you with what has pass'd between Lord Egmont and me in regard to the North part of the Island. I am with great respect</p>
              <closer>
                <salute>Sir<lb/>
your most Ob<hi rend="sup">t</hi> and Very Hble Ser<hi rend="sup">t</hi></salute>
                <signed>Ja<hi rend="sup">s</hi> Cook.<seg><note xml:id="fn1-76" n="1"><p>Cook to Graves, 15 March 1764, <hi rend="c">Nmm, Grv</hi>/106. The ‘fair copie … laid before the King’ is now in the British Museum map collection, K. Top, cxix. 111. The ‘Natral Islands’ were presumably the Neutral Islands in the West Indies—St Vincent, Dominica, Tobago and St Lucia (the last an island of superb harbours). They were declared neutral by France and England—i.e. not to be colonised by either power—in 1730 and 1748; but the first three were ceded to England at the Peace of Paris in 1763. The French then clung to St Lucia, which, however, became British in the settlement of 1815.</p></note></seg></signed>
              </closer>
            </body>
          </floatingText>
        </quote>
        <p>The ‘Grenvill’ here referred to must certainly have been <name type="person" key="name-405204">George Grenville</name>, the First Lord of the Treasury; Egmont was First Lord of the Admiralty, and presumably, he was interested in French infringements of the fishery, agreement, on which Graves had already had something to say. Masters in the navy did not ordinarily converse with First Lords of any sort.</p>
        <p>Cook was already engaged in discussion with Palliser, so it would seem, on the borderland between geography and diplomacy, perhaps as a sequel to his meeting with Egmont; and a little historical
<pb xml:id="n94" n="77"/>
research was in progress, though not on the ‘North part of the Island’. It is to be remembered that fishery disputes were of very long standing. Cook writes a memorandum to Palliser on his investigations, ‘Wednesday Evening 5 o' Clock 7 March 1764’.</p>
        <quote>
          <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d9-t2">
            <body xml:id="t1-body-d9-t2-body">
              <p>At the Book and Map seller at the large Gateway in Cheap-side Jn° Senex's Map Pub. in 1710 names Cape Ray and calls P<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Rich Cape Pointu—this Map was drawen from the observations communicated to the Roy <note xml:id="fn1-77" n="1"><p>‘To Hugh Pallisser Esq<hi rend="sup">r</hi>’,Adm 1/2300. Palliser must have sent the communication on to the Admiralty. I can trace no Senex map as early as 1710, or any before <hi rend="i">The Coast of Newfoundland from Placentia to Cape Bonavista</hi>, No. 50 in his <hi rend="i">Atlas maritimus &amp;commercialis</hi>, 1728. The map of Captain John Mitchell, F.R.S. was his <hi rend="i">Map of the British and French Dominions in North America</hi>, 1755, used for the peace treaty of 1783. Patrick Barclay, <hi rend="i">The Universal Traveller: or, a Complete account of the most remarkable voyages and travels … to the present time</hi>, a folio of 795 pp., has the B.M. date 1735. John Ogilby,<hi rend="i">America, being the Latest and Most Accurate Description of the New World</hi> … London, 1671, another folio. I presume that Mr Vanbushel may have been an acquaintance of Cook's, whom he knew to possess a copy of Ogilby.</p></note> Society at London and the Academy at Paris—</p>
              <p><hi rend="i">Mitchel's Map</hi>—Pub 1755—Cape or Point Rich, which is left out of the late French Maps as if there was no such place seemingly because it is the boundries of their prevelige of fishing which extend from hence Northward round to C. Bonavista.</p>
              <p>The <hi rend="i">Universal Traveller</hi> or Compleat account of Voyages by Pat. Barclay—1734-54, speaking of Newfoundland, I do not find he once mentions C. Ray or P<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Rich, but says their Journals was so confounded with names common to both sides of the Island that it was a difficult matter to tell which side there where [i.e. they were] upon, in the Gulf or on the <hi rend="c">Ne</hi> side—</p>
              <p>At M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Vanbushels Gardener at Lambeth</p>
              <p>In Ogilbys America Pub in 1671 is a Map without Date, that mentions Cape Ray only—this Historian doth not speak of Cape Ray but in one place, and there he must mean Cape Race—</p>
              <p>I have seen no maps to day, but such as we see yesterday, except the above; neither have I met with any Historys or Voyages (and I have looked into several) that makes any mention of what we want—</p>
              <closer>
                <signed>J. Cook</signed>
              </closer>
            </body>
          </floatingText>
        </quote>
        <p>Palliser was triumphant in rebutting the claim of the French ambassador that Cape Ray and not Point Riche was the really intended southern limit on the west coast of French operations. The enquiries which Cook made of old Newfoundland hands about settlement on the east coast seem less relevant.<note xml:id="fn2-77" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Hist. Rec. N.S.W.</hi>, I, Part 1, 300–1, prints a letter from George Davis to Cook, Poole, 14 March 1764, on the subject. A note on one of Cook's maps (‘A Sketch of the Island of Newfoundland. Done from the last Observations. By James Cook 1763’; Admiralty Library, America, Vol. I, No. 21) seems to bear on this same investigation. It concerns the years of settlement at various places ‘All of which places the English have continued to fish at, since first settled’.</p></note></p>
        <p>There were obviously discussions about the survey as well, between
<pb xml:id="n95" n="78"/>
Palliser and Graves, and Cook must have been brought into them. As a result Palliser made an important suggestion to the Admiralty. The <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was laid up for the winter at St John's, and in need of stores. Before she could sail on survey she would have to be refitted and re-equipped, and manned from the commodore's, or governor's ship; she would have to return to St John's in time to hand over the men and be laid up again; thus a great deal of time that should be expended on the survey would be used up, with consequent inconvenience and confusion in accounting and command. Would it not be better to appoint ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook the Surveyor who is a Master in the Navy … master of her, to be charged with all stores and materials belong[ing] to her, with the apointment of a master of a 6th Rate’? The assistant-surveyor should be a seaman with some knowledge of surveying and drawing, and be mate of the vessel, paid as a master's mate of a 6th rate with an additional allowance of 3s or 2s 6d a day: ‘I flatter myself their Lordships will think that such a person, who has been brought up in the Navy, is better intitled to encouragem<hi rend="sup">t</hi> than any young man who has been brought up in the Tower, that is meerly a draftsman, no seaman &amp; without knowledge of either land or sea Surveying.’ (One is forced to conclude either that Mr Edward Smart had been a disappointment, or that there is here a little naval prejudice against the Ordnance service. It had not been Cook's feeling the previous year.) The vessel should bear eighteen or twenty seamen, ten to be borrowed from the several ships on the station, ten to be permanently borne as enough to sail and navigate her at the end of the season, across the Atlantic to Portsmouth, where she would be properly refitted and would arrive for the next season's surveying much earlier and in better condition than if she had been left at St John's. Thus, at no greater additional expense than 2s a day, ‘the service will be more compleatly perform'd, &amp; with greater facillity and dispatch.’<note xml:id="fn1-78" n="1"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 4 April 1764, Adm 2/2300.</p></note> Palliser enclosed with this letter two very comprehensive lists of ‘Extra Stores wanting for the Surveying Service’. The Admiralty was prepared to agree, and to approve a complement for the schooner of master, master's mate, master's servant, and seven seamen; it instructed the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> accordingly, instructed Cook on recruitment, and directed Captain Thompson of the <hi rend="i">Lark</hi>, one of Palliser's squadron, to convey them to Newfoundland. The master and master's mate were to be allowed pay as if for a Sixth Rate—that is £4 and £2 2s a month respectively—‘and the former to be charged with the Provisions and Stores which shall from time to time to be supplied to the Schooner; and to pass regular
<pb xml:id="n96" n="79"/>
Accounts for the same.’<note xml:id="fn1-79" n="1"><p>Admiralty to Navy Board, 13 April 1764, <hi rend="c">Nmm, Adm</hi>/A/2558. Stephens to Palliser, 13 April, in answer to his of 4 April; agreeing with all his suggestions, and saying, ‘Their Lordships have commended M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook to the Navy Board to be appointed Master of the said Vessel &amp; when you acquaint me with the name of the Mate their Lordships will order the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> to pay him an additional Allowance of three Shillings a day Assistant Surveyor.’—Adm 2/704. Cook to Stephens, 21 April (on conduct money, carriage of seamen's chests, and bedding), <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="i">Holograph Letters</hi>; Admiralty to Navy Board, 23 April (conduct money, etc.); 24 April (manning of the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi>—two men from <hi rend="i">Pearl, Tweed, Lark, Zephyr, Spy</hi>); 27 April (<name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> to repay Cook for repair of surveying instruments and provisions of others).—ADM/A/2558. Stephens to Cook, 23 April (on conduct money, etc.), Adm 2/724, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi> <hi rend="i">Hol. Lett.</hi>; to captains <hi rend="i">Spy, Pearl, Tweed, Zephyr</hi>, 24 April (on loan of men), Adm 2/90; to Captain Thompson, <hi rend="i">Lark</hi>, 24 April (to take out Cook and his men and lend him two men), Adm 2/91; to Palliser, 30 April (on loan of men), Adm 2/724; to Palliser, 2 May (on directions to Cook), printed in <name type="person" key="name-134493">H. Carrington</name>, <hi rend="i">Life of Captain Cook</hi>, 38. There are a few other formal letters on this season's work in <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="i">Holograph Letters</hi>, item 3 in which seems to be <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> letter book, not in Cook's hand.</p></note> So here he was introduced to the burdens of administration. The Navy Board, ‘having received a Certificate of the Corporation of the Trinity House of your Abilities to serve as Master of any of His Majesty's ships of the Fourth Rate’, gave him a warrant to take charge of the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi>, and allowed him a servant in addition to his sixth rate pay.<note xml:id="fn2-79" n="2"><p>Navy Board warrant, 18 April 1764, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="i">Hol. Lett.</hi></p></note> Trinity House was being cautious: after all, the <hi rend="i">Northumberland</hi>, of which he had been master for three years, was a third rate. Palliser told him to start on the survey as soon as he arrived in Newfoundland, and to keep a particularly attentive eye on the French fisheries.<note xml:id="fn3-79" n="3"><p>Palliser to Cook, 29 April 1764, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="i">Hol. Lett.</hi></p></note></p>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Lark</hi> sailed from Portsmouth on 7 May 1764 for St John's, where, 14 June, began the log of the <hi rend="i">Grenville:</hi><note xml:id="fn4-79" n="4"><p>Cook's <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> log and journal, 14 June 1764–15 November 1767, in seven parts, make up Adm 52/1263, parts 1, 2, and 6 the log, parts 3, 5, and 7 the journal: there is not very much difference between them, and neither log nor journal is in Cook's hand, though each part is signed by him. The title-pages of parts 3 and 5 are rather fancy productions, and in part 5 ‘Schooner’ becomes ‘Brigg’. Some of the journal, though not by any means all of it, seems to be kept in civil time; the log is now and again a little fuller. Most of the quotations in the present account are from the journal, with occasional recourse to the log, but it does not seem necessary to give constant references beyond the dates in the text.</p></note> The first and middle parts moderate and Hazy weather the Later foggy, at 1 PM His Majesty's ship the Lark anchor'd here from England, on board of which came the Master and Company of this Schooner, went on board and took possession of her—Read over to the Crew the Master's Warrant, Articles of War, and Abstract of the Late act of Parliament.’ The Articles of War and Abstract were documents Cook was to read over to his crews a good deal, as prescribed by his naval masters. Until 3 July the schooner remained in harbour while she was overhauled and repaired. Palliser arrived in the 50-gun <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi>, whence was taken the man who was to be Cook's mate for the next two and a half years, and in future years an admiral, William
<pb xml:id="n97" n="80"/>
Parker; and on 4 July the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> ran out of the harbour and stood north. Palliser had decided that the season's survey should be a continuation of that on the north coast in 1763, from Bauld Cape westward and then down the western coast a certain distance.<note xml:id="fn1-80" n="1"><p>Palliser to Cook, 19 June 1764, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="i">Hol. Lett.</hi></p></note> Two days were spent on the way at anchor in Carouge harbour, a small place some forty miles south of the cape, fitting the boats' oars and making small flags for the survey; then for a week the schooner was moored in Noddy harbour while Sacred Bay, a little to the west, with its numerous islets, rocks and shoals, was sounded and surveyed. We see the system: 14 July, ‘went into the Bay Sacre, Measured a Base Line and fix'd Flaggs on the Different Islands, &amp;c.’ Flags were fixed on ‘Cape de Ognon’—Onion Cape, one of the entrance points. Another week was spent in Pistolet Bay, farther west again, the boats out sounding, Cook busy with his instruments; then they plyed up to Cape Norman, the most northern point of the island, with a boat between ship and shore, anchoring for two days south-east of the cape, in a small harbour mainly formed by islands, called Cook's Harbour. On 2 August, ‘At Noon took the Suns Meridian altitude on shore and found Cape Norman to be in Latitude 51°39′ North’; on 3 August, ‘at 6 <hi rend="c">Am</hi> the Master with the Cutter went ashore to Continue the Survey, Stood to the westward about a League off shore, brought too and sounded every mile’: the pattern is clear, as the schooner moves from harbour to harbour, the boats sounding, Cook with his theodolite on shore as much as possible, fixing his flags, measuring, sighting, Parker no doubt drawing carefully from offshore. On 6 August the log registers misfortune.</p>
        <q>2pm Came on board the Cutter with the Master who unfortunately had a Large Powder Horn blown up &amp; Burst in his hand which shatter'd it in a Terrible manner and one of the people that stood hard by suffered greatly by the same accident and having no Surgeon on board Bore away for Noddy Harbour where a French fishing ship Lay, at 8 sent the Boat in for the French surgeon at 10 the Boat returned with the Surgeon, at 11 Anchord in Noddy Harbour in 6 fathom water.</q>
        <p>This untoward affair seems to have disabled Cook as an active surveyor for the rest of the month, though not as a commander. It was his right hand; it healed, but it bore a gash between the thumb and forefinger, and a large scar as far as the wrist, that had an identifying function fifteen years later. The schooner lay in Noddy Harbour till 25 August. Parker was sent off to survey Griguet Bay and the coast as far as White Cape to the south; the men, employed
<pb xml:id="n98"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP004a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP004a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP004a-g"/><head>2. Whitby Harbour in the mid-eighteenth century<lb/>
Water-colour drawing by unknown artist</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n99"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP005a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP005a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP005a-g"/><head>3. ‘Draught of the Bay and Harbour of Gaspee’, 1758<lb/>
Cook's first published map</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n100"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP006a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP006a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP006a-g"/><head>4. ‘Plan of the Harbour of Great and Little St Laurence’<lb/>
 By Cook. Inset in a chart of the south coast of Newfoundland, 1765</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n101"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP007a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP007a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP007a-g"/><head>5. <name type="person" key="name-134359">Sir Hugh Palliser</name>, by George Dance</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n102" n="81"/>
at ship tasks and ‘brewing of Spruce Essence’—brewing ‘spruce beer’, that is—grew a little restive, and even the excellent Peter Flower, Cook's senior hand, was with two others ‘Confin'd to the Deck for Drunkness and Mutiny’, the ringleader in this crime being further punished ‘by running the Gantlope’; but on 26 August the vessel was doubling back to resume her work, and from the end of the month Cook was on shore day by day pretty continually. He marked the ‘Indian Path’ behind the ‘Strait Coast’ between Open Bay and Sandy Bay; was anchored for ten days in St Genevieve Bay, during which we have such log entries as that for 14 September, ‘PM the Mast<hi rend="sup">r</hi> with the Cutter went on shore with five Days provisions, in order to go on with the Survey’, and then day after day, with slight changes of wording, ‘the Master with the Cutter Employ'd on the Survey’, as he moved on to Old Ferolle—until, on 28 September, ‘the Cutter with the Assistant went to Survey the Bay of St Margaret’. This, with Point Ferolle, jutting out between it and the large St John Bay, was the southern limit of the survey on the western coast for 1764, and perhaps the accident of 1 October aided the decision: ‘AM sent the Boats to sound off and about point Ferrol, the small Boat got ashore on one of the Ledges which Bilg'd and fill'd, with the Assistance of the Cutter the people were Saved.’ Cook spent three days wooding, watering, and brewing, before sailing back round the north and east coasts to St John's, where he was moored on 14 October. On 1 November he sailed for England, had a good deal of stormy weather, put into Cutwater on 4 December, and was at Woolwich on the 12th. Thence he wrote to the Admiralty a letter which anticipated a busy winter. He had fair copies to draw of the surveys he had made this last summer, he said, which would occasion him sometimes to be absent from the schooner he commanded, and he proposed that she should be ordered to Deptford, where she would lie safer than at Woolwich. The Lords acquiesced.<note xml:id="fn1-81" n="1"><p>Cook to Stephens, 13 December 1764, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, leaf from <hi rend="i">Grenville letter-book</hi> stuck in Hick's <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> log. Stephens to Cook, 18 December 1764, Adm 2/725; Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, Q140, 2.</p></note></p>
        <p>The master had now his own house to go to, for the practice of a few months' domesticity; and here, on 14 December, simultaneously with his own arrival, he and Mrs Cook and the young James were joined by a second son, Nathaniel. We may infer pleasure on Cook's part, perhaps even a temporary inattention to the demands of his profession. If that were so, it could not have lasted long: there were his charts, and there was his ship. While the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was at Deptford
<pb xml:id="n103" n="82"/>
this winter not merely did she have necessary repairs—her bottom was ‘Very much eat with worms’, he reported—but her rig was altered from a schooner's fore and aft to the square rig of a brig. The suggestion came from Cook himself, in a letter to the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> tactful as well as persuasive:</p>
        <quote>
          <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d9-t3">
            <body xml:id="t1-body-d9-t3-body">
              <opener>
                <salute>Gentlemen.</salute>
              </opener>
              <p>The masts sails and rigging of His Majesty's Schooner the Grenville being all or the most part of them Condemned by Survey, Permit me to set forth the utility of having her rigg'd into a Brigg, as I presume it may now be Done without much additional expence to the Crown, for Schooners are the worst of vessels to go upon any Discovery, for in meeting with any unexpected Danger their staying cannot be Depended upon, and for want of sail to Lay a Back they run themselves ashore before they wear; this I experienced in the Grenville schooner Last summer in the Straights of Belle Islse, when I see the Condition her Bottom is in it supprizeth me that she ever came off. A Brigg hath all these advantages over a schooner besides many more I could name, was I not applying to Gentlemen better acquainted with those things than my self. I only mean to give somereasons for my request, and pray you will be pleas'd to take these into your Consideration, and if they appear reasonable to order her to be rigg'd into a Brigg, as I Cannot help thinking but that it will enable me to Carry on the Survey with greater Dispatch, and Less Danger of Loosing the Vessel than she is at present.<note xml:id="fn1-82" n="1"><p>Cook to Navy Board [22 January 1765], Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, Q 140, 6. The letter, undated, appears among a number in the Dixson Library apparently extracted from the <hi rend="i">Grenville's</hi> letter-book; the date is ascertainable from the Navy Board's reply, 6 February 1765 (from the same source), which begins, ‘In return to your Letter of 22nd past,’. The remark on worms is in another undated letter, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, in the stray letter-book leaf referred to in the previous note.</p></note></p>
            </body>
          </floatingText>
        </quote>
        <p>In this proposal the Gentlemen of the Navy Board—‘Your Affectionate Friends’, as they habitually subscribed themselves—in their turn acquiesced.</p>
        <p>Palliser had his own plea, that the permanent complement of the vessel should be raised to twenty, which would avoid the inconvenicnces of borrowing men from the other ships of his squadron and returning them on time, and the inclination of such men to desert from a ship not their own; and as she was now thus independent she was given also her own armament of six swivel guns and twelve muskets.<note xml:id="fn2-82" n="2"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 6 March 1765, Adm 1/2300; Stephens to Cook, 5 April, Adm 2/725.</p></note> This refit and the taking in of stores occupied three months from the middle of January 1765. On 28 April Cook sailed from the Downs for the summer's work. He had it planned: passing Cape Race in hard gales and squalls he went straight to an anchor in Great St Lawrence harbour, on the south-western side of Placentia
<pb xml:id="n104" n="83"/>
Bay, on 2 June. Here showed the advantage of a self-complete ship and crew: he could at once begin surveying the twin harbours of St Lawrence. To appreciate fully his work over the next five months it is necessary to study the <hi rend="i">Grenville's</hi> journal line by line and follow inch by inch the extraordinarily complicated coast that emerged on the chart, the mass of bays and harbours and inlets, capes and headlands, off-lying islands and rocks and shoals—the whole middle section of the southern Newfoundland coast—as Cook moved round the corner, as it were, from his St Lawrence base into Fortune Bay, up one side of it and down the other, and round to what was called (and he called) the Bay of Despair: a name now, by contrary, the Bay d'Espoir, though pronounced by local tenacity Bay Despair. He knew where he was going, there were plenty of names there already—fishermen had been using that coast for two hundred and fifty years; but this was precision. He spent a great deal of time on shore or in the cutter: as early as 12 June we have the entry, ‘AM the Cutter with the Master &amp; Pilot Left the Vessel to Continue the Survey along the Coast’. The <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> followed along, or remained at her moorings, as Cook pursued his instrumental work on shore, or took cross-bearings from the ship, and the boats were out sounding—here a day, there two days, a fortnight at Great St Lawrence to begin with, a week in Lawn Bay, a little to the west, a week within the Lamaline islands, a week in Harbour Breton in August, a fortnight in Ship Cove at the northern end of ‘Bay Dispair’ towards the end of the survey. The nature of the country was indicated by an episode of 14 July, when at Great Garnish, on the southern shore of Fortune Bay, ‘at 8 PM took two men on board that had been lost in the woods for near a month, they came from Burin intending to go to S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Lawrence and were almost perishing for want of Subsistance’; and Burin was only a few miles north of St Lawrence, on the same side of the Burin peninsula. The nature of the coast is indicated by the accident a week later, when in the morning the ship—the surveying vessel herself, the brig, not the schooner—turning into Long Harbour, at the end of Fortune Bay, ran ashore upon a rock, had to be sheared up with her own yards, lightened of her water and ballast, and was not got off until midnight on a flowing tide. After completing the survey from Ship Cove on 25 September Cook overhauled and cleaned her down thoroughly; it took the carpenter some days properly to repair her forefoot. There was time to brew spruce beer again. He sailed from Ship Cove on 10 October to St John's, was for almost a fortnight in that fishy landlocked harbour, and sailed again, with Palliser and the rest of the squadron, on
<pb xml:id="n105" n="84"/>
5 November. The winter gales were coming up across the Atlantic, but on 17 December the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was moored once more in ease at Deptford.</p>
        <p>We have two letters of this winter from Palliser to the Admiralty secretary, bearing on the survey. The first reminds us that, while Cook was the full-time surveyor on the Newfoundland station, the captains also employed there were not exempt from the duties of observing and reporting and drawing what charts they could, and that even the commodore and governor found it wise to explain what might look remiss.</p>
        <q>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook the Surveyor having been Employ'd under my Directions upon the Coasts where I have been Employ'd in His Majesty's Ship Guernsey, I beg leave to refer the Board to his Drafts and Remarks, &amp; as the several Services I have had under my care have not allow'd me time to make such Surveys and Remarks myself, I desire you will be Pleas'd to move their Lordships to Signifie to the Navy Board that they have no Objection to their Paying my Wages.<note xml:id="fn1-84" n="1"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 14 December 1765, Adm 1/2300.</p></note></q>
        <p>The second comes closer to the interests of the Surveyor himself.</p>
        <quote>
          <p>Sir/M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook Apointed by the Right Honble my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty to Survey the Sea Coast of Newfoundland, under my Direction, having finish'd his Chart of that part of the South Coast of Newfoundland Adjacent to the Islands of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Pierre and Miquelon Including the said Islands; upon a large Scale of one Inch to a Mile, you will herewith receive the said Chart, which be pleas'd to lay before the Right Honble my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty.</p>
          <p>He having also the last Year deliver'd in to the Board his Survey of the North part of Newfoundland upon the same Scale, and having now prepar'd a Chart of that part with the Oposite part of the Coast of Labradore, including the Island and Straights of Bell Isle, likewise another of the abovemention'd Survey of part of the South Coast of Newfoundland, both upon a proper Scale to be usefull to the Trade and Navigation of His Majesty's Subjects, as a Publication thereof, I am of Opinion will be a great Encouragement to new Advanturers on the Fishery's upon these Coasts; be pleas'd to move their Lordships to permit M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook to Publish the same.<note xml:id="fn2-84" n="2"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 3 February 1766, Adm 1/470. Kitson, 79–80, first printed this letter, rather inaccurately, and made the date 1768.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>This letter Mr Stephens minuted on 17 February. ‘Their Lordps are pleased to comply with his req<hi rend="sup">t</hi> by permitting M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook to publish them.’</p>
        <pb xml:id="n106" n="85"/>
        <p>It may seem odd that the Admiralty, having appointed Cook specifically, in the national interest, to improve the general knowledge of the coasts of Newfoundland, and bearing the expenses of an annual survey, should be content to stop there, to accept the careful charts he brought back and put them in a cupboard and do no more. They could be copied, by hand, no doubt, for any particular naval need; but, a large number of seafaring men might have said, how absurd! And if that was to be the fate of the work which every naval captain and master was directed in set and stringent words to carry out, could captains and masters be blamed for sometimes taking instructions lightly? The admiralty had no hydrographic department—did not have one until 1795—and no hydrographer. Britain, for a competitive sea power, lagged ridiculously behind France, where the <hi rend="i">Depô;t des Cartes et Plans de la Marine</hi> dated from 1720, and where a coruscation of geographers and cartographers were at work. The Admiralty engraved nothing and published nothing; the map and chart trade was a matter for private commerical enterprise, and however, conscientious some of those engaged in it might be, the general tendency was not towards scientific exactitude, the old chart appeared and re-appeared for generations, and stationers saw no need to blush. Cook had words of his own, later, with which to record his opinion of this British habit. At least the Admiralty put no obstacle in the way of a public servant like himself who wished to try a better article on the market; he was welcome to take the risk of having his own chart, made at the public expense, engraved and published at his own expense. Fortunately he was able to bear the cost: his surveyor's allowance added to his pay as master gave him a margin above the ordinary needs of subsistence. Very soon, therefore, after receiving Admiralty consent Cook must have gone to J. Larken, a highly accomplished engraver, with his manuscript charts—perhaps at the suggestion of Mount and Page, who had published his chart of Gaspé. He may have had time to oversee the engraving himself if Larken worked hard, but that would have meant the production of two elaborate plates in two months, which is most unlikely. Both were published in 1766. The first was ‘A Chart of the Straights of Bellisle with part of the coast of Newfoundland and Labradore from actual surveys Taken by Order of Commodore Pallisser Governor of Newfoundland, Labradore, &amp;<hi rend="sup">ca</hi> by James Cook Surveyor 1766.’ That is, it was the result of the latter part of Cook's work in 1763 and the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> survey of 1764. The second, produced in two sheets, was ‘A Chart, of Part of the South Coast, of Newfoundland, including the Islands S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peters and Miquelon, from
<pb xml:id="n107" n="86"/>
an actual survey Taken by order of Commodore Pallisser … by <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, Surveyor … 1766.’<note xml:id="fn1-86" n="1"><p>They are fully described in Skelton, 24–5, and Skelton and Tooley, <hi rend="i">Marine Surveys</hi>, 14–16.</p></note> This was a combination of the first part of his work in 1763 and what he had just finished in 1765. Both these charts were on a scale of one inch to one league. Both were accompanied by quarto pamphlets of sailing directions, also by Cook and published at his expense. The first chart was sold by Mount and Page; the second by them, and also by Thomas Jefferys of the St Lawrence chart and Andrew Dury. The two together must be regarded as very distinguished achievement. Yet they did not drive from the market the Newfoundland delineation of 1677, first published in 1689 in <hi rend="i">The English Pilot The Fourth Book</hi>, the property of Messrs Mount and Page, which remained steadfastly uninfluenced by Cook, to mislead sailors who patronised that firm rather than Jefferys' until its last edition of 1794.</p>
        <p>Apart from this important matter, there is little we know of Cook's activities in the winter of 1765–6. His correspondence is always interesting and enlightening. A letter to him from the Admiralty secretary, of 17 March, in answer to one of his two days earlier, shows both that he was beginning to get quick attention and that he was developing his surveying technique by preparing to spend an even longer time on shore. He now wanted a tent for shelter by night and in bad weather, as he frequently had to be absent from his schooner (he still calls her that) for a week or ten days, and Stephens signifies official approval.<note xml:id="fn2-86" n="2"><p>Stephens to Cook, 17 March 1766, Adm 2/726.</p></note> The schooner herself, in dock at Deptford, was undergoing a little alteration: ‘The Carpenters employ'd sinking the Deck Foreward', says the journal for 3 February. She was out of dock by 22 February and at the ‘Catherine Yatch's moorings’ till 19 April. Next day she set sail down the river, and on 29 May 1766 found herself rather too close to Cape Race, with ‘many Islds of Ice along the Coast’. Cook made straight for the point where he had abandoned the survey at the end of the previous season. The coast was its continuation in nature as well as in line, and his tent got a great deal of use. While Cook was away with the cutter and its crew, Parker, one presumes, supervised the sounding from the boats and wrote up the log and journal. With Cook went—one also presumes—the local men he employed ‘to point out to him the hidden dangers’, as a means of pushing on the work.<note xml:id="fn3-86" n="3"><p>Admiralty to Navy Board, 12 February 1767, directing that the sum of £16 16s, which Cook had expended on this service, be repaid to him.—ADM/A/2592.</p></note> The history
<pb xml:id="n108" n="87"/>
becomes almost a table of dates and anchorages. From 1 to 6 June the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was moored in a cove on the west side of Bonne Bay, a small bay between the ‘Bay of Despair’ and ‘Bay Fochee’—Facheux Bay. Next day she sounded the coast along to the latter bay, was moored there with a hawser on shore till the 17th, the following morning sounded about a sunken rock three leagues off Cape La Hune, then surveyed the Penguin islands in the same vicinity, then for ten days was moored in Cape Cove, enclosed by the irregular peninsula of triple-peaked Cape La Hune. Here she was hauled ashore for scrubbing, and beer was brewed. In early July she was in ‘Fox Island Harbour’, a good deal of summer fog and rain interfering with the survey; then in a cove, probably Ship Cove, in the off-shore Ramea Islands; then, 17–22 July, in a harbour to the westward of White Bear Bay—to judge from the marks on the chart, Wolf Bay or Bay de Loup, where there is good anchorage between the steep-to shores. On 23 July she sailed off shore again to the Burgeo Islands, in thick fog, where she was moored in ‘Grandy's Cove’ till 5 August. Almost all through this period there was fog—which did not, however, stop the survey—until the last day, when it most fortunately cleared. Cook was able to observe an eclipse of the sun; knowing his habits in conferring names, we may conclude that this was on the minute Eclipse island. Why should he wish to observe an eclipse of the sun? He does not say, though when he observes an eclipse later in his life we are well enough aware of the reason. We may suspect Charles Leadbetter, to whose <hi rend="i">Compleat System of Astronomy</hi> he had given such close attention. Leadbetter had a passion for eclipses, he discoursed on them, made tables of them for years ahead, preached their utility to the mariner; for that person ‘being well skill'ed in Astronomy, he may, by the Knowledge of Eclipses … determine the true Difference of Meridians between <hi rend="i">London</hi>, and the Meridian where the Ship then is; which reduc'd into Degrees and Minutes of the Equator, is the true Longitude found at Sea.’<note xml:id="fn1-87" n="1"><p>The quotation is from the second and third pages of the Preface to the fairly formidable Leadbetter of 1728. He recommends knowledge also of the ‘Immersions and Emersions of <hi rend="i">Jupiter's</hi> Satellites, and the Times of the Transits of the Moon by the Fixed Stars and Planets’—quite useless to preach to mariners.</p></note> There were certain complicating factors with which the mariner could not at that time deal, nor indeed could Leadbetter. Cook preferred to make his observations on land, and having made them, he did not know what to do next. But he fancied they would be of utility: there were other men better able to calculate, and he could hand his figures over. This was true. The exercise might give him a valuable point of reference in constructing an accurate chart. That was important. It
<pb xml:id="n109" n="88"/>
was to have more than immediate importance; for it brought him into the <hi rend="i">Philosophical Transactions</hi> of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>.</p>
        <p>Back from the islands to the main, to ‘Connure’ or Connoire Bay (the engraved chart straightens out the odd phonetic spellings of the log), and then ‘Tweed's Harbour’, 16–28 August: a name we must probably carry back to Captain Douglas's survey in the <hi rend="i">Tweed</hi> in 1763, and see as applying to Cinq Cerf Bay. Then a maze of small harbours and islets off shore which brought the vessel to Port aux Basques, not far short of Cape Ray, for the fortnight 10–23 September, during which her sails and rigging were overhauled, and she was scrubbed and ‘boot-topped’.<note xml:id="fn1-88" n="1"><p>Boot-topping a ship meant cleaning the upper part of her bottom, and ‘paying’ or covering it with a mixture of tallow, sulphur, and perhaps other ingredients to discourage marine growth.</p></note> Here the survey was extraordinarily detailed. Around Cape Ray a week was spent in Codroy Road, just south of Cape Anguille. Not merely was the coast between the two capes delineated, but the rivers, for some distance inland. Then Cook turned back on his tracks, to La Poile Bay, on the south coast; he moved about the bay in rain, gales and hard squalls, with much snow and frost, wooding and watering as well as surveying, until 20 October, when he sailed for St John's. He reached it on the 27th. Palliser was there, in the <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi>, with three other vessels of his squadron, including the 32-gun frigate <hi rend="i">Niger</hi>, Captain Sir Thomas Adams. On board the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi>, lately returned from her patrol of the Strait of Belle Isle, was <name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks</name>, a botanical young gentleman who had been taking a voyage of scientific curiosity. Cook was to see a good deal of him before the decade was out, but it is unlikely that he met him this day, and on the next the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi> sailed for Lisbon and England. Had Cook arrived two days earlier they might well have met at the ball with which the governor on 25 October celebrated the anniversary of the Coronation of George III; although (Banks tells us) it was ladies, not gentlemen, that Palliser was short of.<note xml:id="fn2-88" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">The</hi> Endeavour <hi rend="i">Journal of <name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks</name></hi> (Sydney, 1962), I, 14.</p></note> Cook himself sailed on 4 November, and with almost continual westerlies was across the Atlantic and up Channel off Beachy Head nineteen days later: on 30 November he was at Deptford, having brought his ship there from Woolwich, by allowance of the Lords, ‘for greater safety.’<note xml:id="fn3-88" n="3"><p>Stephens to Cook, 27 November 1766, Adm 2/726.</p></note></p>
        <p>This winter at home was for Cook much like the last. At Mile End he enjoyed the company of his Elizabeth and his two infant sons. He arranged for the publication of a third chart. This incorporated part of his second one, some of it re-engraved, with the work of the 1766
<pb xml:id="n110" n="89"/>
season. The engraver was again Larken, and again the title included the compelling phrase ‘actual surveys’: ‘A Chart of Part of the South Coast of Newfoundland including the Islands S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Peters and Miquelon with the Southern Entrance into the Gulph of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Laurence from actual Surveys Taken by order of Commodore Pallisser Governor of Newfoundland, Labradore, &amp;c. by James Cook Surveyor, Larken sculp. 1767.’<note xml:id="fn1-89" n="1"><p>Described by Skelton, 25; Skelton and Tootey, 16–17.</p></note> The name of a fourth retailer was added to the imprint, Carington Bowles, so that the way between Cook the publisher and his public was now reasonably open. While his name was thus kept before seafarers, it was brought to the more scientific by Dr John Bevis, a physician, devoted astronomer and person of standing in the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, who communicated to the Society a brief paper on Cook's eclipse observations. Why Cook should have communicated them to Bevis we cannot say, unless he looked for a man whose interest in eclipses was well known. Bevis himself had to call for help on a fellow astronomer and more expert mathematician, George Witchell, who had worked out a method for clearing an observation for refraction and parallax. The paper was not read until 30 April 1767, after Cook had sailed for the new season's work, and as it has not been correctly printed since it appeared in the <hi rend="i">Transactions</hi><note xml:id="fn2-89" n="2"><p>It was printed in the <hi rend="i">Philosophical Transactions</hi> for that year, LVII, 215–6.</p></note> may be given in full here as Bevis wrote it.</p>
        <p>An Observation of An Eclipse of the Sun at the Island of New-found-land. Aug. 5–1766 by <name type="person" key="name-207700">Mr James Cook</name>, with the Longitudes of the Place of Observation deduced from it, communicated by J. Bevis M.D. F.R.S.</p>
        <p>Mr Cook, a good mathematician, and very expert in his Business, having been appointed by the Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty to Survey the Sea coasts of <hi rend="i">New-found-land, Labradore</hi> &amp;c., took with him a very good apparatus of Instruments, and among them a brass Telescopic Quadrant made by Mr John Bird.</p>
        <p>Being Aug. 5th 1766 at one of the Burgeo Islands near Cape <hi rend="i">Ray</hi>, Latd. 47<hi rend="sup">de;</hi>36′19″, the South-west extremity of <hi rend="i">New-found-land</hi>, and having carefully rectified his Quadrant, he waited for the Eclipse of the Sun; just a minute after the beginning of which he observed the Zenith Distance of the Suns upper Limb 31°57′00″, and allowing for Refraction and his Semidiameter, the true Zenith Distance of the Sun's Centre 32°13′30″, from whence he concluded the Eclipse to have begun at 0<hi rend="sup">h</hi>4′48″ Apparent Time, and by a like process to have ended at 3<hi rend="sup">h</hi>45′26″ App.T.</p>
        <p>Note, there were three several observers, with good Telescopes, who all agreed as to the moments of beginning and ending.</p>
        <p>Mr Cook having communicated his observation to me, I shewed it to
<pb xml:id="n111" n="90"/>
Mr George Witchell, who told me he had a very exact observation of the same Eclipse taken at Oxford by the Rev: Mr Hornsby, and he woud compute from the comparison the Difference of Longitude of the places of observation, makeing due allowance for the effect of parallax, and the earths prolate spheroidal figure; and he has since given me the following result.</p>
        <p>
          <table rows="6" cols="4">
            <row>
              <cell>5<hi rend="sup">h</hi>23′59″</cell>
              <cell>Beginn. at Oxford</cell>
              <cell>7<hi rend="sup">h</hi>7′ 5″</cell>
              <cell>End at Oxford</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>0.46.48</cell>
              <cell>Beginn. at Borgeo Isles</cell>
              <cell>3.39.14</cell>
              <cell>End at Borgeo Isles.</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>4.37.11</cell>
              <cell>3.27.51</cell>
              <cell/>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>– 51.49</cell>
              <cell>Effect of Parallax &amp;c</cell>
              <cell>+ 17.35</cell>
              <cell>Effect of Parallax &amp;c</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell>3.45.22</cell>
              <cell>Diff. of Meridians</cell>
              <cell>3.45.26</cell>
              <cell>Diff. of Meridians</cell>
            </row>
            <row>
              <cell/>
              <cell/>
              <cell/>
              <cell>J. Bevis.</cell>
            </row>
          </table>
        </p>
        <p>This result, in terms of longitude measured not from Oxford but from London, as Cook put it on his chart, was equivalent to 3h.50m.4sec. or 57°31′ W. The modern determination is 57°37′ W of Greenwich, or 57°27′ from London—which argues remarkably good observation on Cook's part with his telescopic quadrant. From his figure he deduced for his sailing directions the longitudes of a number of other places on the south coast, adding latitudes from observations made on shore. Obviously he had now acquired the taste for astronomical determination of the longitude. On 11 March he wrote to the Admiralty suggesting that he should be given nothing so humdrum as a tent, but a reflecting telescope for the purpose, representing (to use the secretary's words, which would be much of a transcription of his own) ‘the great Utility it would be to Navigation to take the Longitude of the Head Lands on the Island of Newfoundland, and on the Continent of America’, and the frequent opportunities he had of doing it; and the Lords instructed the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> to furnish him with the article accordingly.<note xml:id="fn1-90" n="1"><p>Stephens to Cook, 24 March 1767, Adm 2/727.</p></note></p>
        <p>Meanwhile the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was having her annual refit. A certain light is cast on naval administration by the note in her master's journal for 10 March, that on that day the ship's company received twelve months wages. The master himself had received a new mate. William Parker at the end of the 1766 voyage was promoted lieutenant, as master's mates frequently were when masters were not. He went to the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi>, and was succeeded by Michael Lane. Lane, a product of the mathematical school of Christ's Hospital and a young man of great ability, had been appointed, as we have seen, to the <hi rend="i">Antelope</hi> when Graves thought of him as a substitute for the defaulting Mr Test; Palliser in turn had had him transferred to the <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi> in
<pb xml:id="n112" n="91"/>
1764;<note xml:id="fn1-91" n="1"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 7 April 1764, Adm 1/2300; Stephens to Palliser, 7 April, Adm 2/724.</p></note> and now it seems Cook approved of him. ‘On a second conversation with M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook,’ wrote Palliser to Stephens, ‘I wish you to alow me to recomend for his assistant (in lieu of the young man I before mention'd) M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Mich Lane Schoolmaster of the Guernsy who draws well, is master of Surveying, was brought up in the blue coat School, served afterwards as Apprentice to Cap<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Denis, who is his friend &amp; Patron at whose recomendation I took him into the Guernsy.—M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook waits on you with this.—The other young man has a desire to go another way.’<note xml:id="fn2-91" n="2"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 2 December 1766, and minute by Stephens thereon, Adm 1/2300. The ‘blue coat School’ refers to the Mathematical School or side at Christ's Hospital, founded in 1763 specifically for the training of boys for navigation: Captain Denis or Dennis commanded the <hi rend="i">Bellona</hi>, in which Lane was schoolmaster; ‘apprentice’ I do not understand, unless Lane was to further his knowledge of practical navigation under Dennis's care; who ‘the other young man’ was I do not know.</p></note> Mr Stephens agreed at once, and Mr Lane entered upon his highly distinguished career as a surveyor of the Newfoundland and Labrador coasts.</p>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> was ready to sail by 1 April 1767, when a pilot came on board to carry her to Woolwich, but even a pilot for that short passage in unpleasant weather could not prevent an accident: on the 5th ‘at 8 <hi rend="c">Am</hi> a Collier Named the Three Sisters Thomas Bloyd Master of Sunderland in Coming Down the River fell athwart our hause &amp; carried away our Bowsprit Cap &amp; Jibb Boom.’ They hauled alongside the <hi rend="i">David</hi> sloop, got replacements from on shore, had them rigged in a day or two, picked up their ordnance stores at Woolwich and Gravesend, and were off on the 10th. There was a good deal of bad language over this misadventure, it is alleged, and <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, the navy master, was prepared to give Thomas Bloyd the merchant master a piece of his mind, when he found that they had been schoolboys together in the Ayton days, and recrimination was dissolved into reminiscence. It is not impossible; but it is absurd that the incident, though typical enough of Thames navigation with its currents and cross-winds, should have been transferred to Cook's next ship in the next year. Cape Race was picked up on 9 May, when we have another characteristic little note in the journal, ‘NB Longitude Made from Scilly to Cape Race 44°10′ W<hi rend="sup">t</hi>. ‘This must have been a dead reckoning longitude.</p>
        <p>Repeating his strategy of the previous year Cook went direct to his 1766 breaking-off point, the anchorage in Codroy Road, where he brought to on 15 May—his object being to complete the survey of the west coast, from Cape Anguille to Point Ferolle, his southern limit in 1763. This included a fairly straight stretch of shoreline, but
<pb xml:id="n113" n="92"/>
also three large bays and some smaller ones. As in the previous year, he hired the services of some men who knew the neighbourhood well,<note xml:id="fn1-92" n="1"><p>Minutes of Admiralty Board, 5 April 1768, Adm 3/76. This year they cost him £12 16s.</p></note> and the season's work was quick as well as exceedingly thorough. From Codroy he went into St George's Bay, unsheltered except for the harbour and river at its northern end, encountering on shore ‘a Tribe of the Mickmack Indians’; and then round the cliff-sided Cape St George, Red island and a long narrow peninsula into doublebayed Port au Port. It was now the beginning of June, a month when the winds embarrassed though they hardly interrupted the work: 5 June, ‘Landed on the Isthmus [at the head of East Bay] &amp; took the true Bearing of C. Anguille’; 6 June, employed all day in sounding the bay; 8 June, sounding, brewing, wooding and watering; 12 June, the foretopsail yard gave way in the slings, and another one had to be cut; 15 June, ‘Sounding about a Shoal which lies between [Fox] Island &amp; the Main’; 19 June, ‘Sounding in the Vessel only it blowing too hard for the Boat’; 23 June, James Surridge, a seaman, died; 29 June, ‘having finished Port aux Port and the Adjacent Coast It blowing very hard Obliged us to put into the Bay of Three Islands.’ The three islands were no doubt those at the entrance that Cook called Pearl, Tweed and Guernsey after the ships of Palliser's squadron, but there were others including an Eagle and a Governors, and on the chart we have simply the Bay of Islands. Here he was employed for a week, after which he went for ten days into what the journal refers to as Good Bay—most probably Bonne Bay, in spite of the Small Good Bay where he anchored farther up the coast; a week more almost without anchoring brought him to ‘Ingrenachoise’—Ingornachoix—Bay, of which Point Riche is the northern limit, with its three separate inner harbours to be surveyed, Hawke's, Saunders, and Keppel. ‘Found riding here a New England Sloop’—he met few other vessels—and then came in H.M. sloop <hi rend="i">Favourite</hi>, on the station. On the other side of the Point Riche peninsula is Old Port au Choix, at the southern end of the large open bay of St John, which runs round in the north to Point Ferolle. In this little port he hauled his ship ashore to clean her bottom, and left her while he went in the boat to survey the bay; then for some days he sounded as well from the ship, as far as six leagues out to sea. On 25 August he found ‘Our Ladies Bubies <hi rend="c">Nebn</hi>’; they become on the engraved chart (and we have a slight sense of Victorianism, a century too soon) Twin Islands. On 31 August he was back in the Bay of Islands, in York harbour, close to the entrance, at the beginning of twenty-three days of most
<pb xml:id="n114" n="93"/>
arduous work; for there was not merely the bay proper and its dozen islands to survey accurately (the week in July was not nearly enough), but also fifteen miles of the Humber arm (the ‘River Humber’) and the river openings into it, about eighteen miles of the divided Middle (‘South’) Arm, and nine of the North Arm; and there were still, as there had been from the start of the season, gales and squalls. The end came: on 24 September the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> worked out of the harbour, carried away her foretopmast three days later, and on 14 October met Palliser and his squadron in St John's harbour. Topmast replaced, she sailed on 23 October, and after a remarkably quick Atlantic passage was in the Channel in sight of the Isle of Wight on 8 November: next day she picked up a Deal pilot.</p>
        <p>This return to the Thames brushed disaster more closely than the minor collision at the moment of departure. The afternoon of 10 November turned to vile weather—‘a hard Storm of Wind &amp; Excesive heavy Squalls and showers of Rain’—and Cook took in his fore topsail. One may best quote his journal:</p>
        <q>at 4 Anchored above the Nore light it bearing ESE in 7 fath<hi rend="sup">m</hi> water with the small Bower and Veerd away to a whole Cable, that bringing her up let go Best Bower and Veerd away upon Both to a Cable &amp; at 1/2 upon one &amp; 1/2 Cable upon the other, was then in 6 fath Water, Struck yards &amp; Topmasts. At 6 the Best Bower parted &amp; we taild into shoal water &amp; at 7 She Struck very hard; got a Spring upon the small Bower Cable, &amp; cut the Cable in order to Cast her Head to the S<hi rend="sup">o</hi>ward &amp; get her under Sail but the Spring Gave way &amp; She cast to the Northward &amp; directly a Shore upon a Shoal called the Knock; got the Topsail Yards &amp; Cross Jack Yards down upon Deck &amp; She lay pretty Easy until the f[1]ood made when the Gale still continuing she struck very hard &amp; lay down upon her Larboard bilge; hoisted out the Boats &amp; hove every thing overboard from off the Decks &amp; Secured all the Hatchways, at 12 at Night there being no prospect of the gale ceasing took all the People away in the Boats, the Cutter made the Best of her way to Sheerness for Assistance. At 10 <hi rend="c">Am</hi> [on the 11th] the Wea<hi rend="sup">r</hi> being mod<hi rend="sup">t</hi> came on Board with proper Assistance from Sheerness Yard in order to get the Vessel off &amp; found she had received Little Damage, began to lighten her by heaving out Shingle Ballast &amp; Pigs of Iron Ballast &amp;c and to lay out Anchors to heave her off.</q>
        <p>In the afternoon the weather moderated. ‘At high water’ continues the journal, ‘the Vessel floted, hove her of &amp; made Sail for Sheerness, at 5 anchored between Sheerness &amp; the Nore light, Emp[loyed] Clearing the Decks &amp; putting the Hold to rights.’ Next day the necessary spars and stores were brought off from the yard, the Deal pilot (whose part in all this, if any, is unnoticed) was discharged and a river pilot taken on board, a morning was spent rigging the yards
<pb xml:id="n115" n="94"/>
and bending sails, and the vessel sailed again. On 15 November, ‘At 9 [AM] lashed along side the William &amp; Mary Yatch off Deptford Yard’. That little flurry was over.</p>
        <p>When Cook was on shore with the cutter at Sheerness he wrote a hasty note to Stephens, reporting the misadventure, and identifying the scene in rather different words, as ‘a shoal called the South End, the Upper End of Shoebury Ness’; and he wrote again immediately they had got the schooner off.<note xml:id="fn1-94" n="1"><p>Stephens to Cook, 12 November 1767 and 13 November (in answer to Cook's letters), Adm 2/727.</p></note> Nothing seems to have gone that was not expendable, except perhaps an Indian canoe belonging to <name type="person" key="name-123818">Mr Joseph Banks</name>, the <hi rend="i">Niger'</hi>s passenger of the 1766 season. Mr Banks had not lost his interest in Newfoundland and Labrador: Palliser had secured some costumes for him at Chateau Bay, and <name type="person" key="name-405214">Captain Andrew Wilkinson</name> of the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi> this canoe, which he sent home in the <hi rend="i">Grenville.</hi> It was either washed overboard or Cook hove it overboard with everything else on deck—‘tho I have not been able to see M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook to ask him about it,’ wrote Wilkinson, ‘… but if you'll please to send to him he will let you know whether there are any hopes of getting it by Advertising… .’<note xml:id="fn2-94" n="2"><p>Wilkinson to Banks, 18 December 1767, Kew Banks Correspondence, I, 15; quoted in <hi rend="i">The</hi> Endeavour <hi rend="i">Journal</hi>, I, 21–2 n. <name type="person" key="name-405214">Captain Andrew Wilkinson</name> commanded the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi> from 1767 to 1771.</p></note> We do not know whether Banks took up this suggestion. Cook, arriving home, found that he had now a daughter, a second Elizabeth in the family. He was soon busy over his drawing-table and the composition of his sailing-directions, keeping an eye as usual on the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> at Deptford. He sent a fourth chart to Larken to be engraved, ‘A Chart of the West Coast of Newfoundland … by <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, Surveyor’, the fruit of his summer's work—from the sale of which Carington Bowles was excluded; and there were sailing-directions printed to go with this. He did a small private job of technical drawing for Palliser, to define the Palliser landed property.<note xml:id="fn3-94" n="3"><p>Palliser to Stephens, 30 November 1767, Adm 1/2300: the letter is mainly about manning the <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi>, with the final paragraph, ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Pownel has promis'd to fix a day when M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Cook may go to the office to take a Sketch of our Estates, from the large plan, and I will apply for a Coppy of the conditions &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>.’</p></note> He resolved the next season's work. Stimulated no doubt by the death among his crew at Port au Port, perhaps also by his own accident in 1764, he decided to ask for the addition of a surgeon's mate to his complement next time the schooner went out. When he asked, early in April, pleading that from the nature of the service the crew were liable to many accidents, as well as to the disorders common to seamen, the Admiralty acquiesced,<note xml:id="fn4-94" n="4"><p>Stephens to Cook, 11 April 1768, Adm 2/727; Minutes of Adm. Board, 12 April. It may be thought a little strange, administratively, that Stephens's letter conveying the decision should antedate the decision by one day.</p></note>—though the log and journal of
<pb xml:id="n116" n="95"/>
the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> are in fact remarkably free from the notation of sickness or accident, as free as they are from that of crime and punishment. There may be some connection. Cook was a careful man. If there was one thing he respected, it was the lives of seamen. Some of his men served with him continuously, hard as the nature of the service was. They could, one imagines, see a purpose in it. In a service of that kind, apart from unforeseeable accident, men were likely to retain both their health and their discipline; and the work to go on.</p>
        <p>The work: having considered Cook's methods, one may also consider, briefly, the finished products of his skill in his mid- and late thirties; and one must consider not so much the engraved versions of his charts produced by Larken, although these are accurate and beautiful enough, as the manuscript originals. It is not always easy, or even quite possible, to separate from the products of his own hand some of the copies made by his assistants in a style faithfully modelled on his, or drawn immediately from his surveys by, for instance Parker. Of the fifty or so ‘Cook’ charts preserved in various collections, however, we have God's plenty directly attributable to him, whether large coastal charts or ‘plans’ of ports and harbours. The large charts are indeed tremendous productions: the ‘exact trigonometrical survey’ of the west coast is about ten feet long, on an inch to the mile scale, and includes much inland topographical drawing showing the courses of rivers and the forms of lakes which as one might expect, were not taken over into the engraved versions; or the south coast chart, like the former in the Hydrographic Department of the Admiralty, three inches to the mile, stated to be ‘coppy'd from the original survey taken in the year 1764', and about six feet by three; or the other south coast chart in the same department, an inch to the mile, showing ‘the Sea-coast, Bays, Harbours and Islands’ between the ‘Bay of Despair’ and the two St Lawrence harbours, with inset plans of the harbours of Great and Little St Lawrence, Great Jervis, Harbour Breton, Boxey, Blue Pinion, St Jacques, and ‘Bande de La'Rier' (Bande de l'Arier or Belloram)—about eight feet by five, and a thing almost overpowering in its detail and colour as well as size. This was raising British hydrographic surveying to a new power.</p>
        <p>One may analyse some of his construction and design, noting first that in his technique he follows tradition. With his training, it could hardly have been otherwise; his particular characteristic is the precision, the comprehensive and consistent exactitude, with which he applies the tradition. He draws his charts on a plane projection, generally oriented to magnetic north; rays drawn from the points of the compass roses cover the sea areas; the variation of the compass
<pb xml:id="n117" n="96"/>
is often stated. Points where latitude had been determined by observation are sometimes marked by a special symbol, and these latitudes are given in the ‘remarks’ written on the chart. Longitudes are given but rarely. (It was only in 1767 that Cook got his reflecting telescope, we remember, and opportunities for observation in that season of storms, and phenomena in the skies that could usefully be observed, cannot have been many. Perhaps, indeed, he was a little naive in his hopes.) There is no graduation for latitude or longitude, except in a few fair copies in which the meridian is graduated in degrees and minutes. Soundings are given from low water mark, in great plenty; in the plans of harbours inset on a chart, or in any other place where Cook thought they were particularly called for (if one may discriminate) they are set thick. In harbour plans leading lines are generally drawn—that is, the alignments of landmarks as a guide to the channel: a matter touched on, of course, in the sailing directions prepared to go with the chart. High water hours at new and full moon are shown by roman numerals; there are notes on the tides. There are separate symbols for rocks above and below water. Many charts include at their edges remarks on navigation and on the fishery. Occasionally the manuscripts have pecked lines representing the angles observed by Cook by lines of sight to landmarks; in some fair copies there are pencilled squares, drawn to true north, as a guide for reduction by draughtsman or engraver. All these things may appear on other charts, though rarely all together, or so richly: the distinctive characteristic of Cook's manuscripts, it has been said, is the care and fullness with which topographical detail on land is drawn, a good deal of brown and green brushwork marking relief and land-cover, in the manner of military mapping. Cliffs appear in semi-profile, an old convention. The influence of <name type="person" key="name-170614">Samuel Holland</name>, we see, persists, long after that meeting on the shore of Kennington Cove. We can see some trace of it in the work of Cook's assistants, Parker and Lane.<note xml:id="fn1-96" n="1"><p>Most of the preceding paragraph is simply a paraphrase of Skelton, 20. I could not hope to approach Mr Skelton's knowledge of the charts, or his critical skill, and he encouraged me to treat him in this way, rather than make a lengthy quotation.</p></note></p>
        <p>The manuscripts, then, in addition to their technical competence, have some visual interest unmatched by the engravings, accomplished as these are. They have also the interest of displaying Cook's first contributions to topographical nomenclature. There is no difficulty in picking out his most characteristic names: not merely those of the ships on the station, but others like Grenville Rock, Sole bay; those of the English rivers he knew, transferred to wilder streams, Humber,
<pb xml:id="n118" n="97"/>
Thames, Medway; names—the association is obvious—like Grave's Island, Parker's River, Hawke Bay, Port Saunders, Keppel Harbour, They are not as picturesque as some of the older names, but they are another contribution to precision. They are engraved and published. The four engraved charts, consolidated into three, were taken into the <hi rend="i">Collection of Charts of the Coasts of Newfoundland and Labradore, &amp;c.</hi> which Thomas Jefferys published in 1769–70, with charts by Michael Lane, Joseph Gilbert, master of the <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi>, and other naval officers; and later into that famous volume <hi rend="i">The North American Pilot.</hi> Cook's sailing directions, consolidated into <hi rend="i">The Newfoundland Pilot</hi>, were also published by Jefferys in 1769. Seventy years later, a hundred and more years later, when the professional hydrographers were again at work in that region of North America, the Gulf and its approaches they considered their predecessors. Most of them, they said roundly, were a danger to the seamen: throw away DesBarres and the rest. Two only could be trusted—Cook, and Lane.<note xml:id="fn1-97" n="1"><p>The quotations given by Skelton, 19, from Admiral Bayfield and Captain Boulton are highly illuminating. Admiral Wharton, also a very distinguished hydrographer, added his praise, quoted by Kitson, 80. But perfection is granted to no man, and there were minor dangers hidden from Cook.</p></note></p>
        <p>Mr Cook, aware that he was a competent surveyor, but unaware that future ages would regard him as a classic, had plenty to do as the London spring of 1768 came on. Mile End, Deptford, Larken the engraver's, Mr Jefferys' shop, the Admiralty office, Palliser, who had another year to run in his Newfoundland government—one presumes non-professional friends as well as a circle mainly marine: people to see as well as the planning of the season's work, all would have made the weeks busy. He applied to the Admiralty for reimbursement of £28 for the repair of mathematical instruments and the expense of stationery for the ensuing summer, and the Admiralty made the grant on 5 April;<note xml:id="fn2-97" n="2"><p>Minutes of Adm. Board, Adm 3/76.</p></note> he wrote on 9 April asking for a surgeon's mate in his vessel's complement, as we have seen, and that was granted him also. It was already a little late for final planning; the previous year the schooner had sailed on 10 April, even after the misadventure with the collier. At that moment there were forces at work in the world, quite alien to any interest the master had here-tofore had, which ordained that he should not sail in the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> at all. The same minutes of the Admiralty Board that noted the resolve to repay him his instrument and stationery expenses, noted also a resolve to fit out a vessel to convey ‘to the Southward’ persons intended for a quite different purpose; and the same minutes that dealt
<pb xml:id="n119" n="98"/>
with the matter of the surgeon's mate, 12 April, provided, in answer to Commodore Palliser's desire, that Mr Lane should be appointed master of the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> during Mr Cook's absence, at 5s allowance a day as surveyor over and above the normal schooner's pay, a new mate to be appointed with an allowance of 2s 6d a day.<note xml:id="fn1-98" n="1"><p>ibid. It was not till 1773 that Lane's allowance was raised to the 10s a day given to Cook.—Admiralty to Navy Board 15 January 1773; NMM/ADM/A/2663.</p></note> The navy, it seems, was to economise. Mr Cook was to be employed elsewhere.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n120" n="99"/>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d10" type="section">
        <head>V<lb/>
Scientific Background</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The persons</hi> to be conveyed to the Southward were persons ‘intended to be sent thither to observe the Transit of Venus’; and by ‘the Southward’ is to be understood the Southern Hemisphere; and Mr Lane was to take Mr Cook's place in the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi> because it was intended that Mr Cook should command the vessel fitted out for that purpose. We find ourselves, and Mr Cook, plunged suddenly into the middle of eighteenth-century science, or the post-Newtonian physical branch of it. Cook, we know, as he did not know, was about to begin on a series of immense voyages, which would add enormously to knowledge of the surface of the world. The primary purpose of the voyage now envisaged, however, was at once more limited and larger. It concerned the world not in itself, with all its detail of land and water, but the world in the universe. The method was to be astronomical, to determine not the latitude of a cape on an island in the north-west Atlantic, but the dimensions of the universe. Astronomy had its post-Newtonian triumphs in this century already, in between superficial geography, as it were, and the universe. Newton's theory of the shape of the earth had been confirmed by the observations to measure the arc of a meridian by the French expeditions led by La Condamine to Peru in 1735–43 and Maupertius to Lapland in 1736. French science took the lead in organising the observations with which it was hoped to mark the decade of the sixties: observations which, reaching outwards from the earth, would provide the data necessary for the calculation of the distance between the earth and the sun—which distance, in its turn, would serve as a unit for the measurement of the universe itself, as suggested by Kepler. The method for calculating the distance between the earth and the sun was the method of parallax: that is the method with which Cook, as a surveyor, was familiar, of observing angles with his theodolite at each end of his base line, and working out trigonometrically therefrom the distance to his marker. But now, though the base line might be something like the radius of the earth in length, the marker
<pb xml:id="n121" n="100"/>
—the sun—was so far away that the parallax counted for hardly anything, and an intermediate help—a sort of observational stepping-stone—was needed. This intermediate help or point was provided by the planet Venus.</p>
        <p>It was provided—or we may speak in the present tense and say it is provided in human lives but rarely: at those times only when Venus is in a direct line between the earth and sun, and its black shadow as this passes across the face of the sun can be observed and timed. The time taken by such a ‘Transit of Venus’ depends on the rate at which the line joining the observer's eye to Venus sweeps across the face of the sun. If the earth were not rotating, this line would move at the same speed for all observers, but because it does rotate, the observer's end of the line moves at a speed determined by his position on the earth and by the apparent size of the earth as seen from Venus. The different times taken for the transit, as measured by different observers, can with much calculation yield the parallax, and hence the total distance from earth to Venus and earth to sun. The mathematician had also to remember that Venus appears to follow slightly different paths across the sun seen from different places. The thing of absolute importance was the so-rarely to be observed ‘Transit of Venus’ across the face of the sun. Not only were there factors in observation and calculation that had to be allowed for, but the incalculable weather could determine whether the transit would be seen at all.<note xml:id="fn1-100" n="1"><p>[In the typescript J.C.B. had noted that he was going to rewrite his explanation of the purpose of the observations of the transit. In rewriting the passage I have drawn on the knowledge of my colleague, Dr J. F. Harper. T.H.B.]</p></note> The young, brilliant, short-lived <name type="person" key="name-401899">Jeremiah Horrocks</name> had first observed it, in 1639, and the astronomers had realised its potential value for their science; it would occur again on 6 June 1761 and 3 June 1769, and thereafter not till the years 1874 and 1882, and then 2004 and 2012. Edmond Halley, that great man of science, was speaking of the eighteenth-century events when he addressed the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> in 1716, knowing that he, who was born in 1656, could do nothing but prophesy and exhort: ‘I could wish that many observations of this famous phenomenon might be taken by different persons at separate places, both that we might arrive at a greater degree of certainty by their agreement, and lest any single observer should be deprived, by the intervention of clouds, of a sight which I know not whether any man living in this or the next age will ever see again, and on which depends the certain and adequate solution of a problem the most noble, and at other times not to be attained to. I recommend it therefore again and
<pb xml:id="n122" n="101"/>
again to those curious astronomers who, when I am dead, will have an opportunity of observing these things, that they would remember this, my admonition … and I earnestly wish them all imaginable success.’<note xml:id="fn1-101" n="1"><p>It seems worth quoting here the original more resounding Latin of his 1716 paper, <hi rend="i">Methodus singularis quá Solis Parallaxis sive distantia à Terra, ope Venèris intra Solem conspiciendae, tuto deteriminari poterit</hi>: ‘Ac sane vellem diversis in locis ejusdem Phaenomeni observationes à pluribus institut, tum ad majorem adstruendam ex consensu fidem, tumne Nubium interventu frustraretur singularis Spectator, eo spectaculo quod nescio an denua visuri sunt hujus &amp; subsequentis seculi Mortales; &amp; a quo pendet Problematis nobilissimi &amp; aliunde inacceai solutio certa &amp; adaequata. Curiosis igitur syderum scrutatoribus, quibus, nobis vita functis, haec observanda reservantur, iterum iterumque commendamus ut, moniti hujus nostri memores, observationi peragendae strenue totisque viribus incumbant; iisque fausta omnia exoptamus &amp; vovemus, praeprimis ne nubili coeli importuna obscuritate exoptatissimo spectaculo priventur; utque tandem Orbium coelestitum magnitudines intra arctiores limites coercitae in eorum gloriam famamque sempiternam cedant.’—<hi rend="i">Philosophical Transactions</hi>, XXIX (1716), 460.</p></note></p>
        <p>Joseph Nicolas Delisle, one of the elders of a large family of astronomers, mathematicians, geographers and cartographers, was the man who deployed a vast correspondence and organising power, after Halleys death, to ensure that the astronomers of the western world should perform their scientific duty in 1761.<note xml:id="fn2-101" n="2"><p>The little-known importance of Delisle is rightly emphasised in Harry Woolf, <hi rend="i">The Transits of Venus</hi> (Princeton, 1959) a volume which, however, devotes less attention to the event of 1769 than to that of 1761.</p></note> From the Jesuits of Peking, westwards through Siberia, India, Turkey and Sweden, south to Rodriguez island in the <name key="name-001315" type="place">Indian Ocean</name>, the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> and St Helena, across the Atlantic to Newfoundland, from a number of points in Europe and some in Britain, a hundred and twenty observers gazed—French, German, Swedish, English, Italian, Portuguese, Russian, Danish, Spanish. There were eminent men among them, the French Pingré at Rodriguez and Chappe d'Auteroche at Tobolsk, the English Bliss at Greenwich and Maskelyne at St Helena. The French took the lead in numbers, even in that desperate time of war, with their empire crashing about them, with thirty-two observers; the English, rapidly becoming masters of the world, came only fourth in the list, with eighteen. The chances of war, travel and cloudy skies baffled some chief observers, who solaced themselves with scientific work of other kinds: in the end, when results were collated, it was undeniable that the observations of 1761, so far as the grand end was concerned, had not been a success. All the more was a supreme effort called for in 1769; and in England the Council of the Royal Society determined that it would not be remiss, that it would make the admonition of Halley sound in the ears of Government. It must have many observers; it must have the
<pb xml:id="n123" n="102"/>
seats of observation widely spread; it must go to the southern as well as to the northern hemisphere; it must go not merely beyond the Arctic Circle but into the <name key="name-160032" type="place">Pacific Ocean</name>.</p>
        <p>Into the Pacific Ocean: but where, in that large expanse, with which geography was so inadequately acquainted?—To some point where, for the six hours' duration of the Transit, the phenomenon would be clearly visible, well above the horizon, and the danger of interference from clouds would be minimal. This was obvious to Dr Thomas Hornsby, the professor of astronomy in the University of Oxford, when in 1765 he reminded the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> of its duty; and he reviewed the discoveries recorded as having been made by Spaniards in earlier centuries. He also cast his thought beyond astronomy, and the Royal Society; he was aware that science needed more support than the Royal Society could give it; he remarked that it would be a worthy ‘object of attention to a commercial nation to make a settlement in the great <name key="name-160032" type="place">Pacific Ocean</name>.’<note xml:id="fn1-102" n="1"><p>C. Hutton, J. Shaw &amp; R. Pearson, <hi rend="i">Phil. Trans.</hi> abgd, XII (1809), 265–74.</p></note> His was not the only voice, in those early days after the Treaty of Paris, to utter this sentiment. Indeed it was by then a commonplace; and we may note that already in the previous year the first of a series of British vessels, a frigate commanded by Commodore Byron, late of the North American station, had sailed for the Pacific—not certainly to make a settlement but to investigate more than one matter deemed worthy of the attention of a commercial nation. In June 1766 the Council of the Society resolved to send observers to various parts of the world, though the only person mentioned by name was the Jesuit father Boscovich, professor of mathematics at Pavia, who might go to California. Then the president of the Society, the Earl of Morton, sounded the Admiralty, suggesting that naval officers who might find themselves in the southern hemisphere at the right time should be directed to take observations and make remarks; to which the Admiralty agreed.<note xml:id="fn2-102" n="2"><p>Admiralty Secretary to Morton, 15 August 1766, Adm 2/540.</p></note></p>
        <p>There the thing rested, so far as formal discussion was concerned, until November 1767, when the Council of the Society, perhaps beginning to feel some urgency, set up a Transit Committee. This committee decided that observers should be sent to Fort Churchill in Hudson Bay, to the North Cape, and to the South Seas. It suggested names. The last of these names was that of Mr Dalrymple: ‘a proper person to send to the South Seas, having a particular Turn for Discoveries, and being an able Navigator, and well skilled in Observation.’<note xml:id="fn3-102" n="3"><p>19 November 1767, Transit Committee, in Council Minutes, Vol. V, 189.</p></note> Government should be applied to for a ship. When the
<pb xml:id="n124" n="103"/>
Council met on 3 December, the Astronomer Royal, the <name type="person" key="name-170629">Rev. Nevil Maskelyne</name>, confirmed his definition of the best possible station for observing: it would lie in an area between the latitudes of 5° and 35° S, and longitudes 172° E to 124° W in the north, and 139° W to 172° W in the south, a sort of trapezium. Within those limits, according to the history of voyages, were to be found the islands called the Marquesas, in the north-east, and those called Amsterdam and Rotterdam in the west. The former group would be preferable, as it was known to have a good harbour. Other persons made other suggestions, some of them extremely vague—such as that of Dr Bevis, who favoured the first island fit for the purpose in ‘the tropick’ west of 120° or 130° of longitude west of London. There was also the proposal that Captain Campbell, ‘if he pleases to go … or some such lover of Astronomy (a Captain of a man of war) would be a proper Person to command the Ship.’ <name type="person" key="name-150170">Captain John Campbell</name>, a member of the Transit Committee, a first-rate sailor with origins like Cook's in the coal-trade, an able scientist who had developed the sextant from the quadrant, would have been a proper person; but it appears he did not choose to go. Maskelyne was interviewing the possible observers. On 18 December some of them appeared before the Council to state their terms, and obviously the Council thought some of the terms extravagant. Mr Dymond would go to the northward for £250 per annum and expenses; Mr Dunn would go north at a guinea a day, and south at £400 per annum and expenses; Mr Green would go to the south at £300 per annum and expenses; Mr Wales specified a warm climate, £300 per annum and expenses (he went to Hudson Bay).<note xml:id="fn1-103" n="1"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, 18 December 1767.</p></note> Mr Dalrymple had a different proposition. He had written to the Society's secretary, Dr Morton, already to signify his pleasure at ‘the favourable Intentions of the Council of the Royal Society.’ He said more: ‘Wherever I am in June 1769 I shall most certainly not let slip an opportunity of making an Observation so Important to Science as that of the Transit of Venus—I believe the Royal Society's Intentions make it unnecessary for me to say that there is but one part of the World, where I can engage to make the Observations.’ He added, perhaps in view of the mention of Captain Campbell or some other naval man to command the ship, ‘However it may be necessary to observe that I can have no thought of undertaking the Voyage as a Passenger going out to make the Observations, or on any other footing than that of having the management of the Ship intended for the Service.’<note xml:id="fn2-103" n="2"><p>Dalrymple to Dr Morton, 7 December 1767, R. S. Misc. <hi rend="c">Mss</hi> III, f. 14.</p></note> The Council of the Royal
<pb xml:id="n125" n="104"/>
Society was quite prepared to accept this condition—no discussion or dissenting voice is recorded—and for the next three and a half months assumed, as Dalrymple himself assumed, that he would command the expedition to the South Seas. It is therefore necessary to scrutinise this remarkable person a little more closely.</p>
        <p>No contemporary would deny that <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name> was a passionate man. Few would deny his ability, his knowledge, his enthusiasm, assiduity, vanity. One can see, it is true, a certain lack of balance about many of the arguments of which so much of his life consisted; not the least of his talents was a talent for jumping to conclusions. He talked some sound sense, he did a number of valuable things. Yet he could also cast speculation or unwise belief into terms of the most vehement and wide-ranging dogma, and was pursued by a profound fatality that took his utterances even when they were most vehement and wide-ranging and proved them nonsense. Succeeding generations therefore have tended to accentuate his weaknesses rather than his virtues, his failures rather than his strength. The most practical of sailors owed a debt to Dalrymple the hydrographer and cartographer; scholars of discovery leant hard on his historical work. But, it must be admitted, he could be very foolish. He was born in 1737, a younger son in a large Scots family.<note xml:id="fn1-104" n="1"><p>For Dalrymple's life, see Howard T. Fry, <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name> (1737-1808) and the Expansion of British Trade</hi> (London, 1970).</p></note> His eldest brother was to attain a more conventional, though undoubted, eminence as the jurist Lord Hailes. Alexander, with a minimum of education, was sent out in 1752 to Madras, to the employ of the East India Company, in which he showed his quality first by surviving, and then by the study of all the documents and books he could lay hands on. The documents were the old records of Madras; the books were mainly those of the library of Robert Orme, later the historian of Hindustan, who had come out to join the Council of Fort St George. From the documents he learnt a good deal about the old English spice trade in the East Indies; from the books he derived a vast interest in the history of Spanish exploration in the Pacific, to his learning on which subject he was able to add when he acquired some of the effects of William Roberts, a supercargo on voyages to Manila, killed in the defence of Fort St George against the French. He decided that he himself wanted to explore: not immediately in the Pacific, but in the East Indies. His ambition was to revive there the British trade which had been ended by the Dutch; and, going further, to use that as an element in a greatly expanded trade with China which would outflank the monopoly of
<pb xml:id="n126" n="105"/>
Canton. He pictured a base in the Borneo archipelago, part of the Sultanate of Sulu. His industry made him deputy-secretary of Madras by 1758; in 1759 he declined the secretaryship in favour of a preliminary voyage; in 1760 he sailed in the schooner <hi rend="i">Cuddalore</hi> for Sulu, to secure a treaty of commerce with the sultan, and to go on to his exploration of the eastern seas; on his next voyage he got the cession to the Company of Balambangan, an island off the north-east coast of Borneo. He took possession of it in January 1763. He was backwards and forwards among the islands until the end of 1764, at one time elected deputy-governor of Manila, acquired by the British in 1762—always concerned with the effective settlement of Balambangan. He had carried his masters at Madras a certain distance with him, but he needed the backing of the Company in England. There he returned in 1765, with his strong plea for East Indian trade; and also with more information, collected at Manila, about the Spanish in the Pacific. He persuaded the Company, though the process lasted three years; eighteen months more went by before the Company could be certain of government encouragement. In the interval Dalrymple had ample time to devote himself to his other great passion. He would never forget the <hi rend="i">Cuddalore</hi> and the scented islands among which he had adventured, he would never forget the vision, he would always ignore the difficulties, of the commerce his mind had conjured up; he would drag the pearl-fisheries of Sulu into the most unlikely contexts; but while he was composing pamphlets and memoranda and arguments he was also conjuring up a vision of the south Pacific. Whatever his vision, part of it was always the figure of <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>.</p>
        <p>It is not certain what practical accomplishment Dalrymple had as a sailor. He thought he had a great deal, though he had served no apprenticeship and had never, in the technical sense, commanded a ship. He certainly, as we have seen, persuaded the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> that he was ‘an able navigator’. When he returned to England, an intelligent man still short of his thirtieth year, he could not fail to be caught up in intelligent discussion; and two of the objects of discussion were the South Seas and the Transit of Venus. Dalrymple began, to cultivate Government and the Royal Society. Commodore Byron was back from his circumnavigation in May 1766; Captain Wallis set out on another in the following July; at the end of that month Lord Shelburne became Secretary of State for the Southern Department, and Lord Shelburne was certainly a person of high intelligence as well as high station. Dalrymple wrote to him, 24 November, a letter that might itself be called exploratory: ‘Having
<pb xml:id="n127" n="106"/>
had five years’ experience in voyages of this kind, thro' seas unknown, and amongst people with whom we have no intercourse, I presume to think myself qualified to be usefully employed in such an under-taking. At the same time, I am not insensible, notwithstanding the instances of Dampier, Halley, etc., how foreign to rules of office it is, to form the most distant expectations, that a person may be employed in the publick Service by Sea, who has no rank in the Navy.’<note xml:id="fn1-106" n="1"><p>P.R.O., Chatham Papers 30/8, Vol. 31, f. 11. According to Kippis, 15–16, it was Dalrymple's idea to be given a brevet commission in the navy, as Bougainville, an army officer, had been.</p></note> How Shelburne replied to this we do not know: perhaps he did not reply because early in 1767 we have the ambitious man trying again, through an intermediary. He had been made known by his brother Lord Hailes to <name type="person" key="name-401763">Adam Smith</name>, and Adam Smith was induced to speak for him; the subject was not now only Dalrymple, but a southern continent.</p>
        <quote>
          <p>… Whether the continent exists or not may perhaps be uncertain; [wrote Smith with more caution than Dalrymple himself exhibited] but supposing it does exist, I am very certain you will never find a man fitter for discovering it, or more determined to hazard everything in order to discover it.</p>
          <p>The terms he would ask are, first, the absolute command of the ship with the naming of all the officers, in order that he may have people who both have confidence in him and in whom he has confidence; and secondly, that in case he should lose his ship by the common course of accident before he gets into the South Sea, that the Government will undertake to give him another. These are all the terms he would insist upon.</p>
          <p>The ship properest for such an expedition, he says, would be an old fifty-gun ship without her guns. He does not, however, insist upon this as a <hi rend="i">sine qua non</hi>, but will go in any ship with a hundred to a thousand tons. He wishes to have but one ship with a good many boats. Most expeditions of this kind have miscarried from one ship's being obliged to wait for the other, or losing time in looking out for the other.<note xml:id="fn2-106" n="2"><p><name type="person" key="name-401763">Adam Smith</name> to Shelburne, 12 February 1767, <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, Carrington <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> Papers 79: 7.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>Once again we do not know how Shelburne replied. Nor was Shelburne the First Lord of the Admiralty. It is clear, however, that Dalrymple was not particularly interested in observing the Transit of Venus, or the far reaches of astronomy; attending <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> dinners, contributing to its proceedings a paper on the formation of islands, he had in view what he regarded as a larger purpose. He was convinced that in the prosecution of that purpose, whatever lesser conditions might be imposed, he must be sole director, unimpeded, answerable to no rival command. It is time to consider the matter—
<pb xml:id="n128" n="107"/>
the Cause, as it were, to which he had mortgaged his soul—the Continent.</p>
        <p><hi rend="i">Terra australis incognita</hi>, the unknown southern land—or, more hopefully, <hi rend="i">nondum cognita</hi>, not yet known but in due course to be revealed: the brief words trail a long history, are aromatic with an old romance, as of great folios in ancient libraries, compassing all philosophical and geographical knowledge, with pages and double-pages of maps whose very amplitude and pattern ravish the mind; and they present us also with one of the great illusions. It was an illusion raised by abstract thought, buttressed by fragments of discovery that seemed to fit into a likely pattern, demolished by experienced fact. There is a southern land, of course, and even now it is not fully known; but it was not this of which so many generations dreamed. The Antarctic is the fact which has survived; and Antarctica is not the <hi rend="i">provincia aurea</hi>, the golden and spicy province, the land of dye-woods and parrots and castles, the jumble of fable and misinterpretation that was piled on Greek reasoning and <name type="person" key="name-405226">Marco Polo</name>.</p>
        <p>We do not need, for our present purpose, to probe deeply into the history of classical thought on this subject. We may note the fundamental speculations of Pomponius Mela, about A.D. 50, and Claudius Ptolemy, the brilliant Alexandrian astronomer of the second century. Both accepted the theory of the spherical earth, though they differed on its nature: Pomponius Mela pictured a sphere consisting of land, or rather a number of continents, surrounded by water; Ptolemy one of water, or rather a number of seas, surrounded by land. Ptolemy's <hi rend="i">Cosmographia</hi>, first printed in 1477, with maps, was largely the basis of Renaissance geographical thought; but Pomponius Mela, with a southern hemisphere largely ocean, washing the shore of a continent, in this one respect, seems to have been more influential on the future. To both, nevertheless, a continent was essential; the physical argument had to be accepted that to maintain the equilibrium of a spherical earth flowing motionless in space a landmass in the southern half was necessary to balance the familiar land-mass of Europe, Asia and Africa in the northern half. Two hundred years before Ptolemy was printed, Marco Polo went to China. His account of his travels was widely circulated in manuscript, and was first printed, in German, in 1477, the year of Ptolemy's first printing; and Marco Polo seemed, in a way to validate the continental hypothesis. For the text of Marco Polo, as written and printed, became confused. He described his homeward
<pb xml:id="n129" n="108"/>
passage from Cathay, first by sea to the rich country of Chamba or Annam, and then for 1200 miles between south and south-west to another country called Locac, ‘a good country and a rich’, which was the Malay Peninsula. In this country there was gold in incredible quantity, and elephants and much game, and all the porcelain shells which were used for small change in those regions; its people were idolators; it was a wild region, visited by few people; ‘nor does the King desire that any strangers should frequent the country, and so find out about his treasure and other resources’.<note xml:id="fn1-108" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">The Book of Ser Marco Polo</hi>, ed. H. Yule (3rd ed., London, 1903), II, 276.</p></note> The confusion of the text, however, set Locac 1200 miles between south and west of the island of Java, which <name type="person" key="name-405226">Marco Polo</name> had not visited, though he described it from hearsay; and this would carry a traveller well into the southern hemisphere. It was the result of this confusion that riveted itself on the European mind, with corruption even of the name Locac into Lucach or Beach, both of which names appear on sixteenth-century maps: ‘<hi rend="i">Lucach regnum</hi>’ has Mercator in his world-chart of 1569; and ‘Beach <hi rend="i">provincia aurifera quam pauci ex alienis regionibus adeunt propter gentis inhumanitatem</hi>’, ‘Beach the golden province where come few foreigners because of its people's inhumanity’. The great ‘Typus Orbis Terrarum’ of <name type="person" key="name-405208">Abraham Ortelius</name> of 1587 displays a tremendous expanse of land—for geographers no less than nature seem to have abhorred a vacuum—stretching right round the world, with appropriate gulfs and projections, one corner of which bears the inscription ‘<hi rend="i">Hanc continentem Australem, nonnulli Magellanicam regionem ab eius inventore nuncupant</hi>’: ‘This southern continent some call the region of Magellan after its discoverer’. To Ptolemy and Marco Polo, had by that time been added the real discoveries to <hi rend="i">Terra australis nondum cognita</hi>,of actual voyagers, not of Magellan alone: there were the East Indies, Tierra del Fuego, Magellan's strait, the Mar del Zur or South Sea, El Mar Pacific, Nova Guinea, the Islas de Salomon: a host of Spanish names mingled with the Latin. The age of exploration was born, the cartographers were endlessly busy; after Columbus came Balboa, first of western men to set eyes upon the Pacific; after him Magellan, first to drive a line across the ocean and reveal its staggering immensity; after him three centuries of agitation, elucidation, and verification. Agitation certainly there was, because no process of discovery ever went on in a serene air of regular and passionless scientific development: elucidation, because the process produced problems, sometimes, more easily than it solved them; verification, because in a day before men could navigate scientifically, no geographical statement could
<pb xml:id="n130" n="109"/>
be accepted at its face value. It was the fortune of Cook, in good time, not to have to agitate; it was part of his developed character to be as ready to elucidate and verify as to discover.</p>
        <p>The great difficulty of Pacific exploration was not merely the immense size of the ocean—‘a sea so vast that the human mind can scarcely grasp it’, as one of Magellan's chroniclers wrote<note xml:id="fn1-109" n="1"><p>This was <name type="person" key="name-405205">Maximilian Transylvanus</name>, in a letter to the Cardinal-Archbishop of Salzburg in 1522.</p></note>—a third of the whole earth's surface, in which all the land of earth, if sliced off below sea-level, could be sunk; nor merely that, in spite of its thousands of islands, it contained so much water and so little land. It was not even that, in the exploration of an ocean, apart altogether from the dangers of wreck, disease and starvation, whole wind and current systems had to be learnt. It was that useful exploration depended on the explorer's knowing where he was, at sea, day by day; knowing where he was, in some harbour of a new found country, well enough to report on it reliably when he reached home—if he reached home—so that he or a successor could find the place again. Exploration by land could be arduous enough, but the explorer had landmarks—mountains, rivers, cities—and guides. At sea he had only himself and his skill in navigation. If he were a good seaman he could, taking a sight of the sun or of some known star with cross-staff or quadrant, work out his latitude reasonably well; though another man, equally careful, might reach a different result. That was half a position: then how to find the other half, how to calculate the longitude? For centuries it was impossible; techniques and instruments simply did not go so far. The good sailor might be a master of dead reckoning; he could guess closely the speed of his ship, use his compass, allow something for its variation, observe the current and the swell, estimate leeway, arrive at course made good; but the practical seaman—the sensible seaman, as he deemed himself—when it came to real longitude, threw up his hands. So, in truth, did the seaman who prided himself on his learning, who might write a treatise on navigation for the instruction of others, like <name type="person" key="name-401888">Pedro Fernandez</name> de Quiros, highly remarkable among Pacific discoverers.<note xml:id="fn2-109" n="2"><p>Quiros lays it down that navigation is ‘an art that does not admit of ignorance or carelessness’, and then has to go on to admit the inevitability of ignorance in matters of longitude. It is not quite true that seamen threw up their hands: they did their best with estimation or ‘dead reckoning’. For Quiros see Celsus Kelly, <hi rend="i">La Austrialia del Espiritu Santo</hi> (Cambridge, 1966), I, 50–2.</p></note> There were striking examples of inaccuracy, like that of the pilot in Magellan's fleet who, trying to calculate the longitude of the Philippine islands, was almost fifty-three degrees out. There were no striking examples of accuracy. Before the latter part of the
<pb xml:id="n131" n="110"/>
eighteenth century, then, the history of Pacific exploration is a history of faith, hope, accidental discovery, missed objectives, disillusionment, disaster. Nothing once found, it seemed, could ever be found again, unless on the western perimeter of the ocean it were as large as the Philippines or New Guinea or Australia, or as frequented for commerce as the islands of the East Indies. We have the new discoveries firmly placed on the world map of Ortelius. We have, equally firmly placed, a vast amount of fancy—or, as some of the geographers would have preferred to call it, rational deduction. In somebody's mind was always the continent.</p>
        <p>After Magellan and a few attempts, costly in men and ships, to follow his route, official Spanish enterprise in the Pacific settled down into regular trading voyages between Acapulco in Mexico and Manila on the other side of the ocean. A feasible return passage was found in the westerly winds of forty degrees north. The Spaniards, on their earlier voyages, encountered a number of the Marshall and Caroline islands, north of the equator, as well as New Guinea, but never the principal group of the northern ocean, Hawaii: they were always well south or well north of it. There were, however, three connected Spanish voyages of great endurance and some success, independent of this regular trade: all in the forty years from 1567, all based on the Peruvian port of Callao, all marked by a quite violent mingling of personal qualities and ambitions, jealousies and rebellions—a history wherein the secular passions for conquest, settlement and gold vied with the Franciscan yearning for <hi rend="i">conquista espiritual</hi>, new and noble empire founded on a peaceful Christian subjection of heathen people. These were the voyages of Alvaro de Mendaña and the pilot <name type="person" key="name-401888">Pedro Fernandez</name> de Quiros, already mentioned. The first of them was stimulated by a third man, able, energetic and ambitious—Pedro Sarmiento de Gamboa, who in his Peruvian studies had come on the legend of the Inca Tupic Yupanqui. This ruler, so it was said, on a voyage to the west had discovered rich islands: six hundred leagues distant they must be, thought Sarmiento, outliers of the great, and rich, continent. Some-how, for other people, they were mixed up with another legend, the one of King Solomon's Ophir, that abode of gold, now put down as an island or island-group near the East Indian Moluccas. The Viceroy of Peru was persuaded to support a voyage of discovery. He provided two ships, giving the command, however, not to the masterful Gamboa but to his own young nephew Mendaña, a man without seamanship or experience of command, but at once sweet-tempered and tenacious. He was to find the continent and settle
<pb xml:id="n132" n="111"/>
there. The ships, built for the fine-weather Peruvian coastal passages and provisioned for a short voyage, manned by argumentative officers and mutinous crews, sailed in November 1567; they were to know starvation, the worst of hurricanes, be given up for lost; they survived and after nearly two years turned up again at Callao with two-thirds of their company safe. They had sailed outwards for eighty days, from one side of the ocean to the other, before they came to the impressive group called after their return the Solomon Islands. There they stayed six months, exploring and observing; found or made the people too hostile to permit settlement; found no gold and no continent; made no spiritual conquest; reached home in the last extremity of privation. Mendaña, at least, was eager to go again.</p>
        <p>Not until 1595 could he do so. Official hostility and tardiness had been underlined by the Pacific incursion of <name type="person" key="name-203455">Francis Drake</name>, fruit of a theory that, once into the ocean in Magellan's track, you could outwit the Spaniards by quitting it through what we would now call a north-west passage, a strait through the northern parts of America between Pacific and Atlantic. While you were in the Pacific you might discover the continent. Drake had no talent for discovery, nor in any case could he discover what was not there; but the effect of his foray and of others, was to discourage Spanish exploration which might simply present a new attraction to pirates. Nevertheless, Mendaña did, at last, make his second voyage. He could not find his Solomon Islands again, nor could anybody else for two hundred years: so vague indeed were his ideas of longitude that he at first thought he had arrived when he sighted the Marquesas, a sort of half-way point. Coming after many weary weeks to Santa Cruz, not far short of his goal, he decided to settle there. Quarrels, native enmity, and dreadful malaria quashed the attempt; Mendaña himself died; a starving remnant was, brought over unknown seas to Manila only through the superb navigation of the chief pilot, the Portuguese seaman Quiros. It was Quiros who, undeterred, took up the mission, a mission to him evangelical as well as geographical. A man of extraordinary qualities, with something Franciscan in his spirit, he combined professional skill with a continental faith that swept him far beyond the touch of reality, that made his path both a triumphant and a dolorous one; so that in the end, foredoomed to failure as he was from the nature of things, it perhaps mattered little that he was a poor leader of men. After much travail, he sailed from Callao in December 1605—further south than Mendaña had done, then north-west through the Tuamotu archipelago, and
<pb xml:id="n133" n="112"/>
west when he was in the latitude of Santa Cruz. If he had kept on he would have reached it: three or four degrees beyond it lay the islands of Solomon. He was diverted from an island a little short of it, the latest of a series discovered by him, to turn south, so that he fetched up at something quite different, though close, the land he called Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, the northernmost large island of the New Hebrides group; and here, he was sure, where he proclaimed the city of New Jerusalem, was the much-desired continent. Sickness, at the critical moment infirmity of purpose, unreliable subordinates, finally the cruel luck with the wind, drove him away before a settlement was made, in a vast sweep north that took him to Mexico in October 1606. The wind had parted him from the real hero of the voyage, his principal lieutenant, Luis Vaez de Torres, who made his way from Espiritu Santo to the southern coast of New Guinea, along it through the strait named after him, and so to Manila, thus solving one of the great problems of geography: New Guinea, it was clear, was the northern projection of no continent, it was insular. The solution was not bruited abroad. Quiros returned to Spain, ceaselessly and fruitlessly to importune crown and councils, with memorials and charts, for still another expedition. The Spanish effort was over. His memorials, glowing with their confident transmutation of hopes into matter of fact, spread through Europe. Quiros, who had discovered a dozen islands, became the publicist of the continent. Had he failed in his great purpose? He could hold up a light to the future.</p>
        <p>The immediate future, however, needed no light from Spain. The next century of Pacific exploration was almost entirely in the hands of the Dutch: not quite entirely, because one must remember Dampier and the buccaneers on the fringe. The Dutch were the best cartographers of the seventeenth century; they made important advances in naval architecture; they organised a great overseas trade, and a great eastern empire. The empire was a commercial empire; their exploration was an aspect of trade. As the empire was that of the Dutch East Indies Company, so the exploration was that approved of by the Company, the value of discoveries was judged by the Company; though again one must say not entirely so. The Company, or its captains in their passages from the Cape of Good Hope to the East Indies, placed fairly solidly on the map the western coast of Australia—their New Holland—and a good part of the southern coast. Exploring the north coast, they registered its essential outline, though they were never able to decide whether that north coast was altogether continuous, nor whether New
<pb xml:id="n134" n="113"/>
Guinea and New Holland were different countries. An easy passage into the Pacific south of New Guinea might have been of great commercial importance: indeed the first Dutch visit to Australia, that of the <hi rend="i">Duyfken</hi>, two months before Torres sailed through the strait, resulted from exploration of its possibility. There is no real reason to think that Australia had been discovered by any European before, or that the ‘Dieppe’ group of maps, to which an occasional geographer still pins his faith, had anything to do with Australia at all.<note xml:id="fn1-113" n="1"><p>The ‘Dieppe’ maps, so called from a group of cartographers at Dieppe in the sixteenth century, and particularly one referred to as as the ‘Dauphin’ map, have been held to be renderings of the Australian coast-line, and to point to Portuguese exploration. Andrew Sharp's discussion (<hi rend="i">The Discovery of Australia</hi>, Oxford, 1963, 2–14) is pretty conclusive.</p></note> It may be surprising that there was little tendency to identify this mass of land, set down so hugely between the Pacific and the Indian oceans, with the <hi rend="i">Terra australis incognita</hi>; but its shore-line was unpromising, its cliffs and sand-dunes called up no vision of Locac, the Dutch deemed its people poor and abject; and within less than forty years after its first sighting a Dutch seaman had circumnavigated it, without laying eyes on it—except for the island, Van Diemen's Land or Tasmania, that sits off its south-eastern, coast. This was the voyage of <name type="person" key="name-034630">Abel Janszoon Tasman</name>, a voyage aimed principally at the discovery of the continent, or—there were other objectives—a clear route to Chile and a highly-fancied trade, or the rediscovery of the Solomon Islands. Tasman, in his great round voyage, Batavia to Mauritius, south to 49° and eastward, discovered not merely Van Diemen's Land but the west coast of high surf-struck New Zealand—perhaps this was the continent?—before he turned north to Tonga, escaped the desperately dangerous fringe of Fiji, and passed along the northern coast of New Guinea into the East Indies home.—‘God be praised and thanked.’ His masters were not highly pleased with this voyage. He had not beaten up any trade.</p>
        <p>Not the great Company only, however, had its men in the Pacific, nor did all explorers come from the west. While the Dutch were still experimenting in their approach to eastern trade, through Magellan's strait, one tempest-driven captain, Dirck Gerritsz or Gerrards, in 1599, reported seeing the snow-covered mountains of the great south land, stretching off from latitude 64° in the direction of the Solomon Islands. In 1624 the <hi rend="i">Orange</hi>, from a fleet that set out to attack the Spaniards in Peru, reported two sightings, the first in latitude 50°, the second in 41°. This was doing better than the first Dutch expedition which had the continent for its objective, that of <name type="person" key="name-402005">Willem Schouten</name> and <name type="person" key="name-401754">Jacob Le Maire</name>, in 1615 and 1616, which made no
<pb xml:id="n135" n="114"/>
illusory landfalls, but did discover the Strait of Le Maire and Cape Horn, some of the Tuamotus, the northernmost island of the Tongan group, and the Hoorn islands not far from Fiji, passing thereafter north-west round the Solomons and New Guinea to Batavia. Nor, after another century, in 1721–2, did <name type="person" key="name-401755">Jacob Roggeveen</name> have more luck. Sponsored by the Dutch West India Company, he also made a Horn passage into the ocean, going far south, almost to latitude 61° His most striking discovery was Easter Island; he lost a ship in the Tuamotus; found, but would not tarry for, the Samoan group; followed the old route north of New Guinea to Batavia. The number of islands was accumulating; but where was the continent?</p>
        <p>We are in the eighteenth century. It was a busy century, in science and speculation and writing, in economic expansion and war, in building and art; a revolutionary century, far beyond the confines of politics and social relations. Mathematical physics and chemistry made immense steps; botany, zoology, physiology, astronomy, geography, were all in movement. The great names are thick. Science had not become part of a polite education, but it was written about, lectured upon, demonstrated, applied, made elegant. Newton was the elder prophet; innumerable followers preached. Leadbetter represents one class of them; Robertson, with his instruction of rising navigators, another. Navigation could not fail to be affected. There was an important discovery in the ascertaining of latitude—the method of ‘double altitudes’, before and after noon, which could be utilised for days when a noon sighting of the sun was impossible: we shall find double altitudes thick in the records of Cook's voyages. This was due to Cornelis Douwes of Amsterdam, who about 1749 worked out logarithmic tables for the method. Accurate results in calculation depended not merely on tables but upon accurate observation, accurate measurement, and the century was a great age of scientific and mathematical instrument makers. Hadley's octant, farther developed by <name type="person" key="name-150170">Captain John Campbell</name> into the sextant, may almost stand as its symbol, though we are not to forget the reflecting telescope, the achromatic telescope, the micrometers. We cannot forget the problem of longitudes. As the century grew, interest grew; we may almost say that excitement grew. The principle involved is plain. Longitude—to put the matter crudely—is wrapped up with time. As the earth makes its daily revolution, time alters regularly from place to place; a difference of one hour is equivalent to fifteen degrees of longitude. One can observe certain astronomical phenomena all round the world, but at different points they occur at different times. If one knows precisely at what time one of them will
<pb xml:id="n136" n="115"/>
occur at a fixed point on the earth's surface—Greenwich, for example, or Paris—and observes the time of the same occurrence at any different point—for example again, a spot in the Burgeo Islands —then the difference in hours of time, multiplied by the number 15, will give one the longitude in degrees. As early as 1474 the German astronomer Regiomontanus, stating the principle, had put forward as a basis for calculation ‘lunar distances’—that is, the angular distance between the moon and the sun or one of a number of fixed stars. The principle remained undoubted: almost three hundred years were to elapse before the development of instruments and techniques enabled it to be put in practice. An eclipse of the sun would serve, but not for the navigator; for the sun was not eclipsed every day, and the navigator did not know the time of the eclipse at any point of departure. The best Cook could do, after observing in 1766, was to hand in his results to the mathematicians when he arrived home. Much better, some men had said, to send able mathematicians to sea, than to send the observations of seamen to able mathematicians on land; but what good would that do, when all the mathematics in the world could not tell men at sea the time at Greenwich or at Paris?</p>
        <p>Astronomers and mathematicians did not lose their interest. There were those who thought that the prospect of a large reward would stimulate sufficient ingenuity; disasters at sea directly attributable to errors in reckoning were all too frequent; the British government, alarmed at some of these, in 1714 offered £20,000 to anyone who could produce a ‘generally practicable and useful method’ of fixing longitudes at sea within thirty miles at the end of a six weeks' voyage, and lesser rewards to persons who, without solving the problem, made some appreciable contribution towards its solution. The act of Parliament which regulated the matter also set up the Board of Longitude, ‘for the discovery of longitude at sea and for examining, trying and judging of all proposals, experiments and improvements relating to the same.’<note xml:id="fn1-115" n="1"><p>12 Anne, cap. 15; and see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, XXXIX, n. 1.</p></note> The act was of course an encouragement to the eccentric, almost an inducement to insanity: longitude became all the rage: one need not be surprised to find, among the scenes of active horror in the mad-house print of Hogarth's <hi rend="i">Rake's Progress</hi>, of 1736, a comparatively peaceful lunatic working away at a solution. There were, in fact, two ways of solving the problem: the astronomical-mathematical, and the mechanical. About the first enough has been said. The second depended on the production of a clock, a ‘watch-machine’ so highly sophisticated that it would go at
<pb xml:id="n137" n="116"/>
a uniform rate, permanently and precisely, under any conditions of cold or heat or storm or wave, on land or at sea—so that once set at a point of departure, it would continue to show the time at that point. The difference between that time and the time at any other point, as we have seen, would provide the longitude, and more quickly than by the method of astronomical observation. Both methods came to success almost simultaneously, in the 1760'5. The first was made possible by the lunar tables which Tobias Mayer, an astronomer of Göttingen, calculated on Newtonian principles; it was developed by Maskelyne, Cook's junior by four years, who was to become Astronomer Royal in 1765, moving force of the Board of Longitude and of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> on its astronomical side, and intimately concerned with the great voyages. In 1761 Maskelyne went on a voyage to St Helena to observe that year's transit of Venus. Clouds were spread upon the sky; on the outward and homeward passages, however, he made regular observations with his Hadley's quadrant of lunar distances. Mayer and Maskelyne together gave the longitude. In 1763, the year after Mayer's death, Maskelyne published <hi rend="i">The British Mariner's Guide</hi>, which conveyed instruction in his system. In 1766, as Astronomer Royal, he published the first number of the <hi rend="i">Nautical Almanac</hi>, which contained tables based on Mayer's, calculated for every day in the following year at three-hour intervals. He had reduced the process, after the initial observation, to arithmetic and not very advanced trigonometry. It was not quite simple: there had to be corrections for refraction and parallax, as George Witchell had applied corrections to Cook's figures for the solar eclipse; the local time of observation also had to be corrected by astronomical means. The calculations, to begin with, took about four hours, but improvement in the system reduced this time to a quarter of an hour—anyhow for a mathematician. The ordinary conservative sea captain tended to look at this estimate rather morosely, and to cling to his dead reckoning. We shall see a more lively interest in Cook, without being able to say exactly when he learnt the technique. As for the ‘watch-machine’ or chronometer, that life-work of the practical genius <name type="person" key="name-150174">John Harrison</name>, it passed with triumph the stringent test of a voyage to Barbados in 1764, when one of its guardians and examiners was Maskelyne himself. Harrison's ‘machine’ had a cardinal defect, its expense: if that would be sufficiently lowered, the future lay with it. One might be more correct in saying that the future lay with the chronometer, because there were other makers than Harrison; but he had made the vast step. The watch-machine did not instantaneously render the lunar method
<pb xml:id="n138" n="117"/>
superfluous, as we shall see. Both are essential parts of the life of Cook.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile we may return to discovery, and to thought upon discovery. On the borders of two centuries, the seventeenth and eighteenth, and not in the Pacific at ail, we have a voyage that strikes the new note of science. It is the South Atlantic voyage from which Halley, investigating the variation of the compass, brought back his material for the first isogonic map, together with a method of finding longitude through the occupations of the fixed stars—another method useless to sailors without tables or instruments or mathematics. He brought back as well reports of land that were, like so many others, illusory. On the borders of two oceans, the Indian and the Pacific, Dampier failed in a voyage on which he had hoped to reveal the east coast of Australia: at least he cut in two the old conception of New Guinea and could indulge his passion for natural history. Neither Halley nor Dampier showed great capacity for dealing with insubordinate men. The year of Cook's birth was the year hi which <name type="person" key="name-150186">Vitus Bering</name>, a Dane in the service of Russia, passed the strait named after him; the year 1741, in which Anson, amid gales and fog, entered the South Pacific on the circumnavigation which was to make the ocean sound in all English ears, was that in which Bering, again, amid gales and fog, crossed the North Pacific to the north-west coast of America. Cook was at school at Ayton when the French Bouvet, at the beginning of 1739, sighted in the southern Atlantic the point of snow-covered land he called Cape Circumcision, thinking that he at last had found the continent; had just come out of his apprenticeship when Buffon published his <hi rend="i">Theorie de la Terre</hi>, the first volume of the great <hi rend="i">Historie Naturelle</hi>, in 1749; in 1752, when the brilliant Maupertius published the <hi rend="i">Lettre sur le Progres des Sciences</hi> addressed to Frederick the Great, he was serving his second year in the <hi rend="i">Three Brothers</hi>, looking forward perhaps to becoming a mate; in 1756, when the President de Brasses, stimulated by Buffon and Maupertius, published bis magistral <hi rend="i">Histoire des Navigations aux Terres Australes</hi>, he was in the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>, master's mate, under Palliser; in 1757, when <name type="person" key="name-402000">Philippe Buache</name>, one of the celebrated French geographers, published his memoir on the southern continent and the lands of the Antarctic, their rivers and icy sea,<note xml:id="fn1-117" n="1"><p>For the memoir or memoirs of Buache, see <name type="person" key="name-401776">Armand Rainaud</name>, <hi rend="i">Le Centinent Austral</hi> (Paris, 1893), 412–13.</p></note> he had advanced no farther in rank or philosophy. Hie names were French, and if historical scholarship and scientific speculation could have produced a
<pb xml:id="n139" n="118"/>
continent the French would have produced it. If it had existed where it was supposed to exist their seamen, within a few years, would have produced it too, whatever the British activity; for the rivalry of the Seven Years' War was continued in the decades after the war in exploration and the free traffic of scientific results, and whatever the suspicions of statesmen and the reports of secret agents it is pleasant to consider the friendship between Dalrymple and French scholars and cartographers—just as it is pleasant to consider the respect in which a more experienced Cook held Bouvet and other French sailors.</p>
        <p>There are parallels between French and English thought on the uses of a continent, and we may note that French writings, plans and actions no less than English caused disquiet in a temporarily revived Spanish empire. For a brief while Spain was prepared to name the Pacific as a Spanish preserve as much as it was in the sixteenth century; the return of Anson in 1744 with a galleon's treasure was regarded in England much as the return of Drake in the <hi rend="i">Golden Hind</hi> had been. The Falkland Islands were regarded as a key to the Pacific, Spain accordingly would tolerate French settlement there no more than British. Yet how to keep French or British out of that ample ocean, if they were determined to get in, under the excuse either of science or of peaceful trade? There is an obvious connection between the publication in war years, 1744–8, of <name type="person" key="name-150170">Dr John Campbell</name>'s second edition of ‘Harris's Voyages’, the <hi rend="i">Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca</hi> of 1705, and Anson's famous voyage; and Campbell's two thousand folio pages are a continent in themselves, his eloquence, addressed to ‘the Merchants of <hi rend="i">Great Britain</hi>’, rolls with an appropriate thunder. ‘Let us maintain Trade, and there is no doubt that Trade will maintain us. Let our past Mistakes teach us to, be wise, let our present Wants and Difficulties revive our ancient Industry.’ Let us plant, a new colony for the benefit of trade. He, wastes no time on cosmic principles, will not indulge in hypothesis, knows how far he may safely be dogmatic. ‘It is most evident, from Captain <hi rend="i">Taxman's</hi> Voyage, that <hi rend="i">New Guinea, Carpentaria, New Holland, Antony van Diemen's Land</hi>, and the countries discovered by de Qtdros, make all one Continent, from which <hi rend="i">New Zeland</hi> seems to be separated by a Streight; and, perhaps, is part of another Continent, answering to <hi rend="i">Africa</hi>, as this, of which we are now speaking, plainly does to <hi rend="i">America.</hi> This Continent reaches from the Equinoctical to 44° of South Latitude, and extends from 122° to 188° of Longitude, making indeed a very large country, but nothing like what <hi rend="i">de Quiros</hi> imagined; which shows how dangerous a thing it is to trust too much to Conjecture
<pb xml:id="n140" n="119"/>
in such Points as these.’<note xml:id="fn1-119" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Navigantium atque Itinerantium Bibliotheca</hi>, I, xvi.</p></note> A settlement could be made in this large country; there was reason to believe all that Quiros said about ‘Gold, Silver, Pearl, Nutmegs, Mace, Ginger and Sugar-Canes, of an extraordinary Size’ that existed there; its trade would be invaluable; from it could be discovered <hi rend="i">Terra australis incognita</hi>; such a settlement would greatly increase our shipping and seamen, ‘which are the true and natural Strength of this Country, extend our naval Power, and raise the Reputation of this Nation; the most distant Prospect of which is sufficient to warm the Soul of any Man, who has the least regard for his Country, with Courage, sufficient to despise the Imputations which may be thrown upon him as a visionary Projector, for taking so much Pains upon an Affair, that can tend so little to his private Advantage.’<note xml:id="fn2-119" n="2"><p>ibid., 335.</p></note> However the merchants of Great Britain thought of this appeal and their private advantage, their purchases of the work made a reprint necessary in 1764, the year after peace was made, the year of the first post-war Pacific voyage; they bought innumerable volumes of collections of voyages and travels easier to handle than these, tremendous folios; they bought with eagerness edition after edition of the single volume of Anson's <hi rend="i">Voyage.</hi></p>
        <p>In the commentary of dc Brosses on the voyages, collected in his <hi rend="i">Histoire</hi>, we have a different spirit; for de Brosses was an intellectual of the eighteenth-century French kind, a <hi rend="i">philosophe</hi>, a lover of mankind as well as of the civilisation of his own country. Commerce and naval power, certainly, were not to be despised while Britain so visibly affected the universal monarchy of the sea; but the fame that discoverers should pursue was the fame of scientific knowledge. The President traversed the voyaged in the southern hemisphere, in the regions he called Magellanica—the Atlantic; Polynesia—the Pacific; Australasia—the <name key="name-001315" type="place">Indian Ocean</name>. Somewhere in those regions must be civilisations that only waited to exchange the lessons of culture with France. Could that whole unknown part of the globe be occupied by nought but the waters of the sea? Capes, fragments of coast, were certain signs of a continent. Must there not be, southwards of Asia, solid land extensive enough to counterweight the northern mass, to maintain in equilibrium the whole rotating globe? It is the classical argument, we see again the Ptolemaic sphere: perhaps it was classical also in the way that the European mind was classical, composing an art and an architecture of elegant and rational balance—so that Buache must have not merely a southern continent, but ice debouching from its rivers through gulfs such as those he designated in the northern hemisphere. De Brosses shows a curious
<pb xml:id="n141" n="120"/>
parallelism with the so different Campbell: he too wishes to see the founding of a colony on land already known, as a centre for commerce and a base for exploration, close to the New Jerusalem of Quiros; but a colony unlike Campbell's, one to which beggars, orphans and criminals might be transported, where in its pure air they might slough off vice and rise to heights of mature and noble virtue. Almost we see, rising above some busy port, a statue—not perhaps of Liberty, but at least of Perfectibility. The strain of eighteenth-century benevolence is clear. Would such settlement mean expense? The expense of conquering one little ravaged province of Europe would be a hundred times greater.</p>
        <p>On this the war, with all its ravaged provinces, was the harsh commentary. After it was over, a Scotsman, John Callander, in his <hi rend="i">Terra Australis Cognita</hi><note xml:id="fn1-120" n="1"><p>Callander's production appeared in three volumes in Edinburgh, 1766–8. He plundered other books besides de Brosses; see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, lxxxi-lxxxiii.</p></note> even snatched the volumes of de Brasses, and gave his argument a fiercely British twist. Callander was a little cautious about the <hi rend="i">Terra australis incognita</hi>: some wise and knowing people, he conceded, took it to be merely a chimera. Yet one should not be too hasty, too peremptory: it might exist, and for the sake of science and of navigation be extremely worth the finding. Such, it appears, must have been a popular view. The volumes of voyages had done their work. Twenty years later the first biographer of Cook looked back and fully remembered ‘how much his imagination was captivated, in the more early part of his life, with the hypothesis of a southern continent. He has often dwelt upon it with rapture, and been highly delighted with the authors who contended for its existence, and displayed the mighty consequences which would result from its being discovered.’<note xml:id="fn2-120" n="2"><p>Kippis, 184.</p></note> Of these authors, the principal one in England, who seems to have felt a rapture himself, was <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>, and to Dalrymple we must now return.</p>
        <p>Dalrymple regarded himself as a scientific specialist. Trade, which he was so much interested in stimulating in the East Indies, in the South Seas had little interest for him; he gave his attention to a particular sort of voyage, with one single object. His researches had yielded the harvest that he brought out in two volumes in 1770 and 1771 as <hi rend="i">A Historical Collection of Voyages… in the South Pacific Ocean</hi>, the first devoted to Spanish voyages, the second to Dutch. This was a valuable work. Its argumentative part he had already printed in 1767 in <hi rend="i">An Account of the Discoveries made in the South Pacific Ocean, Previous to 1764</hi>—previous to 1764, presumably, because that was
<pb xml:id="n142" n="121"/>
the year in which the first of a new series of voyages, British ones, began. Trade, certainly, was not to be despised, but why should Britain be concerned so much over the trade of her American colonies, with a population of some two million, compared to the probably more than 50 millions of the Southern Continent?—a continent that in the latitude of 40° stretched over 4596 geographic, or 5323 statute miles, ca greater extent than the whole cieilised part of Asia, from Turkey, to the eastern extremity of China. There is at present no trade from Europe thither, though the scraps from this table would be sufficient to maintain the power, dominion, and sovereignty of Britain, by employing all its manufactures and ships.’<note xml:id="fn1-121" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Historical Collection</hi>, I, xxviii-xxix.</p></note> Magnificent vision! Dalrymple's proofs are both ‘philosophical’ and historical, as well from the analogy of nature, as from the deduction of past discoveries.’ The ‘analogy of nature’ is the argument from counterpoise: the quantity of land in the northern hemisphere implied the ‘probable conjecture’, the seeming necessity, of a like quantity in the southern, a conformity of hemispheres. Then ‘it rests to shew, from the nature of the winds in the South Pacific Ocean, that there <hi rend="i">must</hi> be a <hi rend="i">Continent</hi> on the <hi rend="i">south</hi>’. He shows this. He introduces an ingenious argument from the existence of ‘<hi rend="i">fair-haired</hi> people’ in the islands, a fact ‘entirely contrary to the common circumstance within the tropic’.<note xml:id="fn2-121" n="2"><p>ibid., 12 ff. after 124. This odd argument is perhaps founded on something that Cook himself was later to observe, the penchant of a number of islanders for bleaching their hair with a plaster of clay.</p></note> He registers all the past ‘sightings’ of land, from latitude 64° to 40°: ‘…. It cannot be doubted from so many concurrent testimonies, that the Southern Continent has been already <hi rend="i">discovered</hi> on the east side; and it appears more than probable, that Tasman's discovery, which he named Staat's Land, but which is in the maps called New Zealand, is the <hi rend="i">western</hi> coast of this <hi rend="i">Continent</hi>…. The north of this <hi rend="i">vast Continent</hi> appears to be hitherto undiscovered…. Although the <hi rend="i">signs of land</hi> seen by Roggevein, previous to the discovery of Easter Island, denote the vicinity of the <hi rend="i">continent</hi>, it is from his description of <hi rend="i">that</hi> island we are enabled to form some idea of the adjacent <hi rend="i">Continent</hi>; no voyage hitherto performed, points out so strongly the <hi rend="i">original</hi> of the Peruvian manners and religion.’<note xml:id="fn3-121" n="3"><p>ibid., xx.</p></note> He proceeds to examine the conduct and courses of the explorers: of Quiros he cannot speak too highly; of Roggeveen, who ignored obvious signs of the continent, he frankly disapproves. He makes it plain that what is needed is a Hero, a Columbus or Magellan, a man of the nobler virtues that flourished in that elder time, one in whom stands forth ‘a <hi rend="i">sublimity</hi> of <hi rend="i">conception</hi>, followed by
<pb xml:id="n143" n="122"/>
<hi rend="i">dauntless</hi> and <hi rend="i">perseverant resolution</hi>… .’ Much was still within the power of men, ‘rather <hi rend="i">emulous</hi> of the glorious spirit of <hi rend="i">that age</hi>, than <hi rend="i">devoted</hi> to the mercenary, or indolent disposition of <hi rend="i">the present</hi>’;<note xml:id="fn1-122" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Historical Collection</hi>, I, xvii-xviii.</p></note> and so on. With a large effort of imagination, one may be able to step back to the year 1767 and read all these words anew. Is one communing with a new Hakluyt or merely participating in a vast and shining day-dream? Day-dream—one can hardly avoid the ultimate conviction—it is, wherein the Hero, the companion in history of heroes, is <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>. We can now understand the terms of employment that he laid down to <name type="person" key="name-401763">Adam Smith</name>, and <name type="person" key="name-401763">Adam Smith</name> transmitted to Lord Shelburne; and understand his willingness to serve the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, without much interest in the Society's grand design.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile, even before Dalrymple returned from the East, the British Government had shown itself not quite immune to ideas of Pacific discovery. As long ago as 1749, just after an earlier war, Anson had persuaded his colleagues on the Admiralty to prepare an expedition, and only protests from the agitated Spaniards had prevented it from sailing; and a strain in Anson's strategic thought, the acquisition of the Falkland Islands as the key to the Pacific, had been transmitted to Lord Egmont, First Lord of the Admiralty from 1763 to 1776. Egmont was interested in the continent, wherever it might lie; he was also interested in a grand conception of oceanic control, not merely through control of the Magellanic entrance, the southern, but also through that of a northern passage—the North-West Passage, in fact, in which, despite all failures to find it, there were still devout believers. 70 control both those entrances would give, obviously a strategic command superior to anything else that could exist. Hence the despatch in June 1764 of the first post-war expedition, that of Commodore the <name type="person" key="name-150151">Hon. John Byron</name>, the two ships <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> and <hi rend="i">Tamar</hi>, instructed to examine not the south Pacific but the south Atlantic—any continental mass that might exist ‘within Latitudes convenient for navigation and in the Climates adapted to the Produce of Commodities usefull in Commerce’, the Falkland Islands, and a ‘Pepys Islands alleged to lie in the Atlantic somewhere east of the Falklands; having done which, they were to pass into the Pacific and up to Drake's New Albion, about latitude 380 on the North American coast, examining that coast closely as far northward as possible for a passage through the land, returning through it to England if it existed; if passage there was none, they were to make
<pb xml:id="n144" n="123"/>
for China or the Dutch East Indies, returning by way of the Gape of Good Hope.<note xml:id="fn1-123" n="1"><p>Byron's instructions are entered in P.R.O., Adm 2/1339; their policy is examined in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, Ixxxiv-lxxxvi.</p></note> Byron found nothing in the Atlantic beyond the Falk-lands which he formally annexed for his monarch, charting the northern coast before he sailed into the Strait of Magellan. Here he decided that his ship would not withstand the voyage to New Albion, decided instead to run straight across the Pacific in the hope of finding the Solomons; picked up a few small islands, quite missed the Solomons, and reached England in May 1766 with one resounding story, that of the huge men and women of Patagonia, who had made the British sailors interviewing them seem such pygmies. When the Spanish ambassador enquired of the Duke of Richmond, the secretary of state, what Byron had been looking for, the agreeable nobleman could thus reply, with perfect truth though an economy of it, ‘giants'. Lord Egmont, having made sure, as he thought, of the Falklands, could now turn his attention to the continent in the Pacific. He just had time, before he relinquished office, to send out the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> again, in August 1766, under the command of <name type="person" key="name-150152">Captain Samuel Wallis</name>, to look for this—to quote Wallis's instructions, ‘Land or Islands of Great extent, hitherto unvisited by any European Power… between Cape Horn and New Zeeland’, which he should find by stretching to the westward from the-Horn for about 100 or 120 degrees of longitude, ‘losing as little Southing as possible’.<note xml:id="fn2-123" n="2"><p>Wallis's instructions also are in WfLO., Adm 2/1332; and see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, xc ff.</p></note></p>
        <p>There were in France, at the same time, ambitions nourished not dissimilar to those so freely fed in England, though the merchants of France seem to have been less concerned than were individual patriots, administrators, or adventurers. De Brosses had his influence. The Falklands stretched a beckoning-strategic hand. There was Bouvet's cape. There were Frenchmen anxious for a continent that would provide a secure port of call for their ships on the long passage to India, there was a French obsession with spiceries, wherein a Pacific settlement might snatch a world-trade from the Dutch, there was a natural French, rivalry with the British—why should unimpeded Albion monopolise all the profits of that to-be-discovered hemisphere? The French contemporary of Byron and Wallis is Bougainville, aristocratic, brilliant, a fellow of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, the military comrade-in-arms of Montcalm, the disciple of de Brosses, anxious to spend himself and his estate on compensating France abroad for her lost American empire.<note xml:id="fn3-123" n="3"><p>Bougainville can be quite fully studied in J. E. Martin-Allanic, <hi rend="i">Bougainville navigateur et les découvertes de son temps</hi> (2 vols., Paris, 1964.).</p></note> When Byron surveyed the
<pb xml:id="n145" n="124"/>
north coast of the Falklands there was already a French settlement on the south coast founded by Bougainville. When Spain insisted that neither British nor French would be allowed there she indemnified him both by a money payment and by permission to make a Pacific voyage, which would put de Brosses to the test. When Wallis was entering the ocean Bougainville was at the Falklands handing over his colony. He was nine months behind Wallis on his Pacific traverse, but he made a famous voyage, he installed the French presence, and the astronomer with him, <name type="person" key="name-150235">Pierre Antoine Veron</name>, by his use of lunar observations, established the longitude of the Philippine Islands,—and thus, for the first time, the width of the ocean.</p>
        <p>All this was quite distinct from the astronomical ambitions of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> or the Academy of Sciences in Paris. Yet Dr Hornsby in 1765 had seen the possible connection between discovery, or even a settlement made by a commercial nation in the Pacific ocean, and the needs of science. The connection now became very clear. The Royal Society had been actively prosecuting its idea of a South Sea observation of the Transit of Venus. This entailed getting observers to the South Sea, which entailed the expenditure of money. The Royal Society had no money. In February 1768, therefore, the Council as its next step prepared a memorial to its patron, a document nicely calculated to appeal to a patriot king. It pointed out the importance of accurate observation for the improvement of Astronomy, ‘on which Navigation so much depends’. It pointed out that ‘several of the Great Powers in Europe, particularly the French, Spaniards, Danes and Swedes are making the proper dispositions for the Observation thereof: and the Empress of Russia has given directions for having the same observed in many different places of her extensive Dominions… . That the British Nation have been justly celebrated in the learned world, for their knowledge of Astronomy, in which they are inferior to no Nation upon Earth, Ancient or Modern; and it would cast dishonour upon them should they neglect to have correct observations made of this important phenomenon.’ The places proper for observing were detailed. The expense would amount to about £4000, ‘exclusive of the expense of the ships which must convey and return the Observers that are to be sent to the Southward of the Equinoctial Line and to the North Cape’. The Society's annual income was scarcely sufficient to carry on its necessary business. ‘The Memorialists, attentive to the true end for which they were founded by Your Majesty's Royal Predecessor, The Improvement of Natural Knowledge, conceived it to be their duty
<pb xml:id="n146" n="125"/>
to lay their sentiments before Your Majesty with all humility, and submit the same to Your Majesty's Royal Consideration.’<note xml:id="fn1-125" n="1"><p>R.S. Council Minutes, 15 February 1768.</p></note></p>
        <p>His Majesty, well disposed, granted the Society £4000, ‘clear of fees’. As this was additional to the ship and its company, to be provided by the Admiralty, one must allow that the British Grown was doing its duty by science. It appears that the Council was still naive enough to assume that Dalrymple would be appointed commander of the ship. The matter was clarified at a Council meeting of 3 April. A letter from the Admiralty, first, announced the purchase of a ship, ‘a Cat of 370 tons’, for the expedition, and enquired who was to go and what instructions the Society wanted given to her commander.<note xml:id="fn2-125" n="2"><p>Admiralty secretary to <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, 1 April 1768, Adm 2/541.</p></note> Secondly, the president repotted that he had recommended Mr, Dalrymple to the Lords as commander, and had been told that such an appointment would be ‘totally repugnant to the rules of the Navy’. Indeed the First Lord, <name type="person" key="name-400658">Sir Edward Hawke</name>, either at this interview or at some other time, said roundly that he would suffer his right hand to be cut off rather than sign such another commission as had gone to Halley in the <hi rend="i">Paramour</hi> pink in 1698—a civilian in command of a naval vessel on a scientific voyage, whose difficulties with his officers had been painful;<note xml:id="fn3-125" n="3"><p>Kippis, 16, makes the defecate comment that Hawke ‘possessed more of the spirit of his profession that either of education or science’.</p></note> or, he might have added, as had gone at the same time to Dampier, who was at least a professional sailor. Dalrymple himself had foreseen the difficulty. He thought it could be solved by his appointing all the ship's officers himself. This was a staggering naivety, if the navy were to be concerned at all; and who was Dalrymple, with his two or three years in the schooner <hi rend="i">Cuddalore</hi>, sailed by Captain Baker, and his longest ocean passage of nineteen days, to suggest—let alone insist—that he should have the command of a voyage to the Pacific Ocean The answer of course is that Dalrymple was a man with a mission, and that he did not conceive his mission to be limited to observing the transit of Venus. On this same 3 April he attended on the Council; he was told of the Admiralty sentiment; and, quite consistently and finally, he declined the voyage.<note xml:id="fn4-125" n="4"><p>Dalrymple, in his later reminiscences, says that offers were made to him ‘that the instructions for the voyage should be entrusted to him, and the Officer commanding the vessel be positively ordered to follow his opinion, on the compliance with which his promotion was to depend’; but Dalrymple still refused to go, since his <hi rend="i">Cuddalore</hi> experience had taught him ‘that a divided command was incompatible with the public service in such voyages.’—‘Memoirs of <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>’, <hi rend="i">European Magazine</hi>, 42 (1802), 325. It is hard to know what to make of this, except that it is meat unlikely that the Admiralty or anyone connected with it, would have made the ‘offers’ he refers to. He may have been referring to his discussions with the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>.</p></note> The Council
<pb xml:id="n147" n="126"/>
was prepared to be philosophic; it resolved to think of someone else.</p>
        <p>All this is traditionally considered part of the biography of Cook. The history of Pacific exploration is part of the biography of Cook; the fact that Cook became an observer of the Transit is part of his biography; the fact that Dalrymple became a sort of natural and perpetual critic of Cook's proceedings is perhaps part of the biography of Cook, though much more of that of Dalrymple. In relation to Cook's command of the Transit voyage, however, Dalrymple's cultivation of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, Dalrymple's vision of himself as the new Columbus, Dalrymple's conditions of command, were quite irrelevant. To the Lords of the Admiralty Dalrymple was irrelevant. For Cook, in due course, his geographical learning was both relevant and important, even though Cook was forced into becoming the most destructive critic of Dalrymple. It is difficult not to see. them as antagonists. But in 1768 there was not the slightest question of rivalry. So far as we can see from the documents, the Admiralty, having bought a ship to carry the astronomers to the South Seas, some time between 5 April and 12 April decided to take Cook temporarily from the Newfoundland survey and appoint him to her command. We may ask, why Cook?—and answer with another question:—Considering Cook's capacities and equipment, and that the voyage was also to be a voyage of discovery, was not that the most natural thing in the world? This is to rely too heavily on hindsight. Cook's capacities as a marine surveyor were known, but no one was persuaded that he was one of the principal geniuses of the age. No one could put a finger on him, and say, Here is a great sailor, here is the greatest of discoverers by sea. We do not even know that at the moment when he was appointed, the Admiralty had decided to add discovery to the more limited scientific purpose of the voyage—though with a ship in the Pacific, a further attempt at discovery would seem logical enough. Wallis had not yet returned. Had he had any success? And as this ship was to be sent into the Pacific, a considerable voyage, was it not a little strange to select for her command a mere master, whose most important previous command had been a sixty-ton schooner, or brig, with a crew of twenty? Of his predecessors, Byron was a commodore, the second son of a nobleman, had commanded line-of-battle ships; Wallis was a post-captain of eight years seniority. There were plenty of meritorious and experienced half-pay officers who would have been glad of employment: it could not be said that Mr Cook was the only man in the market. Scientific leanings, however advantageous, were not strictly
<pb xml:id="n148" n="127"/>
necessary. It is possible, indeed, that to begin with the voyage did not rate very highly with the Lords of the Admiralty, as long as a naval officer of some sort was in charge of a naval vessel. It is possible that there were many commanders eligible. <name type="person" key="name-134356">Philip Stephens</name>, the secretary, solved the problem. A large part of his business was to know men. Certainly by now he knew Cook, and his knowledge was not confined to a paper acquaintance. He made the suggestion to the Lords; he referred them to Palliser for a supporting opinion. Palliser was prepared to lose his surveyor, glad to enlarge on his merits.<note xml:id="fn1-127" n="1"><p>Kippis, 17, note: ‘From the information of <name type="person" key="name-134356">Philip Stephens</name>, Esq: communicated by <name type="person" key="name-123818">Sir Joseph Banks</name>.’ We can probably rely on, this.</p></note> Mr Cook was appointed. It was a remarkable event indeed.</p>
        <p>We may look once more at its context, not merely naval. A voyage to the Pacific was a voyage to an ocean that had been criss-crossed repeatedly for two centuries—in certain directions only, and within certain limits. For certain persons it had always been the abode of an illimitable hope. As the eighteenth century moved on the hope was not less; the age of enlightenment had its own romance. But tike light that was growing was a clear one, dry, wide. It would dissipate the ancient hope. It would not destroy romance for the romantic. To say that in this decade of the 1760s science had taken control of geography and navigation would be absurd. None the less, we are at the beginning of an era in which a man gifted enough in practical ways could add the clarity of science to his own clarity of mind. For geography and navigation that meant a change of method and a change of hope.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n149" n="128"/>
      </div>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d11" type="section">
        <head>VI<lb/>
Preparations</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The ship</hi> for the command of which Cook had been selected, early in April 1768, was the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi> Just bought into the navy, she was not yet fitted out. More than one person later claimed the credit of selecting her: Dalrymple, springing to another conclusion, said he did so; Palliser, possibly the victim of defective memory, said that he and Cook did so. It is not likely that either claim could be justified.<note xml:id="fn1-128" n="1"><p>Dalrymple, in the memoir he wrote of himself, said that the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> appointed him to observe the Transit, and, ‘the Admiralty approving of his being employed for this service, as well as for prosecuting discoveries in that quarter, <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name> accompanied the Surveyor of the Navy to examine two vessels that were thought fit for the purpose.’—<hi rend="i">European Magazine</hi>, 42, 325. This statement is not entirely accurate otherwise. Palliser's claim is reported by Kippis, 17. The relevant documents (Admiralty, <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, Deptford Yard Officers) are calendared in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, I, 605–6.</p></note> The Admiralty took its first step as early as 5 March, when it ordered the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, the body concerned with supply and oversight of ships, ‘to propose a proper vessel’. The Navy Board proposed the <hi rend="i">Tryal</hi> sloop, lately taken into dock at Deptford for repair; she would need sheathing with wood or copper as a protection against the ship-worm, and would not be ready before the end of May, but there was no suitable vessel at home that could be sooner fitted. A sloop in naval parlance was any small vessel with a small number of guns; the <hi rend="i">Tryal</hi>, built in 1749, can-ied fourteen. The Admiralty agreed, with direction that the shipwrights should work overtime if necessary; and then had the idea that the Rose might be considered, because the ship should sail early in the spring. The <hi rend="i">Rose</hi> was a 24-gun frigate of 1740, even then ready to receive men. This was 10 March. The Navy Board replied eleven days later: the <hi rend="i">Rose</hi> was ‘the best there was at home in good condition’, but she, could not stow a sufficient quantity of provisions for the contemplated voyage; why not buy a cat-built vessel, which would be roomy enough? One of about 350 tons could be picked up in the Thames. Now a cat-built vessel, or cat, was exactly the east-coast collier, or her type, strongly built, of shallow draught, certainly without the lines or the speed of a frigate, as different from the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> of Byron and Wallis as could
<pb xml:id="n150" n="129"/>
be—and no doubt the sort of vessel Cook would have picked, if he had known anything about the sort of service he was to go on. Of that he certainly knew nothing. It was some years later, speaking of a ship for his second voyage, when he might, if he had been less of an honest man, have claimed some credit, that he wrote, ‘of all that was said and offered to the Admiralty's consideration on this subject as far as has come to my knowledge, what in my opinion was most to the purpose was suggested by the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>’.<note xml:id="fn1-129" n="1"><p>Draft introduction, to <hi rend="i">Voyage towards the South Pole</hi>, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>. F1.</p></note> The properties on which the Navy Board then laid stress were, briefly, strength and capacity. It does not seem that the Navy Board would have been less acute in 1768 when., precisely because of those properties (as Cook tells us) a particular vessel was chosen. If credit were due to him, he might, in all modesty, with the lightest of assertions, or even of implications, have said so. He does not. Who first had the heaven-sent idea—perhaps even some officer of the Deptford yard—is another of the things we do not know. Fortunately the Admiralty was receptive, and ordered the Board, informally, at once, leaving formality till later, to have two vessels surveyed which were then lying dose to Shadwell docks, the <hi rend="i">Valentine</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Earl of Pembroke</hi>, both about the suggested size. The Deptford yard officers acted with zeal, surveyed even a third vessel, the <hi rend="i">Ann and Elizabeth</hi>; and on 27 March reported in favour of the second-named.</p>
        <p>She was bought. ‘The <hi rend="i">Earl of Pembroke</hi>,’ ran the Yard report, ‘Mr Thos. Milner, owner, was built at Whitby, her age three years nine months, square stern back, single bottom, mil built and comes nearest to the tonnage mentioned in your warrant and not so old by fourteen months, is a promising ship for sailing of this kind and fit to stow provisions and stores as may be put on board her.’<note xml:id="fn2-129" n="2"><p>Deptford Yard Officers to Navy Bond, 97 March 1768, Adm 106/3315.</p></note> She was not large: 106 feet long overall, 97 feet 7 inches on her lower deck, an. inch short of her gun or upper deck; of extreme breadth 29 feet 3 inches; the length of her forecastle 18 feet 8 inches, only 4 feet 4 inches longer than her great cabin; her burthen in tons 368 7/8 1/4. Fully laden, she drew about 14 feet. She came from the yard of the redoubtable builders Messrs Fishburn: the scene of her building is now covered by different yards, those of British Railways. She was exactly the vessel the Navy Board had desiderated: her value, said the report, was £2307 5s 6d, of which £2212 15s 6d stood for her hull, and £94 1 os for her masts and yards. The Board paid £2800.</p>
        <p>Even an excellently built, comparatively new collier had to go into dock; and by the time the work on her was done and all hope of a
<pb xml:id="n151" n="130"/>
departure early in the spring long lost there may have been those who looked back with some regret to the <hi rend="i">Tryal</hi> sloop. How was the ship to be fitted?—the Navy Board enquired on 29 March, in reporting the purchase to the Admiralty. By what name was she to be known? She was to be ‘sheathed, filled, and fitted in all respects proper’ for the service she was to be engaged on, replied the Admiralty on 5 April, to receive six carriage guns of four pounds each and eight swivel guns, and to be registered on the list of the <name key="name-003205" type="organisation">Royal Navy</name> as a Bark, by the name of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>.<note xml:id="fn1-130" n="1"><p>Admiralty to Navy Board, 5 April 1768, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/A/2606; entered Adm 2/237.</p></note> So do that famous vessel, and that famous name, come into the history of exploration. We have, in the extant records and plans—her sheer draught, her deck plans, as well as journal references—as detailed evidence as we can wish on the state of the ship and the alterations made to fit her for her mission; there is no ship we can know more exactly than this one. She was taken from ‘Mr Bird's Ways’ on the last day of March and docked at Deptford on 2 April, and the carpenters began immediately the orders reached them. ‘Sheathing and falling’ entailed the addition of another skin, outside her planks, of thinner boards, over a lining of tarred felt; and to give further protection from the ‘worm’, the ruinous <hi rend="i">Teredo navalis</hi> of tropical seas, the sheathing was filled with nails with large flat heads. Unlike the experimental <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was not sheathed with copper, which presented a problem in repair far from home and had led to corrosion of ironwork. On 18 April the Yard officers were reporting that several of the masts and yards were defective, reducing their value to £56 17s; in the end practically all these had to be renewed. Next day, for ‘quicker dispatch’, they proposed that certain joiners' work should be done ‘by task’; on the 25th they announced that the ship would be ready to receive men the following week. Then, though matters had been pushed so hard for a month, came a severe interruption. An anonymous fragment of journal tells, us something: ‘The Ship had been bought into the Service and an order from the Admiralty directed that she should be fitted for the intended Service with the greatest dispatch—Every other business in the Dockyard was laid aside till this order was fulfilled—But she was suffered to lay in the Dock during three weeks afterwards of very hot weather and receivM much damage from it—the Expedition seemed now to be totally forgot; owing it was thought to the tumults and riots of the Seamen in the River….’<note xml:id="fn2-130" n="2"><p>ATL, Miscellaneous material relating to Cook's voyages.</p></note> Tumults and riots there were in plenty in that violent century, and from January to August 1768 there was a
<pb xml:id="n152" n="131"/>
spate of mass-meetings and petitions among not merely sailors, but coalheavers, the Spitaifields weavers and other sections of the depressed, mainly because of low and reduced wages in face of high prices for food. At the beginning of May seamen left their ships, vessels were unrigged and the quieter spirits among their crews carried off, and the Thames waterside was plastered with bills announcing that the men would not work till their wages were raised. We have no specific mention of the Deptford yards, but they can hardly have been unaffected, and it was not until 18 May that the Yard officers reported that the ship was out of dry dock—where no doubt her seams had opened in the heat—and into the Basin.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile, at the beginning of April, as we have seen, the Admiralty had communicated with the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, Dalrymple had made his great refusal, the Society was looking round for a second observer—for it already had Mr Green, though it was not inclined to accept Mr Green's terms of £300 per annum—the Admiralty had decided to appoint Cook to the command, and for some weeks after 12 April Cook disappears from the records. Very possibly, in view of the length of the voyage that awaited him, he was on leave, and his Elizabeth could make the most of his presence at Mile End. He comes back at a council meeting of the Society on 5 May. The Society had been informed that he was to be the commander and would be a competent observer; no doubt Dr Bevis, if no one else, pointed out that he had already appeared in the <hi rend="i">Transactions</hi>; he was introduced by Captain John Campbeil and agreed to accept the office in return for £120 a year for victualling himself and the other observer (an agreeable addition to naval rations) and whatever gratuity the Society should think fit. At the same meeting Mr Green, an astronomer by profession, agreed to accept a fee of 200 guineas for the voyage, and 100 guineas a year if it lasted more than two years.<note xml:id="fn1-131" n="1"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, 5 May 1768.</p></note> At the meeting of 19 May Cook attended again, and agreed to his own gratuity of one hundred guineas.<note xml:id="fn2-131" n="2"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, 19 May 1768.</p></note> The Society could do without Dalrymple. The day after that the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, <name type="person" key="name-150152">Captain Samuel Wallis</name>, anchored in the Downs at the end of her second circumnavigation. It was not long before the elements of her story got about.</p>
        <p>Wallis, though a good commander, was not a gifted explorer, and for a large part of the time that he was in the South Seas he had the ill hick to suffer from sickness; but he had one piece of amazing good luck in discovery which would mark out his voyage forever, and was
<pb xml:id="n153" n="132"/>
of the utmost significance, not for that voyage alone, nor alone for the great voyages that succeeded it, but for the whole history of the western mind. That discovery came about half way through his voyage. He had sailed from England in August 1766 with two vessels besides the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>: a sloop misnamed the <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi>, so aged, badly fitted out and painfully slow that her commander, <name type="person" key="name-150153">Philip Carteret</name>, could hardly believe her intended to make the whole voyage, and a store-ship which was in fact designed to return from the Strait of Magellan. She did so while the <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi> followed the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> in a four months' passage of the Strait which was one of the longest and most agonising on record. At the western entrance, as difficult weather blew up, they parted company—the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> into the ocean, the <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi> forced back into the Strait. They did not meet again. Wallis's instructions were to look for the continent west of Gape Horn, where he might pick up its coast in longitude 100° or 120° W; having found it, he might return round the Horn, or if driven too far north, by way of the East Indies. If he had not found it, he was to search north-west to latitude 20° S, and then refit in China or the East Indies for his homeward passage. The writers of instructions were all too hopeful of making a westing from the Horn or the Strait, and by the time Wallis, driven north-west from the start, crossed the hundredth meridian he was at about latitude 38°. Early June brought him into the Tuamotus, slightly north of 20°, a succession of atolls and islets he named with proper feeling after the royal dukes—until, on the 18th of the month, he came to an island such as dreams and enchantments are made of, real land though it was: an island of long beaches and lofty mountains, romantic in the pure ocean air, of noble trees and deep valleys, of bright falling waters. Man in his cool dwellings there was not vile—after one skirmish with a large canoe fleet in the bay where the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> anchored—nor woman neither; welcoming and tender were the brown beautiful girls, with tattoed thighs and chaplets of sweet-smelling flowers, though a little mercenary it is true—so that the ship almost fell to pieces as ardent spirits in her company wrenched out the nails that were the price of love. There was a Queen, one Oborea, all dignity, tall and strong, who lifted the ailing Wallis like a child over bad places in the road, yet wept when he announced his departure. Grief indeed was then general. There was abundance of food produced in a delightful climate; the climate itself almost made sick sailors well. This spot it was that Wallis called King George the Third's Island, annexing it to the dominions of that monarch, this bay of his anchorage Port Royal Bay. It was the island of Tahiti, famous name, the heart of
<pb xml:id="n154" n="133"/>
Polynesia: on the day that Wallis discovered it the knell of Polynesia began to sound.</p>
        <p>Five weeks later he departed westward. He picked up other islets in no way comparable to his great discovery, including the two northernmost of the Tongan archipelago, whence he changed course north-west, to refresh again at Tinian, one of the Marianas; he sailed round north of the Philippines, south to Batavia, refitted at the Gape, and brought home his news. Not merely did that news include the announcement of King George's Island, but also an exact position for it, astronomically ascertained at Port Royal Bay by <name type="person" key="name-150174">John Harrison</name>, the purser of the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>—latitude 17° 30′ S, longitude 150° W. This unusual purser had arrived at the longitude by—to use bis qaptain's words—‘taking the Distance of the Sun from the Moon and Working it according to Dr Masculines Method which we did not understand.’<note xml:id="fn1-133" n="1"><p>ATL, note by Wallis in a copy of his journal, 20 August 1766.</p></note> The position was almost in the centre of the area prescribed by Maskelyne as the most favourable for observations of the Transit of Venus south of the line; and, as a place of observation, it would not have to be rediscovered before it could be utilised, as the Marquesas or the islands of Rotterdam or Amsterdam would have to be. There was another piece of news brought by Wallis, not bruited abroad, and. of less interest at that moment to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, though it would have electrified Dalrymple—and perhaps, at that moment, have driven him almost mad with frustration. On the day Wallis had turned in to the actual Tahiti, some at least of his men were surd they saw to the south at sunset the mountain tops of the southern continent, ‘often talkd of, but neaver before seen by any Europeans.’<note xml:id="fn2-133" n="2"><p><name type="person" key="name-401852">George Robertson</name>, <hi rend="i">The Discovery of Tahiti</hi> (London, 1948), 135.</p></note> Perennial and brilliant visions!—those sunset continents on the vast Pacific horizon. But, though the Royal Society's interest was in worlds beyond this one, there were people besides Dalrymple who grasped at sailors' stories. In the journal kept by the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>'s master's mate some person from whom, the news could not be kept—perhaps Lord Egmont himself?—scribbled a note on Wallis's discoveries, not only those mentioned in this journal, ‘but others 20 leagues to the south of Georges Island, which are hitherto kept secret… . But Gapt Wallis and his First Lieutenant being both exceedingly ill when at George's Island, in an unknown part of the world, at this immense distance from any possible assistance, &amp; having only one single ship, it was too hazardous under these circumstances, to coast the Continent (which they had then actually in view) and afterwards thought most prudent on their return, not to
<pb xml:id="n155" n="134"/>
take notice that they had ever seen it at all.’<note xml:id="fn1-134" n="1"><p>B.M., Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 47106, quoted by Carriogton in Robertson, xxvii-xxviii.</p></note> The Admiralty, not with quite such faith, also took note; for obviously a voyage to the South Sea could have more than one purpose. However that might be, when the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> made known its desire to have the forthcoming expedition go to Tahiti there could hardly be a desire contrary: there lay the land.</p>
        <p>That was one necessary decision. There were earlier ones, as we have seen, on the command and naming of the ship, and her furnishing with stores and provisions (it is fairly clear that the Admiralty was thinking of a two years' voyage). The command: there was still a point to settle. Cook was to command, and in nautical parlance he would be the captain, but the captain of a ship might not necessarily be a captain in a navy list. This one was a master, taken only for the time being—so it seems—from the Newfoundland survey, and it may be that the Lords had no intention initially of giving him a higher rank; for a commission instead of a warrant might simply, on a long view, limit his usefulness. Why commission a man who was so exceedingly useful as a master, and one who—be it added—might very well lose and not gain income by the change? This seems to be the deduction from the remark that ‘It was once proposed that C. Cook should only have a Mate as the second in Command, with 35 Seamen’,<note xml:id="fn2-134" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, I, cxxvi.</p></note> which would even then have been about twice the complement of the ship as a North Sea collier. It was Mr Cook who waited on the Council of the Royal Society on 5 May. Discussion went on, raising the complement to seventy, which included forty able seamen—the Lords no doubt contemplated a considerable amount of disease and death—though no marines. Either for this reason of for some other it was decided to elevate the commander's rank: on 25 May it was ‘Resolved that <name type="person" key="name-207700">Mr James Cook</name> 2d be appointed first Lieutenant of the Endeavour Bark.’<note xml:id="fn3-134" n="3"><p>Admiralty Minutes, 25 May 1768, Adm 3/76.</p></note> He had caught up with Mr James Cook the first, lieutenant of the <hi rend="i">Gosport</hi>; that name-sake, however meritorious an officer, becomes merely a curiosity for a footnote. The new lieutenant was commissioned the same day, ‘required and directed to use the utmost dispatch in getting’ the ship ‘ready for the sea accordingly, and then falling down to Gallions Reach take in her guns and gunners’ stores at that place and proceed to the Nore for further orders.' He went to work with energy; orders and warrants and his own communications followed thick and fast. Another officer was immediately appointed, Mr Zachary
<pb xml:id="n156" n="135"/>
Hicks, promoted second lieutenant from acting lieutenant in a sloop, and no doubt had his hands full too.</p>
        <p>The supplies kept pouring into that capacious hold:<note xml:id="fn1-135" n="1"><p>The relevant documents are calendared in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, I, 610 ff.</p></note> twelve months of all species of provisions at whole allowance except beer, of which one month, and brandy in lieu of the remainder, for seventy men, for foreign service, water, eight tons of iron ballast, coals to be used as ballast, more iron ballast, additional stores and provisions as she could stow, mustard seed, a green baize floor cloth for the great cabin (Cook's request: ‘if there be not painted Canvas in store’, agreed the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>), four additional swivel guns, additional salt, one hundred gallons of arrack additional to the spirits already supplied, puncheons, hogsheads and barrels for wine and water, twenty cork jackets, stationery, ‘a Machine for sweetening foul water’, surgeon's necessaries. The admiralty and its sub-departments—Navy Board, Sick and Hurt Board, Victualling Board—were in an experimenting mood with provisions, and this sort of voyage gave an excellent opportunity to experiment. We are not to think that the original impulse to reform came from Cook. Scurvy, the great enemy, was known to be a dietary disease, and sailors enough knew pragmatically that fresh food would prevent or cure it. Yet how on some long passage without sight of land, how on some tedious blockade, with a ship's company half-starved at the very beginning to provide or simulate the fresh food that meant salvation simply because it broke the awful succession of salt beef, salt pork, salt fat, of ‘bread’—the hard-baked biscuit that yet was penetrable to every variety of noxious insect that haunted a ship—of dried pease, oil and vinegar? True, there were raisins and sugar, to go with the suet into the duff. Some hope was now being entertained of ‘sour krout’, the German <hi rend="i">stouerkraut</hi>, a preparation of fermented cabbage: a supply of two pounds per week forseventy men for twelve months was supplied, and Cook was to report to the Victualling Board on his return ‘how he had found the same to answer.’ He was given 1000 lb of ‘portable soup’, cakes of a sort of glue or meat essence, that could be boiled with pease or oatmeal on the three banyan or meatless days of the week Mondays, Wednesdays and Fridays, and would not anyhow spoil whatever nutritive value the pease and oatmeal had. There were robs of lemons and oranges, syrups preserved with sugar, the invaluable juices being deprived of their virtues in the boiling down process. There was a wort or decoction of malt held by the Irish physician <name type="person" key="name-404754">Dr David MacBride</name> to be ‘of great benefit to seamen in scorbutic and other putrid diseases’ (it is the Admiralty secretary writing), and
<pb xml:id="n157" n="136"/>
that was to be tried. Copies of Dr MacBride's <hi rend="i">Experimental Essays</hi>, which had reached a second edition in the previous year, were supplied also. Saloup, that popular drink, was thought worth taking. There was going to be a good deal of reporting to be done. Wallis's surgeon, John Hutchinson, was reporting already on some of these things. It is odd that the Admiralty could ignore so completely the work on citrus fruits of <name type="person" key="name-150150">Dr James Lind</name>, whose <hi rend="i">Treatise of the Scurvy</hi> of 1753 might have saved the lives of innumerable sailors. There is no indication that Cook ever heard of it. This again is odd, because Palliser, advised by Lind, had had striking experience of the value of lemon juice on a voyage to India and back in 1748, and a rob was no substitute for the fresh fruit. There was, of course, the difficulty of keeping the fruit in a fresh state.</p>
        <p>Cook himself with particularity applied for scientific instruments; and as he wrote out his applications at the Admiralty Office and received immediate replies from the secretary it appears that he was perfecting his technique of explaining on the spot what he wanted and losing no time over paper pleas. ‘In order to make surveys of such parts as His Majesty's Bark the Endeavour under my command may touch at, it will be necessary to be provided with a set of Instruments for that purpose.’<note xml:id="fn1-136" n="1"><p>Cook to Stephens, 8 July 1768, Adm 1/1609.</p></note> He is told by Stephens to buy them and send in the account, as once before. He wants a ‘Theodolite compleate’, a plane table, a brass scale two feet long, a double concave glass, a ‘Glass for traceing Plans from the light’, a parallel ruler, ‘A Pair of Proportional Compass's’, stationery and colours. They cost £48 10s.<note xml:id="fn2-136" n="2"><p>ibid., and Cook to Stephens, 20 July 1768, Adm 1/1609; Admiralty to Navy Board, 21 July 1768, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/A/2609, Adm 2/238.</p></note>Then there is a compass of a different sort: ‘Admiralty Office. Doctor Knight hath got an Azimuth Compass of an Improve'd construction which may prove to be of more general use than the old ones; please to move my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty to order the Endeavour Bark under my command to be supplyed with it.’<note xml:id="fn3-136" n="3"><p>Cook to Stephens, 25 July 1768, Adm 1/1609.</p></note> And a micrometer: ‘Admiralty Office. The Navy Board have been please'd to supply His Majesty's Bark the Endeavour under my command with the Reflecting Telescope that was on board the Grenville Schooner for makeing Astronomical Observations at Newfoundland; in order to make it of more general use I have got made a Micrometer for measuring the apparent magnitudes of the Heavenly Bodies, which will be of great service in the observation of the Transit [of] Vinus, the Bill for which I here inclose….’<note xml:id="fn4-136" n="4"><p>Cook to Stephens, 27 July 1768, Adm 1/1609. The micrometer cost £13 18s.—Admiralty Minutes, 27 July, Adm 3/76.</p></note>
<pb xml:id="n158" n="137"/>
The Lords made no difficulty. It was now almost the end of July, and the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> had long arranged for the instruments that it was providing: ‘2 Reflecting Telescopes of two feet focus, with a Dollond's micrometer to one of them and moveable wires for the other, now at Mr Shorts, 2 Wooden Stands for the Telescopes with polar axes, suited to the Equator… . An astronomical quadrant of one foot radius, made by Mr Bird… . An astronomical Clock and alarum Clock, now at the Royal Observatory. A Brass Hadley's sextant, bespoke by Mr Maskelyne of Mr Ramsden. A Barometer bespoke of Mr Ramsden. 1 Journeyman Clock, bespoke of Mr Shelton. 2 Thermometers of Mr Bird. 1 Stand for Bird's Quadrant, now at the house of the Society. A Dipping Needle, bespoke of Mr Ramsden.’<note xml:id="fn1-137" n="1"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, 5 May 1768, Vol. V, 315–16.</p></note> Dollond Short, Bird, Shelton, Ramsden—famous names; they are the great instrument-makers. The Astronomer Royal lent the Society an admirable watch of his own. A portable wood and canvas observatory, designed by Smeaton of the Eddystone lighthouse, was constructed, overseen by Maskelyne and Cook. In the products of technology the expedition could not have been better equipped.</p>
        <p>Then there was the miscellany of trifles for winning the friendship of islanders and carrying on trade with them—nails, mirrors, fishhooks, hatchets, red and blue beads, scissors, even a few dolls.</p>
        <p>An expedition is not merely a ship or technology or trade-goods, it is men. The men who served with Cook over the next ten or eleven years provide an interesting study in human nature and capacity, and some of those who joined the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> were with him till the end. Officers naturally stand out with more prominence, though now and again a ray of light makes vivid, for good or ill, one of the able seamen or other inhabitants of the vessel whom casual fate in that century picked up and turned into circumnavigators. Of Zachary Hicks, commissioned as second lieutenant, it would be agreeable to know more. He was a Londoner, born at Stepney in 1739, and carried on board the seeds of tuberculosis—how acquired we do not know, but it was a plague to which seamen were not immune. He entered the navy at Ripon, which is some distance from Stepney, whether as a volunteer or a pressed man, and when, again we do not know—probably not pressed, as the records refer to him as a midshipman; he was in sloops as A.B., master's mate, and acting lieutenant from 1766 to 1768, and in March of the latter year was given a lieutenant's pay, two months before his appointment to the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>
<pb xml:id="n159" n="138"/>
on 26 May. It was an appointment which he held for precisely three years. At the age of 29 it seems that he was experienced and mature, a good sailor and officer, a man with a good eye when it came to discriminating between land and cloud-banks, one of forethought and independent judgment. He was one of those men who take responsibility without the chance to shine, the men who look after the ship; obviously thoroughly equal to his duties. What else might have happened to him one cannot guess; for he was doomed. When July was two-thirds past, the Admiralty concluded that another lieutenant would be an advantage, and appointed John Gore. He comes before us in the end much more clearly than does Hicks, because in the end we see and read more of him. Certainly neither was a ready writer. Gore was—probably—in his late thirties. He was American-born, had gone to sea in 1755 and served for five years as a midshipman in larger vessels than Hicks's sloops, in the Atlantic, the West Indies and the Mediterranean. He was a master's mate in the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> under both Byron and Wallis, so that he knew already more about the Pacific and its islands than anybody else in the ship. Under Wallis he was one of the men who had taken over the chief responsibilities of the voyage, and he was indeed an excellent subordinate. He is a particular type of sailor—perhaps, if he were not an American, a particular type of Englishman; in eleven years more to be a captain through sheer force of survival, never an admiral; a man of commonsense, able practice, and ceaseless activity, without scientific learning, with some dogmatic fancies but no real imagination; a great sportsman who has gone after wild cattle on Tinian to provide fresh beef for the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, who will go after the wild duck in Tahiti, the kangaroo and the stingray in Australia; who is ready for any expedition into any country anywhere, of pleasure or of duty. A third man, quite different from these two, a lieutenant before the voyage was out, but for most of it indifferently A.B., midshipman or master's mate—the lines are indifferently drawn—was Charles Clerke. A farmer's son from Weathersfield in Essex, entering the navy in 1755 at the age of twelve, captain's servant and midshipman to be, he was now 25 and looking forward to a commission. A young fellow ripe for every sort of excitement, he was bound to be on the mizen-top of the <hi rend="i">Bellona</hi> when the mast was shot away in a celebrated action with the <hi rend="i">Courageux</hi> in 1761, bound to survive and crawl half-drowned up the chains. He too was in the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> with Byron, but served in the West Indies during Wallis's voyage. He had enough mathematical ability to become a good scientific navigator, and was a good observer of natural phenomena. Brave as well as experienced, he was also,
<pb xml:id="n160" n="139"/>
beneath a rattling exterior, a man with a profound sense of duty. What made him invaluable was his high spirits. Clerke was always cheerful, talkative, amusing, with some of the rollicking vices as well as the rollicking virtues; a generous spirit who made friends easily; tall, long-nosed, with an eye both roving and sparkling. He was with Cook on all the voyages; the development of his personality is remarkably interesting. The survival of a handful of his letters, in addition to his journals, gives one a certain sense of intimacy with him; it must be a difficult soul who, when all is over, does not feel some affection for him as well.</p>
        <p>Other men came with Gore from the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, joining their new ship after only three or four weeks on shore—<name type="person" key="name-134322">Robert Molyneux</name>, <name type="person" key="name-134491">Richard Pickersgill</name>, <name type="person" key="name-134498">Francis Wilkinson</name>. They were young, nevertheless the first two, who had both been master's mates, were good hands at drawing a chart, and were to add something to the surveying strength of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi> Molyneux became master, Pickersgill and Wilkinson his mates. Molyneux undoubtedly had intelligence, though Cook was never to trust him completely; he was, like so many of his fellows, intemperate with drink, which was a defect in a master. Wilkinson was to keep an unusually articulate journal. Pickersgill was the most interesting of the three. Another Yorkshire-man, not twenty when the voyage began, he ended it as master; a good observer, able and amiable, a natural romantic, a little oversensitive, a little given to the grandiose concept and the swelling word, yet a successful subordinate, he was to do good work for Cook. At some latter stage he also went down before intemperance; and then, taken away into independent command, was struck by disaster. The bottle played havoc with too many of these young men, and we have to remember again what century it was. <name type="person" key="name-134496">William Brougham Monkhouse</name>, the surgeon, was another, though here one may possibly overstate the addiction. A Cumberland man, not without professional merit, he had been surgeon in the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi> for some years from 1763, and thus had been on the Newfoundland station; he was literate and accurate in observation, and one regrets that only a small portion of his journal has survived. He had a conscientious surgeon's mate in <name type="person" key="name-160027">William Perry</name>, who was to earn Cook's high regard. Whether we shall regard midshipmen—the ‘young gentlemen’—as officers is a moot point. They were petty officers, and in due course they would be able to take their lieutenant's examination, and under Cook they would get a very good training indeed. They would have to serve a good deal of their time as able seamen, if they were old enough. If not, they got to know the sea, like Isaac Manley, aged 12, son of a
<pb xml:id="n161" n="140"/>
bencher of the Middle Temple, who appears first as the master's servant, is classed as a midshipman in February 1771, when vacancies exist; and long after his voyages with Cook becomes an admiral, and the last survivor of this voyage of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi> There are some more responsible and experienced young fellows, like <name type="person" key="name-401946">Jonathan Monkhouse</name>, the surgeon's brother; and Isaac Smith, Mrs Cook's cousin, aged 16, who had been for a season in the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi>, and now is a ‘very expert’ help in surveying; and there are some rather odd young fellows as well.</p>
        <p>There is not much that can be said collectively about the crew. It was a young crew: few of them had passed their thirtieth year, very few were as old as their captain. Few of them achieved any particular distinction, except of being black or parti-coloured, sheep; many got drunk, and stole liquor whenever they could; practically all went after women; a few tried to desert, more talked about deserting; some were rash, quarrelsome, disobedient or ‘mutinuous’—that is, they swore at the master; some were flogged. Granting the custom of flogging, and the regulations of the navy, they were not flogged excessively. Cook would have no scenes in the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> like those he had witnessed in Halifax harbour. We may regard it as a triumph of administration that in that overcrowded ship there were so few unpleasant scenes avoidable by any human agency. On the whole that crew was to win the captain's respect in most of the situations to which destiny had called them from their separate corners of England, Wales, Scotland and Ireland. There were two or three from farther afield, like James Maria Magra from New York, and Antonio Ponto from Venice, and John Dozey from ‘the Brazils’. The British navy took what it could get; Cook, on this voyage, took what he was given. He did struggle over one matter: that was the ship's cook (there were other cooks: the captain had a cook, the lieutenants had a cook). ‘Hon<hi rend="sup">ble</hi> Gentlemen,’ he expostulated to the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> on 13 June, ‘The man you have been pleased to appoint Cook of His Majestys Bark the Endeavour, is a lame infirm man, and incapable of doing his Duty without the assistance of others; and as he doth not seem to like his appointment, beg you will be pleased to appoint another.’<note xml:id="fn1-140" n="1"><p>Cook to Navy Board, 13 June 1768, Adm 106/1163.</p></note> The Board, at once agreeable, appointed John Thompson. Cook wrote again three days later, having inspected the newcomer: ‘as this man hath had the misfortune to loose his right hand, I am of opinion that he will be of little Service; and as I am very desirous of having no one on board but what is fully able to do their duty in their respective stations I hope the Board will not be displeased at my
<pb xml:id="n162" n="141"/>
objecting to this man also, and at the same time to recommend Jn° Pritchard to be appointed, who (tho' a Pensioner of the Chest at Chatham) is a very able Man.’<note xml:id="fn1-141" n="1"><p>Cook to Navy Board, 16 June 1768, Adm 106/1163; Navy Board to Cook, 17 June, <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>.</p></note> This suggestion the Board would not accept: there was no other ship for John Thompson. If the new lieutenant had cared to go back in history, he might have found an Admiralty order of 1704, calling on the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, in the future appointment of cooks, ‘to give the preference to such cripples and maimed persons as are pensioners of the chest on Chatham’;<note xml:id="fn2-141" n="2"><p>Michael Lewis, <hi rend="i">England's Sea-Officers</hi>, (London, 1948), 239.</p></note> but his candidate was too able. John Thompson seems to have been successful enough, or at least no worse than other cooks.</p>
        <p>At the beginning of August, the Admiralty, which had started off with a total complement of seventy, decided to raise it to 85, including a dozen marines—a sergeant, corporal, drummer, and nine privates. This meant more provisions; wonder and admiration grow at the infinite capacity of Messrs Fishburn's collier. Cook might have felt disconcerted at this, particularly since it was only twelve days since he had heard, officially, that he was to take a scientific party with him, as well as Mr Green and his servant; if so, he made no recorded sign. We may feel disconcerted ourselves, reading through the ship's muster-books, to find rising out of the <name key="name-160032" type="place">Pacific Ocean</name>, as it were, in April 1769 a <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> who becomes Hicks's servant, and then in September 1769 a Nathaniel Cook, A.B. In May 1771 the first becomes the servant of Clerke, on his promotion to third lieutenant, and the second becomes the carpenter's servant. Who were these two persons thus listed, without details of origin or age? They were the sons of <name type="person" key="name-207700">Lieutenant James Cook</name>, aged six years and five years respectively, and were then comfortably at home at 7 Assembly Row. Their names were on the ship's books ‘earning time’, so that, if they should enter the navy, they could sit their lieutenant's examination in the shortest period practically possible, irrespective of the letter of the regulations. This was chicanery, but accepted naval custom. It is interesting to see Cook ambitious for his family, interesting to see that his ambitions for his young sons were centred on the navy, and that he wanted them to be lieutenants before they were forty; interesting that for their advancement he was willing to follow the example of post-captains and admirals innumerable, in flagrant defiance of an act of parliament which threatened the penalty of permanent dismissal from the service.<note xml:id="fn3-141" n="3"><p>The Act was 22 Geo. II. Section XXXI reads, ‘Every Officer, or other Person in the Fleet, who shall knowingly make or sign a false Muster or Muster-book, or who shall command, counsel or procure the Making or Signing thereof, or who shall aid or abet any other Person in the Making or Signing thereof, shall, upon Proof of any such Offence being made before a Court-martial, be cashiered, and rendered incapable of further Employment in His Majesty's Naval Service.’</p></note></p>
        <pb xml:id="n163" n="142"/>
        <p>One comes to the civilians, and first to Mr Green, who has already appeared before the Council of the Royal Society, and may be regarded for practical purposes as a civilian.<note xml:id="fn1-142" n="1"><p><name type="person" key="name-134492">William Wales</name>, the astronomer of the second voyage, contributed a short memoir of Green, his brother-in-law, to Kippis, 176–8, note.</p></note> He was a Yorkshire farmer's son, born in 1735, who had become an accomplished astronomer; he had been assistant to two astronomers royal at Greenwich, Bradley and Bliss, and in Bliss's incumbency had done most of the work; in 1763 he made the voyage to Barbados with Maskelyne to test <name type="person" key="name-150174">John Harrison</name>'s chronometer. As a reward for his services then he had, on the recommendation of the Board of Longitude, been appointed a purser in the navy, in the fifth-rate <hi rend="i">Aurora.</hi> A purser was not incited, but was expected, to do better for himself than his pay would indicate. At Barbados he had fallen out with Maskelyne, who nevertheless had a high enough professional opinion of him to insist on his appointment by the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, and he was now granted leave of absence from his ship, ‘upon his finding a sufficient Deputy’—which he must have done. He was indefatigable in making and calculating from observations, because his functions went far beyond the stated one of observing the Transit, and he was a good teacher of others. He, alas, was another of those whose life was inadequately regulated, a matter which was to be remarked upon later. He, and Cook as observer, might be regarded as the ship's most important passengers—if we can separate Cook the Royal Society's man from Cook the captain. But the Royal Society was willing to do more for philosophical pursuits, at no expense to itself, than its duty to the Transit implied; and the consequence for Cook and for the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was <name type="person" key="name-123818">Mr Joseph Banks</name>. This implied a great deal.</p>
        <p>Mr Joseph Banks is the young gentleman we have already encountered so briefly in the harbour of St John's, two years before, at the end of his summer's holiday, in the <hi rend="i">Niger</hi>, about to attend the Governor's ball. He is now twenty-five years old, since 1766 a Fellow of the Royal Society, and bent on greater things in the way of travel. He is one of those fortunate beings, an eighteenth-century English landed proprietor, with an ample income that would continue to rise, partly, and largely, through his own good management of his estates, partly through family bequests. The issue of some generations of Lincolnshire land-owners, seated at Revesby Abbey
<pb xml:id="n164" n="143"/>
near Boston, men of a fair level of intelligence and public spirit, he had been educated both at Harrow and Eton, and then, almost, both at Oxford and Cambridge—for, finding no instruction at Oxford in the science of botany, he had made nothing of going over to Cambridge, picking up a botanist there, and bringing him back to lecture at Oxford. <name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks</name>'s love at this time—indeed, always one of his loves—was botany. He never became, he could never have become, a scholar in the ordinary sense. He remained, in terms of the eighteenth-century conventions, uneducated. A more intimate acquaintance with the classics would merely have dragged him from his own original passion, pursued as a child in the fields and lanes outside school, nourished on Gerard's <hi rend="i">Herbal</hi>, extended to the other phenomena of schoolboys' natural history, butterflies and beetles and shells, extended with time to all the branches of natural history; and his own original passion, as things turned out, was important for the the science of his time. Not Homer, not Virgil or Ovid, but Linnaeus was the god of his idolatry. A few semi-philosophical ideas he accumulated; but what he was really after was the detail of the natural world. There was no limit to Banks's curiosity, within limits—if one may put it in this way—laid down by himself. His father died when he was eighteen. He was virtually his own master from that time. As soon as he came of age he bought a house in London. His good looks, his charm, his enthusiasm, his interests, brought him excellent friends, from <name type="person" key="name-134358">John Montagu</name>, fourth Earl of Sandwich, his senior by twenty-five years, who had been First Lord of the Admiralty and was to be so again, to a wide circle of natural historians and antiquarians. It was no wonder that, instead of travelling in Europe and inspecting the ruins of Rome, he should elect to travel to Newfoundland with his friend <name type="person" key="name-170619">Lieutenant Constantine John Phipps</name> and inspect the works of Nature there, collecting plants and insects instead of dubious Old Masters and heavily-restored marbles. It was no wonder that, after his return and two or three tours of curiosity about England, he should think of a journey to Sweden to salute the great Linnaeus, even of one to Lapland in Linnaeus's footsteps. It was no wonder that, in a stroke of something like genius, he should discard this idea in favour of shipping himself in the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi> When he first put the notion to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> is uncertain, but quite early in April, even before the decision to appoint Cook had been made public, a friend seemed to think that his influence might be useful in the appointment of a midshipman.<note xml:id="fn1-143" n="1"><p>Thomas Pennant to Banks, 10 April 1768; <name type="person" key="name-401990">Warren R. Dawson</name>, <hi rend="i">The Banks Letters</hi> (London, 1958), 662.</p></note> A great deal seemed to be
<pb xml:id="n165" n="144"/>
assumed about Mr Banks, not least by Mr Banks himself. When, one asks in vain, was Cook first apprised of the plan? It was not put formally to the Admiralty till 9 June, by which time Banks had certainly made all his arrangements—except one. The Society's secretary, announcing the appointment of Green and Cook as observers, supplemented his letter thus:</p>
        <q><name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks Esq</name><hi rend="sup">r</hi> Fellow of this Society, a Gentleman of large fortune, who is well versed in natural history, being Desirous of undertaking the same voyage the Council very earnestly request their Lordships, that in regard to M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks's great personal merit, and for the Advancement of useful knowledge, He also, together with his Suite, being seven persons more, that is, eight persons in all, together with their baggage, be received on board of the Ship, under the Command of Captain Cook.<note xml:id="fn1-144" n="1"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, 9 June 1768.</p></note></q>
        <p>The Admiralty may have taken a little time to digest this, and perhaps consider it with Cook; for not till 22 July was Cook formally ordered to receive Green and his servant and baggage, and Banks and all his people and baggage, ‘bearing them as supernumeries for Victuals only, and Victualling them as the Barks Company during their Continuance on Board’.<note xml:id="fn2-144" n="2"><p>Stephens to Cook, 22 July 1768, Adm 2/94, <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>.</p></note> However great Mr Banks's personal merit, their Lordships had no thought of preferential treatment. It meant some rearrangement of cabin space, and lieutenants and warrant officers can not have been immediately pleased (the date was that on which the Admiralty announced the addition of a third lieutenant, with servant). Then there was the decision to add the marines. And then Banks wanted someone else, and got him. He got Dr Solander.</p>
        <p>Everybody liked Solander—Dr by courtesy, not right; how could a learned Swede not be Dr? Ten years older than Banks, five years younger than Cook, Daniel Carl (the second name assumed to distinguish him from another Daniel) Solander was one of the favourite pupils of Linnaeus, and when the London natural historians urged the master to send some one to England to spread the Linnaean gospel, he was the chosen man. He arrived in 1760. Acute and encyclopaedic in his knowledge, yet an ever-diligent and unostentatious student, modest, cheerful and friendly to all his acquaintance, his popularity among the scientists and the collectors was great. He was a sort of touchstone. He liked London. He refused to go to the St Petersburg Academy of Sciences as its professor of botany. London was charmed. In 1763 he became an assistant at the British Museum, organising the vast Sloane collection, and
<pb xml:id="n166" n="145"/>
in 1764 a Fellow of the Royal Society. It was about this time that Banks, just down from Oxford, got to know the brilliant and amiable man, and was introduced by him to a wider scientific world. Solander, not exactly the type of which heroes are made, had not chosen the role of ‘apostle’, as Linnaeus called the young men his students at Uppsala who went forth to study and collect in the far and perilous places of the world, the victims of pirates and plague, hunger, thirst and poverty, who every so often died on their travels—the young men in the Americas, the Atlas mountains and Palestine, the East Indies, China and Japan: unless it be apostleship to survey the Duchess of Portland's numerous cabinets and work at the British Museum. Nevertheless the role claimed him. This was the arrangement, if one's reading of the evidence is correct, that Banks had not made. It happened at dinner at the house of <name type="person" key="name-402304">Lady Anne Monson</name>, the daughter of an earl, and a hostess of standing. The conversation ran on about the intended voyage, Banks no doubt enlarging upon his own intentions; Solander took fire, leapt to his feet and proposed himself as a travelling companion. Banks was enraptured. Next day he talked the Admiralty into acquiescence. Solander was the only person of note who did not take a servant.</p>
        <p>Banks, as we have seen, took a ‘suite’: two artists, a secretary, four servants, and—for he was an Englishman—two dogs. The first of the artists was Sydney Parkinson, the young son of a Quaker brewer of Edinburgh. Apprenticed to a woollen-draper after his father's death, his talent for drawing would out, and he came to London, where his flowers and fruits attracted the attention of the natural historians. Banks employed him, had been going to take him on his abandoned northern journey, and found him an indispensable choice for this larger one, in which botanical investigation, he intended, would bulk so greatly. Parkinson was indeed to find much to do. His talent did not stop with the pencil or the brush; he was intelligent, highly observant, sensible, sensitive, serious, with ever-expanding interests in the new, so un-Quaker world where his life was now cast; a slight dark wisp of a young man, long-nosed, with long thin fingers, a rather prim little mouth; a young man of the highest moral standards. His fellow-draughtsman, <name type="person" key="name-400721">Alexander Buchan</name>, comes alive much less; pleasant, with some talent, but also an epileptic, whether Banks knew that at the outset of the voyage or not, and epileptic fits were no sort of equipment for a travelling artist. He was engaged to draw the figure and ‘landskip’. The secretary was <name type="person" key="name-131265">Herman Diedrich Spöring</name>, another Swede, in between Solander and Cook in age, the son of a professor of medicine at the University of Å in Finland; after
<pb xml:id="n167" n="146"/>
taking a course in surgery at Stockholm he had sought his fortune in London. He had not found it; he made his living for eleven years as a watchmaker, and was then employed for two years by Solander as a clerk.<note xml:id="fn1-146" n="1"><p>Solander to Linnaeus, 1 December 1768, in Arvid H. J. Uggla, ‘<name type="person" key="name-131254">Daniel Solander</name> och Linné’, in <hi rend="i">Svenska Linné-Sallskapets Arrskrift</hi>, xxxvii-xxxviii (1954-5), 64.</p></note> Here no doubt came first the link with Banks. Spöring had probably a leaning to natural history, like so many other men trained in medicine; his watch-maker's fingers were potentially very useful, while both his eye and his fingers made him a very useful supplementary draughtsman; ‘a grave thinking man’, as Banks called him, he was no mere copyist. The four servants were two countrymen from Banks's Lincolnshire estate, <name type="person" key="name-401898">James Roberts</name> and <name type="person" key="name-401998">Peter Briscoe</name>, and two negroes, Thomas Richmond and <name type="person" key="name-401839">George Dorlton</name>. And Banks's baggage was no trifle. What it was, in part, we get some indication of in a well-known, though not totally accurate, letter from the natural historian John Ellis to his admired correspondent Linnaeus. How delightful was scientific gossip! Banks and Solander, he writes, would collect all the natural curiosities of ‘the new discovered country in the South Sea’, and after the completion of the observations of the Transit,</p>
        <q>they are to proceed under the direction of Mr. Banks, by order of the Lords of the Admiralty, on further discoveries of the great Southern continent, and from thence proceed to England by the Cape of good Hope…. No people ever went to sea better fitted out for the purpose of Natural History, nor more elegantly. They have got a fine library of Natural History; they have all sorts of machines for catching and preserving insects; all kinds of nets, trawls, drags and hooks for coral fishing; they have even a curious contrivance of a telescope, by which, put into the water, you can see the bottom to a great depth, where it is clear. They have many cases of bottles with ground stoppers, of several sizes, to preserve animals in spirits. They have the several sorts of salt to surround the seeds; and wax, both beeswax and that of the <hi rend="i">Myrica</hi>; besides there are many people whose sole business it is to attend them for this very purpose. They have two painters and draughtsmen, several volunteers who have a tolerable notion of Natural History; in short Solander assured me this expedition would cost Mr. Banks ten thousand pounds.<note xml:id="fn2-146" n="2"><p>Ellis to Linnaeus, 19 August 1768; <name type="person" key="name-402013">J. E. Smith</name>, <hi rend="i">A Selection of the Correspondence of Linnaeus, and other Naturalists</hi> (London, 1821), I, 230–2.</p></note></q>
        <p>‘All this’, concluded Ellis, ‘is owing to you and your writings.’ That may be true. It is fairly clear that Banks, however lavish he was in expenditure over equipment—and one could easily add to the list that Ellis gives—could not have spent £10,000. It is quite clear that neither the Admiralty nor Cook had the idea that any part of
<pb xml:id="n168" n="147"/>
the voyage should be conducted under the direction of Mr Banks. It is interesting to note however that some part, at least, of the scientific world was already impressed with an elevated opinion of the part that Banks was supposed to play in it. Perhaps because of this was he able to take with him something he could not buy, an addition to the useful small library of voyages and travels with which the ship was already endowed. This was a copy of Dalrymple's pamphlet of 1767, with its map of Pacific discoveries pricked with explorers' tracks, presented to him by the author; and perhaps Dalrymple felt able to give it to him as one fellow of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> to another, when Cook, as a recipient, would have been altogether ruled out. It is obvious that a great deal of the happiness of the voyage would depend on the relations that developed between the civilians thus embarked and the sailors whom they dispossessed of their quarters—and, in particular, between the gentleman of large fortune and large assumption of his rights, and Cook, the master so recently given his first commission, in social standing so remarkably below this new and surprising shipmate. It would have occurred to no seaman that the presence of Banks could be a positive advantage.</p>
        <p>There was also among the ship's company a goat. This animal had already contributed to Pacific history. Sailing in the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> with Wallis, on the first morning at Tahiti she had cleared the deck of all visitors by butting one of them unexpectedly on the behind. She had supplied milk for the officers, and this was to be her function again.</p>
        <p>On 30 July the Lords of the Admiralty signed Cook's instructions.<note xml:id="fn1-147" n="1"><p>Cook's original copy of his instructions has disappeared. They were regarded as lost until the 1920's when they were found in the Public Record Office, Adm 2/1332, with other ‘secret’ instructions of the period. They were first printed in the Navy Records. Society's <hi rend="i">Naval Miscellany</hi>, III (1928), 343–50. Another copy was found in <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>. In the <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> they will be found in I, cclxxix-cclxxxiv.</p></note> They were denoted secret. They were in two parts. The first part pertained to the passage to King George's Island and the observation of the Transit. Cook, then in Gallions Reach, was to put in at Plymouth, where his men were to be paid two months' wages in advance. After sailing he was to call first at Madeira, to take in wine; having done so, he was to ‘proceed round Cape Horn to Port Royal Harbour in King Georges Island’, touching if he thought necessary on the coast of Brazil or at Port Egmont, the British settlement in the Falklands, for water and refreshments. The plan to go round the Horn, no doubt, was the result of the fearful passage of the Strait of Magellan that Wallis had had, though the previous naval expedition
<pb xml:id="n169" n="148"/>
to venture the Horn, Anson's, had been shattered in the process: what knowledge there was of the winds was reflected in the injunction to stand well to the southward (Anson's advice),<note xml:id="fn1-148" n="1"><p>Chapter IX of Anson's <hi rend="i">Voyage</hi> is devoted to ‘Observations and directions for facilitating the passage of our future Cruisers round Cape Horn’. By standing a good distance south, argued Anson, ‘in all probability the violence of the currents will be hereby avoided, and the weather will prove less tempestuous and uncertain’.</p></note> in order to make a good westing, but to fall into the parallel of the island at least 120 leagues to the eastward of it. The ship would arrive at Tahiti a month or six weeks before the critical date, 3 June, to allow of proper preparations. Cook received copies of the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> surveys, plans and ‘views’; and he was to record all the additional things of the sort he could. He was ‘to endeavour by all proper means to cultivate a friendship with the Natives, presenting them such Trifles as may be acceptable to them, exchanging with them for Provisions (of which there is great Plenty) such of the Merchandize you have been directed to Provide, as they may value, and shewing them every kind of Civility and regard. But as Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Wallis has represented the Island to be very populous, and the Natives (as well there as at the other Islands which he visited) to be rather treacherous than otherwise you are to be Cautious not to let yourself be surprized by them, but to be Constantly on your guard against any accident.’ If he was not able to make a landing, he was to find some other place for the observation within the limits of latitude and longitude laid down by the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>. ‘When this Service is perform'd you are to put to Sea without Loss of Time, and carry into execution the Additional Instructions contained in the inclosed Sealed Packet.’</p>
        <p>These additional instructions were devoted mainly to the Southern Continent.</p>
        <q>Whereas the making Discoverys of Countries hitherto unknown, and the Attaining a Knowledge of distant Parts which though formerly discover'd have yet been but imperfectly explored, will redound greatly to the Honour of this Nation as a Maritime Power, as well as to the Dignity of the Crown of Great Britain, and may tend greatly to the advancement of the Trade and Navigation thereof; and Whereas there is reason to imagine that a Continent or Land of great extent, may be found to the Southward of the Tract lately made by Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Wallis in His Majesty's Ship the Dolphin (of which you will herewith receive a Copy) or of the Tract of any former Navigators in Pursuits of the like kind…. [on leaving Tahiti] You are to proceed to the southward in order to make discovery of the Continent abovementioned until you arrive in the Latitude of 40°, unless you sooner fall in with it. But not having discover'd it or any evident signs of it in that Run, you are to proceed in search of it to the Westward between the Latitude before mentioned and the Latitude of 35° until you discover it,
<pb xml:id="n170" n="149"/>
or fall in with the Eastern side of the Land discover'd by Tasman and now called New Zeland.</q>
        <p>These, it may be remarked, are excellent instructions, drafted by someone—whoever it was—who knew the extent of geographical conjecture. If the continent was where it was said to be, this course would infallibly reveal it; and to sail south from Tahiti (if there was anything in the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>'s view of the cloud banks) was a much more economical procedure than to try to sail west from Cape Horn. Then, as a second-best, New Zealand anyhow must exist—a distant part which though formerly discovered had yet been but imperfectly explored: all being well it could hardly elude the search. If he should discover the continent, then Cook was to explore as much of the coast as he could, and bring back all possible observations, charts, views and hydrographic details—a list almost as inclusive as if he were setting out on a season's work in Newfoundland. That was not all: the Lords wished to know about the nature of the soil and its products, beasts, birds, fishes and minerals; they wanted seeds of trees, fruits and grains, and an account of the native inhabitants, if any, and friendship, alliance and trade with them; the discoverer was ‘with the Consent of the Natives to take possession of Convenient Situations in the Country in the Name of the King of Great Britain; or, if you find the Country uninhabited take Possession for His Majesty by setting up Proper Marks and Inscriptions, as first discoverers and possessors.’</p>
        <p>‘But if you should fail of discovering the Continent before-mention'd, you will upon falling in with New Zealand'—New Zealand, we see, was taken for granted—ascertain its latitude and longitude; and—the demands are fewer than for the continent—‘explore as much of the Coast as the Condition of the Bark, the health of her Crew, and the State of your Provisions will admit of’; reserving provisions sufficient to reach a known port where enough could be obtained for a passage to England, either round the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> or Cape Horn, whichever should be judged the better. The situation of newly-discovered islands too should be ascertained, and those that seemed to be of consequence should be surveyed and taken possession of, though Cook was never to be diverted from the grand object, the discovery of the Southern Continent. In emergencies he was to consult with his officers. The closing paragraph dealt with reports to the Royal Society and the Admiralty, the confiscation of logs and journals of officers and petty officers, and the ‘enjoyning them, and the whole Crew, not to divulge where they have been until they shall have Permission so to do.’</p>
        <pb xml:id="n171" n="150"/>
        <p>With all this was provided a note for Cook to display to any of his superior officers in the navy he might encounter, safeguarding the secrecy of the instructions, and ordering that he should be given any assistance he stood in need of.</p>
        <p>These were the official instructions. It seems likely that the Lieutenant may have read with great attention also a paper of ‘<hi rend="i">Hints</hi> offered to the consideration of Captain Cooke, M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Bankes, Doctor Solander, and the other Gentlemen who go upon the Expedition on Board the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>’, prepared by the Earl of Morton, President of the Royal Society, who was not to live to see the expedition return.<note xml:id="fn1-150" n="1"><p>These ‘Hints’ are preserved in manuscript in the National Library of Australia, Canberra. They are printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 514–19. James Douglas, 14th Earl of Morton (1702-68) was president of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> from 1764 till his death, a few weeks after Cook's departure. He was active in the preparations for the voyage.</p></note> He was a humane man, in an age when humanity was becoming less uncommon, and no other humane man could read his hints without sympathy, even if they were not entirely original. But, remembering the general nature of the century, and the blood that was shed on the immediately preceding voyages, we cannot deem them pointless. Lord Morton reminded the gentlemen ‘To exercise the utmost patience and forebearance with respect to the Natives of the several Lands where the Ship may touch. To check the petulance of the Sailors, and restrain the wanton use of Fire Arms. To have it still in view that sheding the blood of those people is a crime of the highest nature… . They are the natural, and in the strictest sense of the word, the legal possessors of the several Regions they inhabit… . They may naturally and justly attempt to repell intruders, whom they may apprehend are come to disturb them in the quiet possession of their country, whether that apprehension be well or ill founded.’ Therefore every effort should be made to avoid violence: if it became inevitable, then ‘the Natives when brought under should be treated with distinguished humanity, and made sensible that the Crew still considers them as Lords of the Country.’ So much by way of illustration of the President's moral precepts, in the application of which he himself provided illustrations. He had another piece of advice to give in this sphere, or rather in the allied but even higher sphere of religion: ‘Ships of so small a rate, not being furnished with Chaplains, it were to be wished that the Captain himself would sometimes perform that Office, and read prayers, especially on sundays, to the Crew; that they may be suitably impressed with a sense of their continual dependance upon their <hi rend="i">Maker</hi>, and all who are able on board, Passangers and others should be obliged to attend upon those occasions.’</p>
        <pb xml:id="n172" n="151"/>
        <p>A large part of this paper, not unnaturally, was devoted to matters of scientific observation—first the Transit, then the Continent (‘A Continent in the higher Latitudes, or in a rigorous climate, could be of little or no advantage to this nation’), then the people of any continent that was found, on whom Lord Morton suggested what would be, in modern terms, a comprehensive study in social anthropology; then its Animal, Vegetable and Mineral Systems. ‘These open so vast a field,’ as he justly remarked, ‘that there is no room in this place for descending to particulars’. If we look ahead, as at this stage we may, we shall find that Lord Morton's <hi rend="i">Hints</hi>, ‘hastily put together’ as they were, no less than Cook's instructions from the Admiralty, provide an analysis of the journal and other reports which, after three years, he was to hand in to his astonished masters. We must allow for the non-appearance of a continent.</p>
        <p>What discussion led up to the second part of Cook's instructions nowhere seems to be recorded. Nothing, however, could have been more logical. It would have been foolish not to take advantage of having a ship at Tahiti, if Wallis's men had actually sighted a continent—almost, as it seemed, from Tahiti. If they were deceived, but the shore of a continent came anything like as far north as Dalrymple made it, then a trip to 40° south—more than 20 degrees of latitude south of Tahiti—must infallibly pick it up. As to the secrecy of the instructions, they were probably only conventionally secret, an aid to fobbing off possible inconvenient enquiries from Spain. The details were not known; but everybody at all interested knew about the Transit of Venus. There was the usual amount of government mystery; the usual balloons were flown by the press—the <hi rend="i">Gazetteer</hi>, the <hi rend="i">Public Advertiser.</hi> ‘It is said’ that two sloops of war were to go in quest of the missing <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi>, to rendezvous at the newly discovered island, and from there to attempt the discovery of the Southern Continent. ‘On the other hand, we are told that no further discoveries in the South Seas will be attempted for the present.’—‘We are informed’ that the principal and almost sole national advantage of George's Land is, ‘its Situation for exploring the Terra Incognita of the Southern Hemisphere.’—‘The gentlemen, who are to sail in a few days for George's Land, the new discovered island in the Pacific ocean, with an intention to observe the Transit of Venus, are likewise, we are credibly informed, to attempt some new discoveries in that vast unknown tract, above the latitude 40.’<note xml:id="fn1-151" n="1"><p>The quotations are from the <hi rend="i">Gazetteer</hi>, 13 June; ibid., and <hi rend="i">Public Advertiser</hi>, 20 June; <hi rend="i">Gazetteer</hi>, 18 August 1768.</p></note>
<pb xml:id="n173" n="152"/>
There were wilder statements. There was Ellis's more particular communication to Linnaeus, which suggests that the Banks-Solander circle had talked things over. Everybody assumed that a voyage round the world, apart from anything else, was in prospect.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n174" n="153"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d12" type="section">
        <head>VII<lb/>
Passage to Tahiti</head>
        <p>At home there were arrangements. Cook collected his final pay as master of the <hi rend="i">Grenville</hi>, and no doubt turned it over to Mrs Cook. Before he left he seems to have sold to Jefferys his rights in his published Newfoundland charts.<note xml:id="fn1-153" n="1"><p>Skelton and Tooley, <hi rend="i">Marine Surveys</hi>, 8–9.</p></note> Elizabeth was to have during the years of absence the company of a cousin of her husband's, a Yorkshire girl called Frances Wardale, who was already living with them.<note xml:id="fn2-153" n="2"><p>We get this information from much later correspondence, John McAllister of Philadelphia, Frances Wardale's son, to J. L. Bennett, Mrs Cook's executor, 17 October 1851; National Library of Australia, <hi rend="c">Nk</hi> 9528.</p></note> She probably needed company. She was close to the birth of her fourth child: a young Joseph was baptised on 5 September, and dead within the month. His father by then was well out in the Atlantic. On 30 July, the day the instructions were signed, the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> had weighed from Gallions Reach for a leisurely passage to Plymouth. Thence on 14 August Cook sent for Banks and Solander, who were still enjoying their London farewells; and there after arriving they had a ten days' wait, while the shipwrights completed their cabins and the wrong winds blew. The ship's company were paid their two months' wages in advance, and warned not to expect any additional pay at the end of the voyage—despite which they were well satisfied, reports Cook, ‘and expresse'd great chearfullness and readyness to prosecute the Voyage.’<note xml:id="fn3-153" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 3, and n. 2 on that page.</p></note> On 25 August in the afternoon he got under sail and put to sea. Mr Banks, also, registered in his journal a proper degree of good temper: ‘all’, he said, were ‘in excellent health and spirits perfectly prepard (in Mind at least) to undergo with Chearfullness any fatigues or dangers that may occur in our intended Voyage’;<note xml:id="fn4-153" n="4"><p>Banks, I, 153.</p></note> and the very next day, struggling against his sea-sickness, he began to note down his observations in natural history. The wind turned to hard westerly gales at the end of the month—Biscayan weather—which carried overboard a small boat of the boatswain's and—much worse—three or four dozen poultry. In another day or
<pb xml:id="n175" n="154"/>
two the ship was off Cape Finisterre and Cook was entering in his journal his first longitudes of the voyage by lunar observation. One presumes, on no positive evidence, that they were his, but they may have been Green's, or arrived at with the assistance of Green. If we are to take literally what Green wrote to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> from Rio de Janeiro, the captain was new to the process: ‘I thought it a little odd when I found that no person in the ship could either make an observation of the Moon or Calculate one when made.’<note xml:id="fn1-154" n="1"><p>Green to the Secretary, R.S., 28 November 1768.</p></note> He must have familiarised himself with it as rapidly as possible: before reaching Rio he was to record observations, and longitudes reckoned from them, of the moon and the stars Arietis and Aldebaran as well as of the moon and the sun. On 12 September he was at Funchal, where Banks and Solander, guests of the British consul, plunged happily into botanical investigation, and entertainment at a local convent while Cook was busy over maritime matters. Some trifling misunderstanding appears to have occurred here with the authorities, so trifling that Cook does not mention it in his journal; it would not be worth mentioning at all had not a later critic magnified it into a bombardment of the Loo fort by the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> and an English frigate, and accused the historian of the voyage of deliberate concealment.<note xml:id="fn2-154" n="2"><p><name type="person" key="name-123817">George Forster</name>, <hi rend="i">A Voyage round the World</hi> (London, 1777), I, x. ‘The same authority which blew off M. de Bougainville from the island of <name type="person" key="name-160028">Juan Fernandez</name>, could hush to silence the British guns, whilst the Endeavour cannonaded the Portuguese fort at Madeira.’—And footnote: ‘The two circumstances here alluded to, are well known facts, though suppressed in the published narratives. M. de Bougainville spent some time at Juan Fernandez, and completely refreshed his crew there, though he wishes to have it understood, that contrary winds prevented his touching at that island. Captain Cook in the Endeavour, battered the Loo-fort at Madeira, in conjunction with an English frigate, thus resenting an affront which had been offered to the British flag.’ Bougainville's course took him far west of Juan Fernandez, his first landfall after leaving the Strait of Magellan was Vahitahi, one of the Tuamotus.</p></note> In truth Cook had enough trouble without bombarding the Portuguese. In manœuvring the stream anchor Alexander Weir, a master's mate, carried overboard by the buoy-rope and down to the bottom with the anchor, was drowned; he was replaced by a man impressed from a New York sloop. A seaman and a marine who refused their allowance of fresh beef were deemed guilty of mutiny and given a dozen lashes each. This is interesting, both because it seems to show determination on Cook's part from the very beginning to insist on good health through diet—was anybody flogged on the American station for refusing fresh food?—and because, for the only time, he uses corporal punishment as a persuader. He was to think of better ways of making his point. Next day he issued to the whole ship's company twenty pounds of onions a man—for which he had
<pb xml:id="n176" n="155"/>
later to make special explanation to the Victualling Board. The Board was not in the habit of paying for onions. Wine was a different matter: after all one came to Madeira for wine, and 3032 gallons were not too much. Green vegetables and a live bullock were legitimate. At midnight of 18 September the ship sailed again, and in the morning every man got ten pounds more onions.</p>
        <p>The next five or six weeks were pleasant ones, an Atlantic passage in the north-east trade winds, with intervals of sunny calm in which Banks went out in a boat with gun or net, collecting birds and fish and floating shells, exclaiming at the beauty of Portuguese men-of-war, while Solander busily described, and Parkinson equally busily drew. There were glimpses of Tenerife and Boa Vista, in the Cape Verde islands. Cook early put the men to three watches instead of two—a humane idea officially inculcated, not always adopted—which gave them eight hours continuous rest off duty instead of four. Hooks and lines, pipes and tobacco, were distributed. Green worked at the education of his shipmates in scientific navigation: ‘The Obs<hi rend="sup">ns</hi> of this Day are pretty good’, he wrote in his journal not long after leaving Madeira, ‘the Air being very Clear, but might have made more, and better, if <hi rend="i">Proper Assistance</hi> could have been had from the Young Gentlemen on board’;<note xml:id="fn1-155" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 9, n. 2.</p></note> but he persevered, and in the end his perseverance, and Cook's, bore fruit. The big fish chased the flying-fish, the flying-fish came on board; sharks were caught. The men were kept busy at shipboard routine. The mates and midshipmen were exercised at small arms, and Green laughed at their gaucherie; when they were told to scrape and clean between decks, Pickersgill refused, and was sent before the mast. The captain was curious about the current, and had a boat out day after day observing it; was assiduous with his lunars; noted down regularly the variation of the compass. On 25 October came the crossing of the line, with due ceremony according to the ‘Ancient Custom of the Sea’. Cook and the gentlemen, who had never passed the Equator, ransomed themselves with rum, as did a number of others more potentially victims (Banks even had to compound for his dogs), while about a score were plunged in the ocean on a sort of chair falling abruptly from the mainyard. The passage of the south-east trades was most agreeable, no untoward incident marred the approach to the coast of Brazil; a Portuguese fishing boat was spoken on 8 November and enough fresh fish bought for the whole ship's company; on 13 November she was in the harbour of Rio de Janeiro. Then came an episode which in the perspective of two hundred
<pb xml:id="n177" n="156"/>
years has certain elements of comedy, but at the time infuriated Cook extremely.</p>
        <p>He could have called at Port Egmont in the Falkland Islands and got water. He wanted more than water, however, he wanted live stock and all the fresh food he could get, he wanted to heel and clean his ship, and Rio de Janeiro had a good reputation with the English; Byron, indeed, had met with a flattering reception there. Were not England and Portugal allies of more than fifty years? Since Byron's visit Bougainville had been treated with incivility, which Cook did not know; if he had known, he would probably have reflected that Bougainville was French. His own expectations were rudely dashed. He sent Lieutenant Hicks to explain his presence to the Viceroy and to ask for a pilot. Hicks was detained until Cook should appear himself, instead of a pilot came a customs officer and a guard boat. When Cook went on shore he was informed that none but himself and his boat's crew would be allowed on shore, and certainly no passengers. When Banks and Solander dressed up in their best to call on the Viceroy they were turned back. When Cook went on shore again a guard was put in his boat and he was accompanied everywhere by an officer. He was to be allowed to buy provisions, but only through an agent appointed for the purpose. Rather than suffer such restrictions he refused to go on shore at all, and proceeded to argue with the Viceroy by way of ‘memorials’, which <name type="person" key="name-401789">Don Antonio Rolim de Mourav</name>, Conde de Azambuja, was not behindhand in replying to. This argument had hardly begun when a boat's crew was flung into gaol for a night and the boat seized, because Hicks refused to have a guard in her. Naturally misunderstandings multiplied. Banks took a hand, both on his own account—he and Solander desperately wanted to get on shore—and in helping Cook with draft protestations. ‘Tantalus coud never have been more tantalised’, wrote Solander to Lord Morton.<note xml:id="fn1-156" n="1"><p>Banks, II, 311, 1 December 1768. Banks wrote very indignantly to Morton also on the same date, ibid., 313–15.</p></note> There is a sort of magnificent futility about all this paper, with its exasperated and elaborate politeness, its invocations of his Britannick Majesty, ‘the King my Master’, and his most Faithful Majesty, and Science and Duty and Honour and Candour and Surprise; for its total effect was frustration on Cook's side, stubbornness on the Viceroy's. Not that there was total frustration: there was no want of supplies, which the surgeon was allowed to buy every day in the town; some of the necessary work on the ship could be carried out ashore, though there was great inconvenience in heeling her with most of her company (including
<pb xml:id="n178" n="157"/>
the baffled gentlemen) on board; Solander managed to get ashore in the watering boat, masquerading as surgeon's mate on the errand of buying drugs, and seeing a good deal under the escort of a good-humoured sergeant; Banks, stealing once to land before dawn, was able to spend a whole day there till dark night, busily inspecting the town and collecting plants in the country; his servants were ashore collecting for him more than once. Parkinson got ashore. Some specimens too were picked up in the greenstuff brought out to the ship. But what might have been done!</p>
        <p>The fact of the matter was that the Viceroy could not bring himself to believe that the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was a ship of the royal navy; certainly no ship ever lóoked less like the royal navy than the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi> What was she then? He very much suspected she was a merchantman, and if a merchantman, a smuggler. Naval practice could be imitated, commissions could be forged. British seamen had a leading reputation on the South American coast as smugglers; dishonest papers were a commonplace of their trade. The Viceroy was a soldier, not a sailor; his many years of distinguished frontier service had not brought him well acquainted with science. It was very well for Cook to tell him about the Transit of Venus, but was not that a cock-and-bull story, a patent blind? If it was true that, as Cook reported, ‘he could form no other Idea of that Phenomenon (after I had explained it to him) than the North Star passing thro the South Pole’, that did not brand him as a complete fool, administratively speaking. If the ship were indeed a naval one, and Mr Banks, with his talk about the use of scientific researches to mankind, were indeed a philosopher and not an engineer come to spy on the land, what was a philosopher doing in a naval vessel? Men were slipping ashore, that was certain, whether as smugglers or spies. ‘Those That like it may Take a Trip in disguise’, said Gore.<note xml:id="fn1-157" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 27, n. 2.</p></note> It may be that the Viceroy, when he referred to orders from his most Faithful Majesty which Cook could not believe were orders, did have orders that put the amiable Portuguese treatment of Byron out of date. If Cook were really a naval officer, it might be even worse than if he were a smuggler or a forger. The Portuguese were nervous, and their forts, over which Cook was casting a critical eye from the sea, had not been built without a purpose. In the eighteenth century Rio de Janeiro had been twice attacked; it had been sacked in 1711. In Portugal the reforming minister Pombal had become convinced that Portuguese prosperity had been drained away by English tradeprivileges; and he had not received much sympathy from London
<pb xml:id="n179" n="158"/>
when in 1764, fearing a dangerous international crisis, he had called for his ally's aid. Thereupon he turned away from England to France and Spain in the great campaign he was fighting to have the Jesuit order suppressed. He had expelled the Jesuits from Brazil in 1759. Now he persuaded himself of something extremely unlikely—that the Society of Jesus was strongly supported by England. This fantastic obsession drove him in June 1767 to declare in a despatch to the then Viceroy of Brazil that the Jesuits had promised to admit the English into the Portuguese colonies, and that therefore no British ship could desirably appear in Brazilian waters. Five months later the Conde de Azambuja became Viceroy, and he may have read the despatches. It may be significant that a Spanish packet-ship, coming in some time later than Cook, was subject to no restrictions; and that a <name type="person" key="name-402045">Lieutenant Thomas Forster</name>, an Englishman in the Portuguese service who tendered his good offices in the imbroglio, was cast into prison as a reward, though without formal charge. Yet the Viceroy was not entirely unfeeling; when the <hi rend="i">Endeavour's</hi> longboat was carried away in an unusual storm of wind and rain, he lent help without question to reclaim her; and he must have turned a blind eye on a good deal of surreptitious invasion of the shore. And he patiently answered all Cook's, and Banks's, memorials.</p>
        <p>As for Cook, one is glad that the episode lasted no longer. He did not shine in this sort of pointless diplomacy. Never had he written so much, so ineffectually, nor come so close to pomposity. <note xml:id="fn1-158" n="1"><p>The correspondence is all printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 487–97.</p></note>It was not the pomposity, or the near-pomposity, of <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> in person; even confined on shipboard, he found enough to think about to exclude the cultivation of his own ego. But reading between the lines, as one must read between his lines so often, one can make a reasonable guess at <name type="person" key="name-207700">Lieutenant James Cook</name>, with his six-months-old commission, feeling his responsibility and his position a little as an officer and a gentleman, even <hi rend="i">vis-à-vis</hi> the representative of the sovereign of Portugal; feeling it incumbent upon him to state that tame acquiescence in the proceedings of that potentate would render him ‘unworthy of the rank in His Britannick Majesty's Service which I now have the honour to bear’; considering that ‘my Court’, as well as ‘the King my Master’, was a phrase that might have a useful part in his protests. It is a far cry from the log of the Newfoundland surveyor, or even from the daily entries in his <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> journal. He did, in the time at his disposal, compose a truly immense letter to the King his Master, or at least the secretary of the Admiralty, detailing with solemnity the whole history of the encounter,
<pb xml:id="n180" n="159"/>
which he forwarded by the Spanish packet, with copies of all the memorials he had written to the Viceroy, as well as the Viceroy's in reply. He does not seem to have thought it ever worth referring to again, and the Admiralty does not seem to have treated his plaint with great attention. He did also collect a good deal of information about Rio de Janeiro, its resources and fortifications, wrote sailing directions for entering the harbour, and—no doubt as much from force of habit as to outwit ‘Count Rolim’—drew ‘a Plot or Sketch of great part of the bay’. He is duly modest: ‘the strict watch that was kept over us during our whole stay hinderd me from takeing so accurate a Survey as I wished to have done and as all the observations I could make was taken from on board the Ship, the Plan hath no pretentions to accuracy, yet it will give a very good Idea of the place, difering not much from the truth in what is essential’.<note xml:id="fn1-159" n="1"><p>ibid., 29.</p></note> This was something that would have caused the Viceroy unrest if he had been aware of it, and it, much more than the exchanges with the Count, is the essential Cook.</p>
        <p>There were some punishments while the ship lay here, which may indicate that dissatisfaction was not confined to the captain and the gentlemen. John Thurman, pressed at Madeira, got a dozen for refusing to assist the sailmaker; so did another seaman, who tried to desert, and a marine who abused the officer of the watch; so did John Reading, the boatswain's mate, for being remiss in carrying out execution on the previous two. A more serious matter was the drowning of a man who had been with Cook ever since the beginning of the Newfoundland survey, Peter Flower, who fell overboard as the ship turned down the bay on sailing and could not be rescued—‘a good hardy seaman &amp; had saild with me above five years’. He was replaced by a Portuguese. In spite of all the difficulties, the three weeks' stay had been well worth while in supplies and work on the ship, cleaning, caulking, rigging, minor repairs. She was ready for her next two thousand miles, to the Strait of Le Maire, a passage that could have its own difficulties of variable winds and squalls and currents. She was a week getting out of the bay and to sea. ‘This Morn thank god we have got all we want from these illiterate impolite gentry’, wrote Banks on 2 December; but they were still to get a surprisingly polite letter from the Viceroy wishing them a good voyage. On 7 December they were free of the pilot and the guard boat and were turned south.</p>
        <p>It was five and a half weeks before they were securely in the Strait, weeks of good seamanship for Cook, with some moments of great
<pb xml:id="n181" n="160"/>
technical interest for him and Green, as they compared their lunar observations and calculations of the longitude, and Cook compared with them his own dead reckoning. He was beginning to be pleased with the results, though sometimes a little puzzled by evident errors, suspecting the influence of currents. The editor of the <hi rend="i">Astronomical Observations</hi> later published could have a different explanation: one error of nearly a degree, of Tierra del Fuego, he found ‘not at all surprising, if we consider, that although the air was extremely clear when these observations were made, yet the sea ran so high that it filled the quarter deck three times while they were observing; and the motion of the ship was so great the Captain Cook did not attempt to observe’.<note xml:id="fn1-160" n="1"><p>The editor was <name type="person" key="name-134492">William Wales</name>, astronomer on Cook's second voyage: <hi rend="i">Astronomical Observations</hi> … (1788), 95.</p></note> A violent pitching bout this was, thought Banks—not the only one who thought so, for they had all sorts of weather, from calms to heavy gales with hail and lightning. Only two days out, in fine weather and gentle breezes, the swell was so great that the fore topgallant mast carried away; there was much reefing of sails; more than once they had to lie to, with cots hitting on the sides and tops of the cabins all night and not a little discomfort. The ship was proving her virtue however: during a gale of early January, writes Banks, she ‘has shewn her excellence in laying too remarkably well, shipping scarce any water tho it blew at times vastly strong; the seamen in general say that they never knew a ship lay too so well as this does, so lively and at the same time so easy’;<note xml:id="fn2-160" n="2"><p>Banks, I, 213.</p></note> and then they said she went all the better for it, with her joints loosened. Early in the passage Cook put his men to two watches again, a third of them not being adequate for working the ship in these latitudes. Fortunately Christmas Day brought nothing worse than a fresh breeze: ‘the People were none of the Soberest’, remarks the captain; or, to quote Banks, ‘all good Christians that is to say all hands get abominably drunk so that at night there was scarce a sober man in the ship, wind thank god very moderate or the lord knows what would have become of us’.<note xml:id="fn3-160" n="3"><p>Banks, I, 207.</p></note> It was another ‘Ancient Custom of the Sea’. Cook, though he was a disciplinarian, never bothered to struggle against the inevitable: Banks might have considered it possible that his captain had a close enough eye on the weather. As cold grew, early in the new year, fearnought or ‘Magellan’ jackets and trousers were issued, thick woollen articles excellent in use. Meanwhile the natural historians had their eyes, and hands, full. At first a turtle, then innumerable sea-birds, petrels, the first
<pb xml:id="n182" n="161"/>
albatross, red lobster krill staining the water, penguins and seals raised their excitement. About latitude 42°, thirty leagues off the land, swarms of butterflies, moths and other insects blown out to sea settled on the deck or floated past the ship; four hours on end Banks fished them up in a net and had the sailors gathering them up from the deck, profitable work for these volunteers with a bottle of rum at the end. On 11 January 1769 Tierra del Fuego was sighted, smoke—perhaps the smoke of signals—rising above it; and Banks, who had been disappointed of inspecting the natural history of the Falkland Islands, was rejoiced by Cook's decision to look for a convenient harbour and let him land.</p>
        <p>Cook had diffićulty getting into the Strait of Le Maire. The weather was boisterous; he was driven back past Cape St Diego, the western entrance point, three times by the force of the tide-race; at one point indeed the ship was pitching her bowsprit under water. At length the wind and sea moderated. He was able to send Banks and Solander ashore in a little cove outside the strait, Thetis Bay, while the ship plyed off and on: ‘At 9 they return'd on board bringing with them several Plants Flowers &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> most of them unknown in Europe and in that alone consisted their whole Value’<note xml:id="fn1-161" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 44.</p></note>—a judgment that may indicate a little testiness or else a little humour, but certainly no appreciation of botanical science. The scientists were very pleased: besides the plants they recognised they had found about a hundred others, every one new and entirely different from anything either had seen before. Sydney Parkinson was going to have difficulty in keeping up. As soon as they returned Cook entered the strait, anchored for the tide outside another, not very promising, cove, ‘Port Maurice’; then, the afternoon of 15 January, anchored again in the Bay of Good Success. Here he was to stay for five days.</p>
        <p>It was a commodious bay, about half-way through the strait on the Tierra del Fuego side, good holding-ground everywhere, with plenty of wood and fresh water, and large quantities of edible greenstuff, a sort of wild celery and one of the varieties of ‘scurvy grass’, berries, few birds, few fish except shellfish, a few seals and sea-lions swimming in the bay, a few primitive people. The last were encountered when Cook and the gentlemen went on shore, while the ship was mooring, to look for a watering place. Cook thought them ‘perhaps as miserable a set of People as are this day upon Earth’. The men were naked, the women wore a small apron of animal skin, unless for warmth they flung the skin of a guanaco or a seal over their shoulders; their dark copper colour was varied with streaks of
<pb xml:id="n183" n="162"/>
red and black paint, their long black hair unadorned, their necks hung with strings of small shells or bones; they seemed to live chiefly on shellfish, though they had bows and arrows, and their only shelter was rough open beehive huts; they had no boats. They had had earlier European contacts, because some of their arrows were pointed with bits of glass and they knew the use of fire-arms; they showed no particular shyness, accepted the gift of beads eagerly, while three quite willingly came on board the ship. Thus the <hi rend="i">Endeavour's</hi> first introduction to primitive man: this the natural history that Banks studied on his first afternoon. Next morning early, the seamen being busy wooding and watering, and Cook beginning to survey the bay, he started out on a larger expedition. The morning was one for high spirits, the sun shining as on a fine day of May at home: Banks, Solander, Buchan, the four servants were accompanied by Monkhouse the surgeon, Green the astronomer, and two sailors to help carry the baggage. Their intention was to get as far as possible into the country behind the harbour, ascending a ridge of hills where spots showed clear of trees.</p>
        <p>They pushed up through thick woods till mid-afternoon, when they arrived at a clear spot—what they had taken for turf, which now turned out to be a sort of waist-high bed of birch, growing in ankle-deep bog, about a mile across. They kept on across two-thirds of this, when Buchan was seized by a fit. With some difficulty lighting a fire, where the servants and sailors stayed with him, Banks, Solander, Monkhouse and Green pressed on to the top and the alpine plants they sought. The temperature went down, the antarctic wind brought blasts of snow; the idea of returning to the ship that night was abandoned, in favour of finding a sheltered spot where another fire and a ‘wigwam’ could be built. The cold seemed infinitely worse, and Solander insisted, to Banks's horror, on lying down to rest in the snow for a quarter of an hour; Richmond, one of the black servants, was almost in the same state. Somehow they got Solander to the fire. Richmond would not move, so his fellow-black, Dorlton, and a sailor, the least affected by cold, were left to guard him under the promise of early relief. The relief was sent, but the three could not be found: they had discovered a bottle of rum and drunk themselves stupid. The sailor turned up about midnight. Banks and four men went out again and found where he had left the negroes, but not even the whole party could get them to the fire through the darkness and the snow and the birch, nor was it possible to light another fire on the spot: they were therefore left covered with branches, and the others set themselves to outlast the snow. In the morning the two
<pb xml:id="n184" n="163"/>
unfortunates were found dead, though Banks's greyhound, who had stayed with them all night, had come to no harm; the snow stopped, the sun came out; a vulture which had been shot the previous day was divided up and roasted for breakfast. A march of three hours brought the party to the ship, to which they were much nearer than they thought; for instead of making directly into the country, they had gone round the hills in a half-circle. Their exhaustion was no doubt due, not to starvation nor even the cold, but to the large and incautious amount of exercise they embarked on after so many shipboard weeks. Banks himself remained lively: he immediately got a boat and went out for the afternoon to haul the seine—unsuccessfully.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile Cook had finished surveying the bay before the weather again deteriorated, when strong southerly winds, with snow, hail and rain brought in such a swell and surf on the shore that no boat could land. In this gale he lost a kedge anchor, which was used to aid the longboat in watering. The ship proved her quality by ‘riding very easey’ broad side to the swell. ‘I never knew the Ship to roll more at sea’, said Molyneux the master,<note xml:id="fn1-163" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals I</hi>, 46, and n. 4 on that page.</p></note> who had the awkward task of striking six guns down into the hold for the Horn passage. Wooding and watering completed on the 20th, the boats were hoisted in; early next morning they put to sea.</p>
        <p>Cook had now to pass the Horn—or rather, as a Horn passage involved much more than merely sailing from one side of a particular point of land to the other, he may be said to have come to a critical period in his passage from off the east coast of South America, in a latitude of about 50° S (he reckoned it himself from his first sighting of Tierra del Fuego on 11 January, for which date his latitude was 54°20′), to a corresponding position off the west coast. This was a passage of something like 1500 miles. He passed Cape Horn only twice in his life, making westward on the present voyage, eastward as he drew towards the end of his second one. The westward passage was in general more difficult technically than the reverse, because it meant sailing into the teeth of the prevailing winds, and when Cook came to plan a second voyage, he planned on the basis of sailing with the westerlies. The traditional entrance into the Pacific, however, was from its south-east corner, whether through the Strait of Magellan or round the cape. Late January could be regarded as the height of summer. Summer off the Horn did not guarantee an easy time for the sailor: although Cook did not expect
<pb xml:id="n185" n="164"/>
the sort of fearful autumnal tempest that Anson had had before him and Bligh was to have after him, although his seamanship from day to day was admirable, he undoubtedly had good luck. The coast, once the Strait of Le Maire had been left behind, was not a coast the seaman stood close in to by preference; but Cook wanted to have a good look at it, and certainly he wanted to fix the position of the cape as accurately as possible. Was he bound to Tahiti to observe the Transit of Venus? He also felt himself bound, in a different sense, as no sailor had felt himself bound before, to these works of supererogation.</p>
        <p>The immediate object was to get south-west. The first day or so brought rain and squalls, then there were a few hours of calm and clear weather in which the ship drove fast to the north-east in a current, so that when a light northerly breeze sprang up, Cook loosed all his reefs and set his studding-sails to make up the lost ground. Not often did a captain carry full sail in those parts, and most of the weather Cook had for five weeks was far from encouraging it. ‘Fore part fresh gales and squally with hail and rain remainder moderate and clowdy’, Cook would give a fairly regular report in his journal; or ‘Former part fresh gales, latter light airs and clowdy’; or ‘Fore and middle parts little wind and dark clowdy weather …. hazey rainy cold weather…. Clowdy and sometimes drizling rain…. Fresh gales with heavy squalls…. in the night hard squalls with rain and afterwards hazey rainy weather.’ It was under these conditions that he at first worked his way along the coast, within islands (charting a new one), until he could be certain of Cape Horn; having satisfied himself, the comments he sets down in his journal are very characteristic.</p>
        <quote>
          <p>It appeared not unlike an Island with a very high round hummock upon it: this I believe to be Cape Horn for after we had stood to the Southward about 3 Leagues the weather clear'd up for about a 1/4 of an hour, which gave us a sight of this land bearing then WSW but we could see no land either to the Southward or westward of it, and therefore conclude that it must be the Cape, but whether it be an Island of it self, a part of the Southermost of Hermites Islands or a part of Terra del Fuego I am not able to determine. However this is of very little concequence to Navigation, I only wished to have been certain whether or no it was the Southermost land on or near to Terra del Fuego, but the thick Foggy weather, and the westerly winds which carried us from the land prevented me from satisfying My curiosity in this point; but from its Latitude and the reasons before given I think it must, and if so it must be Cape Horn and lies in the Latitude of 55°59′ South and Longitude 68°13′ West from the Meridian of Greenwich, beeing the mean result of Several Observ<hi rend="sup">ns</hi> of the Sun and
<pb xml:id="n186" n="165"/>
Moon made the day after we left the land and which agree'd with those made at Straits Le Maire, allowing for the distance between one place and the other, which I found means very accuratly to determine.<note xml:id="fn1-165" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 49. Cape Horn is the southernmost extremity of Horn Island, the most southerly of the Hermite or Cape Horn group. Its position, as given in the South American Pilot (14th ed., 1956) is 55°59' S, 67°16′ W.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>This position, considering the conditions under which Cook and Green made their observations—the weather, the heaving platform on which they stood—is remarkable. Cape Horn is indeed the extremity of an island. The latitude given is, according to the most modern computation, exactly correct; the longitude a little less than a degree too far west—in that latitude less than forty miles. Cook, being now about to take his departure from the land, goes on in his journal to an excellent succinct description of the coast he has seen, from the northern entrance of Le Maire Strait, and refers to his chart. The appearance of Cape Horn and Hermites Islands, he says,</p>
        <q>is represented in the last View in the Chart which I have drawn of this coast from our first making land unto Cape Horn in which is included Strait Le Maire and part of Staten land. In this Chart I have laid down no land nor figure'd out any shore but what I saw my self, and thus far the Chart may be depented upon, the Bay[s] and inlets are left void the openings of which we only see from the Ship … . [because of short and imperfect accounts] it is no wonder that the Charts hitherto published should be found incorrect, not only in laying down the land but in the Latitude and Longitude of the places they contain; but I can now venter to assert that the Longitude of few places in the World are better assertain'd than that of Strait Le Maire and Cape Horn being determined by several observations of the Sun and Moon, made both by my self and M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Green the Astronomer.<note xml:id="fn2-165" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 52–3.</p></note></q>
        <p>There was no trivial boasting about this. It was a careful statement of fact.</p>
        <p>Cook, always attentive to his instructions, stood well to the southward, ‘in order to make a good Westing’, though not as far as Anson had recommended, to 61° or 62° ‘before any endeavour is made to get to the westward’—and he had reflections on this. So far as possible, he stood south-west, until the evening of 30 January, when he found himself in latitude 60°10′ and longitude 74°30′; a calm followed, then the wind backed. ‘At 3 am wind at ESE a Moderate breeze, set the Studding sails, and soon after 2 birds like Penguins were seen by the mate of the watch.’ Studding-sails again, to astonish later Cape Horn seamen: and it was not till the afternoon of the following day that he took them in and took a reef in his topsails.
<pb xml:id="n187" n="166"/>
There were calm periods in the next few days, in which Banks could get out in a small boat under the gloomy sky and shoot sea-birds for his collection, albatrosses and petrels and whale-birds, without ill effect and without remorse; indeed albatross carefully cooked and served up with savoury sauce made a highly commendable dish. There were a great many about the ship. On 13 February Cook and Green observed carefully the sun and moon. The ship was in longitude 90°13′ W, latitude at the time about 49°S, and Cook again thought it worth while to write down some of the thoughts he had.</p>
        <q>From the foregoing observations it will appear that we are now advanced about 12° to the westward of the Strait of Magellan and 3 1/2° to the northward of it, having been 33 days in doubbling Cape Horn or the land of Terra del Fuego, and arriving into the degree of Latitude and Longitude we are now in without ever being brought once under our close reefe'd Topsails since we left strait la Maire, a circumstance that perhaps never happen'd before to any Ship in those seas so much dreaded for hard gales of wind, insomuch that the doubling of Cape Horn is thought by some to be a mighty thing and others to this Day prefer the Straits of Magellan.<note xml:id="fn1-166" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 57–8. Also, a different line of argument, ‘The Longitude by account [dead reckoning] is less then that by Obser<hi rend="sup">n</hi> 37’ which is about 20 Miles in these high latitudes, and nearly equal to the Error of the Logg Line before mentioned: this near agreement of the two Longitudes proves to a demonstration that we have had no Western current sence we left land.' It proves as well his skill in dead reckoning. We learn from Pickersgill that the observers were also using the star Regulus and the occultation of the planet Saturn.—<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 57, n. 4.</p></note></q>
        <p>Reasoning from the ships' journals he had read, particularly those of the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, Cook found himself ‘no advocate’ for the Strait passage; he found himself differing also from the advice of Anson to avoid the Strait of Le Maire and run down to latitude 61° or 62°. That, he said, is what I think no man will ever do that can avoide it, for it cannot be suppose'd that any one will Stear South mearly to get into a high Latitude when at that time he can steer West, for it is not Southing but Westing thats wanting, but this way you cannot steer because the winds blow almost constantly from that quarter, so that you have no other choise but to stand to the Southward close upon a wind, and by keeping upon that Tack you not only make southing but westing also and sometimes not a little when the wind Varies to the northward of west, and the farther you advance to the South<hi rend="sup">rd</hi> the better chance you have of having the winds from that quarter or easterly and likewise of meeting with finer weather, both of which we ourselves experience'd. Prudence will direct every man when in these high Latitudes to make sure of Sufficient westing to double all the lands before he thinks of Standing to the Northward.<note xml:id="fn2-166" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 59.</p></note></p>
        <pb xml:id="n188" n="167"/>
        <p>It may be argued that Cook has come to a conclusion not very different from Anson's; but there is a difference, he has thought the matter out for himself on the basis of his own experience as well as his scrutiny of the experience of others, and he has expounded it with lucidity.</p>
        <p>For the next few weeks the winds had a good deal of south in them as well as west, and Cook was able to make a fairly consistent northwest course, except once or twice when north-westerlies set him south by west. He was still to have some strong gales or squalls, gloom and rain: on 16 February he shipped a sea which carried away his driver boom, and next day the main topsail split; observations on the 23rd were impeded by the rolling of the ship as seas broke over the quarterdeck; but next day, wrote Banks, the wind had ‘settled at <hi rend="c">Ne</hi>; this morn found studding Sails set and the ship going at the rate of 7 knotts, no very usual thing with M<hi rend="sup">rs</hi> Endeavour.’<note xml:id="fn1-167" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 235.</p></note> Those easterlies did not last more than a day or two. On the 23rd the distance sailed was only 13 miles; a fortnight before, in a southerly, M<hi rend="sup">rs</hi> Endeavour had logged 130 miles; on 17 and 18 February, in south-westerlies, 132 and 140 miles. There were also calms, when the slaughter of sea-birds continued. As March came on the temperature rose—‘pleasantly warm’, noted Banks at first, ‘and the Barnacles upon the ships bottom seemd to be regenerate’.<note xml:id="fn2-167" n="2"><p>Banks, I, 237.</p></note> Cook, a good deal farther west in the ocean in his longitude than anybody had been before, began to consider the continent. A large south-west swell at the end of February, that kept up thirty hours after a gale, proved to him that there was no land in that quarter. Then the agreement of dead reckoning and observation in fixing the longitude, 100°33' W, 560 leagues west of the coast of Chile, argued the absence of currents, to be expected near a continent, and therefore the absence of a continent where it was supposed to be. And day after day the great Pacific swell continued.</p>
        <p>Ten days into March the winds turned easterly. It was fine pleasant weather, and Cook returned his men to three watches. The guns that had been struck down to the hold for the Horn passage were mounted again. Tropic birds began to appear. After a week came westerlies for a while, which pushed the course to the north, taking the ship a little more quickly across the Tropic of Capricorn. Men-of-war birds and ‘egg birds’ or terns joined the tropic life in the sky, both thought not to fly far from land, but there was no land.
<pb xml:id="n189" n="168"/>
It was Banks's turn to discuss the question. The nearest land they knew of just then was Pitcairn Island; a little to the north and to the west. ‘I cannot help wondering that we have not yet seen land. It is however some pleasure to be able to disprove that which does not exist but in the opinions of Theoretical writers… .’<note xml:id="fn1-168" n="1"><p>Banks, I. 239.</p></note> Dalrymple had laid down reported land many degrees to the eastward of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour's</hi> track. As for the theorists of balance, ‘The number of square degrees of their land which we have already chang'd into water sufficiently disproves this, and teaches me at least that till we know how this globe is fixd in that place which has been since its creation assignd to it in the general system, we need not be anxious to give reasons how any one part of it counterbalances the rest’ <note xml:id="fn2-168" n="2"><p>Banks, I, 240.</p></note>—a passage that persuades one that Banks knew less of Newton than he should have done. The month advanced and very early on the 24th a log of wood passed by the ship—a sign of land? At daylight there was no appearance of any, ‘I did not think myself at liberty to spend time in searching for what I was not sure to find’,<note xml:id="fn3-168" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 66.</p></note> says Cook, although he thought he could not be far from the islands discovered by Quiros in 1606. He was right on both counts: a few days more would bring him up with the Tuamotu archipelago, simply by pursuing the course he was on already, and he could have wasted a great deal of time by allowing himself to be put off his prime object. Meanwhile the boats could be repaired and painted, the cables strengthened.</p>
        <p>As the ship sailed into warmer waters there happened a poignant and needless episode that reminds us how desolation can oppress the human heart even in a crowded company. A quiet young marine, William Greenslade, asked on sentry duty by a companion to look after a piece of sealskin, had taken a piece of it to make a tobacco pouch; being immediately found out he was so persecuted by his fellow marines as betraying the honour of their corps that when in the evening the sergeant was about to take him to the captain to complain, overcome by the blackness of despair he slipped overboard. Poor William Greenslade may have been forgotten in a few days by these over-righteous men, because excitement was at hand. In the first days of April, latitude about 19°S, a succession of easterly winds drove the ship ahead rapidly; and on the 4th in the morning land was sighted to the southward, ‘by <name type="person" key="name-401998">Peter Briscoe</name> servent to M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks (to y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Honour of y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> 2<hi rend="sup">d</hi> watch which was then upon deck)’, we are told by Pickersgill, also probably a member of the second
<pb xml:id="n190" n="169"/>
watch.<note xml:id="fn1-169" n="1"><p>ibid., 69, n. 4.</p></note> This first island of all the Pacific islands discovered by Cook was an atoll—‘an Island of about 2 Leagues in circuit and of an Oval form with a Lagoon in the Middle for which I named it <hi rend="i">Lagoon Island.</hi>’<note xml:id="fn2-169" n="2"><p>ibid., 69.</p></note> The Polynesians called it Vahitahi. The thread of land round this lagoon was low and narrow, but it supported people, who marched along the shore abreast of the ship; above them the great fronds of coconut trees streamed out in the trade wind like flags. In the afternoon, a few miles to the west, appeared another island, small, round and shaggy with wood and bushes, whence Cook's name for it, Thrum Cap;<note xml:id="fn3-169" n="3"><p>ibid., 70. Thrums or ends of thread all over a piece of cloth would give it a shaggy appearance. Thrum caps were worn by sailors. Cook found the name useful: there was a Thrum Cap in Halifax harbour, and he used it for small islands both in Newfoundland and in <name key="name-150168" type="place">Dusky Sound</name>, New Zealand, as well as here.</p></note> it was Aki Aki. Next afternoon came Bow Island, so called from its shape, or Hao, first discovered (as Cook deduced) by Quiros in 1606 and by him called San Pablo; the next afternoon again, 65 miles to the westward, the Two Groups, islets strung together by the same reefs, the one group Marokau, the other Ravahere; then the uninhabited small Bird Island, or Reitoru; then—after a day without islands—Chain Island or Anaa, a set of islets again strung together by reefs round a lagoon. On 10 April was sighted in the north-west the high round island called Osnaburg by Wallis, who first discovered it—Mehetia; and at six o'clock next morning, full ahead, the high peaks of King George's Island. The winds were variable and light, the weather sultry; the ship sailed only eighteen miles in twenty-four hours. A few people came out in canoes with coconuts and the green boughs of friendship, and were given some beads: <hi rend="i">Taio, taio</hi>! they called—Friend, friend!—but would not come on board. The wind settled in the east; clouds, squalls and rain were followed by gentle breezes and a clear sky; the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> ran under an easy sail all that last night, in the morning the pinnace was hoisted out to lie over a reef which the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> had hit at the entrance to Royal Bay, and at 7 a.m. the anchor went down in 13 fathom. It was Thursday, 13 April. There lay the beach, the river, the valley, the green romantic heights. It was Matavai Bay, it was Tahiti.</p>
        <p>This passage from Plymouth to Tahiti must be reckoned a remarkable piece of seamanship, and one is to remember that it was Cook's first long ocean passage. However one may estimate the element of luck, it is clear already that he could wring every advantage out of luck. Without looking for a continent, he had already, by working his way farther west in the higher latitudes of the Pacific than anyone
<pb xml:id="n191" n="170"/>
had gone before,<note xml:id="fn1-170" n="1"><p>To do justice to predecessors, one may however compare him with Roggeveen. Cook went south to lat. 60°4′, when his longitude was 74°10′ W; Roggeveen south to lat. 60°44′, long. 67°56′ W (of Greenwich, translating from E of Tenerife, and accepting his calculations as more or less correct). Roggeveen went as far west as 86°38′, in lat. 53°11′; Cook was not as far west as that until he was in lat. 51°16′. But Cook kept on a north-westerly course from the time he rounded the Horn, so that in lat. 34° (approximately) he was in long. 120°54′ W. But Roggeveen, from his long. 86°38′, had made in for the South American coast, altering course westerly only about lat. 34°, when he was in long. 74°52′. Cook, on the other hand, had increased his longitude steadily from the time he rounded the Horn, so that when he was in lat. 34° his longitude was 120°54′ W.</p></note> pushed back its possible eastern limits. He had, while his mind had played freely over some of the problems of navigation and geography, shown that it was possible to comply literally with instructions. He had been advised to come into the parallel of King George's Island at least 120 leagues to the eastward of it, and entering the Tuamotu archipelago from the south-east at exactly the right time, that was what he had done: allowing a few miles either side, he had been running down the latitude for almost a week. He was to use his best endeavours to arrive at Tahiti a month or six weeks before the date of the Transit. He had done better. He had seven weeks and one day ahead of him before the designated moment. His men and his passengers were in good health.</p>
        <p>They were in good health, almost eight months after they had left England. Four men had died through accident, one by suicide; none from sickness. This would have seemed to the generality of captains and ships' surgeons a remarkable fact. True, there were a few men—very few—upon the sick list with slight complaints. Banks, at the end of March, had suspected himself of scurvy, and dosed himself successfully with lemon juice. Cook, his pen at the page in his journal devoted to ‘remarkable occurrences’, paused to meditate, not on winds and currents, or longitude, or the variation of the compass, but on this matter of good health. He put it down to the regular serving of sauerkraut and portable soup to all ‘the people’, and of wort—the decoction of malt—to every man who showed the least symptom of scurvy; ‘by this Means and the care and Vigilance of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Munkhous the Surgeon this disease was prevented from geting a footing in the Ship.’ He did not think earnestly of the onions of Madeira, the wild celery and scurvy grass and fresh water of Tierra del Fuego. He did write words which show that he had got beyond flogging as an inducement to dietary change, and could consider the sailor's mind rather than his back as the effective area of persuasion. The Sour Krout the Men at first would not eate untill I put in practice a Method I never once knew to fail with seamen, and this was to have some of it dress'd every Day for the Cabbin Table, and permitted all the Officers without exception to make use of it and left it to the option of the Men
<pb xml:id="n192" n="171"/>
either to take as much as they pleased or none atall; but this practice was not continued above a week before I found it necessary to put every one on board to an Allowance, for such are the Tempers and disposissions of Seamen in general that whatever you give them out of the Common way, altho it be ever so much for their good yet it will not go down with them and you will hear nothing but murmurings gainest the man that first invented it; but the Moment they see their Superiors set a Value upon it, it becomes the finest stuff in the World and the inventer a damn'd honest fellow.<note xml:id="fn1-171" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 74. ‘A damn'd honest fellow': I give this phrase as Cook originally wrote it. Both in his <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> journal and in the Mitchell copy he deleted the word ‘damn'd'—in obedience, one supposes, to polite convention, because he can hardly be thought to have feared to outrage the tender minds of the Admiralty, or to be considering the rhythm of his prose. In the later Admiralty copy of the journal, which did not include the objectionable expression, he inserted other words, to make the passage run, ‘the inventer according to their phras an honest fellow’. We get a little, amusing, light on Cook as well as on his men.</p></note></p>
        <p>Cook was not the first to put his finger on this characteristic conservatism. The significant thing is that he began to find means of counteracting it.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n193" n="172"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d13" type="section">
        <head>VIII<lb/>
Tahiti</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">There is</hi> no general agreement that Tahiti is the most beautiful island in the Pacific; but it is generally agreed that it is a beautiful island, and to its first discoverers it seemed paradisal. Coming to it after so many atolls, lagoons encircled by a broken rim of sand and coral, islet-studded, they saw a great volcanic upthrust high in the sea, rising from mere hilly slopes to five thousand, six thousand, seven thousand feet, forested and green till the final peaks; a land also of deep valleys and quick rivers. Almost round the slashed mountainous mass runs a narrow band of level fertile ground, widest at the north-west end, in places failing altogether, so that the steep hillside falls straight to the rocks of the sea;<note xml:id="fn1-172" n="1"><p>Strictly speaking, this statement should be modified now, because of the motor-road that has been cut right round the island.</p></note> on the north are sandy beaches, on the south fewer beaches but much rough coral strand; at the south-east curve are coastal cliffs. The whole outline is a sort of irregular figure-of-eight; the larger, north-west, loftier section was, and is, known as Tahiti-nui, or Great Tahiti; the smaller, south-east, one as Tahiti-iti, or Little Tahiti—or more commonly in Cook's day as Taiarapu; between them lies the narrow flat isthmus of Taravao. A barrier reef, on which the swell drums and roars incessantly, girdles the island, half a mile to two miles off, though there is a break in it on the north, while a number of passes give canoes entrance to the lagoon. A larger one of these opened from the northern point of Matavai Bay, where the fresh water of a river discouraged coral growth, and it was here that Wallis had found his way into a harbour, and Cook followed him.</p>
        <p>Matavai Bay, except for north-west and westerly winds, provides excellent shelter, and in the months when Wallis and Cook were there, those winds hardly blow. It is a superb bay, its long line of black volcanic sand backed by the tall innumerable pillars of coconut trees with their wild crowns, immobile and sculptured in a hot still noon or moon-charmed night, streaming like vast bunches of pennants on a rising wind; given sobriety by the deep green of the sandhaunting
<pb xml:id="n194" n="173"/>
casuarinas, drooping and myriad-fingered; absorbing into a general pattern the splay-limbed untidy pandanus; backed with the splendid bread fruit and ancient-buttressed <hi rend="i">mape</hi> or chestnut, their arms extending in benedictions of plenty. If one stands on the flat sandy point that is the extremity of the bay, in fine weather, with gentle impulses of water from east and west meeting and mingling at one's feet, their level hardly altered by the tide, and gazes inwards, one sees a perfect curve, beyond and above it the cleft uneven lines of the nearer ridges—‘uneven as a piece of crumpled paper’ as <name type="person" key="name-131257">Sidney Parkinson</name> said; beyond them again, the great form of the mountain, its shoulders and steep flanks falling away still hung with green, the peak of Orofena. It is a view paralleled elsewhere in Tahiti, eye rising from beach and sea over forest and shadowed valley to the heights, but it does not lose its enchantment. Behind the beach flows out no longer to the point the lively river, the Vaipopoo, thirty feet wide, where Wallis and Cook filled their casks with fresh water—its course has changed, it is largely swamp that remains. The warm air remains, in bright day or soft night; the green of spontaneous growth, the smell of earth and blossom; enough remains to show why the eighteenth-century sailor should think himself imparadised, even without considering man or woman. There were defects, of course: there were flies, there were some of the characteristics of man and woman.</p>
        <p>Cook had followed Wallis to the heart, the centre of Polynesia, geographically speaking. In the next ten years he was to find how far the Polynesian people had spread upon the ocean, was to remark differences between their different branches, was to account for differences as best he could, while he recognised certain things as fundamentally the same. Of certain preconceptions he could not rid himself: with island business to do, he needed some authority with whom to bargain; he felt, like other discoverers from Europe, that every considerable island or island-group should have a king; he felt that social and individual morality in relation to property rights should be the same as European morality. Wherever he got his own ideas from, he was inclined to fancy vague feudal systems before him; but how could a man, however perceptive, in a few weeks understand a language that was simple yet subtle, understand all the institutions and relations of chiefship, understand the implications and the indications of <hi rend="i">tapu</hi>, the sacred, the forbidden, the penalty-ridden; understand the structure of society and its classes; apprehend courtesies and obligations; separate the ritual of sex from orgiastic displays, or an island freedom from the commercial libertinage of
<pb xml:id="n195" n="174"/>
the sea-shore? Observation of canoes and houses, weapons and domestic artifacts, was a simpler thing. Cook and Banks were eager observers of everything their eyes rested on, and they did their best to understand, their journals are the foundation of Polynesian anthropology and of some Polynesian history. They register an honest, but a gradual, process of discovery; and the very queries with which Cook was left, his half-statements, his own implications, have been starting-points for later investigators. It now began to be fortunate that he had Banks with him: the young man, with plenty of time at his disposal while Solander worked on plants and fishes, revealed a universal interest and the happiest gift for getting on with people, whether men or women; and his susceptibility to the latter—who can forget ‘the very pretty girl with a fire in her eyes’?—was welcomed and echoed by them. As a coadjutor, as a junior manager, he was invaluable; as an observer he was excellent; he was excited but not often thoughtless—he could, even, be more cautious than Cook; he was sympathetic, amused, accurate. It is obvious that his journal and Cook's lay open before each other; obvious that he was baffled by some things as much as Cook was. It is obvious that neither was sentimental enough at that time to nourish the thought of Noble Savages.</p>
        <p>The name the island was known by to its inhabitants was learnt soon enough—Otaheite, <hi rend="i">O Tahiti</hi>, ‘It is Tahiti’.<note xml:id="fn1-174" n="1"><p>The ‘O’ is really untranslatable. It is an article prefixed to proper names when in the nominative case. <hi rend="i">O Tahiti</hi> might equally well be rendered ‘The Tahiti’. Other examples are the personal names ‘Oborea’ and ‘Otoo’ for O Purea, O Too; or the name of the district, Oparre for O Pare.</p></note> Its population of ‘Indians’ may be guessed, without confidence, as upwards of 50,000; and perhaps that of its near neighbours should be taken into this total. It was not settled in villages, but scattered visibly in single huts and small groups all round the verge of flat land, less visibly throughout the valleys and over the uplands. The high valleys also gave refuge to the fugitive and to the oppressed; for there was a class-structure and varying degrees of prosperity, there could be oppression; and, though desperate warfare was rare, it was not unknown, briefly. The coming of Europeans was almost coincidental with one of these brief periods, and, not unnaturally, led on to another and longer one. The remains, however, of Tahitian building are not those of forts but of <hi rend="i">marae</hi>—the coral-stone structures of courtyard and ‘altar’, small or large, that almost innumerably dotted the land, the centres of religious ceremonial for families or communities or craftgroups; highly important when they belonged to chiefly families, the importance of whose members themselves might be measured by
<pb xml:id="n196" n="175"/>
their seats on the <hi rend="i">marae</hi>, immensely <hi rend="i">tapu</hi> or sacred, surrounded with sacred trees, ministered to by a priesthood the very language of whose invocations was an esoteric thing; less important as social rank declined, yet, whether the centre of human sacrifice or of a more ordinary ritual, the abode of awe and the visiting-places of gods. Tahitian society, that is—as was to become apparent to the European mind only gradually—Polynesian society in general, was in its own terms a profoundly religious society. The secular also was sacred. Chiefs—the <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi>—were sacred in their degrees; most sacred of all were the <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi>, particularly the three great heads of clans who might in some sort present to men from a different world the quality of ‘kings’. The <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi> commanded and was obeyed; he was addressed in special forms; his person, his clothing, his possessions were protected by <hi rend="i">tapu</hi>; he had, as we have seen, his <hi rend="i">marae</hi>; he had his mountain and his promontory, his symbols of authority, his staff and spear; his authority extended even to the <hi rend="i">rahui</hi>, the laying of a prohibition in his district on the use of the produce of land or sea or industry, for his own convenience or that of the community—to anticipate a festival, to conserve maturing breadfruit, or fish in the spawning season. The sanctity of the <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi> extended even beyond all this, to the ground on which he trod, his very presence; when he came men stripped off their clothing to the waist, women below their shoulders, as they did when passing by houses that belonged to him, or the sacred images connected with his <hi rend="i">tapu.</hi> He himself could never appear in public on foot, nor enter the house of a subject, and consequently was carried on men's shoulders, staying only in houses set aside for the purpose; and there was protection in this for the subject, to whom the ground was indispensable, who did not wish his dwelling to become in an instant the property of his chief. The commoner who infringed any of the chiefly <hi rend="i">tapu</hi> would, it was believed, either die or be afflicted by <hi rend="i">o‘ovi ari'i</hi>, ‘chief's leprosy'. An <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi> first-born was regarded with a particular veneration, all the more if male: he was recognised immediately as the head of the family, and his father, or his mother, took on the role of regent. A regent of course may exercise considerable power. But the power of the <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi> or his regent was not equal to his privilege, his social consequence; he could not command the obedience of other chiefs, even in his own district; there was great scope for personality. Hence Wallis's acceptance of Oborea, or Purea, as a queen, the magic of her name in England; hence Cook's bafflement, sometimes, as his experience continued, over who might be the really great man with whom he should deal.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n197" n="176"/>
        <p>We need pay little attention to sub-orders of chiefdom: the great bulk of the population were <hi rend="i">manahune</hi>, or commoners, the fishermen, the cultivators of taro or yam, the gatherers of coconuts and breadfruit and bananas and the wild upland plantains, the labourers of house-building and canoe-building and stone-carrying. They looked after the pigs and fowls and dogs that marked the island animal economy; they included the hereditary retainers of <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi> called <hi rend="i">teuteu</hi>—taken by Cook, quite wrongly, for slaves. There were skilled handicraftmen, able artists who could tattoo buttocks and thighs. Their women beat out and stained the fabric of bark cloth, <hi rend="i">tapa</hi>, which was the substance of clothing—the loin-cloth or <hi rend="i">maro</hi>, the skirt or <hi rend="i">pareu</hi>, cloaks and mantles—and was bestowed in ceremonial gifts; wove mats and sails; pounded food. There were differences enough in personality among them, as among chiefs, though few among them could resist the temptation proffered by European goods, whether useful to them or useless, but particularly nails and edged tools; commoners as well as chiefs were highly curious; islanders generally turned out to be ‘prodigious expert’ as thieves. It was the less restrained young women of this social order who provided seamen with such advantageous entertainment, the lithe and laughing girls who were always ready to dance, whose impromptu dances on the beach seemed to the graver mind so often lascivious. Island sexual morals took on a delightful simplicity to the first visitors; and although it was not quite simple, there is reason to think this Central Polynesian culture as profoundly permeated with sex as it was with religion. Certainly there was a great deal made of the sexual relation in the institution of the <hi rend="i">arioi</hi>, the people whom Cook could not otherwise describe than as ‘strolling players’; and to the uninstructed view, their ‘libertinage’ and their practice of infanticide might seem much more impressive than their secular and religious functions in the social pattern. They were a trained and graded society, celebrating in dance the seasonal festivals and those that marked the great events of communal life—like the birth, marriage or inauguration of <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi>—and providing a great part of the mime, drama and wrestling that were favourite social diversions. They toured the island group in fleets of consecrated canoes, were met with gifts and with joy; their god was the god of peace and fertility. It is probable that Cook was entertained by <hi rend="i">arioi</hi> more often than he knew.</p>
        <p>It is probable that, more often than he knew, some simple, well-intentioned action of his own, some effort to impose order, was entangled in a web of island preconceptions, understandings, etiquette,
<pb xml:id="n198" n="177"/>
mores not morals. It is probable that his hosts were baffled as often as he was.</p>
        <p>Cook had obviously given some thought to his instructions and to Lord Morton's hints; he was anxious to regularise trade, keep up the value of his trade goods, and obviate the confusion and quarrels that would arise from lack of direction. Immediately he arrived in Matavai Bay, therefore, he issued his carefully drafted ‘Rules to be observe'd by every person in or belonging to His Majestys Bark the Endevour, for the better establishing a regular and uniform Trade for Provisions &amp;c<hi rend="sup">e</hi> with the Inhabitants of Georges Island'; and the first of these rules was ‘To endeavour by every fair means to cultivate a friendship with the Natives and to treat them with all imaginable humanity’. Secondly, trade for provisions was to be carried on only through a properly appointed person, except with the captain's special leave. Thirdly. ‘Every person employ'd a Shore on any duty what soever is strictly to attend to the same, and if by neglect he looseth any of his Arms or woorking tools, or suffers them to be stole, the full Value thereof will be charge'd againest his pay according to the Custom of the Navy in such cases, and he shall recive such farther punishment as the nature of the offence may deserve.' Fourthly, ‘the same penalty’ would be inflicted for private trading with ship's stores. Fifthly, ‘No Sort of Iron, or any thing that is made of Iron, or any sort of Cloth or other usefull or necessary articles are to be given in exchange for any thing but provisions.’<note xml:id="fn1-177" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 75–6; and I print a draft on pp. 520–1.</p></note> Obviously Cook had also paid attention to Wallis's journal. How far these excellent regulations could keep sailors from losing their tools, or from trading stolen nails or their own shirts for the delights of the flesh, how far they could impose an invariable humanity towards the islanders, remained to be seen.</p>
        <p>People came off to the ship with fruit, upon which a great value was set, and when Cook and a party landed, they saw no evidence of plenty. Those who had been there before, indeed, were astonished at the depopulation of that part of the bay: where were the hogs and fowls, where was ‘the Queen's house’ (the great house for <hi rend="i">arioi</hi> performances), where was the Queen? Next day it became plain that population had moved to the west, whence came many canoes and whither Cook went to look for a larger harbour and to ‘try the disposission of the Natives’. Their disposition was hospitable and friendly, apart from their tendency to pick pockets—Solander lost
<pb xml:id="n199" n="178"/>
his spy-glass and Monkhouse the surgeon his snuff-box, though an obviously great chief got them returned. A better harbour not being found, Cook resolved to settle down where he was, and there the people flocked in increasing numbers. Near the north-east point of the bay he would fix a spot for his observatory, building a little fort to protect it, the tents and all the domestic arrangements. With one tent pitched, on the afternoon of the third day, he left a midshipman and the marines to guard it, while he and a small party took a walk over the river into the near country, accompanied by a great number of Tahitians. The sensation when Banks brought down three ducks with one shot was gratifying; but then came the sound of other shots. Cook, hastening back, found that the people at the tent had been troublesome, one of them had knocked down a marine, snatched his musket and run off, and the other marines had fired and killed him. The musket was clean gone; so were most of the people. This was exactly the sort of thing Cook was anxious to prevent, and it did little good to confine the sentry afterwards. With some pains he collected together a number of the fled, and managed to reconcile them. But he warped the ship nearer the shore so as to command with his guns all that part of the bay, particularly the site for the fort. Then the unfortunate Buchan had another fit, and died, and to avoid any possible infringement of native susceptibilities his body was taken out to sea for burial. An ingenious and good young man he was, wrote Banks, and his loss was irretrievable: who now would portray scenes and men? The answer that came was poor Sydney Parkinson, who had to draw everything; and life for Sydney Parkinson was not rendered easier by the swarms of flies that settled on him and his colours. The same morning, the first Monday at the island, a number of chiefs from the west visited the ship with plantain branches, their emblems of peace, in hand; among them were two men whose friendship was important, one whom Banks christened Lycurgus, the other Hercules. Lycurgus was a great <hi rend="i">ari'i's</hi> eldest son—Tepau <hi rend="i">i</hi> Ahurai Tamaiti;<note xml:id="fn1-178" n="1"><p>The father was Vaetua i Ahurai, chief of Tefana or Faaa; <hi rend="i">tamaiti</hi> means ‘the son’. For convenience I refer to him as Tepau.</p></note> Hercules was Tuteha, a chief extremely influential over a large part of Tahiti-nui. They brought with them two of the scarce hogs as a present, and when Tuteha later in the week put up his house and put his family to live in it near the growing fort friendly relations seemed to be sealed. Cook would not even cut down a tree without permission. He and Green were the first to spend a night on shore, in an attempt to determine the longitude by astronomical means—vain, because of cloud; and
<pb xml:id="n200" n="179"/>
a little later Banks and Solander took up their residence in the tents.</p>
        <p>By the end of a week all was going well. Banks and Solander were the principal managers of trade, exchanging beads for coconuts and breadfruit: nails in this traffic at first seemed to have lost their value.<note xml:id="fn1-179" n="1"><p>Values fluctuated; sec <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 82 and n. 4 on that page, and Banks, 275, on the price of coconuts, ‘6 for an amber colourd bead, 10 for a white one, and 20 for a forty-penny nail’. Hatchets and axes were also on the scene.</p></note> Cook was determined to live off the land so far as possible, to conserve the ship's provisions. The gentlemen began to study the Tahitian language. Individual friendships were formed: every man had his <hi rend="i">taio</hi>, who exploited him to the best advantage: ‘this might be productive of good Consequences’, wrote Molyneux the master, ‘but the women begin to have a share in our Freindship which is by no means Platonick.’<note xml:id="fn2-179" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 553; cf. Wilkinson the master's mate, ‘we find the woman of this Island to be very Kind In all Respects as Usal when we were here in the Dolphin.’</p></note> On the second Sunday Cook gave his men a half-holiday, with certain restrictions, ‘Viz:’—it is Molyneux again—‘that they should not go over one tree Hill’, a prominent hill at the other end of the beach, ‘that they should not molest or offer Violence to any of the Natives, that they should in all things behave as if he himself were present acquainting them also that no Viloence could be committed without his Knowlidge &amp; that he was resolv'd to punish all Offenders severely &amp; debar them of Liberty for the Future.’<note xml:id="fn3-179" n="3"><p>Molyneux, ibid. Wilkinson has the proviso that the men were ‘to Take Care to be upon their guard for there own Safty as the Indians are very Tracherous.’—p. 84, n. 2.</p></note> <name type="person" key="name-401874">Henry Jeffs</name>, the butcher, who a few days later did offer violence to a woman from whom he wanted a stone hatchet, was the first to suffer in this cause, in spite of the tears of Tahitians who were not used to the sight of flogging. Sunday liberty became fairly regular, but it was not till half-way through May that Cook could find time for a holier observance, in which the service was read not by himself, but by Monkhouse the surgeon. After a few Sundays we lose sight of this. The captain may have been more interested in his secular concerns. In the first fortnight his fort was finished, with a bank of earth and a ditch at each end; on the side facing the river a double row of casks with two four-pounders mounted on them; on that facing the sea, built at high water-mark, another bank of earth surmounted by palisades; six swivel guns flanking the walls. It was to accommodate about 45 men with small arms, including the officers and gentlemen, as well as the observatory, the armourer's forge and a cook's oven; outside was a tent for the cooper and sail-maker. Thus Fort Venus on Point Venus. ‘I now’, says the captain,
<pb xml:id="n201" n="180"/>
‘thought my self perfectly secure from any thing these people could attempt.’ With all this, and the other four-pounders commanding the beach from the ship, he may well have thought so; but he was mistaken.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile the old hands of the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> had rediscovered their Queen—a Queen in adversity. Her rank was not less, her appearance was still distinguished, but obviously she was less regarded. Molyneux found her in Banks's tent and took her on board, where Cook made much of her, his most successful present being a child's doll, which—he says with an unexpected stroke of humour—‘I made her understand was the Picter of my Wife.’ This she paraded about the shore till she made that great man Tuteha so jealous that he had to have a doll too. She had a husband, Amo; a ‘bed-fellow’, one ‘Obadee’, that did not prevent her from angling for Banks; and a principal attendant, whom Cook knew as Tobia—Tupaia, a priest and adviser of importance. What had happened to lower her dignity and raise Tuteha's could not at this time be disentangled. Tuteha's very prominence, however, brought him into difficulties, the first of which arose from the affair of the quadrant. No sooner was the fort completed than the observatory was set up inside and the astronomical quadrant taken ashore in its box. Next morning it was gone. In spite of walls and sentries some nimble fellow had slipped in, stolen the heavy and precious article and made off with it—information soon came—to the eastward. A reward was announced for its recover. Banks and Green rushed to pick up Tepau, found that he knew the instrument had been unpacked and who the thief was, and through the whole of a sweltering day, with the chief and a pair of pocket pistols for protection, were bent on the chase, uphill and down. Finally they got back every essential piece, and on the way home met Cook coming up with a party of marines in support. Cook's, first impulse had been to seize all the large canoes in the bay, in addition to the persons of Tuteha and others, until the quadrant was returned; later, learning that Tuteha was certainly quite innocent, he left orders that the chief should not be molested. By some mistake he was, when a canoe that put off from the shore was stopped, and was sent from the ship to the fort, where he was detained expecting death. On Cook's return he was immediately freed. The situation was a little difficult, because, although he gave Cook two hogs before he left, he was clearly displeased. Next day he demanded by messenger an axe and a shirt in return for the hogs; pending their delivery the supply of provisions stopped. Reconciliation came, however, in two more days: Cook, Banks and Solander
<pb xml:id="n202" n="181"/>
themselves went with the axe and shirt, and for good measure a broadcloth gown,<note xml:id="fn1-181" n="1"><p>The ‘gown’ was in the form of the native <hi rend="i">tiputa</hi>, an upper garment slipped over the head, through a hole like the South American poncho.</p></note> to the chief in his district of Pare, were received with honour amid a suffocating crowd, entertained with a display of wrestling before the <hi rend="i">arioi</hi> house, and the supply of provisions was resumed. The impression of this chief's power was strengthened when Molyneux and Green took the pinnace twenty miles to the eastward in search of hogs and fowls; after nearly losing their boat in the surf, they were told that nothing could change hands without Tuteha's permission. ‘I can foresee that it will be a hard matter for us to keep up a freindship with Tootaha his demands being too exorbitant for us to comply with’, writes Cook in his log;<note xml:id="fn2-181" n="2"><p>B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27955, 8 May 1769.</p></note> but he managed to surmount the difficulty.</p>
        <p>The days moved on from that point without great untoward incident. There were minor thefts—even Banks's particular friend Tepau stole nails—and attempted thefts; at one stage water casks seemed attractive booty; iron and iron tools were always tempting. There were ceremonial occasions of display, occasional minor quarrels. Banks noted down the native name of the island, and the Tahitian versions of English names—Tooté for Cook, Tapáne for Banks, Torano for Solander, and so on. The long-boat was found honey-combed with teredo. Cook had a plot of ground turned up and planted English seeds there. There was an overnight visit to Tuteha and Purea in the chief's district on the west coast, in the hope of securing a supply of hogs; the hope was illusory, Cook had his stockings stolen from under his head while still awake, Banks lost his jacket and waistcoat,<note xml:id="fn3-181" n="3"><p>Parkinson (<hi rend="i">Journal, 31</hi>) writes that ‘Mr Banks lost his white jacket and waistcoat, with silver frogs’—so that Banks cut an elegant figure even in Tahiti.</p></note> and would have lost all his other clothes had it not been for the good offices of Tupaia, two midshipmen lost their jackets. There was little consolation to derive from the music which followed, in the middle of the night, an hour of drums and flutes and singing. They were more entertained on the way back, by the sight of Tahitians riding the surf on the stern of an old canoe. The weather varied: as May came almost to an end it was reasonably fair, but not so fair that there was no anxiety for the day of the Transit. There was great diligence in looking to the instruments, and now no impediment from the surrounding people. Cook had determined to take Lord Morton's advice and send out other parties to observe, one to the west, the other to the east; their members had to be carefully instructed.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n203" n="182"/>
        <p>The preparations at Fort Venus he describes in his report to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>.</p>
        <q>The astronomical clock, made by Shelton and furnished with a gridiron pendulum, was set up in the middle of one end of a large tent, in a frame of wood made for the purpose at Greenwich, fixed firm and as low in the ground as the door of the clock-case would admit, and to prevent its being disturbed by any accident, another framing of wood was made round this, at the distance of one foot from it. The pendulum was adjusted to exactly the same length as it had been at Greenwich. Without the end of the tent facing the clock, and 12 feet from it, stood the observatory, in which were set up the journeyman clock and astronomical quadrant: this last, made by Mr. Bird, of one foot radius, stood upon the head of a large cask fixed firm in the ground, and well filled with wet heavy sand. A centinel was placed continually over the tent and observatory, with orders to suffer no one to enter either the one or the other, but those whose business it was. The telescopes made use of in the observations were—Two reflecting ones of two feet focus each, made by the late Mr. James Short, one of which was furnished with an object glass micrometer.<note xml:id="fn1-182" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Phil. Trans.</hi> LXI (1771), 397–8.</p></note></q>
        <p>On Friday, 2 June, writes Molyneux, a useful supplement here to Cook, the winds and weather were not very promising: ‘the Captain and M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Green is entirely employ'd getting every thing compleatly ready. I was order'd to prepare for Observation &amp; had a Telescope ready accordingly, every thing very quiet &amp; all Hands anxious for Tomorrow.’ <note xml:id="fn2-182" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 559.</p></note> Evidently, and not unnaturally, there was a little tension. Solander made a fourth observer, and that very competent man, Satterley the carpenter, was to attend the clock and the thermometer. No apprehension about the weather, however, was needed; Saturday the 3rd dawned bright and faultless, and went on through a calm perfection. To avoid any possible disturbance, no Tahitian was allowed to come near. It was hot: the thermometer in the sun, about the middle of the day, rose to 119°, hotter than it had ever been before. But something was wrong. The critical hours were from nine in the morning to about half-past three in the afternoon. The journal entry runs:</p>
        <q>This day prov'd as favourable to our purpose as we could wish, not a Clowd was to be seen the whole day and the Air was perfectly clear, so that we had every advantage we could desire in Observing the whole of the passage of the Planet Venus over the Suns disk: we very distinctly saw an Atmosphere or dusky shade round the body of the Planet which very much disturbed the times of the Contacts particularly the two internal ones. D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander observed as well as M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Green and myself, and we differ'd
<pb xml:id="n204" n="183"/>
from one another in observeing the times of the Contacts much more than could be expected. M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Greens Telescope and mine were of the same Magnifying power but that of the D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> was greater then ours.<note xml:id="fn1-183" n="1"><p>ibid., 97–8.</p></note></q>
        <p>The ‘Atmosphere or dusky shade’, or what he calls also the penumbra, was visible during the whole transit, Cook says elsewhere, and appeared to him to be ‘nearly equal to 1/8th of Venus's semidiameter’, and the ‘first visible appearance’ of Venus on the sun's rim, very faint, was that of the penumbra, at 21 minutes 50 seconds past 9; while after 3 p.m. when the transit was completing, Cook found the limb of Venus difficult to distinguish from the penumbra, and ‘the precise time that the penumbra left the Sun could not be observed to any great degree of certainty, at least not by me.’<note xml:id="fn2-183" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Phil. Trans.</hi> LXI (1771), 410–11.</p></note> In the six hours' interval anybody could have seen the little black spot crawling across the sun, but that was a quite different matter; and if there was not a great degree of certainty about precise times on the part of some reliable observer, then the observation had failed. The possibility of such a phenomenon had not oppressed the mind of Halley. Almost two years after this day Cook wrote that ‘there were some other appearances beside the above not more favourable to the observations’—without specifying what these were.<note xml:id="fn3-183" n="3"><p>Cook to Maskelyne, 9 May 1771, Royal Society Council Minutes, 11 July 1771; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I (2nd ed.), 692–3.</p></note> Green at least had some figures written down. The question of their precision did not arise till later.</p>
        <p>It remained to collate the results of the other two parties. Hicks, Clerke, Pickersgill, and Saunders, a midshipman, had gone in the pinnace round to the eastward, and observed from an islet on the reef they called ‘Lord Mortons Island’—Taaupiri or Isle Nansouty. Pickersgill returned highly pleased with every circumstance, ‘so that if the Observation is not well made it is intirely owing to the Observers.’<note xml:id="fn4-183" n="4"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 98 n. 1.</p></note> The western party also reported success. This was Gore, Surgeon Monkhouse and Dr Spöring; they had gone farther, rowing the long-boat across the nine or ten miles of water to the island of Aimeo or Moorea, Wallis's York Island. Banks went with them, not as an observer, and while they made their preparations on a large flat rock called Irioa, between the reef and the shore, and next day carried out their scientific business, he went on shore to trade for provisions and look at the country and the people. Some of these he had already seen at Matavai, though the chief, and ‘3 hansome girls’ he got to spend the night in the tent on the rock, were new to him.
<pb xml:id="n205" n="184"/>
The island did not seem as fertile as Tahiti. The only irritation arising on the great day was the theft by seamen of a large quantity of spike nails from the ship's stores; for which Archibald Wolf, found with some of the booty on him, was punished with two dozen lashes, the greatest number meted out on this voyage.</p>
        <p>One might have thought that Cook would now be ready to leave Tahiti, the purpose of his visit being carried out; but in fact the observation of the Transit marks only a half-way point. The delayed celebration at a banquet on 5 June of the King's Birthday, which drew from the chiefs the toast of Kihiargo—they could come no nearer to King George—and made Tupaia particularly drunk, was but an episode of entertainment on the British side. There were many observations that Cook was still to make, in different spheres, some of them among his most valuable ones, and Banks was a very busy man. Cook himself wanted to overhaul his ship and his stores thoroughly before he went continent-hunting in higher latitudes; he also, his first responsibility off his shoulders, wanted to become more closely acquainted with the geography of the island and to chart it properly. Work about the ship was going on all the while: she was careened, says Cook—not dragged on shore, but heeled over where she lay, and ‘boot-topped’, that is her foul bottom was cleaned off to as near the keel as possible and coated with a mixture of pitch and brimstone, she was caulked and painted, her rigging closely inspected and repaired, spars varnished, cables restored, powder dried, provisions inspected. It was slow work, one reason being that the men were divided between the ship and the shore.</p>
        <p>The longer the ship stayed, the more could be learnt about Tahitian life—or at least could be seen or experienced, without always being understood. The surgeon was forcibly assailed for picking a flower from a sacred tree on a <hi rend="i">marae</hi>, an infringement of <hi rend="i">tapu</hi> no native person would have been guilty of. Gore, finding that bows and arrows were in use, challenged Tepau to an archery contest, which broke down when it was found that in this exclusively chiefly diversion the Tahitians shot only for distance and not at a mark. There was further entertainment by ‘travelling musicians’, <hi rend="i">arioi</hi>, flutes and drums and voices again. The Indians, says Banks, asked in return for an English song, which was so enthusiastically received that one of them desired a passage to England to learn to sing. Banks was so greatly interested in custom and so friendly with Tepau that he was able to enlist himself in a mourning ceremony, in which Tepau, fantastically attired in shells and a feathered mask, was ‘chief
<pb xml:id="n206" n="185"/>
mourner’, and Banks, stripped to a fragment of <hi rend="i">tapa</hi> or native cloth round his waist and blackened with charcoal, in the company of two women and a boy similarly decked, rushed about and terrorised anybody they met: it was all very inspiriting. Banks, too, recorded carefully the process of tattooing as he saw it carried out on a young girl, until she could bear it no longer. Some of the visitors, much taken with this sort of adornment, had their own arms marked before they left. There was from time to time a native dish to try, pork or a pudding from the Polynesian ‘earth-oven’, steamed between layers of hot stones and green leaves. A culminating point was the dog presented by Purea, a diplomatic return for some theft in which she had been implicated, at first to her surprise rejected; but similarly cooked it proved very sweet meat—‘few were there of us but what allowe'd that a South Sea Dog was next to an English Lamb', says Cook. The South Sea dogs were vegetable fed. So were the South Sea rats, which Tahitians did not eat but British seamen did, as we learn from Molyneux: ‘shooting of rats is not only a pleasant but a profitable amusement as they are also good eating &amp; it is Easy to Kill 1000 in a day as the ground swarms &amp; the Inhabitants never disturb them.’<note xml:id="fn1-185" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 559.</p></note> Cook highly approved the local pork. Though it was in short supply, he managed to give it to his men for most of their Sunday dinners, not from a Tahitian oven.</p>
        <p>One morning, as June advanced, there was a stir among the natives at the fort, among whom was Purea, and stripping their garments from their shoulders, like all the standers-by, they went out to meet some new arrivals. These were a chief called Oamo or Amo, with a boy about seven years old, carried on a man's back, ‘altho he was as able to walk as the Man who carried him’, and a girl of perhaps 15 or 16. Neither young person was allowed by the Tahitians to enter within the fort. This Amo must be a very extraordinary person to be received with such ceremony, thought Cook, who was none the less puzzled to see so little notice taken of him after the ceremony. But it was not Amo who was the really extraordinary person, it was the boy: ‘we was inform'd that the Boy was Heir apparent to the Sovereignty of the Island and the young woman was his sister and as such the respect was paid them, which was due to no one else except the <hi rend="i">Arreedehi</hi> which was not Tootaha from what we could learn, but some other person who we had not seen, or like to do, for they say he is no friend of ours and therefore will not come near us.’<note xml:id="fn2-185" n="2"><p>ibid., 104.</p></note> Such Cook's valiant effort to get at the truth. He did learn, truly enough, that the boy was the son of Amo and Purea. If there had
<pb xml:id="n207" n="186"/>
only been present two or three other people whom he had met, and two whom he had not, he would have had at once together before him the principal notables of Tahiti-nui; and if his knowledge of the language, which is so ambiguous on personal relationships, had only been adequate, he could have disentangled a curious piece of history. He never did disentangle it, or the family relations that underlay it; but it explains some of the jealousies and strains of the island situation to which, all blind, he had brought himself—in which, by his very presence in a particular part of the island, and his friendship with particular people, he was already playing an unconscious part. Amo was certainly a person of distinction. He had been until his son, Teri'irere, was born, the high chief or <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi> of Papara, on the south of Tahiti-nui, and he was now that son's regent. He himself was also the eldest son of the daughter of the chief of Haapape, in which district lay Matavai; he was therefore distinguished there. He married Purea, the daughter of the chief of Faaa, an important district in the north-west corner of the island. Tepau, an eldest child, was her brother. The family had a marriage connection with the family of Tuteha, the chief of Paea, the district abutting on Papara—a man whose other connections, and his personal force, gave him power from thence northwards round to Haapape. One of these connections was with Tu, the <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi> of Pare, or of a rather larger district, the Porionu'u, between Faaa and Haapape. (So often was the name of this district heard that it appears, as ‘opooreonoo, on Cook's chart, given to the whole of Tahiti-nui. He was Tu's great-uncle, and Tu was the ‘some other person who we had not seen’, not because he was no friend, but because he was a timid young man completely under Tuteha's thumb, and Tuteha thought he was better out of the way. Cook was to see enough of him on later visits. The girl who came with Teri'irere was not his sister but Tu's sister, also a first-born child, and she was the designated wife of Teri'irere.<note xml:id="fn1-186" n="1"><p>See the ‘Note on Polynesian History’, <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, clxxxii, and also p. 104, n. 1.</p></note> These chiefly families were not merely related (which explains Purea's seeming primacy in Wallis's eyes), but at times bitterly divided; and it was the result of bitter family dissension and war, caused by Purea's overweening ambitions for her young son, that as a defeated person she now took a subordinate role to that of Tuteha, the organiser of victory.<note xml:id="fn2-186" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, clxxxii-clxxxiv.</p></note> Cook learnt a little of this, and was to learn a little more on the tour of the island which he made with Banks in the last days of June.</p>
        <p>Meanwhile the stealing of attractive articles went on. Cook's
<pb xml:id="n208" n="187"/>
patience gave way in the middle of the month when an iron oven rake was neatly abstracted from the fort. He seized every canoe he could find of any value and impounded them in the river behind the fort, and threatened to burn every one of them unless the principal stolen articles were returned—‘not that I ever intend to put this in execution’. It was a misconceived tactic, because the owners of the canoes were not the thieves, the fish in the canoes stank the fort out, little was regained beyond the rake; and as for the ‘principal’ articles—musket, pistols, and so on—some people said that Tuteha, his friends that Purea, had them. After a week Cook had to hand, the canoes back thwarted. To be thus thwarted was a serious matter. As a humane man, who took Lord Morton seriously, he did not want to shoot, he felt that one death was enough: ‘contrary to the opinion of everybody’, he writes, ‘I would not suffer them, to be fired upon, for this would have been puting it in the power of the Centraals to have fired upon them upon the most slightest occasions as I had before experienced, and I have a great objection to fireing with powder only amongest people who know not the difference; for by this they would learn to dispise fire arms and think their own arms superior and if ever such an Opinion prevail'd they would certainly attack you the event of which might prove as unfavourable to you as them.’<note xml:id="fn1-187" n="1"><p>ibid., 101.</p></note> As a humane man and a thwarted man he could only go on applying, so far as possible, his policy of even-handed justice, punishing his own men for offences against the native people, and securing what reparation he could from the latter for their own offences. One return his men got in full measure from their hosts, and that was venereal disease. Cook would have been puzzled by this also, had it not been for information given at about the same time.</p>
        <p>It was a thing which weighed on the humane man for the rest of his life, and on humane men among his officers, this question of the transmission of the evil to the people of the South Sea; and where there were so many islands, innocence in one case was not necessarily innocence in another. The mutual attraction of the sexes—his men, the island women—Cook did not have to read Wallis's journal to foresee. He may even have foreseen, in general terms, episodes so ridiculous as the rivalry and the ‘éclaircissement’ between Banks and the surgeon over young women; and it would certainly have been most unfortunate if either of these had shot the other.<note xml:id="fn2-187" n="2"><p>ibid., 102, n. 1, and Parkinson, 32.</p></note> Before Wallis let a man land in 1767 he had the whole of his crew inspected by his surgeon and declared free of any sign of the disease. Similarly Cook:
<pb xml:id="n209" n="188"/>
‘I had taken the greatest pains to discover if any of the Ships Company had the disorder upon him for above a month before our arrival here and ordered the Surgeon to examine every man the least suspected who declar'd to me that only one man in the Ship was the least affected with it and his complaint was a carious shin bone; this man has not had connection with one woman in the Island.’ None of the <hi rend="i">Dolphin's</hi> men had contracted it at the island, as far as he knew; yet by early May some of his own men had—‘sad work among the People’, to quote the master <note xml:id="fn1-188" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 556.</p></note>—so that he ‘had reason (notwithstanding the improbability of the thing) to think that we had brought it along with us which gave me no small uneasiness and did all in my power to prevent its progress, but all I could do was to little purpose for I may safely say that I was not assisted by any one person in y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Ship … this distemper very soon spread it self over the greatest part of the Ships Compney but now I have the satisfaction to find that the Natives all agree that we did not bring it here.’<note xml:id="fn2-188" n="2"><p>ibid., 99.</p></note> If the ship's records are correct then Cook has overstated the extent of the contagion, which was confined to about a third of her company, but that was bad enough. Nor did he, or any ship's surgeon, or any surgeon anywhere, then know enough to be able to make dogmatic statements, except on a basis of the most clear and obvious proof—as Cook himself concluded after some years' more experience. Not enough was known about the varieties of the disease, nor the possibilities of quiescence and renewal, nor about carriers; so that Cook, getting now the information already referred to, was happy to feel that both the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> were free of the unpleasant responsibility. There had been two other ships visiting the island, ten or fifteen months earlier, at a harbour to the eastward called ‘Ohidea’ or Hitiaa; they had had a woman on board, and had carried away the brother of the chief of that place. Thus was accounted for various old pieces of iron, at first supposedly but not certainly from the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi>, which had been seen about, and an axe of strange pattern which Purea had brought to be sharpened. Also, said the Tahitians, these ships ‘brought the Venerial distemper to this Island where it is now as common as in any part of the world and which the people bear with as little concern as if they had been accustomed to it for ages past.’<note xml:id="fn3-188" n="3"><p>ibid., 98–9.</p></note> Information thus phrased indicates that the ailment was not syphilis, to which the endemic island disease of yaws gave immunity, but gonorrhea; and to that the British seaman was no more immune than the islander. Cook and Banks took Tepau on board the ship and showed him a coloured print of
<pb xml:id="n210" n="189"/>
the flags of different nations: he at once picked out the Spanish flag as the one flown by these unexpected vessels; and had not jackets and shirts such as those usually worn by Spanish seamen been lately seen? It was proved beyond doubt, thought Cook, that the ships were Spanish, from some South American port.</p>
        <p>Early on the morning of 26 June he set off eastward in the pinnace with Banks to make the circuit of the island. For about ten miles there was no reef. At 8 o'clock they landed and walked while the boat rowed along, the shore sounding, a rough walk at times between the sharply rising hills and the beach, encountering nothing very remarkable till they came to Hitiaa, where they were shown where the ships had lain—Spanish ships, as Cook thought them—and where their men had camped on shore. They kept on walking, found they could not in that way reach the bottom of the great bay between Tahiti-nui and Taiarapu, and called in the boat for the last stage, so that they were able to lodge the night with friends on the northern side of the Taravao peninsula. Cook inspected this muddy canoe-portage next morning; beyond it, he was told, was enemy's country, subject not to Tuteha but to ‘King Waheatua’. Although the people encountered as the travellers walked on were strangers they proved as friendly as anybody else, not least the magnate Vehiatua, the <hi rend="i">ari'i rahi</hi> of Taiarapu, ‘a thin old man with very white hair and beard’, says Banks, found sitting with his daughter ‘near some pretty Canoe awnings’ on the shore of the beautiful Vaitepiha Bay. To reach his side of the bay they had been ferried across a large river in a canoe; now they walked again, accompanied by his young son, along the edge of fine cultivated country, with a <hi rend="i">marae</hi> on every point and others inland, and almost innumerable large double canoes drawn up on the beach—until tiredness drove them into the boat. They rowed till dark, when they put into a little creek and spent (surprisingly, as they thought) a supperless night in a deserted <hi rend="i">arioi</hi> house. Nor could they get provisions next morning, although they met friends, until, after rowing with a native pilot round the south-east point of the island, the steep Pari or cliffs above them and the broken dangerous reef outside, they came to a flat called Ahui and a plentiful harbour. Here they saw a fat goose and turkey-cock, left by Wallis at Matavai Bay. A less grateful sight, at one end of a house, was a semi-circular board to which were fastened fifteen human jaw-bones. For what purpose? Cook could not find out.</p>
        <p>The tour continued, all this day in the boat, inside the reef, past a fruitful and populous coastal fringe, to a halting-place for the night—the night of the 28th—in the district of Vaiuru, within the
<pb xml:id="n211" n="190"/>
large bay on the southern side of the peninsula. It was here that an important chief unsuccessfully attempted to decamp in the dark with a cloak lent to keep him warm, amid great excitement; and here that some alarm was caused towards morning by the absence of the boat. She had only drifted from her grapling. At daylight the gentlemen set off again in her, still inside the reef, landing for a short time and walking at Vaiari, round the bend of the bay, and noting down some remarkable signs of the Tahitian religious cult. They designed to spend the next night in the Papara district, with Purea; she being not at home, they nevertheless stayed. Here, on a low point of land, about a hundred yards from the sea, they found the most remarkable product of human hands in Tahiti, ‘a wonderfull peice of Indian architecture and far exceeds every thing of its kind upon the whole Island’, and indeed in the whole of Polynesia. It was the colossal <hi rend="i">marae</hi>, built of worked coral stone and basalt, which Purea and Amo, in their colossal pride, had raised to the honour of their infant son Teri'irere<note xml:id="fn1-190" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 112–13; also Banks, I, 303–5.</p></note>—which, with all the attendant circumstances of reckless vanity, had so outraged the other <hi rend="i">ari'i</hi> that Tuteha and Vehiatua had joined to overthrow the pretensions of the Papara family. There were smaller <hi rend="i">marae</hi> near by, and many large altars, or <hi rend="i">fata</hi>, bearing the remains of sacrificial food set out for the gods; and the beach between them and the sea was thickly strewn with human bones—the bones of the Papara men killed six months before. The jaw-bones of Ahui were trophies of this battle. Cook and Banks measured the prodigious thing, before they went to rest in Purea's house, and learnt something of the fate which had descended on its makers. The next day, the last of June, they rowed up the west coast, a slow passage through reefs and shoals, to some part of Tuteha's domain, visited him the following morning and by evening had trodden their path back to Matavai Bay and the fort. They had been out on their circuit for six days and five nights; something more than thirty leagues, was the estimate; and the ‘Plan or Sketch’ which Cook had drawn, ‘altho it cannot be very accurate yet it will be found sufficient to point out the Situations of the different Bays and harbours and the figure of the Island and I believe is without any material error.’ Later comers found it remarkably accurate.</p>
        <p>It was time, the captain thought, to depart. With the advance of the season provisions were growing short, the only breadfruit was a small late harvest brought down from the hills, and the natives were using a ‘sour paste’ made from it earlier, preserved in pits. The fort
<pb xml:id="n212" n="191"/>
was dismantled for firewood. The preparations took another week. Banks improved one fine day by exploring the river valley till he was stopped by great cliffs shining with water, and another by planting a variety of fruit seeds—of Cook's planting only mustard had come up Cook was on the point of bringing his men on board when two of them deserted. They were marines, <name type="person" key="name-400651">Clement Webb</name> and <name type="person" key="name-400657">Samuel Gibson</name>. Nothing at this juncture could be more irritating. Since the ship's arrival discipline had been on the whole satisfactory, though it could not be expected that all rules would be obeyed. There had quite early been some ‘mutinous’ talk; but Molyneux, whom the captain evidently trusted, had intervened to secure pardon for the delinquents. ‘I had many reasons for doing this’, he says darkly, ‘as I well knew the Spring that caus'd these commotions';<note xml:id="fn1-191" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 556 (7 May).</p></note> and even earlier there had been ‘great murmurings’ because of the scarcity of pork, ‘which begun in a quarter least expected &amp; serves to shew that People may be Guilty of the Highest Ingratitude’.<note xml:id="fn2-191" n="2"><p>ibid., 555 (5 May).</p></note> There was a vague story told to Banks twenty years later by one who had been a midshipman on the voyage, about desertion planned both by ‘most of the People of the Endeavour’, and by two or three ‘gentlemen’ who relinquished their intentions on learning of the men's.<note xml:id="fn3-191" n="3"><p>ibid., cxlvi. The midshipman was J. M. Magra or Matra, later British consul at Tangier, whence (in 1790) he wrote to Banks on the subject of the <hi rend="i">Bounty</hi> mutiny, and then adverted to the <hi rend="i">Endeavour.</hi></p></note> Nothing is more likely than that men discussed mutiny or the delights of desertion, in that balmy air, in the abstract, as an irresponsible dream. When a man was first suspected of desertion, however, it appeared that he had been briefly kidnapped; and it does not seem likely that mutiny, in the more serious sense, was ever seriously considered. Webb and Gibson did desert, irresponsibly, for a dream of love; they had ‘strongly attache'd themselves’ to two girls;<note xml:id="fn4-191" n="4"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 116.</p></note> they may even have fancied they could succeed. They should have known their captain better. They had gone to the mountains, said the Tahitians, who were certainly able to return them. The seizing of canoes earlier had not persuaded these people to act: Cook therefore resolved to seize chiefs and took half a dozen for hostages, including Purea, Tuteha and Tepau. This brought the return of Webb, though <name type="person" key="name-401946">Jonathan Monkhouse</name> and the corporal of marines, sent to bring in the fugitives, had been seized in their turn. Cook thereupon despatched Hicks with a strong party and orders from Tuteha, which combination was effective, and the chiefs were released. Though not maltreated, they had been affronted—from the Tahitian point of
<pb xml:id="n213" n="192"/>
view very considerably so. It was not the happiest note on which to conclude a visit. The night before the ship sailed, therefore, Cook, Banks and Solander paid a visit to Pare and patched up a reconciliation.</p>
        <p>The last job about the ship was renewing the stocks of both bower anchors, which had been eaten away to destruction by the worm. And then there were two additions to her company. More than one Tahitian had wished to join her. Cook was reluctant to take away anyone whose return he could not foresee, but Banks was eager. Tupaia the priest, Purea's adviser, had been much with them; he was a man of intelligence, of encyclopaedic local knowledge, came of a family of famous seamen, and had already provided a long list of islands from which it was possible to construct some sort of map, so that Cook agreed that he might be a help in discovery. Banks the collector, the man of fortune, overbore Cook: ‘Thank heaven I have a sufficiency and I do not know why I may not keep him as a curiosity, as well as some of my neighbours do lions and tygers at a larger expence than he will probably ever put me to; the amusement I shall have in his future conversation and the benefit he will be of to this ship, as well as what he may be if another should be sent into these seas, will I think fully repay me.’<note xml:id="fn1-192" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 312–13.</p></note> So Tupaia, natural history specimen and prospective pilot, was embarked, together with a small boy his servant, Taiata. Just before noon on Thursday, 13 July, in a light easterly breeze, the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> sailed from Matavai Bay.</p>
        <p>Cook did not at once turn south in pursuit of his instructions. He thought it better first to look at the nearby islands of which he had heard. He did not land at Moorea, nor at Tetiaroa, some eight leagues north-west of Point Venus, a low uninhabited island where the Tahitians went for fish and refreshment, but after taking a nearer view of the latter and noting the position of Tubuai Manu, forty miles to the west of Moorea, bore away farther westward for Huahine, about a hundred miles distant from Tahiti. Webb and Gibson both got their two dozen and were returned to duty. Gentle breezes led Tupaia to pray to his god Tane for wind (when he thought a wind was coming, said Banks), and whether or not with his assistance the ship, passing round the north of the island, was anchored on the afternoon of 16 July within the reef on its western side, in a fine deep harbour called Fare. It was here that Tupaia really began to prove his mettle. As the ship manoeuvred he made a man dive down to
<pb xml:id="n214" n="193"/>
the heel of the rudder and report the depth she drew, ‘after which’, says Banks, ‘he has never sufferd her to go in less than 5 fathom water without eing much alarmad.’<note xml:id="fn1-193" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 323.</p></note> People had come on board at once when they saw Tupaia, among them their chief Ori. Ori and Cook struck up an immediate friendship, exchanging names—a thing in itself of no particular significance, perhaps, in the annals of explorers, but singular so far in Cook's experience, and though the two men's encounter was fleeting, the mark of a permanent regard. When a party landed, Tupaia, now priest rather than pilot, went through a lengthy propitiation ceremony to avert the anger of the local gods at the coming of strangers, and a hog and some coconuts were presented to signify their approval; but trade was not brisk, nor were these islanders. They were well-built, fairer than the Tahitians, rather incurious, and did not steal; according to Pickersgill, they ‘Expres'd a great Desire of our going to Kill the Bollobollo Men'. Cook surveyed the island; Banks went up the hills and found the whole place much like Tahiti. Before Cook sailed on the 19th he gave Ori a few medals as testimony of his discovery, but more particularly a small pewter plate inscribed with the words <hi rend="i">His Britannick Maj. Ship Endeavour, Lieut<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Cook Commander 16th July 1769. Huaheine.</hi> The chief promised never to part with it, and he did not.</p>
        <p>Leaving this harbour, Cook crossed over to another on the near side of Raiatea, twenty miles west: Teava Moa, the ‘sacred harbour’ of the Opoa district, where stood the most revered <hi rend="i">marae</hi> of all Polynesia, Taputapuatea, an inmost heart. Tupaia went through his propitiation ceremony again, though this was his own native island; Cook, faithful to his instructions, hoisted the English flag and took possession of the island and its neighbours. Next day sounding and coastal surveying went busily on, while Banks inspected boathouses and canoes and measured a great canoe under construction—the Raiateans were famous canoe-builders—and the surgeon managed trade, much to the disgust of some on board, who wanted to acquire curiosities; instead they got fresh pork and as much fruit as they could eat.<note xml:id="fn2-193" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 144, n. 2. Pickersgill was very indignant: This day Trade Oligopoliz'd on Shore by the Surgeon &amp;c whilst the most Trifling Thing was not admitted to be Purchas'd on board even by the Petty Officers a Centinal being Putt on each ganway on Purpus while the 2<hi rend="sup">d</hi> Lieut<hi rend="sup">n</hi> (Mr. Gore) stay'd on the Q<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Deck all day.' Wilkinson, the other master's mate (also a petty officer) remarks about the pork and fruit that it was ‘the Captains Chief Steady [Study] to get for them.’</p></note> The weather turned bad. It was not till the 24th that it seemed safe to leave shelter and haul to the north to look at Tahaa, an island within the same reef as Raiatea and divided from
<pb xml:id="n215" n="194"/>
it only by a narrow channel; not till after beating about for four days that a boat could go in to sound a harbour and land Banks and Solander for provisions. Nor was the wind favourable for a landing on Borabora, though after leaving Tahaa Cook was close in with it. Fresh south-east gales forced him to ply for two days off the west side of Tahaa and Raiatea, so that it was the morning of 2 August by the time he could warp the ship into the harbour of Rautoanui on that side of Raiatea, where he wanted particularly both to stop a leak in the powder room and to pick up stones for ballast—and of course to resume his survey; and, for full measure, to fill his water casks. All this was done, and fresh provisions received; Banks and Solander explored the country, with or without Cook, met delightful people, were interested by their dances, and witnessed a number of ‘interludes’ or dramatic performances. Puni, the great warrior chief of Borabora, was then on Raiatea, most of which he had subjected to himself. He sent a present to Cook, who called on him with his own gift; the chief, in spite of his all-conquering reputation, seemed surprisingly decrepit and stupid, and not at all generous. Cook was more interested in the island and in sketching another harbour. After returning to the ship he was wind-bound for a day, the last day of a week at this place, where the supply of hogs and vegetables was so pleasing. There were, for an observant man, many impressions to assemble.</p>
        <p>Among the islands neighbouring Raiatea which Cook had annexed for his royal master were two inconsiderable ones he had merely sighted, the atoll Tupai or Motu Iti a few miles north of Borabora, and Maurua or Maupiti, a high island rather more to the west: to these, with Huahine, Raiatea-Tahaa and Borabora he gave the collective name Society Isles, ‘as they lay contiguous to one a nother.’ The three main ones were worth having, in point of beauty. Anciently dead and shattered volcanoes, they were striking objects from the sea; Raiatea the largest and highest though by no means as high as Tahiti, Borabora the smallest and most fantastically dramatic. They had smooth and secure harbours. So much like Tahiti in general character and produce, they gave the naturalists little that was new; although without Tahiti's superabundance of breadfruit, their cultivated plantains and yams called forth the admiration of the seamen. The people seemed more open and free. The number of human jawbones hung up as trophies certainly argued a good deal of free and open violence.</p>
        <p>In the morning of 9 August the wind, coming round to the east and steadying, carried the ship through the reef, and Cook made sail to
<pb xml:id="n216" n="195"/>
the southward. Considering the mission on which he was now engaged, the words of Banks were perhaps too casual: ‘Launchd out into the Ocean in search of what chance and Tupia might direct us to.’<note xml:id="fn1-195" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 329.</p></note></p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n217" n="196"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d14" type="section">
        <head>IX<lb/>
New Zealand</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">For the</hi> first few days it was possible to hold a fairly direct southerly course, while Tupaia expatiated upon islands, and the captain himself and Banks, one imagines, began to compose their immensely valuable descriptions of the life of Tahiti and the neighbouring island group. The weather was agreeable. Four days from Raiatea, in latitude 22°26', an island was sighted to the east, and this one at least was prophesied by <name key="name-101191" type="person">Tupaia</name>—‘Ohetiroa’, Hiti-roa or Rurutu—a high island, dark-green with the <hi rend="i">toa</hi> or casuarina on its more level parts close to the shore, without barrier reef but fringed all round with a coral bank. As the ship could not get in close and Cook had no wish to stay he sent off the pinnace with Gore, Banks and Tupaia, to see if they could land and acquire any knowledge from the inhabitants of what lay to the southward. These inhabitants, in their bright red or yellow stained <hi rend="i">tapa</hi> garments, with their lances and spears of <hi rend="i">toa</hi> wood, proved a little belligerent, trying to seize the boat; so that, after the harmless discharge of a musket or two and some inconsiderable trade, Cook, having made the circuit of the island, hoisted her in again and made sail. He ignored Tupaia's pleas to turn west: not in that direction lay his instructions. Within the next week the weather began to deteriorate: as it got colder the island hogs and fowls, taken for a sea stock, unused to any diet but their native vegetables, began to sicken and die; neither did the store of those vegetables, other than yams and plantains, last well. Sea birds were abundant, albatrosses, petrels, shearwaters. The great Pacific swell discouraged any thought of land, though as early as 16 August a line of cloud in the east tempted the ship off her course for part of the morning. August 25 was the anniversary of her departure from England. The gentlemen brought out a piece of Cheshire cheese and tapped a cask of porter, and ‘livd like English men’, said Banks. There had been too much tapping of other casks, he thought, by surreptitious persons without need to celebrate, but at least they had not filled them up again with salt water, as he was told was the habit. Within a few days of this, died unexpectedly the boatswain's mate,
<pb xml:id="n218" n="197"/>
John Reading, who was fond of being drunk—for some unexplained reason carried off by three half-pints of rum, neat, which the boatswain had given him ‘out of mere good nature’.</p>
        <p>At the end of the month a comet was seen, a phenomenon observed also at Greenwich and Paris. September came in with squalls and gales and rain, high seas and cold, and more than once Cook brought to. On the first day of the month, in the afternoon, he found he was beyond the parallel to which his orders took him, in latitude 40°22′, and longitude 145°39′ W. He decided, with some regret, that he had come far enough: ‘I did intend to have stood to the Southward if the winds had been moderate so long as they continued westerly notwithstanding we had no prospect of meeting with land, rather then stand back to y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> north<hi rend="sup">rd</hi> on the same track as we came; but as the weather was so very tempestuous I laid a side this design, thought it more advisable to stand to the Northward into better weather least we should receive such damages in our sails &amp; rigging as might hinder the further prosecutions of the Voyage.’<note xml:id="fn1-197" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 161.</p></note> So, in rather better weather, on a north-westerly course, he sailed up to latitude 29°, on 19 September—briefly misled one day by a fog-bank which looked like land, and sounding without finding bottom in a paler-coloured sea; then south-west to 38°30′ ten days later. In those days seaweed had begun to float by, and one or two pieces of barnacle-covered wood, and everyone noticed the seal asleep in the water, and reflected that seals do not go far from land. The collectors never finished collecting: October brought one or two calms, in which Banks was off in a boat, shooting birds and netting jelly-fish. Cook altered course, as he made west, to a little north, then a little south. Expectation was rising. There was a gallon of rum promised to the first person who should sight land, despite John Reading's fate, with the further promise that his name should be given to some part of the coast. ‘Now’, wrote Banks for 30 October,</p>
        <q>do I wish that our friends in England could by the assistance of some magical spying glass take a peep at our situation: D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander setts at the Cabbin table describing, myself at my Bureau Journalizing, between us hangs a large bunch of sea weed, upon the table lays the wood and barnacles; they would see that notwithstanding our different occupations our lips move very often, and without being conjurors might guess that we were talking about what we should see upon the land which there is now no doubt we shall see very soon.<note xml:id="fn2-197" n="2"><p>Banks, I, 396.</p></note></q>
        <p>If friends of Cook could have invoked this magical glass they might have wondered whether he retained any rights in his own cabin.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n219" n="198"/>
        <p>‘Our old enemy Cape fly away entertaind us for three hours this morn’: it is Banks again, 5 October, about latitude 38°, and some were sure the clouds were land. A paler sea had for some days again caused frequent sounding, without bottom. The 6th came with settled weather and gentle easterly breezes, before which the ship sailed slowly, making once more a little northing. At 2 p.m. a boy at the masthead, Nicholas Young, shouted Land!—and by sunset the line, no bank of cloud or fog, could be seen from the deck. At noon next day it was still about 8 leagues away, high land; below the heights smoke was rising; the weather was still clear; before nightfall a bay was descried, and the inland ranges appeared higher than ever. ‘Much difference of opinion and many conjectures about Islands, rivers, inlets &amp;c. but all hands seem to agree that this is certainly the Continent we are in search of’, are the words Banks commits to his journal that night.<note xml:id="fn1-198" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 399.</p></note> In the morning Cook stood in for the bay, where canoes, people, and houses could be seen; the sail-makers were busy making covers for the ‘blunderbusses’—presumably the swivel guns—for boat service, so that he was taking no chances with these potentially difficult inhabitants; in the afternoon he anchored on the north-east side of the bay before the entrance of a small river, and immediately went ashore with Banks, Solander, and a party in the yawl and pinnace. They landed on the east side of the river.</p>
        <p>‘Certainly the Continent we are in search of’? Were these, then, the first steps, or the first European steps, on that fabled shore? Banks might think so. Others, even if not all hands, thought so. The titling of a number of Pickersgill's charts begins, ‘A Chart of Part of the So Continent …’.<note xml:id="fn2-198" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 262, n. 5. His chart of the coast between Poverty Bay and the Court of Aldermen has the note ‘(N.B. This chart was taken before this country was found to be an island).’</p></note> There is nothing to indicate that Cook thought so. Not having discovered it or any evident signs of it in his run south—and he had found ‘no prospect’ at all then of meeting with land—he was to turn west until he discovered either it or the eastern side of Tasman's ‘New Zeland’. He does not mention Tasman in his journal until the end of the year; but his longitude differed only some half-dozen degrees from Tasman's reported longitudes on the west coast, and it would be hard for him not to think he had come to New Zeland. What then was Tasman's New Zeland? Cartographically, it was a scratch on the map. Tasman, who had certainly seen its north-western point, which he had called Cape
<pb xml:id="n220" n="199"/>
Maria van Diemen, had rightly deduced open ocean to the east: at the same time, he thought it not impossible that the coast ran southeast to join Le Maire's Staten Land, and he gave his discovery the same name. Wherever it went, it did not join Staten Land, as was immediately proved by the Dutch Captain who sailed round Staten Land and saw no sign of a continent. Also, Cook had just proved, it could be no part of the continenthypothetically outlined by <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>. That did not prove it could be no part of a southern continent. It might be the northern projection of some mass that lay, perhaps, far to the south. There might, again, be an open passage through this projection leading to the ocean that lapped South America and its Spanish wealth—the great bay, <hi rend="i">Zeehaens bocht</hi>, where Tasman had ridden out the stormy Christmas of 1642. Obviously the only thing for Cook to do was to obey his instructions, and to explore as much of the coast as the condition of the bark, the health of the crew, and the state of his provisions would admit of. This, large as was the sum total of his observations on mankind—on the ‘Indians’ of this country—obviously was his leading and immovable thought over the next six months; and whereas his Tahitian experience was so much in the discovery of men, this one was in the discovery, quite remarkably rounded and complete, of a country.</p>
        <p>A discovery, none the less, immediately concerned with men; for he had landed. The first two days were disastrous, all that Cook deplored and Lord Morton had warned him against, all with the best intentions. These Indians, clearly, did not regard the stranger as someone automatically to be welcomed. Cook, seeing a number of them on the west side of the river, crossed over in the yawl to meet them, leaving the pinnace at the river entrance. When they made off he and his party walked two or three hundred yards to look at some huts; at this four men rushed out from the trees on the eastern side to seize the yawl, which, warned by shouts from the pinnace, dropped downstream closely pursued; the pinnace fired, first over the pursuers' heads, then directly at them, and one fell dead. His three companions stopped, startled by this novelty in killing. Cook went back to the ship. He landed again next morning, this time with the marines, on the river's west bank, to face a body of hostile people on the other side, flourishing their weapons and leaping in a war dance. He managed to bring them to a parley; to his surprise, they understood Tupaia perfectly; twenty or thirty of them swam over to him. In spite of presents given them they remained truculent, snatching at the English weapons, Tupaia was full of warnings; when one of them fled with Green's hanger Cook felt forced to have him
<pb xml:id="n221" n="200"/>
fired at, first with small shot, then with ball; and he fell fatally wounded. The others retreated with his arms and a few wounds from further small shot. Cook, baffled of friendly contact and finding the river salt, decided to row round the bay, both to look for fresh water and if possible to surprise and secure some persons, who might then be convinced that his intentions were friendly. Heavy surf prevented his landing a second time this day, but seeing two canoes coming in from fishing he intercepted one of them. Tupaia's invitations failed to attract its occupants, and a shot fired over their heads, instead of stopping them, caused them to attack the boat with every weapon and missile they had. Cook, on the defensive, ordered his men to fire again: two or three of these uncomprehending savages were killed, and three more, all young, who jumped into the water were taken up. On board the ship these young fellows, who were inured to hazardous chances, turned at once ‘as cheerful and as merry as if they had been with their own friends’; they ‘seem'd much less concerned at what had happen'd then I was myself.’<note xml:id="fn1-200" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, ccxi, 171.</p></note> Cheerful and merry Cook could not be. He had meant well and his well meaning had broken down. He had to accuse himself in his journal; but could he accuse himself unreservedly?</p>
        <q>I can by no means justify my conduct in attacking and killing the people in this boat who had given me no just provocation and was wholy igernorant of my design and had I had the least thought of their making any resistance I would not so much as have looked at them but when we was once a long side of them we must either have stud to be knockd on the head or else retire and let them gone off in triumph and this last they would of Course have attributed to thier own bravery and our timorousness.<note xml:id="fn2-200" n="2"><p>ibid., ccxi, printed from a fragment in the Mitchell Library.</p></note></q>
        <p>That did not seem quite right and he tried again, beginning, ‘I am aware that most humane men who have not experienced things of this nature will cencure my conduct’, and omitting those last miserable phrases with which, after all, he had tried to buttress self-justification, ‘and let them gone off in triumph …’.<note xml:id="fn3-200" n="3"><p>For Cook's final version of his account see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 171.</p></note> He did not deny the bravery: his men recorded it with admiration. As for Banks, who had been the first to fire that morning, he had his own sorrow to set down: ‘Thus ended the most disagreable day My life has yet seen, black be the mark for it and heaven send that such may never return to embitter future reflection.’<note xml:id="fn4-200" n="4"><p>Banks, I, 403.</p></note> The reader may himself care to reflect that this was a rather new note in the literature of discovery.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n222" n="201"/>
        <p>The following day some wood was cut and the three youths, full of ship's food and reluctant to leave, were put ashore. Out of some two hundred armed natives who assembled only one man seemed conversable, crossing the river to receive presents; Cook therefore to avoid a further clash, took his men back to the ship. Early next morning, 11 October, he stood out of the bay. What would he call it: Endeavour Bay? He thought so, then changed to <name key="name-100562" type="place">Poverty Bay</name>, ‘because it afforded us no one thing we wanted’ except a little wood, in spite of the obvious population and the smokes that spread far up the inland valleys. The name of the boy Nicholas Young was used, true to promise—the south-west point of the bay became Young Nick's Head. Cook turned down the coast intending to go as far as 40° or 41° and then, if the prospect was not encouraging, to sail north again. In this way he employed a week of running survey and sporadic contact with the New Zealanders, often enough hostile, who came off in their canoes to inspect the wonder.</p>
        <p>On the first afternoon, in a calm, several canoes came along-side and some men even on board, to trade their paddles for Tahitian cloth. Three stayed overnight, and reassured more cautious visitors in the morning that their hosts did not eat men. The three captured youths, when first put on shore, had seemed afraid of being killed and eaten by their enemies. Were these savages then cannibals? There was then no further evidence, and the men departed. This was off the flat headland Cook called Cape Table, whence the land trended south-south-west on the outside of a peninsula to the Isle of Portland, much like its namesake in the English Channel; and hauling round the south end of this island he found himself in a large bay. It was large enough to contain subsidiary bays; behind its white cliffs, sandy beaches and houses, a well-wooded interior ran back to hills and mountains patched with snow; but as Cook slowly followed its coast, he could find no harbour or watering place, while more than once he had to disperse hostile canoes with shots fired wide from his four-pounders. On the 15th, abreast of a point which was the south-west limit of the bay, there was a more serious incident. Several canoes came out to the ship and sold her some ‘stinking’—that is, smoked or dried—fish; ‘however, it was such as they had, and we were glad to enter into traffick with them upon any terms.’ Then a man cheated the captain of a piece of red cloth, offered in exchange for a dog-skin cloak, and the canoes all put off, only to return with more of the fish. Bargaining went on during which Tupaia's servant-boy, Taiata, was over the side; he was suddenly snatched into a canoe, the canoe fled, the ship opened fire, in the confusion the boy
<pb xml:id="n223" n="202"/>
leapt from the canoe into the water and was rescued, and the natives retreated to the shore with two or three more dead. To the bay Cook gave the name of <name type="person" key="name-400658">Sir Edward Hawke</name>, the First Lord; the cape he called Kidnappers. He continued in fine weather slowly down the coast, which did not alter its direction, past houses and canoes by day and fires by night; until on the 17th, having come to his limit, ‘Seeing no likelyhood of meeting with a harbour, and the face of the Country Vissibly altering for the worse’, he ‘thought that the standing farther to the South would not be attended with any Valuable discovery, but would be loosing of time which might be better employ'd and with a greater probabillity of Success in examining the Coast to the Northward'. It was off Cape Turnagain, which he put in latitude 40°34', that he reversed his course; and his instinct was quite sound.</p>
        <p>Sailing north at first further out at sea, he was off the peninsula—Mahia—two days later, and the natives began to come out to the ship continually. They were now very friendly. Past the ‘remarkable head’ he called Gable End Foreland he sighted two promising bays, in which he determined to try for water and see a little of the country. The more southerly one he could not fetch, but in the other, ‘Tega-doo’<note xml:id="fn1-202" n="1"><p>Parkinson uses the form Te Karu. ‘Tegadoo’ illustrates the difficulty Cook had sometimes in reducing a native word to English, as well as in determining a place name. It may be derived from <hi rend="i">Te ngaru</hi>, breakers or the heavy surf his informant thought he was referring to. See <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 183, n. 1.</p></note> or Anaura, he was able to land, carry on a little trade for sweet potatoes, collect wild celery, and get a little water—though Banks and Solander also got a thorough dowsing in the surf from an overturned canoe. Leaving this bay, he found a contrary wind, and learning that there was a good supply of water in the other, put in there, anchoring a mile outside a small cove just within its south point. The name of the bay he got incorrectly as Tolaga, perhaps from the native <hi rend="i">tauranga</hi>, an anchorage: it was correctly Uawa. The cove, at the bottom of a great green amphitheatre, we know now as Cook's Cove. Wood and water abounded, wild celery and ‘scurvy grass’;<note xml:id="fn2-202" n="2"><p>Wild celery was a genuine celery, <hi rend="i">Apium prostratum</hi>. The ‘scurvy grass’, Maori <hi rend="i">nau</hi>, botanical <hi rend="i">Lepidium oleraceum</hi>, was once very common on New Zealand coasts, but few living eyes have seen it, except in a herbarium, as it has been eaten out of existence by sheep and cattle.</p></note> the trees, plants and birds sent the natural historians into an ecstasy. Cook could sound the bay, settle the latitude and longitude by exact observation, climb hills and look at the country, he admired the native gardens, noticed no sign of animals except dogs and rats, established most amicable relations with the people. There was good trade: fish, sweet potatoes or curiosities on the one side, cloth, beads
<pb xml:id="n224" n="203"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP008a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP008a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP008a-g"/><head>New Zealand and the East Coast of Australia</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n225" n="204"/>
and nails on the other. Cook let trade be general. These people valued the <hi rend="i">tapa</hi> cloth from Tahiti and Raiatea more highly than anything else, everybody in the ship had some; so ‘I suffer'd every body to purchase what ever they pleased without limitation, for by this means I knew that the natives would not only sell, but get a good price for every thing they brought'—and would bring to market whatever the country afforded. There were not the fruits of Tahiti, though the wild celery, gathered free, ‘a great Antiscorbutick’, could be boiled every morning with portable soup and oatmeal for breakfast. Banks measured a great canoe; Parkinson and Spöring sketched the cove, the bay, the romantic natural arch through the hillside; Tupaia talked. It was a useful five days, and on the morning of 29 October Cook was at sea again heading north.</p>
        <p>Next day he rounded East Cape, which he had ‘great reason to think … the Eastermost land on this whole Coast’, passed Hicks Bay (Lieutenant Hicks being the first to sight it), and Cape Runaway, off which a number of suspiciously heavily armed canoes were sent hurrying off to shore by a round shot fired over their heads; and was in the large opening in the coast he was to call the <name key="name-400542" type="place">Bay of Plenty</name>. He called it so not from any improvement in his own fortunes, but from the fertile, cultivated and well-populated appearance of the land. Off one island he saw a large double canoe full of people, one of the few of these canoes seen since Tasman. Visiting canoes tended to disregard European ethics of trade, paddling off without return for what they were given: it did not strike Cook—how could it?—that here might be current different rules of exchange, and that if he waited he might get a handsome equivalent later on as a present; indeed, if it had struck him, he could not afford to wait. Nor could he afford the linen, towing over the side to wash, which was carried off without ceremony, nor did volleys of stones seem the mark of a generous spirit; so that his own friendly efforts were varied with an occasional musket shot or four-pounder. There were a number of islands in the bay, rocks, some shoal water, all to go down on the chart. Further west the country changed its appearance: ‘Continent appeard this morn barren and rocky’, noted Banks on 3 November, noting also the cluster of rocks and islets that was called the Court of Aldermen from their resemblance, ‘thick and squat or lank and tall, to some one or other of those respectable citizens’ of London. In the afternoon three canoes came alongside, unornamented, simply hollowed out of large trees, with naked paddlers, ‘yet these few despicable gentry sang their song of defiance and promisd us as heartily as the most respectable of their countrey men that they
<pb xml:id="n226" n="205"/>
would kill us all’.<note xml:id="fn1-205" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 425.</p></note> When Cook turned into an inlet that appeared an hour later the ship was accompanied by a small truculent fleet, which went away with the further promise to attack her on the morrow—a promise which led to nothing beyond a visit by night, some ‘parading about’, trade and ‘trickery’ in the morning, and the discharge of a few firearms; after which the people became extremely friendly. Cook found a good anchorage a mile inside the south entrance point of the inlet, off a smooth sandy half-moon beach and a river into which the boats could go at low water. Here was the harbour he had wanted; here also a convenient place for observing the transit of Mercury, due on 9 November, which if well done would give him an accurate longitude. Here, in Mercury Bay,<note xml:id="fn2-205" n="2"><p>On the name see <hi rend="i">Journal</hi>, I, 202, n. 3. It was a second choice; he at first intended to use a native name, probably ‘Opoorage’, from Purangi, the name of the stream he called ‘Oyster River’.</p></note> he was to remain for eleven days, observing, wooding and watering, recruiting his men, cleaning the ship, surveying (one of his own most elaborate coastal profiles takes in the whole circuit of the bay), and giving much study to the life of the people of the district.</p>
        <p>The weather was clear for the observation. Unfortunately while Cook and Hicks were on shore attending to it a man in a visiting canoe cheated Gore, on board the ship, of a woven cloak he had agreed to exchange for a piece of cloth; and as the canoe moved off, with paddles shaken defiantly, the furious Gore seized a musket and shot the man dead. ‘I must own’, says Cook, that this ‘did not meet with my approbation because I thought the punishment a little too severe for the Crime, and we had now been long enough acquainted with these People to know how to chastise trifling faults like this without taking away their lives.’<note xml:id="fn3-205" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 196.</p></note> There were no more lives taken away. In this bay there was no more truculence. The people did not seem highly prosperous, nor their country cultivated; probably, as they slept under trees and temporary shelters, they were seasonal visitors, eaters of fern root, who came to the coast for the fishing;<note xml:id="fn4-205" n="4"><p>And probably to assert land-claims, which was a matter Cook could not guess at. To quote later Maori reminiscence: ‘Our tribe was living there at that time. We did not live there as our permanent home, but were there according to our custom of living for some time on each of our blocks of land, to keep our claim to each, and that our fire might be kept alight on each block, so that it might not be taken from us by some other tribe.’—Beaglehole, <hi rend="i">The Discovery of New Zealand</hi>, 89.</p></note> and up the river, as Cook's men found, there were boat-loads of delectable rock-oysters, as well as wild fowl in the country and the wild celery on which the captain set such store. There were certainly, on the other hand, many fortified villages, <hi rend="i">pa</hi>, on promontories and
<pb xml:id="n227" n="206"/>
rocks, built with ditches, palisades and fighting stages, most admirable pieces of engineering; Cook was hardly less impressed by the native weapons, lances, truncheons, and darts, though the bow and arrow was unknown. An ingenious as well as warlike people he thought they must be; and they confirmed his impression that they ate their enemies.</p>
        <p>He and Banks were not the only curious observers. The people were tenacious of memory; more than eighty years later, when Cook's countrymen had come to New Zealand as settlers, an ancient chief, <name type="person" key="name-101593">Te Horeta</name>, a man of blood in many wars, told them of the great happening of his childhood. The ship had come, it seemed a supernatural thing, and its men supernatural beings, for they pulled their boats with their backs to the shore where they were to land—had they eyes at the backs of their heads? They pointed a stick at a shag, there was thunder and lightning and the shag fell dead; the children were terrified and ran with the women into the trees. But these <hi rend="i">tupua</hi>, goblins or demons, were kind, and gave food: something hard like pumice-stone but sweet, something else that was fat, perhaps whale-blubber or flesh of man, though it was salt and nipped the throat—ships bread, or biscuit, salt beef or pork. There was one who collected shells, flowers, tree-blossoms and stones. They invited the boys to go on board the ship with the warriors, and little Te Horeta went, and saw the warriors exchange their cloaks for other goods, and saw the one who was clearly the lord, the leader of the tupua. He spoke seldom, but felt the cloaks and handled the weapons, and patted the children's cheeks and gently touched their heads. The boys did not walk about, they were afraid lest they should be bewitched, they sat still and looked; and the great lord gave Te Horeta a nail, and Te Horeta said <hi rend="i">Ka pai</hi>, which is ‘very good’, and people laughed. Te Horeta used this nail on his spear, and to make holes in the side boards of canoes; he had it for a god but one day his canoe capsized and he lost it, and though he dived for it he could not find it. And this lord, the leader, gave Te Horeta's people two hand-fuls of potatoes, which they planted and tended; they were the first people to have potatoes in this country. There are other traditions, brief lights: none as circumstantial as this.<note xml:id="fn1-206" n="1"><p><name type="person" key="name-101593">Te Horeta Taniwha</name> told his story to numerous people. It is now most easily to be consulted in Beaglehole, <hi rend="i">Discovery of New Zealand</hi>, 88 ff., reprinted from John White, <hi rend="i">Ancient History of the Moori</hi>, V (Wellington, 1889), 121–8.</p></note></p>
        <p>Delayed two days beyond his intentions by foul weather and easterly winds Cook did not sail till early on 15 November. Before he left he cut the ship's name and the date on a tree near the watering
<pb xml:id="n228" n="207"/>
place, displayed the colours and took formal possession of the place for his royal master—though he does not indicate that he had ‘the consent of the natives’ for this proceeding.<note xml:id="fn1-207" n="1"><p>It is to be noted that Cook did not here, or anywhere else in New Zealand, take possession of the whole country, as many New Zealanders fancy he did. On the ‘consent of the Natives’, see his instructions, <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, cclxxiii.</p></note> Three days later he was off a cape he called after his old commodore Colville, with land both to the north-west and the south-west; turning the cape he found himself in a deep gulf. He was in fact on the inner side of the hilly peninsula of which Mercury Bay is an indentation on the east, and after sailing south twelve or thirteen leagues and anchoring for a night, had to anchor again because of shoal water. Though the water shoaled, however, it did not come to an end. Cook thought he might now be able to see some of the interior of the country: taking to the boats with Banks, he rowed nine miles to the bottom of the gulf, then twelve or fourteen miles up a river that flowed into it, landing at noon to examine the magnificent forest trees about them, trees standing tall and straight as an arrow. He called the river the Thames, from some resemblance he saw to the English river—perhaps its marshy banks where there were no trees, its breadth (and he included in the name the whole of what we call the Hauraki gulf, as if it were an estuary), and its strong tides. The natives encountered were all very friendly. On the return journey the wind and the flood compelled the boats themselves to anchor for the night; after they had regained their ship a combination of tide, calms, and then stormy rainy weather kept her in the gulf until 23 November. Many islands were to be seen—perhaps there were harbours behind them? The weather made it impossible to lay down the western main with confidence, when it was again relatively clear the ship was off Bream Bay, with the fantastic peaks of its northern head, and the fishing was excellent. A little further north canoes were troublesome: ‘in order to get rid of them we were at the expence of 2 or 3 Musquet Balls and one 4 pound shot but as no harm was intended them none they received unless they happend to over heat themselves in pulling a shore’.<note xml:id="fn2-207" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 212.</p></note> The Cook who gave the doll, his wife's ‘Picter’, to Purea is evident again here; things were going cheerfully, he was not above the humour of the Court of Aldermen, or, a little later, of Cape Brett—because off the cape lay a high rock with a hole pierced through it, and the distinguished admiral after whom he named it was Sir Piercy. That cape stood outside another deep bay, which at first he passed by; but losing ground steadily before a strong westerly wind, he bore away for it again and anchored in shoal water before one
<pb xml:id="n229" n="208"/>
the many islands within its entrance, Motu Arohia. The day was 29 November.</p>
        <p>The familiar pattern of native behaviour was repeated, this time with more danger. A crowd assembled in their canoes, from which a few persons were allowed on board and given presents; then others tried to carry off the buoy of the anchor, the muskets and a gun were fired, the people fled, it took Tupaia's good offices to bring them back. Cook moved the ship farther out, and, with Banks and Solander landed on the island. Almost at once they were surrounded by two or three hundred armed and jostling men, some of whom broke into a war dance while others tried unsuccessfully to seize the boats; pushed back by small shot beyond a line drawn on the sand they rallied more than once, until the attentive Hicks, swinging the ship round, fired her guns over their heads. This dispersed the mob, and they became ‘meek as lambs’. Cook could peaceably load the boats with celery, intending to sail next morning. But next morning the wind fell calm, thereafter turning to the north. He flogged three sailors for robbing sweet potato plantations during the night, and settled down to some days of trafficking, mainly for fish, filling his casks, gathering greens, sounding the harbour, and visiting as much of the country as possible. It was more thickly populated than those parts further south, the people more elaborately tattoed, some of their canoes more elaborately carved; the bay itself beautiful, with many good anchorages, the hills and valleys round it, forests and cultivations, beautiful also. Cook called it the Bay of Islands. Early on 5 December he weighed anchor with a favourable wind, which changed in the afternoon and then faded away altogether, so that shortly before midnight the ship was almost carried on shore by a current; escaping that the ship struck a sunken rock, from which she fortunately went clear without damage. In the morning she was once more safely at sea.</p>
        <p>Cook now had ahead of him an extremely difficult period. It displays his temper and his patience at their best. He had to undergo a month of weather that varied from contrary winds of no great strength to furious gales, in which he was determined to abandon neither the land nor his purpose of fixing its position. For the first ten days he tacked off and on up the last hundred miles of the eastern coast, past bays and promontories and a long straight ‘desart shore’ that he religiously described and charted with an accuracy which would have given lesser men pride under the most favourable conditions. A few canoes came out once or twice; from them he learnt that the land would soon turn west to a point that could only, he thought,
<pb xml:id="n230" n="209"/>
be Tasman's Cape Maria van Diemen. On the morning of 13 December, after a rainy night, the gales began, and he was driven out of sight of land for the first time since coming upon the coast. A squall split the main topsail—the outset of many days' hard work for the sailmaker over sorely-tried and torn canvas. There were, luckily, some intervals of clear weather. At noon on the 14th the ship was north-east of a point already seen, now judged by Cook to be the northern extremity of the country, as a great swell rolling in from the west argued against any covering of land: its position must certainly be fixed. Forced east and then north-west, Cook was close enough to it to do so, describe it minutely, and even to see a few people upon it, by the 18th—in spite of the winds and a strong current from the west. He had ‘not gained one Inch to windward this last 24 hours’. He called the point North Cape.<note xml:id="fn1-209" n="1"><p>Cook's position for the North Cape was 34°22' S, 186°55'W, or 173°5' E. The position as now accepted is 34°26'S, 173°4' E. The most northerly point of the country is in fact Kerr Point (a slight bulge rather than a point) just west of North Cape, a little less than 34°25' S in latitude.</p></note> He was driven northwards out of sight of land again, though with intervals of clear and even a short one of pleasant weather; on the 24th the island or little cluster called Three Kings by Tasman, seen from the masthead the previous day, was recognised. It was well that the weather cleared; ‘Christmas day’, wrote Banks, who had been improving a calm by shooting gannets or ‘Solan Geese’, ‘our Goose pye was eat with great approbation and in the Evening all hands were as Drunk as our forefathers used to be upon the like occasion’—or as they themselves had been in the Atlantic twelve months before. On the 26th Cook reckoned that standing south, they were in the latitude of the Bay of Islands and only about thirty leagues west of the longitude of North Cape, yet they could see no land; so the northern part of the country must indeed be narrow. In the afternoon they had a fresh gale which in thirty-six hours rose to a hurricane, with rain and a ‘prodigious high’ sea. Twice the ship was brought to, the gale abated only to renew itself; she was blown to the west, then got to the north-east, crossing her previous course; then the wind veering south-west, the sea ran so high that she went bodily to leeward. But whatever course was forced upon him, Cook was determined to fix the position of Cape Maria van Diemen. In the end he had it in sight for three days—on one day North Cape as well—and the position he fixed was astonishing: two minutes out in latitude, four minutes in longitude.<note xml:id="fn2-209" n="2"><p>Cook's reckoning was 34°30' S, 187°25' W (172°42' E); the modern position is 34°28' S, 172°38' E. His North Cape is just as accurate—even more so, with an error of only one minute in longitude.</p></note> His reflection, having done that, and as he began the new year, was a
<pb xml:id="n231" n="210"/>
sober one: ‘I cannot help thinking but what will appear a little strange that at this season of the year we should be three weeks in geting 10 Leagues to the westward and five weeks in geting 50 Leagues for so long it is sence we pass'd C Brett but it will hardly be credited that in the midest of summer and in the Latitude of 35° such a gale of wind as we have had could have happen'd, which for its strength and continuence was such as I hardly was ever in before. Fortunately at this time we were at a good distance from land otherwise it might have proved fatal to us.’<note xml:id="fn1-210" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 228.</p></note></p>
        <p>Nor was the gale yet over, nor the struggle to keep the coast in view without running on to it, nor sober reflections. On 2 January 1770 there was no land in sight, and a wind blowing right on shore and ‘a high rowling sea’ from the west made dangerous any closer approach. Until the 6th south-westerlies continued. Beating against them, Cook by the 4th was as far south as the Kaipara harbour (his False Bay): he had missed a good deal of the land, though standing north-west again he could judge its direction. What he could see struck him, like that on the other side, as desolate and inhospitable, another ‘desart coast’ and obviously dangerous: ‘this I am so fully sencible of that was we once clear of it I am determind not to come so near again if I can possible avoide it unless we have a very favourable wind indeed’. <note xml:id="fn2-210" n="2"><p>ibid., 230. Admiral Wharton, in a footnote to his edition of Cook's first journal, p. 178, remarks, ‘The mingled audacity and caution of Cook's navigation off this coast must awake the admiration of every seaman.’</p></note> On the 6th the wind dropped and the weather cleared; next day variable winds gave way to gentle north-east breezes. The storm was over. Cape Maria van Diemen was again in sight to the north, but there was a turtle upon the water, and the ship could sail south comfortably along the line of the shore, a good stretch every day. The aspect of the land improved; the shore turned the great bulge where Taranaki, the mountain to which Cook gave the name of Egmont, that earl not so long before so deep in Pacific plans, thrust up its noble snow-topped height; and on the 14th he found himself in what seemed a ‘very broad and deep Bay’, its westward limit beyond sight, its south-west side high and broken. On that side were visible a number of inlets. It was the <hi rend="i">Zeehaens bocht</hi> of Tasman. Into one of these inlets Cook determined to go. The ship was foul; she needed small repairs, wood and water, as well as cleaning; her men needed another taste of the land. After plying on and off for the night he passed a ledge of rocks, keeping clear, with the help of the boats, of the north-west shore towards which a strong current drew him; saw a startled sea-lion rise up, a canoe cross the
<pb xml:id="n232" n="211"/>
bay, a village standing on the south-west point of an island a few miles within it, inhabitants all under arms. The weather was clear and settled with hardly any wind, and haulinground this point, towed by his boats, at two o'clock in the afternoon of 15 January 1770 Cook anchored in ‘a very snug Cove’ facing it, on the north-west side of the inlet. The precision with which one writes is justified; for the captain had come to the beautiful spot which, though at that moment he was unknowing of the future, was to be a centre of rest and strategy in all his ocean campaigns. It was Ship Cove, in Queen Charlotte's Sound.</p>
        <p>At that moment he would have been surprised to learn something else he did not know. He was not the only European sailor to have been on the northern shores he had lately left. <name type="person" key="name-209367">Jean François Marie de Surville</name>, one of a French syndicate who had come by garbled reports of an immensely rich Pacific island seven hundred leagues west of Peru—there were elements of Tahiti in this—had sailed from Pondicherry in June 1769 to beat the English to it, just as Cook was taking a last precautionary look at his telescopes in preparation for the Transit. Surville had determined to sail through the Eastern Archipelago; after unwittingly encountering the Solomon Islands he found his men so sick that he determined to strike south and try to pick up Tasman's Staten Land for refreshment; he went to 35° and then changed his course to the east, so that he sighted the New Zealand coast on 12 December, in latitude 35°37', just south of the bar harbour Hokianga. On that day Cook was nearly opposite him, on the other side of the island, half a league from shore. Surville, no more than Cook later, was tempted to make a landing here, and resolved to double Cape Maria van Diemen. This he did, not without some danger as he made his way north. The westerly gale that blew Cook out of sight of land, and out of possible sight of the French vessel, was kinder to Surville; on 16 December he rounded North Cape, with Cook fifty miles to the north, next day anchoring his <hi rend="i">Saint Jean Baptiste</hi> within an opening somewhat to the south which Cook had called, without entering, <name key="name-400861" type="place">Doubtless Bay</name>. Unlike Cook, he had a ship's company in dreadful state—sixty men dead, and the rest so enfeebled by scurvy that they could hardly handle the boats. The land, fresh food and water rapidly improved the state of these; but the easterly storm which fell on Cook at sea on the 27th imperilled Surville frighteningly in harbour and he lost anchors, cables and a dinghy. He suspected the local people of stealing his dinghy, alienated them by using force, though unsuccessfully, to recover it, and was compelled to sail away to further disaster, off the coast of
<pb xml:id="n233" n="212"/>
Peru, where he was drowned in attempting to land. A good seaman, he was an adventurer rather than an explorer. One has difficulty in picturing the scene had he and Cook met.</p>
        <p>The deep inlet to which Cook had come is a precipitous place, and only at its southern end, so far down that Cook never had time to explore it, does any real expanse of flat country begin; but the steep high hills were clothed in dark green, the land was ‘one intire forest’. Into the cove ran an abundant stream of sweet fresh water; the waters of the sound rendered up god's plenty of fish, its shores illimitable quantities of the wild celery and scurvy grass that were the delight of Cook's heart. He had come in the season of fair weather; for though the winds can tear down in fury from the heights and rain fall heavily, for the first fortnight of his three weeks' stay there was little to record but gentle breezes and a clear sky. There was much work to do: ‘rest’, for Cook's men, tended to be the refreshment they got from change of labours and change of diet, but refreshment they certainly got, and they had their hours of wandering. Few of them were immune to the sound of bird song across the water, so charmingly recorded by Banks two days after the ship anchored. ‘This morn’, he wrote, ‘I was awakd by the singing of the birds ashore from whence we are distant not a quarter of a mile, the numbers of them were certainly very great who seemd to strain their throats with emulation perhaps; their voices were certainly the most melodious wild musick I have ever heard, almost imitating small bells but with the most tuneable silver sound imaginable to which maybe the distance was no small addition. On enquiring of our people I was told that they had observd them ever since we have been here, and that they begin to sing at about 1 or 2 in the morn and continue till sunrise, after which they are silent all day like our nightingales.’<note xml:id="fn1-212" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 455–6.</p></note> So does the bell-bird, the Maori <hi rend="i">korimako</hi>, enter the literature of New Zealand, though doubtless his notes were accompanied by those of other victims of the collectors' gun; for Banks and Solander had arrived in another natural historian's paradise. It was plants rather than birds, however, that filled their bags; it was mankind, also the study of the natural historian, that for a moment appalled their minds. For a moment, because in spite of the horror that cannibalism inspires, one must admit that in its discussion there is a certain element of the agreeable.</p>
        <p>Like a number of other New Zealanders, the people of the sound introduced themselves with a shower of stones, but in general they
<pb xml:id="n234" n="213"/>
were friendly enough. They seemed poorer than those in the north, and Cook reckoned their number at only three or four hundred; their canoes were mean and unornamented, they had no plantations nor anything to exchange but fish and their weapons. He thought they had more commonsense than their more prosperous fellows, because they took nails as payment for fish, and were eager to acquire English cloth rather than paper or Tahitian <hi rend="i">tapa.</hi> Their savagery was more directly visible. The day following the ship's arrival Cook, Banks, and Tupaia visited a cove not far away, where, with a dog then cooking, were bones obviously human and not entirely picked, about which Tupaia got all the information that native mime did not convey. Next morning, alongside the ship, another bone was handed over, ‘and to shew us that they had eat the flesh they bit and naw'd the bone and draw'd it thro' their mouth and this in such a manner as plainly shew'd that the flesh was to them a dainty bit.’ <note xml:id="fn1-213" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 236–7.</p></note> Other bones were found lying around, some near a native oven; Banks was able to buy the preserved head of one of the persons who had constituted the recent feast. ‘I suppose they live intirely upon fish dogs and enemies’, he said in remarking upon the absence of cultivation. He had forgotten the fern-roots he saw in Mercury Bay.</p>
        <p>Cook's primary interest, however—to repeat—was geographical, and while work on the ship went on he had the boats out, exploring and surveying in every direction. The inlet must, he thought, be not far from the Murderers' Bay where Tasman had lost four of his men: Tasman's bay was in fact distant about seventy miles, and Tasman was unknown to the tradition of the tribe he was now meeting. He made two excursions towards the sea along this western shore and found a good harbour but nothing else except forested hills. Then came a more remarkable expedition. On 22 January he set out in the pinnace in the opposite direction, towards the end of the inlet. After rowing twelve or fifteen miles against the wind he could neither reach nor see it; so at noon he landed on the eastern side and, leaving Banks and Solander to botanise, climbed with a sailor up the steep flank of a hill—part of a ridge the highest point of which is called Kaitepeha<note xml:id="fn2-213" n="2"><p>The point has been most accurately identified by Charles and <name type="person" key="name-207391">Neil Begg</name>, and is now known as Cook's Lookout. See their <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> and New Zealand</hi> (Wellington, 1969), 62–5.</p></note>—to take a view. Even from twelve hundred feet he could not see what happened to the inlet; but he was ‘abundantly recompenced’ otherwise. To the east, under his eye lay the ocean; and from it an open strait ran to the ‘Western Sea’ which he had sailed from Cape Maria van Diemen to the very broad and deep bay off which
<pb xml:id="n235" n="214"/>
ran his inlet. Tasman's <hi rend="i">bocht</hi> was then a strait after all, as the wind-baffled Tasman had thought possible, and Cook was standing on one of the narrow ridges on its south-west side. On the other side was the land he had been coasting; the eastward limit of which he could not see. It was one of the dramatic moments of the voyage, but the journal-page remains sober. Cook returned to the ship examining islands, bays and coves, and four days later made another ‘excursion’ to the eastern side of the inlet, closer to the entrance. He climbed another hill, ‘very high’, this time with Banks and Solander, and saw the strait stretching full before them with the opposite shore (he thought) about twelve miles away, though to the south-east haze blocked the view. ‘However’, writes the cautious man, ‘I had now seen enough of this passage to convence me that there was the greatest probability in the world of its runing into the Eastern Sea as the distance of that Sea from this place cannot exceed 20 Leagues even to where we were, upon this I resolve'd after puting to sea to search this passage with the Ship.'<note xml:id="fn1-214" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 240.</p></note> Whereupon, placing in a pyramid built of loose stones some musket balls and other odds and ends likely to last they went down the hill to find Tupaia and the boat's crew in amiable converse with some of the native inhabitants. Tupaia was proving exceedingly useful.</p>
        <p>The last expedition was to the mouth of the inlet, where Cook landed on the western point and once more climbed a hill, this time ‘pretty high’, he raised another pile of stones, with a silver coin, a few musket balls and beads inside it, and a piece of an old pendant flying from the top. This hill gave him a view of the coast to the north-west and an island about ten leagues off which he called after <name type="person" key="name-134356">Philip Stephens</name>, the Admiralty secretary with whom he had most to do. For the eastern point he was able to obtain the native name, and put it on the chart, Cape Koamaru. There was little more to do, either in producing the sort of survey, somewhat short of perfection, which he thought then necessary, or in work on the ship; so he had the carpenter prepare two posts with the ship's name and the date cut on them. One of these was set up at the watering place and the Union flag hoisted on it. The next day, the last of the month, the other was taken over to the island opposite the cove, Motuara; its purpose was explained to the people, to be a mark to show any other ship that came to the inlet that the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> had already been there; they promised not to pull it down, and received presents of silver threepenny pieces and spike nails stamped with the broad arrow, things likely to be preserved. The post was planted on the highest
<pb xml:id="n236" n="215"/>
part of the island, at its southern end, the flag hoisted, the inlet ‘dignified’ with the name of Queen Charlotte, and it and the adjacent lands taken possession of for King George III. The health of his Queen was then drunk in a bottle of wine, and the empty bottle given to a much-gratified old man. This was the last time that Cook took possession of any part of New Zealand, and how he would have defined ‘the adjacent lands’ may be left in obscurity. The weather for this ceremony was fair, though it had previously shown signs of breaking; but February came in with such a storm of wind and rain from the north-west that the hawser mooring the ship to the shore broke, the overflowing stream carried away and lost ten water casks, and—noted Banks—‘our poor little wild musicians were totally disturbed by it.’ Happily this did not last long, though the wind was still in the north, for Cook was now ready to leave. As he collected his last celery and traded for his last dried fish the people made it clear that they were ready to see him leave. The depredations of a hundred men for three weeks on the food supplies of that haphazard community cannot indeed have been small.</p>
        <p>On the afternoon of 5 February the ship was warped out of the cove and got under sail, but in faint and variable winds, falling to a calm all night, had to anchor until the following morning, when a renewed light breeze took her out of the sound and round Cape Koamaru into the strait. Cook's first purpose was to pass the strait. He does not give it a name: Banks is the man who tells us it is to bear the captain's own name, and we may suspect Banks of insisting on the point. When the captain had passed it, what then? We learn his intentions from his actions and from a conversation he had with the old man on Motuara, on the day he took possession. He had ‘some conjectors that the lands to the <hi rend="c">Sw</hi> of this strait (which we are now at) was an Island and not part of a continent’; and the old man said that there were ‘two <hi rend="i">Wannuaes</hi>, that is two lands or islands that might be circumnavigated in a few days, even in four.’ These two ‘wannuaes’ or <hi rend="i">whenua</hi> he called ‘Tovy-poenammu’, or <hi rend="i">Te Wai Pounamu</hi>, and it was the short circumnavigation of these that Cook thought he was engaged upon even while he was in the strait. There was a third land, a large one, which could be sailed round only in many moons, on the east side of the strait, and obviously Cook had been on its coasts already. Its name was ‘Aeheino mouwe’.<note xml:id="fn1-215" n="1"><p>The name Cook got may have been <hi rend="i">He hi no Mani</hi>, ‘a thing fished up by Maui’. See <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 243, n. 3; and also <name type="person" key="name-111505">Edward Shortland</name>, <hi rend="i">The Southern Districts of New Zealand</hi> (London, 1851), 155–6, and <name type="person" key="name-207252">Johannes C. Andersen</name>, <hi rend="i">Maori Place-Names</hi> (Wellington, 1942), 89–91.</p></note> About this third land the only doubt is how to transliterate the name Cook came
<pb xml:id="n237" n="216"/>
by; for it does not easily fit into the traditional name of that island, <hi rend="i">Te Ika no Maui</hi>, ‘the fish of Maui’. As for the other two, clearly there was misunderstanding on Cook's part, perhaps on the old man's, perhaps on Tupaia's. One of them must have been Arapawa, the island that formed the north-east side of the sound, and this could be circumnavigated in a few days, even by canoes; the second was <hi rend="i">Te Wai Pounamu</hi>, ‘the Water of Greenstone’, so called because of the river-beds of its west coast where the green stone or nephrite was found of which weapons and ornaments were made—not, as Cook supposed, the ‘green Talk or stone’ itself. To circumnavigate this land, or <hi rend="i">whenua</hi>, would take moons also not days; it is not improbable that, as Pickersgill said, Cook's informants ‘had but a very Imperfect knolledge’ of it.<note xml:id="fn1-216" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 243, n. 2. Pickersgill's report, quoted in that note, is more easily understood, than Cook's—‘3 lands’, one to the north (three months to circumnavigate); a second, ‘which we was upon’ (the island Arapawa, on the eastern side of Queen Charlotte Sound—four days to circumnavigate); and the third ‘Towie poe namou’ (Very Imperfect knolledge').</p></note></p>
        <p>Cook passed the strait. It has its dangers, as he found. He was scarcely into it, in the early evening, four miles off the two small islands he called the Brothers, when the wind fell calm again and the ebb tide drove him almost on to the rocks about one of them; he was saved by his anchor in 75 fathoms with 150 fathoms of cable out and by a small change in the direction of the tide as it met the island, roaring past the ship like a mill-race. It took three hours to weigh the anchor again, after which he could make over for the eastern shore, where the wind and the tide combined swept him through the narrowest part of the passage, and he could stand away south by west for the most southerly point of land in sight. This he called Cape Campbell, after the eminent officer who had introduced him to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>; the southernmost point of the northern island, to the east and about twelve miles north, he called Cape Palliser. He spent some hours steering along the coast south from Cape Campbell; the wind died away; then, a south-west breeze springing up, he put the ship right before it and retraced his course. The officers had just started the notion that Aeheinomouwe was not an island at all. They had not inspected the coast between Cape Turnagain and Cape Palliser, twelve or fifteen leagues about: might there not be a swing away to the south-east, a continent after all? Cook did not think so, but he was being challenged on his own ground of accuracy, and we may be glad that he was forced to fill in this piece of his chart. He came in sight of Cape Turnagain, his officers allowed their satisfaction, there was possibly some quiet amusement on both sides, and on
<pb xml:id="n238" n="217"/>
14 February he had passed Cape Campbell again and was abreast of a high snowy mountain—Tapuaenuku—the highest of a high double ridge that ran parallel with the shore. A few canoes had paddled out to the ship from the Aehemomouwe coast; four double ones now came to a stone's throw to gaze, but could be induced to come no nearer, hence the name ‘Lookers on’ Cook gave to the peninsula—Kaikoura—he was then passing. In the night he ran eleven leagues to the south-east, because some persons thought they had seen land in that direction. At daylight on the 16th as he edged in for the land, he saw what appeared to be an island detached from the main; at the same time Gore thought he saw land in the south-east. Cook was certain this was clouds, but Gore was not a very persuadable man; and after convincing himself, from the lie of the land, that the island was a reality, and calling it Banks's Island—Banks is this time too modest to mention the matter—he devoted the whole of the 17th to sailing after this latest figment.<note xml:id="fn1-217" n="1"><p>‘Mr Gore notwithstanding Yesterdays run was of opinion that what he saw yesterday morning might be land, so he declard on the Quarter deck: on which the Cap<hi rend="sup">in</hi> who resolved that nobody should say he had left land behind unsought for orderd the ship to be steerd <hi rend="c">Se</hi>.’—Banks, I, 468.</p></note> There was nothing, and nothing on a southerly course during the night; so in the morning he hauled to the west, thinking, on the information he had from the people in Queen Charlotte's Sound, that he must now be far enough south to weather the main island. After another twenty-four hours he presumed he must be westward of it, and bore away north-west for two hours more, when it appeared running from south-west to north-west. He reckoned that Banks's Island was thirty leagues distant; he had missed forty or fifty miles of close observation of the coast-line, and he did not realise that the ‘island’ was a peninsula.</p>
        <p>Ten very trying days followed, in weather that swung between calms and hard gales from the south, dark and gloomy, with a head sea, carrying away small spars, splitting sails. Cook clung to the coast desperately, tacking off and on, for a time losing ground, sometimes in a fair interval seeing it distinctly, but not certain that it was continuous; making a good stretch one day in a temporary favourable wind till he was off the high bluff he called Cape Saunders (another admiral remembered), about which the land appeared green and woody and hilly, and there were two or three inviting bays. He was anxious not to lose time, however, and resisted the temptation to land—only to be driven by the last day of February a hundred and twenty miles to the south, and even farther to the east. Next day in heavy weather from the west he stood north again from latitude 48°, a large south-west swell persuading him there was no land in that
<pb xml:id="n239" n="218"/>
quarter; and on 3 March, the wind having gone to the north, made all the sail he could to the west. There were whales and seals about. He once more sighted Cape Saunders, where the land trended south-west, and seeing none directly south, thought that this side of Tovy Poenammu must be reaching its limit—still inhabited, to judge from a large fire ashore at night. We learn from Banks that there were two parties on board the ship, those who ‘begin to sigh for roast beef’, who wanted an island so that they could finish with it and go home, and a small minority, including himself, who wanted a continent. The swell gave great spirits to the no-continent party; but in the evening of the 5th, as the weather cleared, ‘we Continents had the pleasure to see more land to the Southward.’ Their pleasure was doomed. By this time there was a larger mass of land to the north, and Cook could not tell whether there was a strait between them, a large bay, or simply low land. The ship was making slow progress—the whole of the 7th was calm; still she kept south-west and west for the next day and a moonlit night, escaping two dangerous ledges of rock on which the sea broke high—the Traps—and next day again fixing the position of the southernmost point of all the land, South Cape. ‘Blew fresh all day’, wrote Banks for 10 March, ‘but carried us round the Point to the total demolition of our aerial fabrick calld continent.’<note xml:id="fn1-218" n="1"><p>The Banks quotations are from I, 470, 471, 472.</p></note></p>
        <p>As Cook turned north in the south-west swell so indicative of an empty ocean, to get in touch with the land, and passed the small rocky Solander's Isle, he looked east. He still asked himself whether he had sailed outside a strait a week before, because now when he looked there appeared an open channel, about which his officers had no doubt; but, he says, when he came to lay down the most southerly land upon paper from the bearings he had taken he hardly had a doubt that this was joined to the rest of the country, with a large bay on either side of the connection. We are given a curious instance, in Cook, of the evidence of the eyes being overthrown by a more abstract reasoning;<note xml:id="fn2-218" n="2"><p>For discussion of this point see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 263, n. 2. If Cook had been deceived by his eyes, looking from the western end of the strait, it would have seemed natural—any-how under certain conditions of cloud and atmosphere.</p></note> for the open channel is there. He seems to have caught a glimpse of its rugged northern coast, the sombre snow-patched inland heights. Meanwhile gales forced him south again, as far as 47°40'. He was back in sight of very high land on the morning of the 13th, not far from a south-west point, and in the afternoon hauled in for a wide-mouthed bay, inside which a line of islands promised good anchorage and shelter; he could not, however, get in
<pb xml:id="n240" n="219"/>
before dark, the wind was too strong for him to risk either a night entrance or keeping to windward, and he bore away along shore. He called it <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>, and it lodged in his memory. Not far north of this another possible harbour appeared, a narrow opening with an island in the middle, flanked by high perpendicular cliffs, with mountain-summits behind covered with snow. ‘Very romantic’ was the land hereabouts, thought <name type="person" key="name-131257">Sidney Parkinson</name>, who knew the right language, its ‘mountains piled on mountains to an amazing height’. Romantic himself, he cannot be accused of exaggeration. Banks wanted Cook to go in here for botanical exploration, and maintained a permanent grievance that he would not: what was a day or two's fair wind against the interests of science?<note xml:id="fn1-219" n="1"><p>Banks, <hi rend="i">I</hi>, 473, and n. 3 on that page; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 266, n. 1.</p></note> The captain had reason enough, and knew a great deal more about winds than Banks did. He was responsible for his ship and her company—including the philosopher. ‘I saw clearly that no winds could blow there but what was either right in or right out. This is Westerly or Easterly, and it certainly would have been highly imprudent in me to have put into a place where we could not have got out but with a wind that we have lately found does not blow but one day in a month: I mention this because there were some on board who wanted me to harbour at any rate without in the least considering either the present or future consequences.’<note xml:id="fn2-219" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 265–6.</p></note> There had evidently been some argument. He had another argument against delay which he quite obviously did not bring forward at the time. It finds no place in his journal. We shall see its force a few weeks later. Doubtful Harbour was left unvisited.</p>
        <p>There was a generally favouring wind, and the chart delineates this westerly shore without a break. For some days the great mountain chain was still white; even some of the valleys seemed covered with snow—glaciers, inching their way down through forest to the sea. The ship was coming up with Tasman's coast. On the 20th the wind veered to the north-west, with hazy weather, rain and squalls. Cook, forced to stand for a while to the west, gave the name Cape Foulwind to the prominent point he sighted on coming back to the land; and hereabouts and further up to the north one may note that Tasman, closer in, provides a better rendering of its outline than he does. Like Tasman, he remarked on the great, the ‘prodigious’, swell; on the 22nd, when he was no more than three or four miles off a bluff and rocky head, he was ‘under a good deal of apprehension’ that he might be obliged to anchor, but good seamanship kept the vessel from driving nearer the shore. By noon on the 23rd she was off
<pb xml:id="n241" n="220"/>
another point which he was afterwards to call Cape Farewell. Then the wind turned east and a day's tacking brought no advance—‘an excellent school for patience’, certainly, the sea, remarked Banks; then a northerly arose, an east-south-east course was set, at daylight on the 26th land was visible in the south-east, and fifteen miles distant rose Stephens Island. At the beginning of this run, Cook had sailed outside a long low finger of land (he could not see to the other side because of haze and rain). If he had only had a better account of Tasman's voyage, he would have realised that within this finger lay that seaman's Murderers' Bay; but the thick misty weather, and night, concealed from him not only that but the whole extent of the indentation between it and Stephens Island, a large expanse which he gave to Tasman and called on his chart Blind Bay. From Stephens Island the north-west head of Queen Charlotte's Sound was full in view; the circumnavigation was accomplished. Intervening was a bay where must be shelter and convenient water. There he anchored, and for the next four days, in overcast rainy weather, his men were busy watering, cutting wood, and fishing. This bay, which took in a great many smaller bays and openings he had not time to investigate, he called Admiralty Bay; its outer points he named after the secretary and the second secretary to the august body—the north-west one, within the island, Cape Stephens; that to the south-east (which was also the north-west head of the sound, where he had stood eight weeks before), Point Jackson.</p>
        <p>Cook described in his journal, with brevity but feeling, the western coast he had sailed up. There must, he thought, be a continuous chain of mountains from one end of the country to the other. As he was not read in polite literature he did not use the word romantic, but spoke of prodigious heights, barren rocks, snow that perhaps had lain since the creation; no country upon earth could appear with a more rugged and barren aspect; or it is mountains standing back behind wooded hills and valleys; always hills rising from the sea, and forest. Such broad statements come easily enough from the pen. One would like a closer impression than we have of the process by which Cook produced his whole chart of the country's coastline—2400 miles in less than three months. No drafts or trial scraps of paper have been preserved, no pages of calculation, no reference anywhere to work spread out in the great cabin—and one must assume that sometimes the captain had the use of his own quarters. It was almost entirely a running survey from the sea, with a constant eye on compass bearings and sextant angles, though when in harbour for as long
<pb xml:id="n242" n="221"/>
as he was in Queen Charlotte Sound he could use triangulation.<note xml:id="fn1-221" n="1"><p>Wales, working later over the records of the voyage, and puzzled by the lack of evidence, concluded that Cook ‘determined the ship's place from time to time by means of a series of triangles, which he carried on all round the island, and which formed a continued connection of the situations of the ship with remarkable objects inland, and the principal points of the coast; and he made no farther use of the log than to connect those points of the track which the ship was in when he took his angles and bearings.’ — Wales, <hi rend="i">Astronomical Observations</hi> … (1788), 108.</p></note> Whenever he could he climbed hills and took bearings—on his last afternoon we have him on an ‘eminency’ upon the west side of Admiralty Bay; but he could not climb hills at sea. He was scrupulous in fixing the positions of his leading points of reference—‘points of reference’ a phrase that little enough conveys the settled determination of his seamanship off the North Cape. He gives us his own summary of the work that had been done, his own critical estimate of his chart's value. Of the work: ‘This country, which before now was thought to be a part of the imaginary southern continent’— significant words, for one who would know Cook's mind—‘consists of Two large Islands… . Situated between the Latitudes of 34° and 48° S and between the Longitude of 181° and 194° West from the Meridion of Greenw<hi rend="sup">h</hi>. The situation of few parts of the world are better determined than these Islands are being settled by some hundred of Observations of the Sun and Moon and one of the transit of Mercury made by M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Green who was sent out by the Roy Society to observe the Transit of Venus.’<note xml:id="fn2-221" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 274. We may compare with Cook's own words those of <name type="person" key="name-102574">Lieutenant Julien Crozet</name>, second in command of Marion du Fresne's <hi rend="i">Mascarin</hi>, which was on the northern New Zealand coast in 1772: ‘As soon as I obtained information of the voyage of the Englishman, I carefully compared the chart I had prepared of that part of the coast of New Zealand along which we had coasted with that prepared by Captain Cook and his officers. I found it of an exactitude and of a thoroughness of detail which astonished me beyond all powers of expression, and I doubt much whether the charts of our own French coasts are laid down with greater precision. I think therefore that I cannot do better than to lay down our track off New Zealand on the chart prepared by this celebrated navigator.’—H. Ling Roth, <hi rend="i">Crozet's Voyage to Tasmania</hi> … (London, 1891), 22.</p></note> That told the truth; and it gave Green his due.</p>
        <p>Of the chart—and the passage should be quoted in full, because these words too are part of the portrait of Cook, with his anxious regard for the fact, his awareness of some merit, his denial of a claim too great:</p>
        <q>The Chart which I have drawn will best point out the figure and extent of these Islands, the situation of the Bays and harbours they contain and the lesser Islands lay[ing] aboutthem. And now I have mentioned the Chart I shall point out such places as are drawn with sufficient accuracy to be depended upon and such as are not, beginning at <hi rend="i">Cape Pallisser</hi> and proceed round <hi rend="i">Aehei no mouwe</hi> by the East Cape &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>. The Coast between
<pb xml:id="n243" n="222"/>
these two Capes I believe to be laid down pretty accurate both in its figure and the Course and distance from point to point. The oppertunities I had and the methods I made use on to obtain these requesites were such as could hardly admit of an error; from the <hi rend="i">East Cape</hi> to <hi rend="i">Cape Maria Vandiemen</hi> altho it cannot be perfectly true yet it is without any very material error, some few places however must be excepted and these are very doubtfull and are not only here but in every other part of the chart pointed out by a prick'd or broken line. From <hi rend="i">Cape Maria Vandiemen</hi> up as high as the Latitude of 36° 15′ we seldom were nearer the Shore than from 5 to 8 Leagues and therefore the line of the Sea Coast may in some places be erroneous; from the above latitude to nearly the length of Entry Island we run along and near the shore all the way and no circumstance occur'd that made me liable to commit any material error. Excepting Cape Teerawhitte we never came near the shore between Entry Island and Cape Pallisser and therefore this part of the Coast may be found to differ something from the truth. In short I believe that this Island will never be found to differ materialy from the figure I have given it and that the coast affords few or no harbours but what are either taken notice of in this Journal or in some measure point[ed] out in the Chart; but I cannot say so much for <hi rend="i">Tovy-poenammu</hi>, the Season of the year and circumstance of the Voyage would not permit me to spend so much time about this Island as I had done at the other and the blowing weather we frequently met with made it both dangerous and difficult to keep upon the Coast. However I shall point out the places that may be erroneous in this as I have done in the other. From Queen Charlottes Sound to Cape Campbel and as far to the <hi rend="c">Sw</hi> as the Latitude 43° will be found to be pretty accurate, between this Latitude and the Latitude 44°20′ the coast is very doubtfully discribed, a part of which we hardly if att all saw. From this last mentioned Latitude to <hi rend="i">Cape Sounders</hi> we were generally at too great a distance to be particular and the weather at the same time was unfavourable. The Coast as it is laid down from Cape Saunders to Cape South and even to Cape West is no doubt in many places very erroneous as we hardly ever were able to keep near the shore and were some times blowen off altogether. From the <hi rend="i">West Cape</hi> down to <hi rend="i">Cape Fare-well</hi> and even to <hi rend="i">Queen Charlottes Sound</hi> will in most places be found to differ not much from the truth.<note xml:id="fn1-222" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 275–6.</p></note></q>
        <p>Moderate as this statement is, we may think it still goes a little too far in its claims, unless we remember that Cook is thinking of the general line of the coast. His Banks's Island is a peninsula; but unless it is examined close to, it looks very like an island. What we now call Stewart Island is a peninsula; but the isthmus connecting it with Tovy Poenammu, or the South Island, is very conjecturally delineated. The coast-line from Cape Farewell to Point Jackson, and on the western side of the Hauraki Gulf, is not, we may think again,
<pb xml:id="n244" n="223"/>
well done; but we may remember the weather, and the time that could be disposed of, and the complexity of those pieces of coast, and the fact that the line shows deliberate gaps; and we may conclude not only that the statement is a candid as well as moderate one, but that the chart as a whole is one of the very remarkable things in the history of cartography, There was one defect in it, as a whole, which Cook did not suspect until his second voyage; and for that Green, as much as himself, perhaps more than himself, was responsible. It was a matter of longitude. The greater part of the South Island was laid down about 40' too far east, the greater part of the North Island, 30'. This was a fact that he found a little painful; but it was a fact, and he swallowed it.<note xml:id="fn1-223" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 173–4, 579–80.</p></note></p>
        <p>As for the interior of the country, that must be left to future generations—it was, after all, the size of the United Kingdom. Cook had landed at six places on the North Island and two on the South Island, and had spent altogether about seven weeks ashore. In that time an extraordinary amount of information had been collected, and the journals, within their limits, are encyclopaedic. Admittedly, Banks was with Cook, but could ever discoverer have more literally obeyed instructions to observe and describe the place and people of his discovery? Banks and Solander sailed away with four hundred new plants; Cook with admiration not merely for the face of the country—its timber, its evident fertility, its promise for settlement—but for its inhabitants. He had found no king or ‘great prince’, but a people evidently divided, and of differing degrees of prosperity; a people strong, well made, active, ingenious, artistic, brave, open, warlike, void of treachery. On the whole, after a bad beginning, he had managed to get on well with them. The only trouble in Queen Charlotte Sound had arisen from a minor affray in which a boat's crew of his own men had gone out of bounds fishing and had fired on two canoes coming (as was fancied) to attack them; they had concealed the affair from Cook, who learnt later, first that one New Zealander had been killed, and then that he had not. All New Zealanders were liars, said Tupaia, who had a meaner opinion of this people than Cook had, and objected to cannibalism. Cook himself, in time, though he never lost his fundamental sympathy for them, was compelled to recognise some less amiable characteristics than those he now catalogued. To the enquiring mind their evident likeness to the South Sea people he had met already posed a problem. They had ‘the same Notions of the Creation of the World Mankind &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>… indeed many of there Notions and Customs are the
<pb xml:id="n245" n="224"/>
very same, but nothing is so great a proff of they all having had one Source as their Language which differs but in a very few words the one from the other’: then what was that source? Neither to the eastward nor to the southward, thought Cook, ‘for I cannot preswaid my self that ever they came from America and as to a Southern Continent I do not believe any such thing exists’—unless in a high latitude. The problem of the Polynesian origin and diffusion would recur to him for as long as he lived.</p>
        <p>The two explicit parts of the instructions, the Transit, and (failing the continent) New Zealand, had been dealt with: the captain could go home. What did the instructions say about that?—‘either round the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>, or Cape Horn, as from Circumstances you may judge the Most Eligible way’. And in unforeseen emergencies, ‘you are … to proceed, as upon advice with your Officers you shall judge most advantageous to the Service on which you are employed’. Coming back to the ship on the evenings of 30 March, after looking at Admiralty Bay, Cook decided to consult his officers. Was he faced with an emergency? Hardly: and it is difficult to think that he had not already quite made up his mind. Nevertheless it would be good to carry other minds with his. He put the possibilities to them. They could go east round the Horn, as he would most like to do, because that route, by striking right across the area of the southern continent of the geographers, would either prove or disprove its existence; but that would mean keeping in a high latitude in the depth of winter, which—it was agreed—the condition of the ship would not permit. They could go west directly for the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>; but the same objection applied, in addition to which on that route ‘no discovery of any moment’ could be hoped for. We begin to see the in-ward workings of Cook's mind. They could go to the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> by way of the East Indies, like everybody else; but as there were provisions more than enough for the passage to the East Indies it was resolved to get there ‘by the following rout: upon leaving this coast to steer to the westward untill we fall in with the East Coast of New Holland and than to follow the deriction of that Coast to the northward or what other direction it may take untill we arrive at its northern extremity, and if this should be found impractical than to endeavour to fall in with the lands or Islands discover'd by Quiros.’ <note xml:id="fn1-224" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 272–3.</p></note> There was a diplomatist in Cook. He had not wished to push his idea too soon. He may have been turning it over for a long time. The unstated argument off Doubtful Sound becomes clear, though still not
<pb xml:id="n246" n="225"/>
stated for another three years, in the journal of another voyage. Then he gives his clinching reason for not landing on that west coast: ‘I had other and more greater objects in view, viz. the discovery of the whole Eastern Coast of New Holland.’<note xml:id="fn1-225" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 112, n. 2, from P.R.O., Adm 55/108.</p></note> Had he already discarded the possibility of going east round the Horn? This new route, certainly—this addendum to original plans—should provide some discovery of moment, as a matter of geographical logic. What Cook did not foresee, as he wrote his sober unornamented words, was that it would dazzle the world. He wasted no further space enlarging on reasons, the thing was settled. ‘With this view at day light in the morning we got under sail and put to sea having the advantage of a fresh gale at <hi rend="c">Se</hi> and clear weather.’ It was 31 March. In the afternoon he took his departure from Cape Farewell; next morning New Zealand was lost in rain and cloud.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n247" n="226"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d15" type="section">
        <head>X<lb/>
New South Wales</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Tasman</hi>, in November 1642, had picked up the western coast of Tasmania, or Van Diemen's Land, had rounded the island to the south, and left the eastern coast in the latitude of about 41°34' some-where near St Patrick Head, where a wind in his teeth stopped him from following the north-west trend of the shore. Sailing east, he discovered New Zealand. Cook, sailing west from New Zealand, and from Cape Farewell in latitude 40°30', hoped to pick up the coast of Van Diemen's Land where Tasman had left it, and trace the coast of New Holland northwards from that point. What he should expect to find it was impossible to say, whether a continuous coast or a congeries of islands, or a coast broken by a strait leading through to some inlet on the north coast, or whether in due course he would arrive plump on the coast of New Guinea as a part of New Holland, or would be guided into some certainty about the discoveries of Quiros. On board the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> were at least two pieces of evidence which cast some light on the New Guinea question, arguing—or, as Cook might say, ‘conjecturing’—that, there was a clear passage between it and New Holland. One of these was the ‘Chart of the South Pacifick Ocean’, in Dalrymple's pamphlet of 1767, the copy of which he had presented to Banks. It had a number of strongly individual features, the existence of some of which, to a person able to check, would have cast doubt on the credibility of others; but it did show, clearly enough, a strait south of New Guinea, and a track for Torres marked through it. The other piece of evidence was the strait shown in the maps provided by Robert de Vaugondy for the volumes of de Brosses: from these maps Cook deduced ‘that the Spaniards and Dutch’ had ‘at one time or a nother circumnavigated the whole of the island of <hi rend="i">New Guinea</hi> as the most of the names are in these two Languages’; which was all the more curious because ‘I allways understood before I had a sight of these Maps that it was unknown whether or no New-Holland and New-Guinea was not one continued
<pb xml:id="n248" n="227"/>
land and so it is said in the very History of Voyages these Maps are bound up in’.<note xml:id="fn1-227" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 410–11. De Brosses's plate V might well seem conclusive.</p></note> So he had at once in his hands conjecture, assertion, and contradiction. All he knew for certain was that New Holland, like New Zealand, must have an east coast, and that if he sailed west far enough he would come to it.</p>
        <p>In a day or two the wind turned to southerlies; then in a few days more to a week's gentle breezes from the north that sometimes dropped to light airs or a calm, so that Banks could go out shooting birds in the warm weather, and the crew were on a not unpleasant routine of picking oakum and working up junk, while the carpenters repaired the yawl, and the sailmaker took the spritsail topsail, worn to pieces, and mended the topgallant sails with it<note xml:id="fn2-227" n="2"><p>The spritsail topsail, according to Alan Villiers, was of no use anyway. It was ‘a sort of hangover from the days when a small mast was stepped cumbrously on the end of the bowsprit and sail set from a light yard which hoisted on it… . Its successor in Cook's time, this sprits'l-tops'l, was little if any better, except that being set from a light yard (or “sprit”) hauled out along the jib-boom and sheeted to the arms of the spritsail-yard inboard of it on the bowsprit, it did not strain the headgear so much.’—<hi rend="i">Captain Cook, the Seamen's Seaman</hi> (London, 1967), 133.</p></note> Then, as the land-haunting sea birds began to appear, after the first fortnight, the Tasman Sea shook itself, as it were, and considered its true character; on 16 April the wind went round to the south and turned to hard gales, squalls and rain with a great sea. This drove the ship farther to the north than Cook had intended, to 38°. All night between the 17th and 18th he was running under his foresail and mizen, sounding every two hours. The birds in the morning seemed certain signs of the nearness of land; indeed by this time, according to his own longitude he was a degree to the westward of the east coast of Van Diemen's Land according to Tasman's longitude—which was about 3° too far east. The wretched weather continued throughout the 18th and the following night, and at 1 a.m. Cook brought to; at 5 he set close-reefed topsails and at 6 Hicks saw the land, extending from northeast to west five or six leagues off. The ship had been heading towards <name key="name-000457" type="place">Bass Strait</name>; she was held on this western course for two hours more, and then Cook bore away for the easternmost land in sight, calling the southernmost point of land he could at that time see Point Hicks. It is now known as Cape Everard, a little west of the south-east extremity of Australia. Further south was nothing, where, ‘due south from us’, ought to have been Van Diemen's Land. It was indeed there, though not due south but west of south, and well below the horizon: ‘from the soon falling of the Sea after the wind abated’ Cook had reason to think it was there, but taking that into account together with the westward trend of the coast he was on, did it not
<pb xml:id="n249" n="228"/>
merely exist but exist independently of New Holland? He had to leave his last query unanswered.</p>
        <p>The long procedure of coasting began, in which two thousand miles of shore, brought out of the shades, were placed in a firm line on the chart. If Cook could have prefigured exactly the four months that lay ahead of him, until he should round the northern tip of New Holland, he might have paced his deck uneasily; as it was, the weather cleared, the winds were manageable, he had a good view of the coast as he sailed, sometimes two or three miles off it, sometimes increasing his distance to three or four leagues. As he advanced past promontories and bays the names of admirals and captains and other naval persons advanced with him, interspersed with metaphor and experience and reminiscence, plain characteristics, and—later—his own emotions. There were few resources for nomenclature his chart did not illustrate in the end: even in the first few days he had Ram Head, Cape Howe, Mount Dromedary, Bateman Bay, Point Upright, the Pigeon House, Long Nose, Red Point. He turned the south-east corner of the land at Cape Howe and steered north, bringing to not infrequently at night, sometimes tacking off shore and in again in the morning: for there was a high surf beating on the shore all along. Beyond the surf the appearance of the country, in those first days, was agreeable enough, moderately high with gentle slopes, grass-grown here and there though mainly covered with trees. Banks, in a week, expressed himself differently: “The countrey tho in general well enough clothd appeard in some places bare; it resembled in my imagination the back of a lean Cow, covered in general with long hair, but nevertheless where her scraggy hip bones have stuck out farther than they ought accidental rubbs and knocks have entirely bard them of their share of covering.'<note xml:id="fn1-228" n="1"><p>Banks, II, 51. He is describing the country about Jervis Bay.</p></note> It was not possible, unfortunately, to investigate every potential harbour. The name Long Nose was given to the north point of a bay, itself unnamed that seemed sheltered from the north-east, Cook had then an unfavourable wind, ‘and the appearance was not favourable enough to induce me to loose time in beating up to it.’ Thus he passed by that fine haven Jervis Bay, when he was thinking the time had come for a landing; but it was not the only fine haven that his fate caused him to pass by. There were a few people seen on the beach, and a fire or two.</p>
        <p>On the afternoon of the 27th Cook put off in the yawl with Banks, Solander and Tupaia to see if he could land. The surf made it impossible.<note xml:id="fn2-228" n="2"><p>This seems to have been between Bulli and Bellambi Point, about nine miles north of Red Point (Port Kembla). See Edgar Beak, ‘Cook's First Landing Attempt in New South Wales’, in Royal Australian Historical Society <hi rend="i">Journal and Proceedings</hi>, Vol. 50 (1964), 191–204. The landing attempt and the ship's movements can be pictured quite clearly from the flat land above the beach.</p></note> Next morning at daylight a bay was discovered, well
<pb xml:id="n250" n="229"/>
sheltered to appearance, into which he resolved to take the ship. In the afternoon he did so, anchoring off the south shore under the eyes of a few natives, some painted over with broad white stripes and armed with pikes and shorter weapons of wood. A few others, striking fish from canoes almost in the surf, seemed to take little notice of the passing ship. As the landing party approached the shore the natives there made off, save for two men who remained to repel the invaders. They were darker-skinned than the men of the islands or New Zealand. This time there was no understanding between aborigines and Tupaia, they were not conciliated by nails or beads thrown to them, nor at first deterred by small shot from defending their country. ‘Isaac, you shall land first’, said Cook to his wife's young cousin, and Isaac Smith and Europe leapt ashore. Cook was deterred from following the natives, now in retreat, too fast or too far by Banks's fear that their darts might be poisoned. A few bark huts were found, lying about them a number of these darts, more like fish spears than weapons of war, which were taken; in one of them were four or five small children, hiding behind a shield, with whom were left some strings of beads. Canoes on the beach were made of bark. Fresh water seemed scarce. With this introduction to New Holland Cook returned to the ship for the night.</p>
        <p>In the morning enough water was found for the ship's needs in a small stream and in holes dug in the sand. There was plenty of wood, there was plenty of fish. Having come into a harbour, Cook surveyed it thoroughly and explored the country round about it as far as he could in the week he stayed there—and the wind kept him longer than he had intended. He wrote a favourable account of it, perhaps too favourable; for though it was ‘capacious safe and commodious’, a good deal of it was also shallow. Green made the latitude 34°. The land was low and level, its soil in general poor sandy stuff, though some of it was rich, some mere swamp; shrubs; palm trees, mangroves grew, with greater trees, heavy and hard—probably black-beans and casuarinas. The sand and mud flats fostered pelicans and other waterfowl, the oysters, mussels, and cockles which formed a large part of the native provision; parrots and cockatoos were beautiful. Banks describes animals that may have been bandicoots, dingos, native cats, and the dung of something—could it have been a stag? he wondered—that must have been a kangaroo. Gore the sportsman went out over the shallows at high water and struck a number of huge
<pb xml:id="n251" n="230"/>
stingrays. Banks and Solander collected so many new plants that their preservation became a large problem, and the drying paper had to be carried on shore into the sun to hasten the process. The ‘Indians’, in no great number around the bay, were shy, dark-skinned, as Cook had already noticed, lean and active, quite naked, with black lank hair, some with bushy beards, certainly not negroes; they threw a dart or two but generally behaved on the principle of live and let live. Small parties of them visited the watering place, unattracted by presents, ‘all they seem'd to want was for us to be gone'. To learn anything of their customs, beyond their use of bark and shellfish, their lack of acquaintance with clothing and their painting of themselves, was impossible. Cook's own men remained healthy, except for one young seaman from the Orkneys called Forby Sutherland, who here died of tuberculosis seemingly acquired at the Strait of Le Maire. Cook named the inner south point of the bay after him. What name, however, would he give to the harbour itself, where he had displayed the English colours ashore every day, and cut upon a tree near the watering place, as at Mercury Bay, the ship's name and the date? He made no patriotic choice. He wrote in his log, after the last catch of stingrays, ‘The great quantity of these sort of fish found in this place occasioned my giving it the name of <hi rend="i">Sting ray's harbour.</hi>’ On this he had second, third and fourth thoughts, as he considered in his journal another kingdom of nature and its princes: ‘The great quantity of New Plants &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> Mr Banks and D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander collected in this place occasioned my giving it the name of’—Botanist Harbour? Botanist Bay? The famous name at last was written—‘<hi rend="i">Botany Bay</hi>’;<note xml:id="fn1-230" n="1"><p>For the process of naming see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, I, ccix and 310, n. 4.</p></note> the heads at its entrance Points Solander and Cape Banks. When the name emerged he had long left the place. He sailed out with his rejoicing natural historians, who had spent the whole of their last day collecting specimens, on the morning of 6 May, in a light north-west breeze that immediately went round to the south, as if a benediction were being laid upon him.</p>
        <p>The wind was all important. The southerly continued for two and a half pleasant days, then began to hesitate; on 8 May it turned for a day or so to northerlies and briefly to the west, so that at night Cook stood off, except when it was north-west or west, when with a light moon he made the best of his way along shore to the northward. It went again to the north on the 13th for a day, and thereafter to the south; until, on the 21st, when in about latitude 24° the coast changed direction to north-west, the south-easterlies began, gentle breezes with ‘clear weather’ or ‘serene weather’ or ‘fair weather’. Now he
<pb xml:id="n252" n="231"/>
seems to have run at full sail during the day, taking in his studding sails and perhaps others during the night. Few indeed were the unpleasant intervals; never had the trade wind been more equable. Dangers and awkward moments there were; it was no period of gentle wafting up an unbrokenly benevolent coast; but at least that summer gave its best. The fatality that pursued the captain, however, where harbours were concerned, was with him still. Botany Bay, though it provided satisfactory anchorage for a small vessel, could not truthfully be called a good harbour; but at noon on the day he left it he was two or three miles off the entrance of a ‘Bay or Harbour’—could, in fact, see right up it—where appeared to be safe anchorage. He called it Port Jackson: it was to be one of the most distinguished harbours in the southern hemisphere. Four days later he passed unsuspectingly by another entrance—the opening of Newcastle harbour, a fine port with a fine river and a fertile valley within it; only to note and name, a few hours later, being much closer to the land, the much inferior Port Stephens. Smoke was seen inland from time to time, which argued habitation: a good quantity of it on one point brought the name Smoky Cape. This was in latitude 30°51', a week after <name key="name-400757" type="place">Botany Bay</name> was left. People were seen occasionally too; they, so far as the sight of them through the glasses could indicate, showed no sign of interestin the ship. The land was becoming higher, still ‘diversified with an agreeable variety of hils ridges Valleys and large planes all cloathed with wood’, rising from a low and sandy shore with rocky points.<note xml:id="fn1-231" n="1"><p>ibid., 316. He is describing the country as the coast ran northwards from <name key="name-400757" type="place">Botany Bay</name> towards Cape Byron.</p></note> Every day had its observations and its inches added to the chart. The sailors were not the only ones with a routine. Sydney Parkinson was catching up with his work: ‘This evening’, wrote Banks for 12 May, ‘we finished Drawing the plants got in the last harbour, which had been kept fresh till this time by means of tin chests and wet cloths. In 14 days just, one draughtsman has made 94 sketch drawings, so quick a hand has he acquird by use.’<note xml:id="fn2-231" n="2"><p>Banks, II, 62.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>With Smoky Bay behind, there was a day of thunder, squalls and rain—even hail, as the wind changed finally to settle in the south; and then came the first tricky piece of navigation. A pattern was beginning to be imposed. At sunset on the 15th breakers were seen ahead, on the larboard bow, though the ship was five miles from land and in twenty fathoms. Cook hauled off to the east and brought to. A strong southerly blew all night: nevertheless in the morning he
<pb xml:id="n253" n="232"/>
found that he had drifted to the south. He passed a league outside the breakers, which stretched two leagues east over a shoal running out from the point he called Point Danger; a high peak a few miles inland, south-west, he called Mount Warning. He stood past Point Lookout (look out, he advised the future, for more breakers) and the wide, not deep indentation he called Morton Bay—a name transferred, mis-spelt, to the vast opening on the inside of the islands that formed the outline of his bay.<note xml:id="fn1-232" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 318, n. 3.</p></note> The land, now becoming lower, even when it was of a moderate height presented a barren sandy aspect; and the distance Cook was from it, whether a few miles or a few leagues, made difficult for him the separation of islands from the mainland. So he did not perceive that Sandy Cape, itself high enough to be visible for thirty or forty miles, was the northern end of a long island. It had a thirty mile shoal extension, Break Sea Spit, over the tail of which he crossed with a boat ahead sounding, the sea ‘so clear that we could distinctly see the bottom’,<note xml:id="fn2-232" n="2"><p>Banks, II, 64.</p></note> into the smooth sheltered water outside Hervey Bay, steering west till he picked up the land again and found it had changed its direction to west-north-west. It now once more seemed well-wooded and fertile. After spending a night at anchor because of shoal water he sailed on for a day; and then—the evening of 22 May—hauled in for an inviting bay where he intended both to anchor and to land. It is at this moment in his journal that he bursts into a passage of indignation that in its first uninhibited utterance by word of mouth may well have made the whole ship tremble.</p>
        <p>There had been on the previous night, while the ship lay at anchor, a grave breach of discipline, ‘a very extraordinary affair’ which came upon <name type="person" key="name-134488">Richard Orton</name> the captain's clerk. He had gone to bed drunk—and again we are left amazed that these men could so often find the wherewithal for the purpose: was it by careful saving, or by robbing the ship's stores, or private casks?</p>
        <q>Some Malicious person or persons in the Ship took the advantage of his being drunk and cut off all the cloaths from off his back, not being satisfied with this they some time after went into his Cabbin and cut off part of both his Ears as he lay asleep in his bed.</q>
        <p>The furious captain went into the matter.</p>
        <q>The person whome he suspected to have done this was M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Magra one of the Midshipmen, but this did not appear to me upon inquirey. However as I Know'd Magra had once or twice before this in their drunken frolicks cut of his Cloaths and had been heard to say (as I was told) that if it was
<pb xml:id="n254" n="233"/>
not for the Law he would Murder him, these things consider'd induce'd me to think that Magra was not altogether innocent. I therefore, for the present dismiss'd him the quarter deck and susspended him from doing any duty in the Ship, he being one of those gentlemen, frequently found on board Kings Ships, that can very well be spared, or to speake more planer good for nothing. Besides it was necessary in me to show my immediate resentment against the person on whome the suspicion fell least they should not have stoped here.</q>
        <p>Yet it was puzzling. Orton was a man not without faults, but he had not designedly injured any man in the ship.</p>
        <q>Some reasons might, however be given why this misfortune came upon him in which he himself was in some measure to blame, but as this is only conjector and would tend to fix it upon some people in the Ship whome I would fain believe would hardly be guilty of such an action, I shall say nothing about it unless I shall hereafter discover the Offenders which I shall take every method in my power to do, for I look upon such proceedings as highly dangerous in such Voyages as this and the greatest insult that could be offer'd to my authority in this Ship, as I have always been ready to hear and redress every complaint that have been made against any Person in the Ship.<note xml:id="fn1-233" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 323–4, and the notes to those pages, on Cook's deletions and rewriting.</p></note></q>
        <p>The thing is more than a storm in a teacup, and one would like to have Cook's earlier drafts of these passages, as well as the modifications we do have; for it casts some light, of which we have too little, an odd and dubious light, on the human nature and strains of the voyage. In what ways was Mr Orton to blame? Who were the persons Cook would fain believe innocent? The allusions make for curiosity. And do we not begin to see, not merely the indiscipline of the age, not merely ‘resentment’, but a little of the interior of the captain's mind—his sense of justice, here defeated; his regard for evidence, in other matters than marine surveying; his picture of himself as a commander?</p>
        <p>Meanwhile he landed to inspect the country, finding a channel strewn with shoals, leading to a lagoon skirted with mangroves and pandanus, sparse woods growing in a dry and sandy soil, eucalypts and grey birch; no people, but clear signs of them in smoke and fires that they had just left, and small bark shelters against the wind. Banks remarked the ants' nests, the green hairy stinging caterpillars drawn up in rows, a ‘wrathful militia’, on the mangroves, and the great variety of plants—some of them known from the islands and the East Indies, not all new as at <name key="name-400757" type="place">Botany Bay</name>. The Botany Bay birds were there, and ducks, and shy pelicans; a large bustard was shot
<pb xml:id="n255" n="234"/>
(subsequently eaten with great pleasure), whence the name given to the place, Bustard Bay. They sailed again in early morning, brought to for the following night, passed Cape Capricorn, anchored in a calm on the 25th, ‘having the Main Land and Islands in a manner all round us’—small high barren islands, the main land hilly, its shore rocky, the prospect generally indifferent. Next afternoon, when the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was between Great Keppel island and the main, the shoals became embarrassing: Cook was forced to anchor in sixteen feet of water, a bare two feet more than the ship's draught, while the master, sounding ahead, found only 2 1/2 fathoms. Luckily the wind veered for a short time to a north-easterly, so that he could stretch back a few miles and anchor in 6 fathoms for the night; in the morning the boats found a passage out through the islands. He not unnaturally thought it wise to shorten sail and bring to the following night. Next day, as he came round Cape Townshend into Shoalwater Bay, there seemed to be islands everywhere before him, islands out at sea. He had to tack suddenly to avoid shoal water, then sent a boat ahead. The difficulties are reflected clearly enough in the journal, without excitement.</p>
        <q>A little before noon the boat made the Signal for meeting with Shoal water, upon this we hauld close upon a wind to the Eastward but suddenly fell into 3 1/4 fathom water, upon which we immidiatly let go an Anchor and brought the Ship up with all sails standing and had then 4 fathom course sandy bottom; we found here a Strong tide seting to the <hi rend="c">Nwbw</hi>1/2W at the rate of between 2 and 3 Miles an hour which was what carried us so quick Jai Jai Jaily upon the Shoal… . Having sounded about the Ship and found that there was sufficient water for her over the Shoal we at 3 oClock weigh'd and came to sail and stood to the westward as the land lay having first sent a boat ahéad to sound. At 6 o'Clock we Anchord in 10 fathom water a sandy bottom about 2 Miles from the Main land… .<note xml:id="fn1-234" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 330.</p></note></q>
        <p>Opposite the anchored ship appeared the mouth of an inlet. Cook, as if drawing breath, decided to put in here for a few days, to wait until the moon increased while he examined the country; and judging the inlet, when he got inside, to be a tidal river with a considerable ebb and flow, he thought he might lay his ship ashore to clean her bottom. There were spots suitable, he and Molyneux found; but the whole neighbourhood had one decisive defect—not a single drop of fresh water could be found. He therefore stayed only two days at this place that he called Thirsty Sound. It was not a river, it was a long channel separating islands from the main. Cook took bearings from a hill at the entrance, and went in a boat through
<pb xml:id="n256" n="235"/>
to the great spread of water at the other end, Broad Sound. The country seemed infertile: the red clay uplands grew eucalypts but no underwood, the swampy salt low land grew mangroves; where it was rather higher it was gashed by the torrents of the rainy season. For the naturalists there were a few new plants, as well as the sharp-speared sand burrs which joined with innumerable mosquitoes to torture their skins, and with mud and mangroves to make walking almost intolerable; there were ants and billowing clouds of butterflies, beautiful loriquets, shells, and one ‘very singular Phenomenon’, the little fish we call the mud-skipper, seemingly as much at home on the land as in the water, leaping from stone to stone as nimbly as a frog; mankind signified his presence by smoke and burnt-out fires. The weather turned dirty for a day, then fortunately cleared, because there were enough discomfomorts for a sailor without rain and haze. Cook left this unrewarding spot on the last morning of May.</p>
        <p>A boat was ahead sounding. Just after noon there was a repetition of the episode of a few days before: the boat signalled shoal water, ‘we hauld our wind to the <hi rend="c">Ne</hi> having at that time 7 fathom, the next cast 5 and than 3 upon which we let go an Anchor and brought the Ship up.’<note xml:id="fn1-235" n="1"><p>ibid., 333.</p></note> Round about the shoal there was deep water. Cook got under sail and anchored for the night in the lee of a nearby island. How much more of this was there to be? he must have asked himself; and now, if ever, he must have blessed the nature of his cat, her broad bottom and stout timbers, the comparative lightness of her spars that made for quick Jai Jai manoeuvring. Now was he remarking with care the rise and fall and set of tides. Islands of various sizes lay parallel with the coast all the way along it, a fair distance in the offing, other smaller ones were close to the land. Islands can be avoided, can even be a convenience; but only the most consummate seamanship, with a little good luck added to it, can explain how Cook kept his ship off the ground in the next few days. His chart is no less good than it was; it, and his journal pages, are soon thick with the names he gave to every notable feature; his descriptions are no less lucid. One long fair afternoon, that of 3 June, was spent steering through Whitsunday Passage, between the Cumberland Islands and the main, in deep water, with pleasant bays and coves on either side, hills and valleys, woods and green levels. On a beach were seen two men with an out-rigger canoe, very different from the crude bark contrivances further south. So, past Cape Gloucester and Edgcumbe Bay, Cape Upstart springing from its level base, ‘<hi rend="i">Magnetical head</hi> or <hi rend="i">Isle</hi> as it had much the appearance of an Island’—
<pb xml:id="n257" n="236"/>
which it is—‘and the Compass would not travis well when near it’; a mainland rugged, rocky and barren, but still with the smoke of habitation; Halifax Bay, Rockingham Bay; continuing the course at night in the bright moonlight under reduced sail. On an islet out of Halifax Bay what were thought to be coconut trees were seen, and Hicks with Banks and Solander was sent for a supply of the nuts, only to find cabbage palms. Even on this Palm Island were found new plants, as a few more still were found two days later on Cape Grafton, in latitude 16°55', within which Cook anchored briefly in the hope of convenient fresh water. Fresh water there was, but not convenient. Why therefore stay? Cook ‘thought it would be only spending time and looseing so much of a light moon to little purpose, and therefore at 12 oClock at night we weigh'd and stood away to the NW, having at this time but little wind attended with showers of rain.'<note xml:id="fn1-236" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 342.</p></note> This was the midnight that began Trinity Sunday, 10 June. Just off Cape Grafton lay a low islet that Cook called Green Island. Banks describes it rather more at length, ‘a small sandy Island laying upon a large Coral shoal, much resembling the low Islands to the eastward of us but the first of the kind we had met with in this part of the South Sea.’<note xml:id="fn2-236" n="2"><p>Banks, II, 77.</p></note> Looking to the shore as he ran northwards from Cape Grafton that morning, Cook named a flattish trend of the coast, which included one or two minor indentations, Trimity Bay; its northern point, looking at it on the chart later, he called Cape Tribulation, ‘because here begun all our troubles.’</p>
        <p>There was something the captain was unaware of. It was the <name key="name-150157" type="place">Great Barrier Reef</name>. It is a reef that lies not parallel but at an angle with the Australian coast, and it is not a single line. It is farthest from the coast at its southernmost point, rather beyond latitude 22°, and when Cook turned Cape Townshend, which he put in 22°13', and brought up standing in Shoalwater Bay over a sandy bottom, he had come within its influence though not yet where the shoals had a bottom of coral. To run aground on coarse sand would have been highly inconvenient, not fatal. But as the latitude becomes lower and the reef approaches closer to the shore, the area between becomes at once smaller and more dangerous; the insects have built in outcrops which run in all directions, the shoals have risen in every direction in the sheltered water; until, within a few degrees of the northern tip of the country, it is almost a confusion of coast and reef and shoal. Cook's position, on that Sunday of June, was not as bad as this; but the sides of the great funnel into which, all unaware,
<pb xml:id="n258" n="237"/>
he had been sailing were drawing together, and Banks's small sandy island on a large coral shoal looks, to hindsight, like a dark and fearful scrawl of intimation. The ship throughout the day was steering along shore three or four leagues off, in 10, 12, or 14 fathom water; the wind was east-south-east. At 6 o'clock, about which time the tropic dusk would fall, the northernmost part of the mainland bore <hi rend="c">Nbw1/2w</hi>, and two low woody islands, which could be taken for mere rocks above the water, N1/2W. ‘At this time’, says Cook, ‘we shortend sail and hauld off shore <hi rend="c">Ene</hi> and <hi rend="c">Nebe</hi> close upon a wind.’ There were those who, after his story appeared, accused him of rashness and argued that he should have anchored. He could have answered that he was not on the edge of a shoal, or in a bay preparing to land. His intention was not to risk danger but ‘to stretch off all night as well to avoid the dangers we saw ahead’—the dubious island-rocks, and according to Banks, shoals—‘as to see if any Islands lay in the offing, especialy as we now begin to draw near the Latitude of those discover'd by Quiros which some Geographers, for what reason I know not have thought proper to tack to this land, having the advantage of a fine breeze of wind and a clear moonlight night.' That is, he had the ideal conditions for night sailing that he had exploited before. He had a man heaving the lead continuously, and the ship being under way was in the best state for manoeuvring. ‘In standing off from 6 untill near 9 oClock we deepen'd our water from 14 to 21 fathom when all at once we fell into 12, 10 and 8 fathom. At this time I had every body at their stations to put about and come too an anchor but in this I was not so fortunate for meeting again with deep water I thought there could be no danger in stand<hi rend="sup">g</hi> on.' The gentlemen were at supper: they must, they concluded in Banks's words, have passed over ‘the tail of the Sholes we had seen at sunset and therefore went to bed in perfect security’;<note xml:id="fn1-237" n="1"><p>ibid.</p></note> the sea was calm, the moon continued her radiance, in it the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> stole along under double-reefed topsails. ‘Before 10 o'Clock' (we return to Cook) ‘we had 20 and 21 fathom and continued in that depth untill a few Minutes before a 11 when we had 17 and before the Man at the lead could heave another cast the Ship Struck and stuck fast.’<note xml:id="fn2-237" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 343–4. The ship had been here passing just northward of Pickersgill Reef, which is about three miles long north-west and south-east. Four and a half miles north of it the next—Endeavour—reef stretched for five miles east and west. This reef is in two sections. It appears from the work done in reclaiming the ship's guns in January-February 1969 that she struck at a point three-quarters of the way from the eastern end of the eastern section; not the main reef, but a small detached upthrusting ‘bornic’ just in front of it. This is now marked by a steel peg.</p></note> They were on a coral reef, at high tide.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n259" n="238"/>
        <p>Within an instant Cook was on deck; sails were taken in, boats sounding round the ship, yards and topmasts struck, anchors carried out for heaving her off. In some places about here were three or four fathoms, in others ‘not quite as many feet’ of water, a ship's length from the starboard side as much as twelve fathoms, even more astern. She would not budge under any strain, but was making little or no water, while the horrible sound was heard of her bottom scraping on the coral underneath. Everything heavy that could be thought of was thrown overboard—the six guns and their carriages, half a ton each, iron and stone ballast, casks, decayed stores, a general miscellany of fifty tons and more. She had struck at high water at night; at high water twelve hours later, with all this lightening, she still would not move. Fortunately there was a flat calm, the grating of her bottom ceased; but as the tide went down again she heeled to starboard and began to make water. Everybody, including the gentlemen, took to the pumps in quarter-hour reliefs; there were four pumps, but one of them had rotted and would not work. Banks admired the coolness of the officers; he was surprised at the unusual absence of oaths among the men; he had understood that under such circumstances sailors generally ran riot and plundered the ship. Some hope was now born from the old belief that night tides rose higher than day tides, and while the pumps worked Cook got all ready for another attempt at heaving off. The leak was gaining: if the ship did come off into deep water she might go straight down. This risk had to be taken: what alternative was there? The tide rose high and higher, she floated; she was hauled off, after twenty-three hours. While the leak still gained a mistake happened ‘which for the first time caused fear to operate upon every man in the Ship.’ A new man measuring the depth of water in the ship took it from a different level and reported a terrifying increase. Realisation of the mistake caused an equal reaction; vigorous pumping gained upon the leak. The anchors were brought in, except the small bower, which had to be cut away with the cable; the stream anchor cable also was lost. The foretopmast was sent up, the ship was got under sail, and she edged in for the land, six or seven leagues distant. If she could not make it there were the two low woody islands seen at dusk two days before, still visible—Hope Islands—surely they could be reached? While she sailed she was fothered—that is, a sail sewn with tufts of wool and oakum and spread with sheep's dung was dragged over the place of the leak, which was thus partially plugged by the force of the water itself. <name type="person" key="name-401946">Jonathan Monkhouse</name>, who had had some experience of this, was in charge of the operation, and ‘exicuted
<pb xml:id="n260" n="239"/>
it very much to my satisfaction’, says Cook; high praise indeed for the midshipman from that measured pen. The leak could now be kept down with one pump. As for the ship's company all through the crisis—the captain gives judgment again—no men ever behaved better. At night between the 12th and 13th she was anchored; next day she was again edged in with boats ahead sounding and looking for a harbour. The first that was examined—Weary Bay, as Cook significantly called it—had not enough water, and another night was spent at anchor, among shoals, two miles off shore. The pinnace then reported a good one, the ship ran down to it, by which time it had begun to blow, she would not work and missed stays twice; still entangled among shoals Cook again anchored, and went and buoyed the narrow channel into the harbour himself. It was in the midst of these anxieties that the captain found time for an act of justice: ‘This day I restore’d M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Magra to his Duty as I did not find him guilty of the crimes laid to his Charge.'<note xml:id="fn1-239" n="1"><p>This is a marginal note in one copy of the journal.—<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 347, n. 5.</p></note> The weather turned to gales and rain. He could not move. He got in spars to lighten the ship forward; and at last, after two more days, he ran in, grounding first on the bar, then inside. It was 16 June: he was not free of that harbour until 4 August.</p>
        <p>He was in a river-mouth, the banks well suited to laying a vessel ashore. Cook lost no time in emptying the hold and adjusting the ship's trim so that the carpenter could get at her forepart. The few sick were installed in a tent: of these only Tupaia and Green were at all serious cases, the first undoubtedly with bad symptoms of scurvy, the second with some illness unspecified. Tupaia went fishing and rapidly cured himself, Green recovered a little more slowly. Banks and Solander were out plant-hunting. The armourers were busy making nails and bolts. Cook climbed the highest accessible hill to look at the country, ‘a very indifferent prospect’, mangroves on the low lands, higher land barren and stony. By the 22nd the bow of the ship was ashore. At low tide, the damage could be inspected. The coral rock had gone right through her bottom on the starboard side in a clean cut, but by a most extraordinary piece of good fortune a lump of the rock had come away and stuck in the hole: this, with the fother and other bits of rubbish, had stopped a fatal inrush of water. The close and heavy build of the floor timbers had prevented more widespread damage of the severer kind; nevertheless, part of the sheathing under the larboard bow was gone, with part of the false keel, ‘and the remainder in such a shatter'd condition that we should be much better of, was it gone also;' the fore foot and
<pb xml:id="n261" n="240"/>
part of the main keel were also damaged, not materially it was thought. The loss of the sheathing might be serious, because it would open the way to ‘the worm’. To repair the main damage did not take many days, but in spite of all the ingenuity employed it was impossible to come at the part further aft, because there was no way of heaving the ship down. Cook, however, respected the opinion of his carpenter: Mr Satterley thought she would do, and he resolved to worry no more. It was now 6 July.</p>
        <p>Parties sent into the country to forage brought back a few pigeons, palm cabbages, wild plantains and taro. All these ate pretty well, as long as the taro experiments were confined to the leaves; ‘the roots were so Acrid that few besides my self could eat them’, says Cook. What was there that he could not eat? Fishing with the seine, which began badly, improved so as to provide fresh food for the whole ship's company. There seemed to be no game animal on land, unless the animal of which fleeting glances were several times caught (once by Cook himself)—about the size of a greyhound, slender, mouse-coloured, swift, with a long tail, jumping like a hare—was a game animal. Banks began to refer to it as ‘the’ animal. Then there were one or two ‘wolves’, probably dingos or native dogs; and the thing so oddly described by a seaman, ‘about as large and much like a one gallon cagg as black as the Devil and had 2 horns on its head, it went but slowly but I dard not touch it’<note xml:id="fn1-240" n="1"><p>Banks, II, 84.</p></note>
—which may have been a flying-fox. Banks and Gore, the naturalist and the hunter, were determined to secure specimens of ‘the’ animal; they went up the river until they had to drag their boat, saw some which easily outdistanced Banks's greyhound by bounding over the long grass, and returned with only a few ducks and the additional sight of an alligator. Gore was a determined man; a week later he shot a small one, a fortnight after that a second, much larger. They were kangaroos, grateful both to the curiosity and to the stomachs of those who dined on them, and a capital contribution to knowledge of the world's fauna. Purslane and wild beans were added to the diet. The master came back from examining the shoals with quantities of large clams; then, to general jubilation, with hundredweights of turtle. Cook's policy was settled: ‘Whatever refreshment we got that would bear a division I caused to be equally divided amongest the whole compney generally by weight, the meanest person in the Ship had an equal share with my self or any one on board, and this method every commander of a Ship on such a Voyage as this ought ever to observe.’<note xml:id="fn2-240" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 366.</p></note>
</p>
        <pb xml:id="n262" n="241"/>
        <p>Turtle led to what might have been a highly embarrassing episode. Traces had been seen of the native people by the hunters and naturalists. It was not till after three weeks had gone by that a few of them, shy and suspicious like those of <name key="name-400757" type="place">Botany Bay</name>, naked, nimble, painted in the same way, but of smaller size, began to approach the ship—even then leaving their women at a distance, for glasses to scrutinise. They did not seem interested in gifts. They let their weapons be examined; Banks was allowed by one of them to experiment with a wet finger and get below the layers of smoke and dirt to the brown chocolate skin underneath. They chattered somehow to Tupaia, and a few of their words were picked up. When they saw turtles lying on the deck of the ship they showed real animation and prepared to go off with two of them, as their own property; resentful at being stopped, no sooner were they on shore than one seized a handful of dry grass, lighted it at a fire that was burning and in an instant had the whole place in flames; immediately after which they set fire to the grass surrounding some fishing nets and linen laid out to dry. Luckily the ship's powder had been returned on board, and only that morning her tents; there was nothing lost but a piglet, and nobody hurt but an aboriginal grazed by small shot. Reconciliation was soon effected. They fired the woods on the hills round about, however, perhaps as a warning—the first bush fire seen by Europeans in that inflammable country.</p>
        <p>Before the end of June Cook had his young gentlemen surveying the harbour. At 3 o'clock on the morning of the 29th he himself and Green observed an emersion of Jupiter's first satellite, which gave them a remarkably accurate longitude for the place;<note xml:id="fn1-241" n="1"><p>His result was 214°42′30″ W—i.e. 145°17′30″ E, the now accepted longitude being 145°15'. He made another observation of the emersion on 16 July, which gave him 145°6′15″ E, not quite so good, with a mean of 145°11′52 1/2″.</p></note> then, as Satterley was getting on so well with his work, he turned his attention to leaving it. On the last day of the month, at morning low water, he climbed the 500 foot hill above its south point. From what he saw he derived ‘no small uneasiness’. Sandbanks or shoals lay all along the coast, the innermost three or four miles from the shore, the outermost as far off to sea as his glass would reach, some just appearing above water. Only to the north could he hope to get clear of them: to return south would be difficult if not impracticable because of the constant south-east wind. He sent Molyneux to sound and search. Molyneux came back reporting a passage out to sea between coral reefs; at five leagues distance he was outside all the dangers. This Cook did not believe. After a week he sent the master
<pb xml:id="n263" n="242"/>
out again. Molyneux came back this time to say he had been seven leagues off the coast, there were still shoals beyond, and there was no getting to sea that way. At least he brought the turtle. On the 17th he was sent to the north. He was away for two and a half days. Cook and Banks also went to the northwards, walking six or eight miles and climbing another high hill, ‘whence we had an extensive view of the Sea Coast to leward; which afforded us a Meloncholy prospect of the difficultys we are to incounter, for in what ever direction we turn'd our eys Shoals innumerable were to be seen'; and ‘no such thing’, adds Banks, ‘as any passage to sea but through the winding channels between them, dangerous to the last degree.’<note xml:id="fn1-242" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 361; Banks, II, 95. The different copies of Cook's journal show more than one version of Cook's own words: in the holograph he has improved on himself by copying Banks.</p></note> Molyneux's report from sea-level was equally gloomy.</p>
        <p>In any case, would the ship ever get out of that narrow-mouthed harbour? The wind, the wind! Day after day it blew from the southeast, in gentle breezes, fresh breezes, strong breezes, very fresh gales. Was the blessing become a curse? There had been a few hours of a land breeze once only, very early, while repairs were still in progress, and much as an enforced stay might profit natural history, how long could this harbour-bound existence go on withoutimperilling the voyage itself? If, in the end, the ship survived the reefs and shoals, would she be pinned down by the monsoonal change? Reefs and shoals would have to be risked. By 19 July everything was on board, there was nothing to do but work on the boats and the decayed pumps, or try to strike turtle or gather greens or hunt the animal, or fish. At last, on the 29th, there was a calm, followed by a light breeze from the land. Cook hove up the anchor and sent a boat to the bar. The tide was on the ebb, there was already six inches less water than the ship drew. The wind went back to south-east, gales and squalls with rain. Cook determined to warp out. At first it blew too fresh. August came. On the 3rd he tried. The ship tailed up on the sand on the north side of the river, and he had to moor her just inside the bar. He laid his coasting anchor and cable outside, to be ready for the flood. Early next morning it fell calm again, and in two hours he was off the harbour's mouth and under sail, farewell bade to the <name key="name-402251" type="place">Endeavour River</name>, the pinnace ahead of him. He anchored a mile from Molyneux's turtle reef, until he could view the shoals at low water from the mast head, and determine whether to beat back to the southward, or try for a passage to the east or the north, ‘all of which appear'd to be equally difficult and dangerous.'
<pb xml:id="n264" n="243"/>
While the boats fished he decided to try the north-east, where it seemed fairly clear, made sail next afternoon, and by the end of it was forced to anchor again. He was in twenty fathoms; a mile farther on the pinnace was in four or five feet over a reef. Morning showed him breakers all the way from the south round by the east to the north-west. The journal becomes a detailed description of shoals and reefs, their direction and their nature. The weather turned to strong gales with cloudy weather. Molyneux was all for turning back. Cook recorded his desperate quandary: ‘I was quite at a loss which way to steer when the weather would permit us to get under sail; for to beat back to the <hi rend="c">Se</hi> the way we came as the Master would have had me done would be an endless peice of work, as the winds blow now constantly strong from that quarter without hardly any intermission—on the other hand if we do not find a passage to the north<hi rend="sup">d</hi> we shall have to come back at last.’<note xml:id="fn1-243" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 370.</p></note> The ship began to drive towards a reef astern; he gave her more cable and another anchor, struck topgallant masts and topmasts and yards, and at last she rode fast. She stayed thus for three days, the last of which was spent wrestling to get up the anchors again.</p>
        <p>He would try sailing northward closer to the land. It was now 10 August. He crept back past shoals and reefs and islets till he was between a headland on the main and three high islands lying outside it. There now seemed a clear open sea ahead, all danger past. Illusion: the headland became Cape Flattery. To the north, from the mast head appeared more land, more breakers, a great reef. Cook hauled in for the land and anchored under another headland, his Point Lookout, which he climbed for the view—to the west a flat sandy plain running in ten or twelve miles to the higher country, with its smokes and fires; to the north broad sand and mud flats running out from the mangrove belt to sea, a group of small low islands, shoals smaller and larger, and the three high islands; to the east the dangers he had come in from. He determined to visit one of the high islands and scrutinise the scene from there, sending Molyneux to the north again in the yawl. Next day he went with Banks in the pinnace to the northernmost and largest island—Lizard Island, so called from the only animal inhabitants—and looked out from the bare 1100 foot top. Two or three leagues distant was the reef, stretching north-west to south-east till it was lost in the haze. Mortification, however, was mixed with hope: on this reef the sea from the east broke high, as if on outermost defences; through it were ‘breaks or Partitions’; between it and the islands was deep
<pb xml:id="n265" n="244"/>
water. After staying all night on the island and sending the pinnace to verify the depth of water Cook returned to the ship, sounding on the way. There was a clear passage. Molyneux had also found a passage, between the main and the low islands,<note xml:id="fn1-244" n="1"><p>These islands were the Howick group.</p></note> but narrow and he thought dangerous. Cook agreed about the danger, and the risk of being at last ‘locke'd in' by the main reef and having to seek a way back: ‘an accident of this kind or any other that might happen to the Ship would infallibly loose our passage to the East Indias this season and might prove the ruin of the Voyage,’ for little more than three months provisions were left. He put it to his officers, they agreed. ‘I therefore resolved to weigh in the morning and endeavour to quet the coast altogether untill we could approach it with less danger.’ Accordingly at daylight on 13 August he got under sail, had a clear course to Lizard Island and out to the reef, sent the pinnace ahead through one of the channels he had seen from the island,<note xml:id="fn2-244" n="2"><p>The Cook Passage.</p></note> and followed in the ship. She was free.</p>
        <p>A ‘well growen Sea’ was rolling in from the south-east and breaking on the reef, with 150 fathoms under the ship without bottom. In that sea she leaked more, but not more than one pump could deal with, and the danger seemed trifling. Cook brought a greatly relieved mind to consider his position. Obviously there was nothing to fear from the direction of the sea, and he was outside the ‘Shoals &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>—after having been intangled among them more or less ever sence the 26<hi rend="sup">th</hi> of May, in which time we have saild 360 Leagues without ever having a Man out of the cheans heaving the Lead when the Ship was under way, a circumstance that I dare say never happen'd to any ship before and yet here it was absolutely necessary. It was with great regret I was obliged to quit this coast unexplored to its Northern extremity which I think we were not far off, for I firmly believe that it doth not join to <hi rend="i">New Guinea</hi>, however this I hope yet to clear up being resolved to get in with the land again as soon as I can do it with safety and the reasons I have before assigned will I presume be thought sufficient for my haveing left it at this time.'<note xml:id="fn3-244" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 375–6.</p></note>
—Sufficient reasons indeed! As if the man had to stamp down, at the bottom of his mind, a little suspicion that after all he had been guilty of some derogation of duty. He does not here explain the firm belief he had that New Holland did not join New Guinea—whether it was from the trend of the coast combined with his speculative maps, or from other hydrographic compulsions that bore on his mind.—He stood off and on all night, and next day, the 14th,
<pb xml:id="n266" n="245"/>
steered a north-westerly course. At noon there was no land in sight. He brought to for the following night. At morning of the 15th he steered west in order to make the land, ‘being fearfull of over shooting the Passage supposing there to be one between this land and New Guinea.’ Shortly after noon the land appeared, and shortly after that breakers between it and the ship, from one end of the horizon to the other.</p>
        <p>The wind was at ESE and then changed to EBN, which was right upon the reef where the sea was breaking, ‘and of course made our clearing of it doubtful’. Cook stood north with all the sail he could set for the rest of the day and till midnight, then tacked and stood to the <hi rend="c">Sse</hi>. He had run two miles when the wind fell quite calm, and he was left to the mercy of the waves. To anchor in that vast deep was impossible. Before dawn the roaring of the surf could be heard; when the day came it could be seen, only too clearly, not a mile away; and towards it the ship was being resistlessly impelled. Her men by now knew the nature of the reef, a perpendicular wall standing up from unfathomable depths, at which the whole ocean hurled itself, flooding over the top in a chaos of smashed water and foam, or withdrawing, infinite force all reversed, for another ruinous blow. In that tremendous surge the heavy-timbered <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> might have been a cork: except that the cork would have gone over with the foam, or back with the retreat, while the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> would smash and sink in a moment. Yet men will struggle: if there was no wind to fill the sails the boats must tow; the pinnace was under repair but the yawl and the longboat were hoisted out, and with the help of sweeps from the aft ports got the ship's head round to the northward; the carpenter got another strake on the pinnace and she was sent down too. At this time the ship was perhaps eighty yards from the breakers; one sea washed her and then fell into the trough before its final rise and descent; a seaman was heaving the lead; and on the deck Green, helped by Clerke and Forwood the gunner, with what was either the last refinement of professional coolness or stark insensibility, was taking a lunar. Suddenly a little breath of air moved, blew for a few minutes, faded, the merest cat's-paw; the ship moved with it about two hundred yards; it blew again as briefly and again she moved outwards. About a quarter of a mile distant a narrow opening appeared in the reef; the boats and the sweeps together got her abreast of this, when the force of the ebb tide, gushing out, carried her a quarter of a mile off. By the end of the morning the boats had made the gap something between a mile and a half and two miles. Then the struggle became one with the
<pb xml:id="n267" n="246"/>
flood. There was still no wind, and how long could the human arm endure? Another narrow opening was seen in the reef, the ship's head was pulled round again, a light breeze at last sprang up, at ENE, with which the boats and the tide now combined in her favour, the tide hurried her through this ‘Providential Channell’; and Cook anchored in smooth water.</p>
        <p>It has been ‘the narrowest Escape we ever had and had it not been for the immeadate help of Providence we must Inavatably have Perishd’, said Pickersgill; and he was not the only one to heave a sigh. Cook's own words at last show signs of strain, as of a man dropped suddenly from extremest peril, the climax of unremitted effort, into exhausted reaction. His mind, so self-contained, suddenly opens. It would be wrong not to quote him again at length.</p>
        <q>It is but a few days ago that I rejoiced at having got without the Reef, but that joy was nothing when Compared to what I now felt at being safe at an Anchor within it, such is the Visissitudes attending this kind of Service &amp; must always attend an unknown Navigation where one steers wholy in the dark without any manner of Guide whatever. Was it not for the Pleasure which Naturly results to a man from his being the first discoverer even was it nothing more than Sand or Shoals this kind of Service would be insupportable especially in far distant parts like this, Short of Provisions &amp; almost every other necessary. People will hardly admit of an excuse for a man leaving a Coast unexplored he has once discover'd, if dangers are his excuse he is then charged with Timerousness &amp; want of Perseverance, &amp; at once pronounced the most unfit man in the world to be employ'd as a discoverer, if on the other hand he boldly encounters all the dangers &amp; Obstacles he meets with &amp; is unfortunate enough not to succeed he is then Charged with Temerity &amp; perhaps want of Conduct, the former of these Aspersions I am confident can never be laid to my Charge, &amp; if I am fortunate to Surmount all the Dangers we meet with the latter will never be bro<hi rend="sup">t</hi> in Question, altho' I must own that I have engaged more among the Islands &amp; Shoals upon this Coast than Perhaps in prudence I ought to have done with a single Ship, &amp; every other thing considered, but if I had not I should not have been able to give any better account of the one half of it, than if I had never seen it, at best I should not have been able to say wether it was Main land or Islands &amp; as to its produce, that we should have been totally ignorant of as being inseparable with the other &amp; in this case it would have been far more satisfaction to me never to have discover'd it, but it is time I should have done with this Subject W<hi rend="sup">ch</hi> at best is but disagreeable &amp; which I was lead into on reflecting on our late Danger.<note xml:id="fn1-246" n="1"><p>This extract is from the Mitchell Library copy of the journal, printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 546–7, a version a little closer to Cook's original thoughts, before he had had the advantage of scrutinising Banks's more elevated account of the whole episode. The danger was then so vivid in his mind that in his entry for the 16th he wrote, ‘It pleased GOD at this very juncture to send us a light air of wind’; but later consideration of the chances apparently led him to dismiss the Deity as a likely agent of salvation. He nevertheless preserved the name Providential Channel. His later version of the passage quoted (<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 380) is shorter.</p></note></q>
        <pb xml:id="n268" n="247"/>
        <p>This, we may guess, is hardly Cook composing a public statement—hardly even, with its reminiscences of his instructions, a commander justifying himself to the Lords of the Admiralty; it is a man, not unduly nervous but emerging from one of the dark places of the soul, communing with himself, passing judgment on himself.</p>
        <p>For a short time he considered returning outside the reef through Providential Channel. That, however, would have meant waiting indefinitely for the right wind; and once outside, the reefs might force him so far from the land that he could not answer the question that now filled his mind. What the alternative to a strait beyond New Holland might mean for him in practical terms—what long cast round. New Guinea—he does not, curiously enough, ever discuss; as if the question, anxiously as he felt it, could really meet with only one answer. He therefore settled to keep close to the main, then eight or nine leagues within, whatever risks that might entail, first staying a day at anchor while the pinnace was properly repaired. The other boats were sent to the reef, then dry, to see what provision they could find, and regained the ship loaded down with the meat of the great cockle or <hi rend="i">Tridacna</hi>. In the morning—18 August—he stood north-west towards the land, two boats ahead, sounding constantly over a most irregular bottom. The only way to follow with accuracy the next three days' sailing is to follow it on a chart tracing with attentive patience the course described line by line in the journal. Cook anchored from sunset to daylight. When daylight came he resumed his struggle through a sort of insane labyrinth<note xml:id="fn1-247" n="1"><p>Over all the reefs and shoals noted down by Cook on his chart north of the Endeavour Reef he spaced out in capital letters the word LABYRINTH.</p></note> of islands and islets, shoals and reefs and keys, with those violently fluctuating depths below him. It was the ‘threading the needle’ navigation of which an admiring successor spoke; let no man not of strong nerves, said Flinders, embark upon it. At noon on the 19th Cook summed up his position: latitude 12°, just short of the latitude of Cape Grenville, having passed round the outside of an island seven or eight miles from the main coast; to the north-west of this island ‘are several small low Islands and Keys which lay not far from the Main, and to the northward and Eastward lay several other Islands and shoals so that we were now incompass'd on every
<pb xml:id="n269" n="248"/>
side by one or the other, but so much does great danger Swallow up lesser ones that those once so dreaded Shoals were now looked at with less concearn';<note xml:id="fn1-248" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 382.</p></note> in the previous twenty-four hours course and distance made good, N29°W 32 miles. Some of the islands were inhabited. His latitude next noon was 11°23'; course and distance sailed N22°W 40 miles. The main land was low, flat and sandy. He had had a good channel that day, soundings 14 to 23 fathoms, 'but these are best seen upon the Chart as Likewise the Islands shoals &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> which are too numerous to be mentioned singly'.<note xml:id="fn2-248" n="2"><p>ibid., 384.</p></note> Journal or chart, or journal and chart together: to study them, and then let the mind go back to the masterly advantage taken of every minutest favouring incident in the struggle for the ship a few days before—go farther back, to the previous December and the clinging through the long gale to the North Cape, or still farther to the passage of the Horn—to do this is to begin to comprehend how great could be seamanship.</p>
        <p>At daylight on 21 August, after another night at anchor, seeing for once no danger ahead, Cook made all the sail he could towards the northernmost land in sight. In two hours the shoals appeared again, but the northernmost land revealed itself as islands, separated from the main by a passage sown with shoals, through which, however, with boats ahead on each bow and a man at the masthead, he made his way on a strong flood tide. At noon he was through. The nearest part of the main, ‘and which we soon after found to be the Northermost’, bore west a little south. It was the end of the land, ‘the Northern Promontary of this country’, and Cook named it York Cape.<note xml:id="fn3-248" n="3"><p>He gave it the latitude of 10°37' S for the north point, corrected in the Admiralty copy of his journal by himself to 10°42', and 10°41' S for the east point; and the longitude of 218°24' W—i.e. 141°36' E. The position as now received is lat. 10°41' S (presumably the north point), longitude 142° 32' E.</p></note> He had come through what we know as the Adolphus Channel, and at once stood along shore to the west, boats still ahead. There seemed here too an open channel. At four in the afternoon he anchored off a small island, ‘in great hopes that we had at last found a Passage into the Indian Seas’; landed, Banks and Solander in company, to the fright of a few people who were seen, and climbed the highest hill. It was no great height; ‘but I could see from it no land between <hi rend="c">Sw</hi> and WSW so that I did not doubt but what there was a passage.’ To the north-west, as far as sight could carry, was nothing but islands. Just before sunset on that day Cook carried out his final act of annexation. His words have become classic.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n270" n="249"/>
        <q>Having satisfied my self of the great Probability of a Passage, thro' which I intend going with the Ship, and therefore may land no more upon this Eastern coast of New Holland, and on the Western side I can make no new discovery the honour of which belongs to the Dutch Navigators; but the Eastern Coast from the Latitude of 38° South down to this place I am confident was never seen or viseted by any European before us, and Notwithstand[ing] I had in the Name of His Majesty taken posession of several places upon this coast, I now once more hoisted English Coulers and in the Name of His Majesty King George the Third took posession of the whole Eastern Coast from the above Latitude down to this place by the name of <hi rend="i">New South Wales</hi>, together with all the Bays, Harbours Rivers and Islands situate upon the said coast, after which we fired three Volleys of small Arms which were Answerd by the like number from the Ship.<note xml:id="fn1-249" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 387–8.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>Classic words: but what did they mean, or what did Cook intend them to mean? In the first place, we may note that, however the present page of his journal runs, in taking possession of this eastern coast (without the agreement of the aboriginal inhabitants) Cook did not give it the name of New South Wales, or any name at all, though when he found a name he may have called it New Wales by analogy with Dampier's New Britain, earlier detached from New Guinea. New South Wales was a name that emerged later, certainly not before he despatched a copy of the journal to the Admiralty. In the second place, we are unaware what proportion of the country Cook thought he was annexing under the head of ‘coast’: how far into the interior did the ‘coast’ run? Did the ‘Rivers … situate upon the said coast’ include river systems back to their sources? We may conclude that the resounding statement meant no more than a vague assertion of authority over a quite vague area, a gesture which the discoverer thought he was bound to make. The island on which he made the gesture was called Possession Island.</p>
        <p>Time spent sailing next day was rather short, as Cook advanced into his passage, his <hi rend="i">Endeavours Straight.</hi> From 10 a.m. to noon he stood south-west, past the islands in the north; from noon for three or four hours north-westerly, till at the signal for shoal water from the boats he anchored, over a bank where the depths fell next morning, 23 August, on the same course, from eight to three fathoms.<note xml:id="fn2-249" n="2"><p>He was anchored on the Rothsay Banks, extending sixteen miles west from the southern point of Prince of Wales Island, which forms the northern coast of Endeavour Strait To the south of these banks are Red and Wallis Banks; between them and Rothsay Banks is deep water, but Cook, standing north-west, had put that behind him.</p></note> This course took him by noon to a small bare island where, the wind falling, he and Banks briefly landed. There was now no part of the New Holland coast in sight. They shot a few of the seabirds
<pb xml:id="n271" n="250"/>
called boobies; Banks found a few plants; Cook called the place <name key="name-402248" type="place">Booby Island</name>. They returned to the ship. That brief landing was like the point that a writer puts down at the end of some long and difficult chapter. Booby Island, for the sailor, still signifies the end of Endeavour Strait, or its western approach, the end of danger or its announcement. One must again quote Cook. While he was on the island the wind had gone to the south-west, ‘and altho it blowed but very faint yet it was accompaned with a swell from the same quarter; this together with other concuring circumstances left me no room to doubt but we were got to the Westward of <hi rend="i">Carpentaria</hi> or the Northern extremety of <hi rend="i">New-Holland</hi> and had now an open Sea to the westward, which gave me no small satisfaction not only because the dangers and fatigues of the Voyage was drawing near to an end, but by being able to prove that New-Holland and New-Guinea are two Seperate Lands or Islands, which untill this day hath been a doubtfull point with Geographers.’<note xml:id="fn1-250" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 390. Cf. 411, on the ‘two Seperate Lands or Islands’: ‘however we have now put this wholy out of dispute, but as I beleive it was known before tho’ not publickly [a reference to Dalrymple?] I clame no other merit than the clearing up of a doubtfull point.' The best channel through <name key="name-405233" type="place">Torres Strait</name> is the Prince of Wales Channel discovered by Flinders in the <hi rend="i">Investigator</hi> in 1802.</p></note> He describes the strait: probably, he thinks, there are as good ones, or better, among the congeries of islands to the north, if safer access from the east could be found: ‘the Northern extent or the Main or outer Reef which limets or bounds the Shoals to the Eastward seems to be the only thing wanting to clear up this point, and this was a thing I had neither time nor inclination to go about, having been already sufficiently harrass'd with dangers without going to look for more.'<note xml:id="fn2-250" n="2"><p>ibid., 391.</p></note></p>
        <p>Those shoals! He cannot but recur to them. He had done his best with his chart; but as a conscientious hydrographer he must say to seamen who might come after him that he did not believe he had one half of them laid down; and how could he lay down every island, ‘especially between the Latitude of 20° and 22°, where we saw Islands out at Sea as far as we could distinguish any thing’? He could not deny that his work had some value, that it was solidly founded.</p>
        <q>However take the Chart in general and I beleive it will be found to contain as few errors as most Sea Charts which have not under gone a thorough correction, the Latitude and Longitude of all or most of the principal head lands, Bays &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> may be relied on, for we seldom faild of geting an Observation every day to correct our Latitude by, and the observation for Settleing the Longitude were no less numberous and made as often as the Sun and Moon came in play, so that it was impossible for any material error to creep into our reckoning in the intermidiatc times. Injustice to M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Green
<pb xml:id="n272" n="251"/>
I must say that he was Indefatigable in making and calculating these observations which otherwise must have taken up a great deal of my time, which I could not at all times very well spare. Not only this, but by his Instructions several of the Petty officers can make and Calculate these observations almost as well as himself….<note xml:id="fn1-251" n="1"><p>ibid., 392.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>He is carried away by his fervour to recommend the lunar method to all sea officers; to assert his hope for the extended publication of the Ephemeris.</p>
        <p>Before the journal proceeds with the voyage it devotes some pages, as was proper, to the description of this eastern side of New Holland. They do not convey the idea that the captain admired the country greatly, apart from its bays and harbours. In the south low and level, more to the north of no great height, indifferently well watered, indifferently fertile, with no great variety of trees and most of the large ones too hard and ponderous to apply to many uses, the land by nature produces hardly anything fit for man to eat, though a great variety of plants hitherto unknown. Land animals are scarce; kangaroos are good eating. Some of the birds are beautiful. The sea is indifferently well stocked with fish, though the various sorts are excellent in their kind; on the reefs are cockles and clams of a prodigious size, and in the waters nearby great numbers of the finest green turtle in the world. Botanical things, says Cook, are wholly out of his way to describe, ‘nor will this be of any loss sence not only Plants but everything that can be of use to the Learn'd World will be very accuratly described by M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks and D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander.' At the end of his description he remembers that his New Holland is not as barren and miserable as Dampier and the Dutch found the western coast; it is in the pure state of Nature; grains, fruits and roots would flourish here, there is provender for more cattle than ever could be brought into the country. He finds the naked people not unattractive, straight-bodied, slender-limbed, with features far from disagreeable, voices soft and tunable; ornamented simply, some of the men with a bone three or four inches long run through the bridge of the nose—what the seamen called a spritsail yard—some on Possession Island with breastplates of pearl shell (though these were a different people); with few weapons, but adept in the use of dart and throwing stick; with shelters of sticks and bark, canoes of bark or dugout logs; a primitive race indeed. Yet Cook bursts into a panegyric that almost persuades one that he had spent the voyage reading Rousseau: ‘From what I have said of the Natives of New-Holland they may appear to some to be the most wretched people
<pb xml:id="n273" n="252"/>
upon Earth, but in reality they are far more happier than we Europeans; being wholy unacquainted not only with the superfluous but the necessary Conveniences so much sought after in Europe, they are happy in not knowing the use of them. They live in a Tranquillity which is not disturb'd by the Inequality of Condition:'—and so on.<note xml:id="fn1-252" n="1"><p>He repeats this nonsense in a letter to John Walker after he got home, 13 September 1771 (<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 508–9), so one must presume that he was rather taken with it.</p></note> There are simplicities still in this sailor, one perceives. Has he been listening to some oration of Banks, while the ship lay at anchor in the night; or read through some piece of paper adorned with the Banks version of the fashionable intellectual indiscretions? We return to the clear head, the hydrographer, with ‘a few observations on the Currents and Tides upon the Coast’—five hundred words of reality and close argument, which tell us again that it is <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name> we are dealing with.</p>
        <p>The dangers and fatigues of the voyage were not quite over. Cook wanted to touch on the coast of New Guinea and accordingly stood away north-west. From Booby Island he had a short afternoon's sailing before the wind fell calm and he anchored for the night. While the anchor was being weighed the following morning the cable parted and the ship drove. A day of frustrating work did not recover the anchor; it was not till the morning of the 25th that he had it and could resume his course. In the afternoon the water began to shoal rapidly again, and again the ship was brought up with sails standing, in six fathoms, with hardly two fathoms over a rocky bottom all round her except the way she had come—and it was almost high water, with ‘a short cockling sea’. A fortunate escape, thought Cook, from the most dangerous sort of shoal, which did not show till you were almost on it—and then the water looked merely as if shadowed by a dark cloud.<note xml:id="fn2-252" n="2"><p>He was on the Cook Shoal. ‘This was one of the many fortunate escapes we have had from shipwreck for it was near high-water and there run a short cockling sea that would soon have bulged the Ship had she struck… .’—ibid., 403.</p></note> He was still in the western approaches to <name key="name-405233" type="place">Torres Strait</name>. By nightfall he was out of danger, to the south and west. His persistency did not fail, however: after finding deeper water he turned once more north-west, then north, and made the land on the 28th. He was in a bight not far from the southwest point of the island, a low shore fringed for miles out to sea with a mud-bank shoal. Stretching off again to haul round this point, he found himself continuously rebuffed; not until 3 September had he rounded the further Frederik Hendrik Island, and, a short distance north of it, got close enough in to land; even then, in three
<pb xml:id="n274" n="253"/>
fathoms, he was three or four miles from shore over the same bank of mud. He landed, wading from a boat to the beach, with Banks and Solander, just for the sake of landing, determined then to quit altogether a part of the earth where he was merely wasting time. There were traces of men and their voices, but the bush was so thick that he was deterred from doing more than take a walk along the beach. Three or four natives, looking much like New Hollanders, rushed out hurling their darts, retreating at the fire of the muskets; while Cook, to avoid gratuitous trouble, retreated to the boat himself, as a larger number came towards him. He was puzzled by a sort of noiseless fire-arm these people had—strips of hollow cane in which they carried only burning tinder. It was an encounter therefore without harm on either side; and he refused the advice of some of his officers, to send a party on shore to cut down coconut trees for the nuts—no way to get refreshments, but a certain way to court disaster. Instead he made sail to the westward. There was general satisfaction. The greatest part of the ship's company, says Banks, were now much afflicted with that longing for home ‘which the Physicians have gone so far as to esteem a disease under the name of Nostalgia; indeed I can find hardly any body in the ship clear of its effects but the Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander and myself, indeed we three have pretty constant employment for our minds which I beleive to be the best if not the only remedy for it.’<note xml:id="fn1-253" n="1"><p>Banks, II, 145.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>Home was still half the world away. Cook was bound first for Batavia, which he wanted to reach as soon and as safely as he could. He knew it was a port well equipped for the repair of ships, and his leaky <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> might well need heaving down; so he would sail to the south of Java and through the Strait of Sunda. It would have been agreeable to settle the question whether, as New Holland and New Guinea were different countries, their inhabitants were different peoples, still the point was of very little if any consequence (he is almost apologetic over mentioning it), and there was no other discovery to be made in these seas; to Batavia therefore. A rather tedious passage it was to be, of just over five weeks, with one break only. The water soon deepened, and though Cook sounded constantly to begin with he felt himself released from the necessity of anchoring at night. He steered west of south-west and south-west, sometimes a little puzzled by the charts he had, irritated by faulty compilers and dishonest publishers, but unable to delay himself for the sake of correcting them, and unwilling to jeopardise his ship in more shoal water, over more foul ground. He sighted the most
<pb xml:id="n275" n="254"/>
southerly of the Aroe islands, then Timorlaut or the Tanimbar group (where he would have landed had he identified it soon enough), and on 11 September was off Timor, which interested him for Dampier's sake. Westerly winds now imposed delay, he crept along the coast for four days till they went back to the north-east and blew him through the strait between the southern end of Timor and the island of Rotte. Some of his officers, again anxious to advise, ‘strongly importune'd' him to go to Concordia (the modern Kupang), the Dutch settlement and fort at this end of Timor. He would not, ‘knowing that the Dutch look upon all Europeans with a jealous eye that come a mong these Islands, and our necessities were not so great to oblige me to put into a place where I might expect to be but indifferently treated.’<note xml:id="fn1-254" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 417.</p></note> There was depression. Steering west from the strait, clear of the islands as he thought, he was surprised a day later, 17 September, by one in the south-west, certainly not laid down in its proper place on any chart. On its north side were houses, coconut trees, herds of grazing cattle, the green not of savage nature but of human cultivation. Considering the feeling in the ship since his refusal to touch at Timor, and tempted himself, Cook decided to try for refreshment here. Gore was sent ashore. It was the island of Savu; and here he learnt that the Dutch did indeed look with a jealous eye.</p>
        <p>Gore returning with a hopeful report, was sent back with money and goods, only to return again with news of a bay to leeward where both anchorage and provisions could be obtained. While the ship was being moved there Dutch colours were hoisted on shore, as they were next morning on the beach at the anchorage. Gore, despatched still again, was taken to the ‘king’ of the island, the local rajah, who explained somehow that he could supply nothing without the permission of the Dutch governor or factor. Early in the afternoon this person and the king came on board, were entertained to dinner, liberally liquored, given presents, and in return promised as liberally to provide all the supplies Cook wanted. Both Solander and Spöring had enough Dutch to make the factor, one Lange, a German, know what they were. But when Cook himself landed next morning with Banks and a party to return the rajah's visit, he found the promises so far hollow: there were on the beach none of the buffaloes that he wanted to buy, or sign whatever of preparations for trade; instead Lange talked of a letter he had just had from Concordia (from which the ship had been seen) on the subject of trade and presents to the natives; and though there was dinner with the rajah, little could be
<pb xml:id="n276" n="255"/>
obtained except palm wine and more promises. On the morrow it became fairly plain that Lange was interfering with trade through his influence over the rajah, though the people were anxious for it and he himself was not immune to bribery, which pushed up extravagantly the price of the first buffaloes bought. Matters were made no better when Sydney Parkinson innocently enquired of the natives whether they had spices on the island, an enquiry immediately reported to Lange, who as immediately suspected some inroad on that sacred Dutch monopoly—a circumstance unknown to Cook, who, trade having at last begun, certainly wished to stay no longer than the one day he was now allowed. He got his buffaloes, disappointing beasts, a few sheep and hogs, a large quantity of poultry, and enough ‘syrop’—boiled down palm wine—said Banks, ‘for futurity’. In the three days' visit Banks accumulated a vast amount of information about the island's social and political arrangements, something about the Dutch commercial régime; for the much abused Mr Lange was quite talkative.</p>
        <p>It was 21 September when Cook sailed. It was 1 October when he came in sight of Java Head, the south-west extremity of the island of which Batavia, that great centre of Dutch commercial activity, was the capital and the port. He had had good weather most of the time, on this due west then more northerly course, but either no time to make observations—he may have been busy writing up his journal—or Green had ceased to work on them; for his longitudes were strangely erroneous during almost the whole period—almost four degrees too far west by 30 September, almost three on 1 October. A strong westerly current ran, as he realised, and he allowed 20' a day for it: ‘this allowance I find Answers’, but it did not answer at all, and there was some worry lest he had overshot the entrance to the Strait of Sunda. We have an excellent illustration of the fallibility of dead reckoning, even with the best of navigators. The weather turned squally on the last day and the main topsail was badly split. After two years the voyage was having its effect: ‘many of our sails are now so bad that they will hardly stand the least puff of wind.’<note xml:id="fn1-255" n="1"><p>ibid., 427.</p></note> One of the passengers too was sick—Tupaia, and Cook sent on shore to get some fruit for him as well as grass for the remaining cattle, not with much success. Next day in the strait a Dutch ship was encountered. Hicks went on board her for news. Some of it was agreeable: Carteret's <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi>, last seen by Wallis in the Strait of Magellan in April 1767, had called at Batavia ‘about two years ago’, and so she had survived the Pacific; some was what might be
<pb xml:id="n277" n="256"/>
called the normal news of civilisation, as that the English were rioting, the Americans refusing to pay their taxes, the Russians besieging Constantinople. It was all very different from the news that Cook brought with him. His, however, was not for general distribution. He had already, on the last day of September, collected the log books and journals of his officers and men, according to his instructions, and enjoined them not to divulge where they had been—which may be taken as a counsel of perfection; now, when Dutch officers boarded him with official enquiries, he would tell them no more than that his ship was English, her name <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, and that he was bound for England; Hicks, a little more communicative, went so far as to say she came from Europe.</p>
        <p>This was off Bantam Point, the north-eastern extreme of the strait; thence four days of slow and painful sailing, labouring against strong currents, past almost as many islands, reefs and shoals as were met within the Great Barrier, anchoring and weighing with light winds from the land, brought her into Batavia road. There, on the afternoon of 10 October, by Cook's time, he found an English East Indiaman, and learnt that it was 11 October. Another boat came on board him, to enquire who he was. Both its officer and his people, notes Banks, ‘were almost as Spectres, no good omen of the healthy-ness of the countrey we were arrivd at; our people however who truly might be called rosy and plump, for we had not a sick man among us, jeerd and flouted much at their brother sea mens white faces.’<note xml:id="fn1-256" n="1"><p>Banks, II, 184.</p></note> Cook sent Hicks ashore to announce his arrival to the governor, and to apologise for not saluting, as he had not enough guns to do it properly.</p>
        <p>
          <pb xml:id="n278"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP009a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP009a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP009a-g"/>
            <head>6. <name type="person" key="name-123818">Joseph Banks</name>, after <name type="person" key="name-402271">Benjamin West</name>, 1773 Mezzotint engraving by J. R. Smith</head>
          </figure>
        </p>
        <pb xml:id="n279"/>
        <p>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP010a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP010a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP010a-g"/>
            <head><hi rend="i">7a.</hi> ‘A View of part of the West Side of Georges Island’ (Tahiti) Drawing by Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP011a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP011a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP011a-g"/>
            <head><hi rend="i">7b.</hi> ‘The West-Elevation of the Fort’ (at Point Venus, Matavai Bay) Drawing by Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n280"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP012a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP012a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP012a-g"/>
            <head><hi rend="i">8a.</hi> ‘A Plan of Royal or Matavie Bay in Georges Island’ (Tahiti) Drawing by Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP013a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP013a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP013a-g"/>
            <head><hi rend="i">8b.</hi> Peaks of Matavai Bay Pen and wash drawing by Parkinson</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n281"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP014a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP014a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP014a-g"/>
            <head>
9. Fortified <hi rend="i">pa</hi> on arched rock, Mercury Bay Drawing by Cook, after a drawing by Parkinson
</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n282"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP015a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP015a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP015a-g"/>
            <head>10. The watering-place in Tolaga Bay Drawing by Cook, after a drawing by Parkinson</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n283"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP016a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP016a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP016a-g"/>
            <head>11<hi rend="i">a.</hi> The <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> at sea Drawing by Parkinson</head>
          </figure>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP017a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP017a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP017a-g"/>
            <head>11<hi rend="i">b.</hi> The hull of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour Drawing by Parkinson</hi></head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n284"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP018a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP018a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP018a-g"/>
            <head>12. ‘New Zealand War Canoe. The crew bidding defiance to the Ships Company’ Drawing by Spöring</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n285"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP019a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP019a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP019a-g"/>
            <head>13. ‘A Chart of New Zealand or the Islands of Aeheinomouwe and Tovypoenammu lying in the South Sea’ By Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n286"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP020a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP020a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP020a-g"/>
            <head>14. Entry in Cook's Journal, 16 August 1770 From the original in the National Library of Australia, Canberra</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n287"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP021a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP021a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP021a-g"/>
            <head>15<hi rend="i">a.</hi> The reef where the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> struck, 11 June 1770 Detail from ‘Chart of Part of the Sea Coast of New South Wales’. By Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP022a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP022a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP022a-g"/>
            <head>15<hi rend="i">b.</hi> ‘A Plan of the entrance of <name key="name-402251" type="place">Endeavour River</name>’ By Cook</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n288"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP023a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP023a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP023a-g"/>
            <head>16. The <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> being careened Engraving by W. Byrne after Parkinson</head>
          </figure>
          <pb xml:id="n289"/>
          <figure xml:id="Bea04CookP024a">
            <graphic url="Bea04CookP024a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP024a-g"/>
            <head>17. ‘A Map of the Southern Hemisphere’ By Cook; showing his proposed route by a strong continuous line (yellow in the original)</head>
          </figure>
        </p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n290" n="257"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d16" type="section">
        <head>XI<lb/>
Batavia to England</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Batavia</hi>, said Cook, was certainly a place that Europeans need not covet to go to. ‘Founded by the Dutch on the ruins of Jakarta in the early seventeenth century, it had been instrumental in extending their empire through the East Indies, had sent vast riches to the Netherlands, seen the coming and going of fleets, had provisioned and loaded and mended them; gained a reputation as ‘Queen of the Eastern Seas’. It was a queen that stank to heaven, corrupt and filthy. At the end of the century an earthquake choked the streams with mud and turned the surrounding country into a swamp, the tree-lined canals which the Dutch built, on the pattern of home, became torpid ordure-choked tanks of disease. Both in the city and out of it mosquitoes bred infinitely; the fresh food for which the sailor pined betrayed him. In the eighteenth century, with a mortality of something like fifty thousand a year, the place was one of the deadliest on earth. Little wonder that the seamen who greeted the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> had a spectral look. Even then, Cook might have got away from the East Indies with relatively little damage, had it not been for a call he made later. Meanwhile, Batavia had its efficiency as well as its fevers.</p>
        <p>Preliminary to Cook's application to the authorities for their help in repair, he called on the carpenter for a report. Mr Satterley gave a faithful one, within his competence; for he could not see everything.</p>
        <q>The Ship very Leakey (as she makes from twelve to six Inches p<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Hour) Occationd by her Main Keel being wounded in many places and the Scarph of her stern being very open. The False Keel gone beyond the Midships (from forward and perhaps farther) as I had no opportunity of seeing for the water when haul'd a shore for repair). Wounded on her Larboard side under the Main Channel where I immagine the greatest Leak is (but could not come at it for the water). One Pump on the Larboard side useless the others decay'd within 1 1/2 Inch of the bore. Otherwise Masts, Yards, Boats &amp; Hull in prety good condition.<note xml:id="fn1-257" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 432.</p></note></q>
        <pb xml:id="n291" n="258"/>
        <p>Satterley and all the other officers were agreed that the ship must be hove down and her bottom inspected before she could safely leave for Europe. Her safety was further ensured in that thunderous climate by fixing an ‘electrical chain’ to the top of the main mast: this, on her second night in harbour, warded off a thunderbolt which shattered and carried away the main mast of a Dutch Indiaman lying a quarter of a mile off, with only an iron spindle rigged. Cook, making formal application to the governor-general and council for assistance, was granted everything he asked for; then, after making proper calculations, found he would have to apply also to this exalted body for a loan of money—5000 rix dollars—where-with to meet the expense; and then found his business would be delayed because someone had translated the English expression ‘heave down’ wrongly. Nevertheless, on 18 October he took the ship from her anchorage in the road across to the outlying Cooper's or Kuyper Island, where, and at its companion Onrust, the Dutch had their equipment, and the crew were put to clearing her of all her stores and ballast. Cook was rather nettled that his own men were not allowed to do the actual work of repair, of which they were quite capable, according to naval regulations; but the Dutch had their regulations also. It was not till 6 November that the officers of the yard at Onrust took the ship in hand.</p>
        <p>Three days after Cook's arrival at Batavia a Dutch ship sailed for home. He just had time to write the Admiralty secretary a few lines by her to say where he was. Ten days later, he learnt, a fleet would sail; and to its commodore, Captain Kelger of the <hi rend="i">Kronenburg</hi>, he entrusted a very precious packet—a letter to Mr Stephens, a shorter one to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, both dated 23 October, a copy of his journal,<note xml:id="fn1-258" n="1"><p>This was pretty clearly the copy in the hand of <name type="person" key="name-134488">Richard Orton</name>, the clerk, that I have called the Mitchell <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, known earlier as the Corner copy. It was this that was printed by Admiral Wharton in 1893. Its nature is discussed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, ccxviii-ccxxi.</p></note> a chart of the ‘South Sea’, another of New Zealand, and another of the coast of New South Wales. The letter to the Royal Society merely announced that the mission on which he had been sent had been successfully completed, and was accompanied by one from Green with some details of the observations; that to Stephens, in the usual form, ‘Please to acquaint my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty’, must unless Stephens read it very slowly, have made his head turn—and subsequently, when they were acquainted, the heads of the Lords Commissioners. In six hundred and fifty words it distilled the captain's journal, from the day he left Rio de Janeiro to the moment at Onrust, ‘where we have
<pb xml:id="n292" n="259"/>
but just got a long side of the warfe in order to take out stores &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>, They were words much more heavily laden than those which the Lords were accustomed to hear read out, and as a flat record of fact they may still take one's breath away. They included one puzzling statement about the mishap on the reef: ‘this prove'd a fatal stroke to the remainder of the Voyage', because of the time taken up in repairing the damage. There are other brief paragraphs, a mixture of plain satisfaction, modesty, and even apology—which one can say reflect very accurately certain aspects of the captain's character, both his professional pride and his sense that he himself is a man under command. The journal that he now sends has been kept ‘in the best Manner I was capable off’; the ‘whole transactions of the Voyage’ are set down in it ‘with undisguised truth and without gloss’. The charts and plans have been made with all the care and accuracy that time and circumstances would admit of: ‘Thus far I am certain that the Latitude &amp; Longitude of few parts of the world are better settled than these.’ Mr Green's assistance has been very great. The ‘many Valuable discoverys made by M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks &amp; D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander in Natural History and other things usefull to the learn'd World cannot fail of contributing very much to the Success of the Voyage.' As for the ship's company, ‘In Justice to the officers and the whole crew I must say that they have gone through the fatigues and dangers of the whole voyage with that cheerfullness and allertness that will always do honour to British Seamen, and I have the satisfaction to say that I have not lost one man by sickness during the whole Voyage’ (he must have forgotten Forby Sutherland, or did sickness mean only scurvy?). Then, after the breath-taking summary of work done (and the Lords may have had their breath equally taken by the statement that not one man had been lost through sickness in two years), there is another summary:</p>
        <q>Altho' the discoveries made in this Voyage are not great, yet I flatter my self that they are such as may merit the attention of their Lordships, and altho' I have faild in discovering the so much talk'd of southern Continent (which perhaps do not exist) and which I my self had much at heart, yet I am confident that no part of the failure of such discovery Can be laid to my Charge… . Had we been so fortunate not to have run a shore much more would have been done in the latter part of the Voyage than what was, but, as it is I presume this Voyage will be found as Compleat as any before made to the South Seas, on the same account.<note xml:id="fn1-259" n="1"><p>The whole letter is printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 499–501. The last sentence of the quotation runs in Cook's draft, ‘I presume that this Voyage will be thought as great and as compleat if not more so than any Voyage before made in the South Seas on the same account.’ He may have thought that the phrase ‘if not more so’ looked like boasting.</p></note>
</q>
        <pb xml:id="n293" n="260"/>
        <p>We are left wondering what precisely this writer meant by the remark that if the ship had not run on the reef, that ‘fatal stroke’, much more ‘would have been done in the latter part of the Voyage than what was’. What limit had he put to the voyage? In the terms of his instructions his presence on the eastern coast of New Holland and its charting were already an addendum, a sort of large work of supererogation. Even after all the strokes of fate the part of his chart he had had to leave conjectural was only a quite small part.<note xml:id="fn1-260" n="1"><p>From the first settlement of Sydney to the end of the eighteenth century there was minor coastal exploration that corrected or clarified Cook's chart. The position at the beginning of 1801, in relation to Cook, is thus summarised by Flinders, in the lucid and admirable introduction to his <hi rend="i">Voyage to Terra Australis</hi> (1814), I, cciii: ‘On the east coast of New South Wales from Bass’ Strait to Bustard Bay in latitude 24°, the shore might be said to be well explored; but from thence northward to Cape York, there were several portions which had either been passed by captain Cook in the night, or at such a distance in the day time, as to render their formation doubtful: The coast from 15°30' to 14°30' was totally unknown.</p><p>‘The following openings or bights had been seen and named by captain Cook, but were yet unexamined: <hi rend="i">Kepppel and Shoal-water Bays; Broad Sound; Repulse, Edgecumbe, Cleveland, Halifax, Rockingham</hi>, and <hi rend="i">Weary Bays.</hi> To the northward of these were <hi rend="i">Weymouth, Temple, Shelburne</hi>, and <hi rend="i">Newcastle Bays</hi>; and perhaps many others which distance did not permit our great navigator to notice. There was also a numerous list of islands, of which a few only had been examined; and several were merely indicated from a distant view.’</p><p>Then there were the reefs. When Flinders came to work carefully north from Hervey Bay, he found Cook's longitudes fairly constantly and progressively in error, due initially to an overcalculation of the width of Hervey Bay by sixteen miles, and then to the trend of the coast to the west. He thought Cook was out at York Cape by 35 miles. But the authority of Cook was so great, even for a precisian like Flinders, that he wrote, of one point in his Prince of Wales Channel, ‘the position of almost every island in this neighbourhood is so different in his chart to what I make them, that it has occasioned me much perplexity and uneasiness.’—<hi rend="i">Voyage</hi>, I, 349.</p></note> He had done what he set out to do when he left New Zealand, sailed from his landfall to the northern extremity of the country; he had verified the strait that his maps asserted to exist. If he had not run on the reef and been forced to spend all those weeks in the <name key="name-402251" type="place">Endeavour River</name> he would still have had a sound and relatively well-provided ship. Did he think that, being ‘morally certain’ that Quiros never was upon any part of the New Holland coast, he might have gone on to pin down the Austrialia del Espiritu Santo, so cardinal in the theory of the southern continent, which was said to lie in the parallel of the <name key="name-402251" type="place">Endeavour River</name>?<note xml:id="fn2-260" n="2"><p>‘The Islands discover'd by Quiros call'd by him Astralia del Espiritu Santo lays in this parallel but how far to the East is hard to say, most charts place them as far to the west as this Country, but we are morally certain that he never was upon any part of this coast.'—<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 376. De Brosses's plate IV places ‘Terre du S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Esprit’ in New Holland, on the coast of a sort of bulging Queensland. The map in Harris, Vol. I, has nothing of this sort.</p></note> Or would he have gone on to chart the islands of <name key="name-405233" type="place">Torres Strait</name>, or attempted a more scientific rendering of the southern side of New Guinea, which he had designed anyhow ‘if Possible to touch upon’? Carteret, although he did not know it,
<pb xml:id="n294" n="261"/>
had already done something there. We are left to guess, and to guess how long he could have maintained the cheerfulness and alertness of that excellent crew—the behaviour of every member of which, we recollect if we read the captain's journal, had not been entirely impeccable.</p>
        <p>As soon as the ship anchored Banks went ashore with Solander to live, tried a hotel and then hired a house next door to it, sending for Tupaia and his boy Taiata also. These two were transported with the sights of the town. Tupaia brought in some fresh South Sea news; for while he, was walking in the street with Banks a man ran from a house and asked had he not been there before? No: but it appeared that a compatriot of his had, the man who had been taken away from Tahiti by those predecessors of Cook, not Spaniards as had been concluded, but the French expedition of the Sieur de Bougainville. Any Spanish iron could easily have been brought by Bougainville's store ship from the River Plate. Carteret's visit to Batavia had been followed by Bougainville's. So here were the French in the Pacific, hard on the heels of the British, the French at King George the Third's Island! Cook ruminated a little on that. He had to wait some time to get a full account of Bougainville's adventure, and when he did he found it extremely interesting. In the meantime there was plenty to do, both for him and the natural historians. Banks was as busy as he had been at Tahiti in the pursuit of miscellaneous experience and information. One little piece of experience he never acquired, and nor did Cook. They were both experimental eaters. Banks, in his later years, boasted of his catholicity to a friend: ‘I believe I have eaten my way into the Animal Kingdom farther than any other man’—a claim that Cook could well have contested. Certainly they had both tried dog in Tahiti, shags in New Zealand, kangaroo in New South Wales. It might be useless in the light of that belief, said the friend, to ask what he had eaten, ‘but allow me to inquire what you have not eaten?’ Banks's answer, after a short pause, skipped the years.</p>
        <q>I never have eaten Monkey although when at Batavia Capt Cooke D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander and my self had determined to make the experiment, but on the morning of our intended feast I happened to cross the yard of the House in which we resided and observed half a dozen of those poor little Devils with their arms tied upon cross sticks laying on their backs preparatory to their being killed, Now as I love all sorts of Animals I walked up to them and in consequence of their plaintive chattering and piteous looks I could not resist cutting the Strings by which they were
<pb xml:id="n295" n="262"/>
bound and they immediately scampered off so that we lost our Monkey dinner.<note xml:id="fn1-262" n="1"><p>This story is from a sheaf of reminiscences of Banks collected by <name type="person" key="name-401786">Dawson Turner</name>, his projected biographer. The <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> was generously lent to me by the late Kenneth A. Webster. Banks does not ever seem to have eaten penguin or walrus.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>This was an episode that did not come into any journal, and it might well disappear under the dark cloud that now descended upon the voyage. Men began to fall sick. When the ship arrived in Batavia, three people were more or less indisposed—Tupaia, who had never got used to ship food; Green, suffering from the effects of his own intemperance; and Hicks. Cook, perhaps, did not know how fatally stricken the last was, because he thought none of them qualified for a sick list; Monkhouse, the surgeon, must have been of the same opinion. By the time the letter went away to Stephens, reporting that remarkable record of health, the tents set up to take the crew while the ship was under repair became hospital as well as lodging—‘owing as I suppose to the extreem hot weather’, said Cook at first, bringing in ‘fever’, and other diseases later. The swooping enemy was malaria. Tupaia and Taiata early went down with it, apart from the sailors; then Banks and his servants, Solander and the surgeon, all severe cases. Monkhouse died on 5 November, succeeded as surgeon by his mate, <name type="person" key="name-160027">William Perry</name>, an able person who had immediately to buy more medical stores. The young Taiata died, and a few days later Tupaia, inconsolable. Of him Cook writes a short notice which indicates that Banks's tiger-substitute had not been entirely a success: ‘He was a Shrewd, Sensible, Ingenious Man, but proud and obstinate which often made his situation on board both disagreable to himself and those about him, and tended much to promote the deceases which put a period to his life.’<note xml:id="fn2-262" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 442.</p></note> Green's servant <name type="person" key="name-400722">John Reynolds</name> died, three sailors died. Banks took a house in the country for himself and Solander, where they were surrounded with servants and nurses; Cook sent his own servant to him, and, a sick captain, stayed by his ship, while Banks returned the servant. Every man in the ship fell sick except one, the sail-maker, John Ravenhill, regarded as an old man, more or less drunk every day. By the time the carpenters at Onrust had begun to look at the ship Cook congratulated himself on Dutch obstinacy—so far from his own men being able to do the work he had then only about twenty officers and men fit for any duty at all; by the time it was finished he had twelve or fourteen.</p>
        <p>The ship was in as bad condition as her crew. What Mr Satterley had not been able to see was indeed disastrous. It was true that almost
<pb xml:id="n296" n="263"/>
all the false keel was gone, the damage to the main keel was severe, a great deal of sheathing lost; but also on the larboard side (which he had suspected) near the keel, ‘two planks and a half near 6 feet in length were within 1/8 of a Inch of being cut through, and here the worms had made their way quite into the Timbers, so that it was a Matter of Surprise to every one who saw her bottom how we had kept her above water; and yet in this condition we had saild some hundreds of Leagues in as dangerous a Navigation as is in any part of the world, happy in being ignorant of the continual danger we were in.’<note xml:id="fn1-263" n="1"><p>This story is from a sheaf of reminiscences of Banks collected by <name type="person" key="name-401786">Dawson Turner</name>, his projected biographer. The <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> was generously lent to me by the late Kenneth A. Webster. Banks does not ever seem to have eaten penguin or walrus.</p></note> There was naturally a great amount of caulking to do. The Dutch had skilled labour in abundance, as well as a method of careening that Coók admired much, and he was highly pleased with the repairs. On 15 November the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> could be moved from the yard at Onrust back to Kuyper, where his men were painfully employed for the next three weeks in getting on board stores, provisions and water, rigging the ship, and repairing and bending the sails. Thunderstorms and rain, as the westerly monsoon set in, did not add to comfort; nor was there amusement for sick or convalescent men when at three o'clock one morning the hawsers parted in hard squalls and the ship had to be warped back to the wharf. On 8 December, with all the sick brought back on board, she ran across to Batavia road, to take in more provisions, to scrape and paint, and complete the other details of getting ready for sea. Cook acquired a new pump. He strengthened his crew with nineteen more men, mainly British, that he found at the place: one of these <name type="person" key="name-170609">John Marra</name>, a young Irishman of Cork, was the cause of some trouble, because he had deserted from a Dutch ship and the Dutch wanted him back. They said he was Jan Marre, a Dane, from Elsinore; he was certainly one of those seamen who embarked as the spirit moved them, and was probably no more particular about his origin than he was about his destination. Cook was satisfied that he was a British subject, and refused to give him up; and the Dutch, though disapproving—they thought the Captain's behaviour was ‘ungrateful and discourteous’—had to acquiesce.<note xml:id="fn2-263" n="2"><p>The Dutch blamed Cook for not giving a straight answer. Their minutes of their dealings with him will be found in the Algemeen Rijksarchief at the Hague, Kol. Arch. Inv. No. 700, 438–40.</p></note> This, as a closing scene, was a little regrettable; for the Dutch officials had done everything for Cook he wanted, and he had been the rounds to thank them. In due course Marra was to present him too with problems. While he gained these men, he lost another. This was Patrick Saunders, a
<pb xml:id="n297" n="264"/>
</p>
        <p>On 26 December 1770 the restored <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> weighed and came to sail. She was to have eleven days of the same frustrating sort of passage she had had through the Strait of Sunda three months before, in reverse, with unpleasant squally rainy weather for the last part of it. She was like a hospital ship, said Cook, upwards of forty of her company sick, the rest in a weakly condition except for the sail-maker, more or less drunk; yet the Dutch captains congratulated him on his good luck in not seeing half his people die. What Solander saw was the mosquitoes breeding on the surface of the ship's very scuttle-butt. On the eleventh day, by which time the general health had deteriorated badly, he anchored off Prince's Island or Panaitan, at the southern entrance of the strait, to see if he could get wood and water, and fresh food for the sick. He had just had the first salt meat day since Savu, but now there was turtle again. During a week at Prince's Island he did get fresh food, fish, flesh, fowl and fruit, and water, but he soon concluded the water was bad, and put lime into the casks as a purifier. It was 16 January 1771 when he could at last get away from the island, to head in sultry weather with variable light winds and calms towards the <name key="name-001315" type="place">Indian Ocean</name>. Then the real martyrdom descended; upon the weakened malaria-stricken company came dysentery, whether caused by the Prince's Island water or its death-laden fruit—the ‘bloody flux’. In the next six weeks twenty-three men were to die. Banks, afflicted again, ‘endurd the pains of the Damnd almost’; by the end of January not more than eight or nine men could keep the deck, and the watches were reduced to four men each. It was not of much use to ‘clean between the decks and wash with vinegar’. Cook's journal is little more than notes of the weather nad a list of deaths, here and there a brief obituary phrase or a few words on the waxing or waning of disease. The first who went, on 24 January, was <name type="person" key="name-401929">John Truslove</name>, corporal of marines, ‘a Man much esteem'd by every one on board'. Then Spöring died, and Sydney Parkinson, and Ravenhill the sail-maker, whom drink could preserve no longer;
<pb xml:id="n298" n="265"/>
and Green—‘he had long been in a bad state of hilth, which he took no care to repair but on the contrary lived in such a manner as greatly promoted the disorders he had had long upon him, this brought on the Flux which put a period to his life.’<note xml:id="fn1-265" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 448.</p></note> Cook found his papers in distressing confusion. Two of the carpenter's crew died; then, as January came to an end, one-handed John Thompson the cook, and three other men—in one week eleven deaths: ‘A Melancholy proff of the Calamitous Situation we are at present in, having hardly well men enough to tend the Sails and look after the Sick, many of the latter are so ill that we have not the least hopes of their recovery.’<note xml:id="fn2-265" n="2"><p>ibid.</p></note> About this time the south-east trade wind began to blow steadily, a wholesome air, and Cook thought the worst was perhaps over, though the lives of several men were despaired of. Five died in the second week of February, including <name type="person" key="name-401946">Jonathan Monkhouse</name>, that valuable midshipman; then in the third week ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> John Satterly, Carpenter, a Man much Esteem'd by me and every Gentleman on board',<note xml:id="fn3-265" n="3"><p>ibid., 450.</p></note> a Seaman, and a marine; in the fourth week ‘Alex<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Simpson a very good Seaman’; in the fifth, on 27 February, three more seamen, of whom one was sick when he entered at Batavia and never recovered, and the others had clearly long been doomed, ‘so that the death of these three men in one day did not in the least alarm us; on the contrary we are in hopes that they will be the last that will fall a Sacrefice to this fatal desorder, for such as are now ill of it are in a fair way to recovering.’<note xml:id="fn4-265" n="4"><p>ibid., 452.</p></note> It was no wonder that one or two men, who did not die, were affected with a sort of hysteria.<note xml:id="fn5-265" n="5"><p>‘I shall mention what effect only the imagery approach of this disorder had upon one man. He had long tended upon the Sick and injoy'd a tolerable good state of hilth: one morning coming upon deck he found himself a little griped and immidiatly began to stamp with his feet and exclaim I have got the Gripes, I have got the Gripes, I shall die, I shall die!—in this manner he continued untill he threw himself into a fit and was carried off the deck in a manner dead, however he soon recover'd and did very well.'—ibid., 458. This seems to have been the trouble also with Thomas Rossiter, drummer of the marines, who was punished with twelve lashes on 21 February for getting drunk, grossly assaulting the officer of the watch; ‘and beating some of the sick.’—ibid., 451.</p></note> The terrible period, however, was over.</p>
        <p>Luckily there was, over those weeks, no heavy weather; not till the last day of February did a south-west squall split the fore topsail all over, forcing the ship to bring to, and consequently, even with her enfeebled crew, she could be kept in fair order. She made a dubious landfall on the evening of 4 March, when Cook was not on deck or informed, and a certain one at daylight next morning, when he found he was about two leagues from the land, steering full towards it in a fresh south-east breeze. It seemed that an increasing
<pb xml:id="n299" n="266"/>
westerly current must have been affecting him: when he worked out his observations this day, he found that his longitude thus determined was between six or seven degrees west of dead reckoning; and he was again lucky that daylight came that morning no later. He wore and stood to the east for a day, at the end of which he found himself not merely ninety miles more south than he should have been ‘by account’, but also the same distance more to the west and closer to the land. He was, in fact, in the Agulhas current; his dangerous landfall had been the coast of Natal. He now had the land in sight every day, with Cape L'Agulhas, the most southerly point of Africa, west of him on 11 March; on the 15th, having rounded the capes and lain outside Table Bay for a day and a half because of a southeasterly gale, he was anchored in the road of Cape Town. The governor was obliging, and quarters were at once hired ashore for the twenty-nine sick. One of them died while still on board; Solander had hardly gone into lodgings before he fell once more violently ill. As a homeward bound East Indiaman was just sailing Cook despatched in her letters to the Admiralty and the Royal Society announcing his arrival.</p>
        <p>Another Indiaman, from Bengal, the <hi rend="i">Holton</hi>, arrived and departed in the next few days—indeed Dutch and English vessels were coming constantly into Table Bay, one of the great refreshing points of the world for shipping. Cape Town, says Cook, after this visit, ‘may be consider'd as one great Inn fited up for the reception of all comers and goers', and its inhabitants were correspondingly civil and polite. He studied these vessels with interest, as he had those at Batavia, and the <hi rend="i">Holton</hi> sent him into a train of thought which forms an interesting appendix to his reflections within the Barrier Reef, after that swift passage through Providential Channel.</p>
        <q>This Ship during her stay in India lost by sickness between 30 and 40 Men and had at this time a good many down with the scurvy, other Ships suffer'd in the same proportion, thus we find that Ships which have been little more than Twelve Months from England have suffer'd as much or more by Sickness than we have done who have been out near three times as long. Yet their sufferings will hardly if at all be mentioned or known in England when on the other hand those of the Endeavour, because the Voyage is uncommon, will very probable be mentioned in every News paper, and what is not unlikely with many additional hardships we never experienced; for such are the disposission of men in general in these Voyages that they are seldom content with the hardships and dangers which will naturaly occur, but they must add others which hardly ever had existence but in their imaginations, by magnifying the most trifling accidents and Circumstances to the greatest hardships, and unsurmountable
<pb xml:id="n300" n="267"/>
dangers without the imidiate interposion of Providence, as if the whole Merit of the Voyage consisted in the dangers and hardships they underwent, or that real ones did not happen often enough to give the mind sufficient anxiety; thus posteriety are taught to look upon these Voyages as hazardous to the highest degree.<note xml:id="fn1-267" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 460–1.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>This is an interesting passage, or—one might call it—piece of rambling—and addressed to whom? To some vague public in his mind, to the Admiralty, to himself? Does it begin as apologetic justification, as he thinks of his dead sailors, a third of his original ship's company? It is not altogether good prophecy, for the newspapers were not to enlarge on the sufferings of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>'s men. It is accurate enough about the natural leaning of men to imagination; in its reference to the immediate interposition of Providence it foreshadows one of the controversies arising from this voyage—or rather supplied with fresh fuel thereby; but does Cook want posterity—he has come a long way from the <hi rend="i">Holton</hi>'s sickness—to think that voyages such as his are not particularly hazardous? He is no doubt writing as a professional sailor, a responsible person; but also as <name type="person" key="name-207700">James Cook</name>, this time in no crisis of the spirit, with a constitutional distaste for fanfaronade, reluctant (as he was in his letter to Mr Stephens from Batavia) to make extreme claims. So we get this kind of interim statement, by implication, of some of the principles of a particular explorer's mind.</p>
        <p>The stay at the Cape was recuperative. Though in appearance the place was barren, the weather was pleasant, except for one storm. Under the care of Perry, all but three of the sick recovered. The well were allowed time off to entertain themselves. Gore climbed Table Mountain. Refreshments were ample, Cape prices low—except for naval stores, the monopoly of the <name key="name-101202" type="organisation">Dutch East India Company</name>. Banks collected his usual miscellany of information and watched over Solander. More information was picked up about Bougainville's voyage; Banks, hearing that the islander, Ahutoru, was to be returned to Tahiti by a French ship from Mauritius, was much exercised by the probability of the French laying claim to British discoveries. How important to publish as soon as possible an account of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>'s! News came in from Europe—war was daily expected between England and Spain; but Cook, who could not wait for the arrival of an English ship said to be in the offing, entered ten more men, got his sick on board (some of them still badly off) and on 14 April weighed anchor. He anchored again for the night off Robben Island, at the mouth of the bay, and next
<pb xml:id="n301" n="268"/>
morning, in a calm, sent a boat to the shore to buy a few odds and ends he had forgotten at the town. The boat was not allowed to land. The Dutch sent criminals to labour at the island, Cook understood—also English seamen they did not wish to lose from their own service to English vessels short of hands; a boat might abstract either sort of person. It was not a matter worth worrying about.</p>
        <p>In the afternoon of 15 April the calm turned to a south-east breeze, and he put the Cape behind him. That afternoon died <name type="person" key="name-134322">Robert Molyneux</name> the master, who should, if Cook is correct, have allowed himself a better fate—‘a young man of good parts but had unfortunately given himself up to extravecancy and intemperance which brought on disorders that put a pirod to his life.’<note xml:id="fn1-268" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 466.</p></note> Pickersgill was promoted in his place. With a wind generally favourable, the ship made St Helena in a fortnight, crossing the meridian of Greenwich and thus completing her circumnavigation on 29 April. At St Helena she found the 50-gun <hi rend="i">Portland</hi>, Captain Elliot, with the sloop <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi> and a convoy of twelve Indiamen homeward bound. But the convoy did not mean war; the news at the Cape was wrong; the <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi> had brought out reassuring news. Cook stayed only long enough to take in a few stores, repair sails and overhaul rigging, while Banks as usual explored, botanised, conversed. They sailed with the fleet on 4 May. Cook would have liked to have kept with it for the rest of the passage home, but he doubted the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>'s sailing capabilities, especially with her sails and rigging in so bad a condition; after a few days, therefore, and as an insurance against accident, he turned over to Elliot another letter for the Admiralty, with a box of log books and officers' journals, that the Lords might have as soon as possible information supplementary to that sent from Batavia. By this means also he told Maskelyne of the discrepancies he had found in Green's papers relating to the Transit, sending copies of the papers themselves for Maskelyne to study before they were submitted to the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>—and adding some remarks of his own on the distressing penumbra.<note xml:id="fn2-268" n="2"><p>Cook to Maskelyne, 9 May 1771; Royal Society Council Minutes, VI, 107–10. I have printed this in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I (2nd ed., 1968), 692–3.</p></note> On that day, 10 May, they were in sight of the island of Ascension. Banks, of course, was full of curiosity: ‘Our Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> however did not chuse to anchor unwilling to give the fleet so much start of him.’ There was little to do. Cook observed an eclipse of the sun ‘meerly for the sake of Observing’. He took lunars for longitude, remarked the variation of the compass, all with ample time. Hicks was clearly sinking, and an
<pb xml:id="n302" n="269"/>
Indiaman's surgeon was brought on board to look at him. On 21 May in a calm, while boats were out to tow, Cook's interest was much excited by a ‘machine’ for warping which the <hi rend="i">Portland</hi> used instead, a sort of large canvas umbrella against which a hundred and fifty men could haul; Cook would have made one at once if his forge had been in working order. On the 23rd the fleet, outsailing him disappeared into haze—notwithstanding which Elliot reached home only three days before he did. On the 25th died <name type="person" key="name-131255">Zachary Hicks</name>, that useful man, of whom we know so little apart from his quiet observant eye: ‘in the evening his body was commited to the Sea with the usual ceremonies; he died of a Consumption which he was not free from when we saild from England so that it may be truly said that he hath been dieing ever sence, tho he held out tollerable well untill we got to Batavia.’<note xml:id="fn1-269" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 471.</p></note> There are no more obituaries. There is another promotion: Gore moves up, and to the vacant lieutenancy is ordered Charles Clerke, ‘he being a young Man extremely well quallified for that station’.</p>
        <p>The passage continued without much incident. Two or three times a sail was sighted or a vessel spoken. On 19 June, in the middle of the North Atlantic, west of the Azores, Cook sent a boat on board a schooner out from Rhode Island on the whale fishery, heard that all was peace in Europe, disputes between Britain and her American colonies made up; there were other whaling vessels; on the 21st and 22nd he seemed to have caught up with the East India fleet. But his sails were splitting; in the morning of the 22nd the carpenter reported the main topmast sprung in the cap, ‘which we supposed happen'd in the PM when both the weather backstays broke, our Rigging and Sails are now so bad that some thing or another is giving way every day.'<note xml:id="fn2-269" n="2"><p>ibid., 475.</p></note> The East Indiamen sailed out of sight again. Banks's surviving dog, his greyhound bitch, the chaser of kangaroos, died suddenly. The goat seemed immortal. Early in July ships were seen or spoken every day. From a London brig bound to the West Indies it was learnt on 7 July that no account having been received in England of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, wagers had been laid that she was lost; which seemed strange to Cook, because the Dutch fleet with his packet had sailed from the Cape five months before. There had certainly been news manufactured at home, when the newspapers recollected the ship, in the context of threatened war with Spain. For example:</p>
        <q>It is surmised, that one ground of the present preparations for war, is some secret intelligence received by the Ministry, that the Endeavour man of
<pb xml:id="n303" n="270"/>
war, which was sent into the South Sea with the astronomers, to make observations, and afterwards to go into a new track to make discoveries, has been sunk, with all her people, by order of a jealous Court, who has committed other hostilities against us in the Southern hemisphere. Mr. Banks, and the famous Dr. Solander, were on board the above vessel, and are feared to have shared the common fate with the rest of the ship's company.</q>
        <p>So <hi rend="i">Bingley's Journal</hi> for Friday, 28 September 1770, which at least confirms our feeling that Cook's secret instructions for his behaviour after he should leave Tahiti were not altogether secret. The Banks family had its correspondents, and in October Miss Sarah Banks was informing the naturalist and traveller over England, Thomas Pennant, that there was not the least foundation for such alarming reports, though ‘we begin to fear we shall not see them till spring, upon account of their having missed the Trade Wind….’<note xml:id="fn1-270" n="1"><p>S.S. (Sarah) Banks to Thomas Pennant, 6 October 1770; <hi rend="c">Atl</hi>, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> Papers 155:20.</p></note> Then rumour swung the other way: early in January 1771 it was printed that the ship was ‘safely arrived at the island of Batavia’, on the authority of ‘the last Ships from India’.<note xml:id="fn2-270" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">General Evening Post</hi>, 8 January 1771, and other papers of same date.</p></note> In May there is at last something authentic: ‘Certain Advices came yesterday to the India house, that the ship Endeavour … arrived the 10th of October last at Batavia, all well on board’; a little later an abstract is given of a letter from Mr Sydney Parkinson, ‘principal drawer to Mr. Banks’.<note xml:id="fn3-270" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">London Evening Post</hi>, 9 May, 16 May 1771. For these notices see <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 642–3.</p></note> The East India Company had in fact passed on its information to the Admiralty before it did so to the press: the Lords' minutes for 7 May include the message, and the resolution that the Secretary of State be acquainted therewith, ‘for the King's information, as it was feared the said Vessel was lost.’<note xml:id="fn4-270" n="4"><p>Adm 3/78.</p></note> A natural fear, perhaps, even in the Admiralty. Byron's Pacific voyage had lasted twenty-three months, Wallis's twenty-one months; even Carteret, in his dreadful ship, and monsoon-bound in the East Indies for five months, had reached home, however unexpectedly, in thirty-three months. Cook had certainly been at Rio de Janeiro at the end of November 1768, presumably had departed from it within a few days; after that, what? What the Lords had not understood, when they put Cook into the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, was that they had inaugurated a new dispensation.</p>
        <p>Our minds, however, are with Cook, not with the newspapers nor even with the Admiralty. On 10 July at 6 a.m. he sounded, and judged from his depth and bottom—was this not his old naval cruising
<pb xml:id="n304" n="271"/>
ground, when he was master's mate of the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi>?—that he was the length of the Scilly islands. At noon that day Young Nick at the mast head sighted land, ‘which we judged to be about the Lands end.’ The wind was fresh, the weather clear, the ship ran briskly (which was remarkable, considering the state of her bottom) up Channel; at noon on 12 July she passed Dover, at 3 o'clock in the afternoon anchored in the Downs. Cook had been writing busily. Soon after the anchor went down he landed at Deal: there was still one of his instructions to carry out … ‘upon your Arrival in England you are immediately to repair to this Office in order to lay before us a full account of your Proceedings in the whole Course of your Voyage …’. The Office was the Admiralty Office, and he carried a letter to Mr Stephens, dated from the Downs on that day.</p>
        <quote>
          <floatingText xml:id="t1-body-d16-t1">
            <body xml:id="t1-body-d16-t1-body">
              <opener>
                <salute>Sir,</salute>
              </opener>
              <p>It is with pleasure I have to request that you will be pleased to acquaint my Lords Commiss<hi rend="sup">rs</hi> of the Admiralty with the Arrival of His Majesty's Bark under my Command at this place, where I shall leave, her to wait until' further Orders. And In Obedience to their Lordships orders immediately, &amp; with this Letter, repair to their Office, in order to lay before them a full acco<hi rend="sup">t</hi> of the proceedings of the whole Voyage… .</p>
            </body>
          </floatingText>
        </quote>
        <p>He made no doubt that his communications from Batavia and by way of the <hi rend="i">Portland</hi> had been received, since when nothing material had happened beyond the death of Hicks and the promotion of Clerke,</p>
        <quote>
          <p>a Young Man well worthy of it, &amp; as such must beg leave to recommend him to their Lordships, this as well as all other appointments made in the Bark Vacant by the Death of former Officers, agreeable to the inclosed List, will, I hope meet their approbation.</p>
          <p>You will herewith receive my Journals containing an Account of the Proceedings of the whole voyage, together with all the Charts, Plans &amp; drawings, I have made of the respective places we have touched at, which you will be pleased to lay before their Lordships. I flatter my self that the Latter will be found sufficient to convey a Tolerable knowledge of the places they are intended to illustrate, &amp; that the discoveries we have made, tho' not great, will Apologize for the length of the Voyage.<note xml:id="fn1-271" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 504–5.</p></note>
</p>
        </quote>
        <p>Stephens, whose acquaintance with naval officers was not small, might well have been pardoned if he had thought this man's obedience to orders almost painfully literal; and, as he took a preliminary glance through the Charts, Plans and drawings, this unwillingness
<pb xml:id="n305" n="272"/>
to claim more than minimal credit incomprehensible. Insistent modesty, it is true, may serve to screen a large measure of vanity, but all the indications are that in dealing with Cook's modesty we must ourselves be literal.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n306" n="273"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d17" type="section">
        <head>XII<lb/>
England 1771—1772</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Banks Was</hi> a happy man. When he stepped into London he stepped into glory. The newspapers were all Mr Banks, and Mr Banks's voyage, Mr, Banks and Dr Solander, once, or twice Dr Solander and Mr Banks; they had touched at near forty undiscovered islands, they had brought back over a thousand different species of plants, unknown in Europe before, they had brought back seventeen thousand plants, never before seen in this kingdom; Mr Banks was presented to the King by Lord Beauchamp at St James's Palace; Dr Solander and Mr Banks, accompanied by <name type="person" key="name-134394">Sir John Pringle</name>, the president of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, had the honour of a conference with His Majesty at Richmond, on the discoveries they had made on their late voyage; they presented His Majesty with a coronet of gold, set round with feathers, which had been given them by a chief on the coast of Chile; Lady Mary Coke saw them at Court, they were the most talked of people at present; the celebrated Mr Banks was to have two ships from Government to pursue bis discoveries in the South Seas, and would sail next March; the celebrated Mr Banks would shortly make another voyage to St George's Island, in the South Seas, and it was said, that Government would allow him three ships, with men, arms, and provisions, in order to plant and settle a colony there. Such talk went on throughout August, but when the nonsense died down the gentlemen did not cease to be objects of interest. Banks did not need to bring back a lion or tiger or a Tupaia; he was a lion himself. The nobility called at his house to see his curiosities. In November he and his friend were called to Oxford to become doctors of civil law. Their friend Ellis of course wrote to Linnaeus, and Linnaeus touched extravagant heights of excitement: New South Wales, he thought, should be named <hi rend="i">Banksia</hi>, botanists should raise a statue to the ‘immortal Banks’ more enduring than the Pyramids. It was intoxicating. It was not entire happiness, even in that wonderful August. There was <name type="person" key="name-401969">Miss Harriet Blosset</name>, and there was Stanfield Parkinson. Miss Blosset was the young woman
<pb xml:id="n307" n="274"/>
to whom Banks had betrothed himself shortly before he left England, whom he did not hasten to meet when he set foot in England again, from whom his efforts to extricate himself did not seem to his friends to be altogether gentlemanly. He managed it.<note xml:id="fn1-274" n="1"><p>Banks, I, 54–6; to that documentation may be added the letter from <name type="person" key="name-124833">J. R. Forster</name> to Thomas Pennant, 13 August 1771, ‘But M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> <hi rend="i">Banks</hi>, I have heard, undertakes already a new Expedition to Africa: the Marriage with Miss <hi rend="i">Harriet Blosset</hi> is not to take place. &amp; she is to have 5000£: this D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Bosworth told me.’</p></note> Stanfield Parkinson was the brother of Sydney Parkinson, and his executor, an upholsterer to whom Banks immediately gave employment, with whom he almost as soon came at loggerheads over Sydney's possessions. Stanfield was unbalanced and badly advised, Banks was cavalier and dilatory, though generous; the quarrel blew up to the publication the following year by Stanfield of his brother's ‘journal’, and its absorption in public policy.<note xml:id="fn2-274" n="2"><p>ibid., 56–61; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, ccliii-cclv.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>Meanwhile Cook, who remained attached to Mrs Cook, was not still in his twenties, had not a place in society or a house in New Burlington Street frequented by the nobility, nor plants to present to the Dowager Princess of Wales, pursued a more sober course. Certainly he must have sped to Mile End, to his Elizabeth—and probably with some anxious thoughts about his family; for it was not a time when children could be confidently expected to survive any given three years. James and Nathaniel, those able-bodied seamen, were flourishing, the first rising eight years old, the second between six and seven; but the little Elizabeth had died three months before her father's return, at the age of four, and the baby Joseph must be ever a shade. This home-coming we can only imagine. The official side is plainer. Cook had made further reports to the Admiralty, on the ship, on Dr Knight's azimuth compasses, on the health of the ship's company, their diet and the precautions taken against scurvy; had tendered a special report to the Victualling Board, in terms of high praise, on ‘Sour Krautt’. He was anxious to get promotion for some of his men. There were the ‘Curiosity's’ he had collected on the voyage to sort and pack and send to the Admiralty, accounts to pass, no doubt <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> officials to communicate with in person as well as by letter. There was a great deal for the Society to print in its <hi rend="i">Philosophical Transactions</hi> for 1771—much more than a simple account of the Transit. He would write to Maskelyne in the following year about the South Sea tides, and that communication would be printed too.<note xml:id="fn3-274" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Phil. Trans.</hi> LXI (1771), 397–432; LXII (1172) 357–8.</p></note> There were other letters to write, like that to George Monkhouse of Cumberland on the affairs of his two dead sons.</p>
        <p>He bade goodbye to his ship, which before the end of July, her
<pb xml:id="n308" n="275"/>
company dispersed, was docked at Woolwich, to be resheathed and fitted to carry stores to the Falkland Islands. The Lords were a little slower in dealing with her commander. They met on 1 August. The next day the Secretary wrote Cook a letter, ‘sent to him at his house at Mile End’. His own letters had been received, ‘with the several Journals and Charts to which you therein refer me. And having laid the same before my Lords Commissioners of the Admiralty I have the pleasure to acquaint you that their Lordships extremely well approve of the whole of your proceedings and that they have great satisfaction in the account you have given them of the good behaviour of your Officers and Men and of the chearfulness and alertness with which they went through the fatigues and dangers of their late voyage.’<note xml:id="fn1-275" n="1"><p>Stephens to Cook, 2 August 1771, Adm 2/731.</p></note> The promotions he had made were confirmed. Those he had asked for were made. Then, a little late, perhaps, a month after his return, he was himself promoted. To judge from the terms of a letter to Banks, it does not seem probable that, as his first biographer states, he asked to be made a post-captain,<note xml:id="fn2-275" n="2"><p>Kippis, 182: ‘Mr. Cook, on this occasion, from a certain consciousness of his own merit, wished to have been appointed a Post Captain.’ This would ‘have been inconsistent with the order of the naval service. The difference was in point of rank only, and not of advantage. A Commander has the same pay as a Post Captain, and his authority is the same when he is in actual employment.’—Kippis notes that he writes ‘From the information of the Right Honourable the Earl of Sandwich’.</p></note> and was refused. If it had been so, we might have been more surprised by the request—so quite out of character—than by the refusal; for the Admiralty had no ships for post-captains just then. It also had no precedent for rewarding brilliance in Cook's line of duty; and we need not suspect that either it or Cook thought it was being less than just in merely moving him one step up the ladder. Nor need we be surprised that Cook got the news first from Banks, a friend of the Earl of Sandwich, who had been First Lord since January of that year, 1771. He writes to Banks on a Sunday morning from Will's Coffee-house at Charing Cross, having, it seems, just received a missive from him.</p>
        <q>Your very obliging letter was the first Messenger that conveyed to me Lord Sandwich's intentions. Promotion unsolicited to a man of my station in life must convey a satisfaction to the mind that is better conceived than described—I had this morning the honour to wait upon his Lordship who renewed his promises to me, and in so obliging and polite a manner as convinced me that he approved of the Voyage. The reputation I may have acquired on this account by which I shall receive promotion calls to my mind the very great assistance I received therein from you, which will ever be remembered with most gratefull Acknowledgments….<note xml:id="fn3-275" n="3"><p>Cook to Banks, 11 August (?) 1771, British Museum (Natural History), Dawson Turner Transcripts of Banks Correspondence (D.T.C.), I, 32; printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 637–8.</p></note></q>
        <pb xml:id="n309" n="276"/>
        <p>Why Lord Sandwich could not himself convey his intentions to Cook, that Sunday morning, we do not know: perhaps he had deputed the pleasing office to Banks as one of friendship. We do not know either what the promises were that he renewed so obligingly: perhaps they included promotion, perhaps they included something to which Cook had given a great deal more thought, another voyage. He did something which Banks certainly could not do when on 14 August he introduced Cook in his turn to the King at St James's, so that the monarch could have the voyage and the charts explained to him at first hand; and George in his turn handed Cook his commission as a commander. At the end of the month this was particularised; he was to command the <hi rend="i">Scorpion</hi> sloop, a converted fire-ship, which was to take part in a large campaign for correcting the charts of the English coast.<note xml:id="fn1-276" n="1"><p>The <hi rend="i">Scorpion</hi> carried a complement of 120 men, 14 carriage guns and 14 swivels. See <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 898–9 (Calendar of Documents).</p></note> This was a natural ship for his talents, if his talents were to be employed at home. It is possible, however, that the appointment was only a formal one, to safeguard his pay; for there was much more in the wind than the charts of the English coasts. With him to the <hi rend="i">Scorpion</hi> went Pickersgill, promoted lieutenant, Perry the surgeon, young Isaac Smith, Nowell the carpenter and Forwood the gunner.</p>
        <p>John Walker of Whitby wrote to Cook, and Cook wrote two letters to him, a short and a long one, which gave him a conspectus of the voyage. The first, of 17 August, is interesting because it shows Cook, somewhat in the presence of his old master and a familiar friend, divesting himself of a little of the modesty he more habitually wore.</p>
        <q>Your very obliging letter came safe to hand for which and your kind enquiry after my health I return you my most sincere thanks—I should have wrote much sooner but have been in expectation for several days past of an Order to make my Voyage Publick after which I could have wrote with freedom; as this point is not yet determined upon I lay under some restraint I may however venter to inform you that the Voyage has fully Answered the expectation of my Superiors I had the Honour of a hours Conference with the King the other day who was pleased to express his Approbation of my Conduct in Terms that were extremely pleasing to me—I however have made no very great Discoveries yet I have exploar'd more of the Great South Sea than all that have gone before me so much that little remains now to be done to have a thorough knowledge of that part of the Globe I sayled from England as well provided for such a voyage as possible and a better ship for such a Service I never would wish for.</q>
        <pb xml:id="n310" n="277"/>
        <p>A few lines take him round the Horn ‘without ever being once brought under our close reefed Topsails, however we had no want of Wind’; at Tahiti he had ‘an Extraordinary good Observation of the Transit of Venus’; up to his visit to the neighbouring islands the voyage was ‘very agreeable and pleasent, the remainder was What I must refer to some other oppertunity to enter upon. Should I come into the North I shall certainly call upon you and am with great respect’ Mr Walker's most obliged humble servant.<note xml:id="fn1-277" n="1"><p>Cook to Walker, 17 August 1771, Mitchell Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> A 1713–2; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 505–6.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>The other opportunity he made on 13 September, skimming from his journal the cream of his descriptions of the islands—‘Was I to give a full discription of those Islands the Manners and Customs of the Inhabitants &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> it would far exceed the bounds of a letter, I must therefore quit these Terrestrial Paridises in order to follow the Course of our Voyage’—New Zealand and New South Wales, including the perils of the reef and the aboriginal Eden-dwellers, ‘far more happier than we Europeans’; and then Batavia, ‘all in good hilth and high spirits’, and the dreadful reversal. The interest of the Whitby circle, to which this circumnavigator had so intimately belonged, must have been highly aroused. Then some things further for discussion:</p>
        <q>If any intresting circumstance's should occur to me that I have omited, will here after acquaint you with it, I however expect that my Lords commissioners of the Admiralty will very soon publish the whole Voyage, Charts &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>. Another Voyage is thought of, with two Ships which if it takes place I beleive the command will be confer'd upon me.<note xml:id="fn2-277" n="2"><p>Cook to Walker, 13 September 1771, Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> Q, 140; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 506–9.</p></note></q>
        <p>There can be no doubt that Cook hoped there would be another voyage, and that he would command it. Indeed, he had sketched out its scope even before he handed over his journal to the Admiralty. There can be no doubt that the continental possibility had been a good deal discussed in the great cabin of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, both Banks and Cook discuss it in their journals. Banks, after scouting most of the arguments advanced for its existence, found himself still attracted by the idea of ice as an exclusively fresh water phenomenon, which must therefore have a land origin, taken, too, by the ‘signs of land’—seaweed, and a seal—that had been encountered in August and September 1769; he confesses that his reasons are weak, ‘yet I have a prepossession’, and concludes, ‘That a Southern Continent exists, I firmly beleive …’ But it must be situated in very high latitudes.<note xml:id="fn3-277" n="3"><p>Banks's discussion is in his ‘<hi rend="i">Endeavour’ Journal</hi>, II, 38–40.</p></note> Cook is negative where Banks is positive, but does allow a
<pb xml:id="n311" n="278"/>
little: ‘as to a Southern Continent I do not beleive any such thing exists unless in a high latitude.’ He pursues his argument particularly after his circumnavigation of New Zealand had proved that it, at any rate, provided no support for the great hypothesis. He considers the critical voyages of Quiros and Roggeveen: neither do they shore it up, however much Dalrymple may build on Quiros—‘hanging Clowds and a thick horizon are certainly no known Signs of a Continent, I have had many proofs to the contrary in the Course of this Voyage’. True, between his own tracks north from the Horn, and south from the <name key="name-032033" type="place">Society Islands</name>, was unexplored ocean enough to accommodate a pretty large extent of northward-thrusting land—though not very much northward of 40°. But on what foundation might one suppose that it was there?—‘none that I know of but this that it must be either here or nowhere’. Well: what followed about the grand Object? ‘I think it would be a great pitty that this thing which at times has been the object of many ages and Nations should not now be wholy clear'd up, which might very easily be done in one Voyage without either much trouble or danger or fear of misscarrying as the Navigator would know where to go to look for it'; and if no continent was found, south of the equator waited a multitude of tropical islands to be discovered. Unless the ship were ordered to search in a high latitude (that is, south of 40°), she would not need to go west of longitude 145°, because between that longitude and New Zealand Cook had already been. Therefore she would always be within reach of Tahiti for refreshment. If she went in Tupaia's lifetime and took him she would always be assured of friendly reception and direction; ‘this would inable the Navigator to make his discoveries the more perfect and compleat’, because he would not be obliged to hurry for fear of wanting provisions.<note xml:id="fn1-278" n="1"><p>Cook's discussion is in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 288–90.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>That last point is interesting: it shows Cook with a plan for discovery in which an essential part was played by a base, Tahiti—or at least by places of call which would fill the functions of a base. By the time he came to write the postscript to his journal, perhaps drafted at the Cape, he had had further thought, and his projected discoveries by no means envisage any possible confinement to a segment of ocean north of latitude 40° S and east of longitude 145° W. Like Banks, he has discussed the French interest in Tahiti, and the importance of fixing by publication the British prior right. He continues and concludes with an important paragraph:</p>
        <q>Now I am upon the subject of discoveries I hope it will not be taken a Miss if I give it as my opinion that the most feasable Method of making
<pb xml:id="n312" n="279"/>
further discoveries in the South Sea is to enter it by the way of New Zeland, first touching and refreshing at the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>, from thence proceed to the Southward of New Holland for Queen Charlottes Sound where again refresh Wood and Water, takeing care to be ready to leave that place by the latter end of September or beginning of October at farthest, when you would have the whole summer before you and after geting through the Straight might, with the prevailing Westerly winds, run to the Eastward in as high a Latitude as you please and, if you met with no lands, would have time enough to get round Cape Horne before the summer was too far spent, but if after meeting with no Continent &amp; you had other Objects in View, than haul to the northward and after visiting some of the Islands already discover'd, after which proceed with the trade wind back to the Westward in search of those before Mintioned thus the discoveries in the South Sea would be compleat.<note xml:id="fn1-279" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 479.</p></note></q>
        <p>This clearly was an advance, towards both a larger scope in the amount of ocean to be covered, and economy of effort in taking advantage of the winds that were how known to prevail. If anything like the traditional continent did exist, this would hit it in the middle, and naturally there would be some enforced modification or elaboration of the plan. If it did not, then the plan need not be modified, but could be elaborated by as many other ‘Objects in View’ as came into the mind of the discoverer. One of these might be Tahiti, though Cook does not now specifically name it; others might be the islands ‘before Mintioned’ by Tupaia. The base whence the spring into the Pacific is now to be taken is New Zealand, more pointedly Queen Charlotte's Sound. To this plan Banks, who gives a version of it something, though not quite, the same, adds a little appendix of his own. Such a voyage, he thinks, ‘as a Voyage of Mere Curiosity, should be promoted by the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name> to whoom I doubt not but his majesty would upon a proper application grant a ship, as the subject of such a voyage seems at least as interesting to Science in general and the increase of knowledge’ as the observation of the transit of Venus.<note xml:id="fn2-279" n="2"><p>Banks, II, 41.</p></note> If Cook nourished that sentiment, he did not utter it. He continued to develop inwardly the plan of a voyage; but the voyage which on 13 September he told Walker was being thought of was probably the voyage as adumbrated by himself, with the addition of a second ship. The memory of the Barrier Reef was still with him. The voyage, in fact, was not merely being thought of, it was determined on, and on 25 September the Admiralty instructed the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> to purchase two proper vessels, of about 400 tons, for service in remote parts.<note xml:id="fn3-279" n="3"><p>AnDM/A/2647.</p></note>
</p>
        <pb xml:id="n313" n="280"/>
        <p>Cook was henceforth a busy man. He might have been even busier if he had had to defend himself in an action brought against him by Matthew Cox, one of the men he had punished at the Bay of Islands in New Zealand for robbing native gardens. Cox—hardly old enough to be complete sea-lawyer, perhaps the victim of some London land lawyer—evidently still resented his irons and lashes. The Admiralty solicitor took the matter in hand, and it drops from the records.<note xml:id="fn1-280" n="1"><p>Stephens to Cook, 20 September 1771; P.R.O. Adm 2/731; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, 640.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>Cook's immediate business therefore was with shipping; for the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, in pursuance of the Admiralty's instructions, asked him to see what could be bought. Bought: because of the sort of ship required, no navy ship. He would have been willing to sail in the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> again, but she was otherwise intended. Something as much like the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> as possible, therefore, must be obtained, for the same reasons which urged the selection of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>; and as he went over the Pool of London he had a clear picture in his mind. He knew the arguments for larger ships, or faster-sailing ships, East Indiamen, three-decked West Indiamen, frigates, and he knew that they were all wrong. The great danger in voyages of discovery was running aground on an unknown coast: the great desideratum was to keep the sea for long periods of time. The ship must therefore be of burden and capacity enough to carry a large quantity of provisions and stores, without drawing a great amount of water; she must be strongly enough constructed to take the ground, and not too large to be laid on shore for repair. Ships of this sort were those built in the north country for the coal trade: there were no others. It was unfit ships, not unfit men, that before the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> stood in the way of progress in discovery. ‘It was upon these considerations’, says Cook, that the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was chosen for her enterprise.<note xml:id="fn2-280" n="2"><p>He adds, in B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27889, ‘being the first ship of the kind so imploy'd'.</p></note> ‘It was to these Properties in her, those onboard owe their Preservation. Hence I was enabled to prosecute Discoveries in those Seas so much longer than any other Man ever did or could do. And altho’ discovery was not the first object of that Voyage, I could venture, to traverse a far greater space of Sea, before then unnavigated; to discover greater Tracks of Country in high and low South Latitudes; and even to explore and Survey the extensive Coasts of those new discover'd Countries, than was ever performed before during one Voyage.'<note xml:id="fn3-280" n="3"><p>Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> F 1, draft introduction to printed account of the second voyage.</p></note> So, again, he comes a little through his modesty, but only to exalt his ship. So, naturally, without hurry, he picked on three colliers or barks, and of these the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> early in November bought two,
<pb xml:id="n314" n="281"/>
the <hi rend="i">Marquis of Granby</hi> and the <hi rend="i">Marquis of Rockingham.</hi><note xml:id="fn1-281" n="1"><p>Navy Board to Admiralty, 15 November 1771, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/B/185. The tonnage of the ships is in this letter given as 450 and 336 tons.</p></note> The first was 462 tons (so a larger ship than the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> by almost 100 tons), the second 340 tons; the lower deck length of the first was 111 feet, her beam 35 feet; those measurements for the second 97 feet and 28 feet; in both the hold had a depth of 13 feet.<note xml:id="fn2-281" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, xxv, gives more precise measurements.</p></note> Both came from the Fishburn yard at Whitby, like the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>; the first was fourteen months old, the second eighteen, and they were, in Cook's opinion, as well adapted for their intended purpose as if they had been built for it. They were bought from Captain William Hammond of Hull, who may have been known to Cook already; certainly the men were on friendly terms later. On 27 November the Admiralty decided that they should be registered as sloops under the names <hi rend="i">Drake</hi> and <hi rend="i">Raleigh</hi>, sheathed and filled as the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> had been, the <hi rend="i">Drake</hi> to carry twelve guns and 120 men, the <hi rend="i">Raleigh</hi> ten guns and 80 men and, indicating that thought had been proceeding for some time already, simultaneously the principal officers and warrant officers were named. Cook went to the <hi rend="i">Drake</hi>, with Robert Palliser Cooper and Charles Clerke, first and second lieutenants; <name type="person" key="name-101199">Tobias Furneaux</name>, commander, to the <hi rend="i">Raleigh</hi>, with Joseph Shank, first lieutenant. These commissions and warrants were signed on 28 November; next day another was made out for Pickersgill to be third lieutenant <hi rend="i">Drake.</hi><note xml:id="fn3-281" n="3"><p>Admiralty Minutes, 27 November, 29 November 1771, Adm 3/79.</p></note> Manifestly, it was not only the purchase of ships that had been going on.</p>
        <p>The commander <hi rend="i">Drake</hi> was instructed in the usual formula. His ship was in dry dock at Deptford; he was ‘hereby required and directed to use the utmost dispatch in getting her ready for the Sea accordingly, and then falling down to Gallions Reach take in her Guns and Gunners Stores at that place and then proceed to the Nore’ for further orders.<note xml:id="fn4-281" n="4"><p>Admiralty to Cook, 30 November 1771, <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>.</p></note> It was hoped that this ‘voyage to remote parts’ might start in March, which allowed upwards of four months for getting the ship ready under Cook's direction. After that first voyage, his standing with the Admiralty and its departments was as high as any man's ever was, and his direction was almost sovereign. He was perhaps fortunate in the men who now presided over the Lords Commissioners and the Navy Board—though it is hard to think that any other men would not have been as agreeable. But John Montagu, fourth Earl of Sandwich, whatever might be said against his personal and political morals—his enemies said a great
<pb xml:id="n315" n="282"/>
deal endlessly—was a perceptive and able man, of knowledge and charm, who rapidly became Cook's friend as well as admirer. It was one thing for Sandwich to entertain his young friend Banks at Hinchinbrook, his Huntingdonshire seat; it was another thing for a First Sea Lord to treat a commander on such terms of familiarity. It may seem less surprising that Captain Palliser, who had become Comptroller of the Navy, or head of the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, in the previous year, was as firm a friend; for this was the Palliser of the <hi rend="i">Eagle</hi> and the Newfoundland command. Professionally he knew Cook as well as anyone did; officially, as general manager of naval ships, their equipment and supply, he was the key to the commander's happiness at this moment; and he was on excellent terms with Sandwich. We may add among friends, as Cook added, Sir John Williams, the Surveyor of the Navy; we may give Cook's own summary of the process now begun; ‘the Victualling Board was also very attentive in procuring the very best of every kind of Provisions in short every department seem'd to vie with each other in equiping these two Sloops: every standing Rule and order in the Navy was dispenced with, every alteration, every necessary and usefull article was granted as soon as ask'd for.'<note xml:id="fn1-282" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 3.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>To illustrate this, one need only glance over the correspondence of the next month or so. Cook perfects his technique of calling at offices, explaining what he wanted, writing his letter on the spot, and getting an immediate answer. The day the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> reports to the Admiralty the purchase of the ships, the Victualling Board seeks authority to supply the salted cabbage Cook has already asked for—additional to the sauerkraut he was to get, and as he thought, equally good. Extra wheat, extra portable soup, extra oatmeal and spirits, sugar instead of perishable currants and almonds, rob of oranges and lemons, stockfish, extra tools, ice-anchors and hatchets, extra anchors, better quality seine nets, deck-awnings, patent medicines—a great quantity of Dr James's Fever Powders, that astonishing eighteenth-century remedy for everything, officially recommended in the naval regulations—better compasses (this time one of ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Gregorys Azimuth Compass's of an improved construction’), ‘warping machines’ such as Cook had seen in use by the <hi rend="i">Portland</hi>: all and more were furnished—even the warping machines which the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> could not at first comprehend. One thing was denied him, in spite of the total compliance for which he thanked the departments: he wanted brass in place of iron for the metal furnishings in his great cabin, which seems a reasonable enough request
<pb xml:id="n316" n="283"/>
considering the prospects of rust before him; but here regulations stood firm, iron it must be except for locks, and he had to pay for brass door-hinges himself. On the Admiralty side, the voyage was regarded as an excellent opportunity for experiment, particularly in antiscorbutics, and correspondents from outside were positively encouraged to send in their recipes. The Baron Storsch, of Berlin, was particularly enthusiastic about a marmalade of yellow carrots he had invented, and a quantity was made; Dr Priestley, the eminent chemist, had a device for sweetening water by applying ‘fixed air’ or carbon dioxode to it, and the papers were passed on to Cook. Mr Irving's apparatus for rendering salt water fresh, and Lieutenant Orsbridge's machines for rendering stinking water sweet, were fitted; Mr Irving's improved fire-hearth was tried and rejected by Cook as unimproved before the ship was out of dock. Mr Pelham, secretary to the Victualling Board, had a recipe for experimental beer, based on a wort of boiled-down malt: that, too, was to be tried. There was the usual supply of trade goods. Cook, as usual, had his ‘mathematical instruments’ repaired or renewed.<note xml:id="fn1-283" n="1"><p>For all this I refer the reader to the Calendar of Documents in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 899 ff.</p></note></p>
        <p>In the midst of all this there were social obligations. We may wish we knew more about them. One sort is witnessed by a stray letter, proof of amiability, that has somehow survived from Cook to Mr Joseph Cockfield, not a man, evidently, interested in voyages to remote parts. ‘Sir,’ it runs,</p>
        <q>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Colier at Deptford Victualling Office acquented me some time ago with your desire of seeing some of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks's rare Plants &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi>—If you will please to let me know on what morn<hi rend="sup">g</hi> you can go to M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks's and I will engage that gentleman or D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Solander to be at home and will at the same time attend you my self I can meet you any where between Mile end and Newburlington Street… . P.S. Next Monday or Tuesday I believe will suit M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks.</q>
        <p>This letter gives a more detailed address for Cook than he usually supplies—‘Next Door to Curtis's Wine Vaults Mile end 10th Dec<hi rend="sup">r</hi> 1771’.<note xml:id="fn2-283" n="2"><p>Mitchell Library <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, Safe (1/80), Autograph Papers of <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name>, 11.</p></note> A letter which casts more significant light on his movements is one of 14 December to the Admiralty Secretary. This was his application for three weeks' leave of absence, ‘Having some business to transact down in Yorkshire as well as to see an Aged Father’.<note xml:id="fn3-283" n="3"><p>Cook to Stephens, 14 December 1771, Adm 1/1609, from the Admiralty Office. It is formally answered on 17 December, Adm 2/731.</p></note> What the business can have been it is impossible to guess, unless it were connected with his father's small affairs. Cook's mother had
<pb xml:id="n317" n="284"/>
died in 1765,<note xml:id="fn1-284" n="1"><p>The precise date was 18 February 1765.</p></note> and it may have been now that his father, aged 77, left the cottage he had built at Ayton in 1755 to live with his daughter Margaret Fleck, the fisherman's wife, on the coast not far away at Redcar. Elizabeth, the Londoner, went the journey with her husband, probably to make the acquaintance for the first time of her relatives by marriage. Cook himself made at least one new acquaintance, who became a firm friend. This was Commodore William Wilson, late of the East India Company's service, the discoverer in 1758 of the Pitt Passage between the Moluccas and New Guinea to China, who had retired to live at Great Ayton. His wife was the sister of <name type="person" key="name-134357">George Jackson</name>, the Admiralty secretary. It was a long time since Cook had been the apprentice seaman at Whitby, but the progress of the commander in the royal navy had been well enough noted there, and his circumnavigation, and the eminence of Whitbybuilt ships; and when on the last day of the year he rode over from Ayton to see Walker and his other friends the gentlemen of Whitby rode out to meet him at Swarthowe Cross, on the edge of the moor.<note xml:id="fn2-284" n="2"><p>The story is given by Young, but the detail about the meeting at the Cross, authentic or not, appears in H. P. Kendall, <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name></hi> (Whitby Literary and Philosophical Society, 1951), 10.</p></note> In Walker's house old Mary Prowd, the housekeeper who had given a candle to light his earliest mathematical studies, forgot all instruction on the respect due to personages and officers, threw her arms round him and cried, ‘Oh honey James! How glad I is to see thee!’<note xml:id="fn3-284" n="3"><p>Young, 121.</p></note> One hopes he was wearing his uniform. From Ayton after this warming visit, he wrote to Captain Hammond at Hull.</p>
        <q>I am sorry to acquaint you that it is now out of my power to meet you at Whitby nor will it be convenient to return by way of Hull as I had resolved upon but three days ago M<hi rend="sup">rs</hi> Cook being but a bad traveler I was prevailed upon to lay that rout aside on account of the reported badness of the roads and therefore took horse on Tuesday Morn<hi rend="sup">g</hi> and road over to Whitby and returned yesterday. Your friends at that place expect to see you every day. I have only my self to blame for not having the pleasure of meeting you there. I am inform'd by letter from Lieut<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Cooper that the Admiralty have altered the names of the Ships from Drake to Resolution and Raleigh to Adventurer which, in my opinion are much properer than the former. I set out for London to morrow morning, shall only stop a day or two at York.<note xml:id="fn4-284" n="4"><p>Cook to Hammond, 3 January 1772; endorsed ‘from my friend Capt Cook the great Navigator’; Whitby Museum.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>Within a few days more he was back supervising his ship, and could learn the reason for the change of names.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n318" n="285"/>
        <p>It was a matter of the international amenities, and a little caution. Lord Rochford, one of the secretaries of state, considered that the names <hi rend="i">Drake</hi> and <hi rend="i">Raleigh</hi> would give great offence to the Spaniards, irritated enough already by the idea of British ships in the Pacific, with whom the quarrel over British settlement on the Falkland Islands had been patched up for less than a year; for they were names detested in Spain. Rochford had consulted the king, and at his wish wrote privately a ‘hint’ to Sandwich. ‘What do you think of the Aurora and the Hisperus which two names are just come into my head?’<note xml:id="fn1-285" n="1"><p>Rochford to Sandwich, 20 December 1771; Sandwich Papers, Hinchingbrooke.</p></note> Sandwich evidently did not think much of them, though he was not wedded to those originally given. He wrote back on Christmas Day, ‘My Dear Lord/The names pitched upon for the two Discovery ships are the Resolution &amp; Adventure’;<note xml:id="fn2-285" n="2"><p>Sandwich to Rochford, from the Admiralty, 25 December 1771; P.R.O., S.P. 42/48, No. 51.</p></note> and so, whoever chose them, those two famous names came into the history of the ocean. New commissions and warrants were issued to the officers.</p>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>—how inevitable it now sounds!—was being fitted out at Deptford, the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> at Woolwich, and on 6 February the former came out of dry dock. Cook, brooding still over his ‘present intended voyage’, and how he intended it—and perhaps thinking that, in spite of delays now only too apparent, he might within a few weeks be at sea; thinking anyhow of the drawing up of his instructions, on that day addressed himself to Sandwich. ‘My Lord/I beg leave to lay before your Lordship a Map of the Southern Hemisphere Shewing the Discoveries that have been made up to 1770, to which is subjoined my opinion respecting the rout to be pursued by the Resolution and Adventure All which are humbly submited to Your Lordships Consideration… .’<note xml:id="fn3-285" n="3"><p>Cook to Sandwich, 6 February 1772, Mitchell Library <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, Safe 1/82. The map is reproduced in <hi rend="i">Charts and Views</hi>, Chart XXV.</p></note> His opinion had, as it were, taken a step further south from the Postscript he had written six months before, and another step further east. His intention expanded by a sort of geographical logic. For, in the first place, even if the continent stretched north at about longitude 140° west, its greater extent might be in a really high latitude; and in the second place, to come home from the Horn would leave a regrettable hiatus, with the southern Atlantic unexplored, where a continental mass might equally lie. The problem was not simply a Pacific problem. He had, we may be certain, since his return to England been enquiring more deeply into the history of exploration. No doubt he had read
<pb xml:id="n319" n="286"/>
Carteret's journal, and he must have studied exhaustively Dalrymple's <hi rend="i">Historical Collection</hi>, which became a continual point of reference for him; but those were Pacific documents. He had also in mind the French Lozier Bouvet, a man he admired, who, looking for some coast which might provide a way-station for French voyages to the East Indies, had found it south-east of the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> in a Cape Circumcision—icy, forbidding, hardly sighted before it was lost in cloud and fog; nevertheless, Bouvet felt, a cape indeed, the projection of a shore along which he had subsequently run for some distance. This was in 1739. He could never get a second voyage. Then Dalrymple had turned his attention to the Atlantic, publishing in 1769 a South Atlantic chart, which showed, fifteen degrees east of the Horn, land and a huge opening to stretch far below the sixtieth parallel, the ‘Gulf of St Sebastian’. The accompanying memoir displayed his method. He had taken his continent, with astounding faith, from the 1587 world map of <name type="person" key="name-405208">Abraham Ortelius</name>, incorporating it with such more reliable features as the tracks of Bouvet, and of Halley's <hi rend="i">Paramour</hi> Pink in 1700. Cook, composing his map for Sandwich, marked on it Cape Circumcision, and also, less trustingly, ‘Gulf of S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Sebastian Very Doub[t]full’. They signified work to be done. So, in the memorandum he composed to go with it, the arguments of his Postscript are not merely repeated but enlarged: the possible break north before passing the Horn becomes compulsory, another base for recruitment is added in Tahiti, and the port at which discovery finishes is to be the Cape. He writes:</p>
        <quote>
          <p>Upon due consideration of the discoveries that have been made in the Southern Ocean, and the tracks of the Ships which have made these discoveries; it appears that no Southern lands of great extent can extend to the Northward of 40° of Latitude, except about the Meridian of 140° West, every other part of the Southern Ocean have at different times been explored to the northward of the above parallel. Therefore to make new discoveries the Navigator must Traverse or Circumnavigate the Globe in a higher parallel than has hitherto been done, and this will be best accomplished by an Easterly Course on account of the prevailing westerly winds in all high Latitudes. The principle thing to be attended to is the proper Seasons of Year, for Winter is by no means favourable for discoveries in these Latitudes; for which reason it is humbly proposed that the Ships may not leave the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> before the latter end of September or beginning of October, when having the whole summer before them may safely Steer to the Southward and make their way to New Zealand, between the parallels of 45° and 60° or in as high a Latitude as the weather and other circumstances will admit. If no land is discoveried in this rout the Ships will be obliged to touch at New Zealand to recrute their water.</p>
          <pb xml:id="n320" n="287"/>
          <p>From New Zealand the same rout must be continued to Cape Horn, but before this can be accomplished they will be overtaken by Winter, and must seek Shelter in the more Hospitable Latitudes, for which purpose Otahieta will probably be found to be the most convenient, at, and in its Neighbourhood the Winter Months may be spent, after which they must steer to the Southward and continue their rout for Cape Horn in the Neighbourhood of which they may again recrute their water, and afterwards proceed for the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>.</p>
        </quote>
        <p>On the map the tracks laid down were those of Tasman, Wallis, Bougainville and the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, with the routes of the East Indiamen on their regular voyages; added to them was a broad yellow ribbon round the Pole, weaving in and out of the sixtieth parallel.</p>
        <q>The yellow line on the Map shews the track I would propose the Ships to make, Supposeing no land to intervene, for if land is discovered the track will be altered according to the directing of the land, but the general rout must be pursued otherwise some part of the Southern Ocean will remain unexplored.<note xml:id="fn1-287" n="1"><p>Cook to Sandwich, 6 February 1772, Mitchell Library <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>, Safe 1/82. The map is reproduced in <hi rend="i">Charts and Views</hi>, Chart XXV.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>Sandwich was too intelligent a man to need all this, but he may have asked for it, and it may have been useful with colleagues.</p>
        <p>This grand strategy, this main theme, was to be adopted. Set in it there was to be another, which had not hitherto interested Cook—the proving of the chronometer, as a mode of determining longitude. His devotion to the lunar method, by the end of his first voyage, is clear. He did not see why the generality of sea officers should not master this. He paid them too high a compliment; a more direct method was still needed. It was presented by the fourth chronometer <name type="person" key="name-150174">John Harrison</name> made, the model that was tested first on a voyage to Jamaica, and then, by Maskelyne himself, on the Barbados voyage of 1764, when it gave so remarkable a result. In spite of its accuracy, the Board of Longitude, not noted for rashness, settled down to make difficulties over paying the reward; but Harrison, who had difficulty explaining clearly in words what he could put together so beautifully in practice, did, in 1765, get half, £10,000, on condition of handing over all four of his models.<note xml:id="fn2-287" n="2"><p>He got the rest in 1773, after the king had taken a personal interest in the matter.</p></note> Of the fourth, a very large flat watch in appearance, an exact duplicate was made by <name type="person" key="name-150175">Larcum Kendall</name>, an excellent craftsman of Furnival's Inn Court, London; and it was with this, and with other chronometers made by <name type="person" key="name-123085">John Arnold</name> of the Adelphi, on principles of his own,
<pb xml:id="n321" n="288"/>
that the Board was now concerned. The man chiefly concerned, as organiser, was the Astronomer Royal. Maskelyne, as we have seen, dominated both the Board of Longitude and, on astronomical matters, the Council of the Royal Society, which came into the plans for this voyage only by giving its advice when asked; there is no doubt that if machinery was to be vindicated against his own lunar method, its performance was to be most stringently tested. Kendall's duplicate would go the voyage; so would three of Arnold's machines—one that had been under trial at the Royal Observatory for a year, two that had been rather hurriedly ordered and most inadequately tried.<note xml:id="fn1-288" n="1"><p>For a detailed, expert, and fascinating history of these instruments see Derek Howse and Beresford Hutchinson, <hi rend="i">The Clocks and Watches of <name type="person" key="name-207700">Captain James Cook</name> 1769–1969</hi> (reprinted from <hi rend="i">Antiquarian Horology</hi>, London 1969).</p></note> Stringent testing would mean constant astronomical observation and calculation. There were other matters, physical and hydrographical, on which the Board wanted regular observation; by the time Maskelyne had finished with the instructions it was obvious that the observers would have their hands full. Maskelyne put his basic proposals to Sandwich as early as October 1771; the Board deliberated and decided from November 1771 to May 1772, borrowed instruments from the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>, made over its own, including a great many specially bought, took into account the Royal Society's (that is, Maskelyne's) thoughts on instructions. Its chosen observers, on the proposal of Maskelyne ‘and the other professors’ (those of astronomy at the universities) were <name type="person" key="name-134492">Mr William Wales</name> and <name type="person" key="name-150155">Mr William Bayly</name>, at £400 per annmu each.<note xml:id="fn2-288" n="2"><p>The relevant Board of Longitude minutes are printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 719 ff., Appendix III.</p></note> Mr Bayly contrived a portable observatory that was later highly spoken of by Wales, and they were supplied with one each. The Admiralty was asked to direct the commanders of the sloops to give the gentlemen assistance and support whenever they might stand in need of it.</p>
        <p>There must have been more social life for Cook in London than we know of, as well as some disagreeables. He seems to have been on good terms with the gentlemen of the <name key="name-110345" type="organisation">Royal Society</name>. He met at Hinchinbrook the gregarious and friendly Dr Charles Burney, the musician, who knew practically everybody, and Burney took the chance to put in a word for his twenty-one-year-old son James, who had been in the navy since the age of ten.<note xml:id="fn3-288" n="3"><p><name type="person" key="name-134495">Frances Burney</name>, <hi rend="i">Early Diary</hi>, I, 138–9.</p></note> The Doctor was successful, and the Burney family was raised to a high pitch of excitement at the prospect of their James sailing with the great navigator. Cook
<pb xml:id="n322" n="289"/>
apparently became a visitor, and there was one dinner at least at Queen Square in February 1773 when Burney drew him out over a copy of Bougainville's <hi rend="i">Voyage autour du Monde</hi> which was lying on a table. Burney wanted to know how Cook's track round the world compared with the other; and ‘Captain Cooke instantly took a pencil from his pocket-book, and said he would trace the route; which he did in so clear and scientific a manner, that I would not take fifty pounds for the book. The pencil marks having been fixed by skin milk, will always be visible.’<note xml:id="fn1-289" n="1"><p><name type="person" key="name-134495">Frances Burney</name>, <hi rend="i">Memoirs of Doctor Burney</hi> (1832), I, 270–1. Burney's story, often quoted, runs, ‘Observing upon a table Bougainville's <hi rend="i">Voyage autour du Monde</hi>, he turned it over, and made some curious remarks on the illiberal conduct of that circum-navigator towards himself, when they met, and crossed each other; which made me desirous to know, in examining the chart of M. de Bougainville, the several tracks of the two navigators; and exactly where they had crossed or approached each other.’ But Cook and Bougainville never met: Burney must have been thinking of the occasion when Bougainville, in the <hi rend="i">Boudeuse</hi>, caught up Carteret, in the <hi rend="i">Swallow</hi> in the Atlantic, 20 February 1769. The two captains did not meet then, either; Carteret thought Bougainville's conduct was ‘neither liberal nor just’, according to Hawkesworth, I, 668; which Burney would later read. See also Helen Wallis, <hi rend="i">Carteret's Voyage Round the World</hi> (Cambridge, 1965), I, 94–7, 266–73. Burney's copy of Bougainville, with Cook's pencilled track on Map 1, is now in the British Museum Library.</p></note> Presumably it was the Cook of this period, perhaps even of this visit, that Fanny (or rather, Madame d'Arblay) went on to describe in the Burney <hi rend="i">Memoirs</hi>: ‘This truly great man appeared to be full of sense and thought; well-mannered, and perfectly unpretending; but studiously wrapped up in his own purposes and pursuits; and apparently under a pressure of mental fatigue when called upon to speak, or stimulated to deliberate, upon any other.’<note xml:id="fn2-289" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Memoirs</hi>, I, 271.</p></note> There may be no more here than that Cook was less volatile than nineteen-year-old Fanny, not so ready on the newest novel or opera. Burney had already played a small but not negligible part in the story; for much earlier, in September 1771, he had met Sandwich at Lord Orford's Houghton, when the First Lord was casting round for someone to ‘write the voyage’—that is, to take Cook's journal and put it into a form suitable for the reading of the polite world; and not only Cook's journal, but those of the three other circumnavigators, Byron, Wallis and Carteret. Cook and Banks, we remember, were patriotically anxious that this should be done as soon as possible, and it was all the more important to get something authentic on the market because of the temptation put by the booksellers in the way of anyone who could provide a connected narrative of a hundred pages or so. Burney recommended his friend <name type="person" key="name-150158">Dr John Hawkesworth</name>, who had time and could do with the money; even as he did so Messrs Becket and de Hondt, of the Strand, were rushing forward their anonymous <hi rend="i">Journal of a Voyage</hi>
<pb xml:id="n323" n="290"/>
<hi rend="i">round the World … containing All the various Occurrences of the Voyage</hi>, which appeared before the end of this same September.<note xml:id="fn1-290" n="1"><p>The author may have been J. M. Magra, the midshipman, but the charge cannot be confidently made. See <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> I, cclvi-cclix.</p></note> ‘As to Mr Becket, and his Catch-penny, the subject is so interesting that there is no putting the book down,’ wrote a naval correspondent of Banks's, Captain Bentinck, ‘at the same time that the inaccuracy with which it is wrote makes it most tiresome and indeed the most provoking reading I ever met with.’<note xml:id="fn2-290" n="2"><p>10 October 1771; Dawson Turner Transcripts, I, 27. John Albert Bentinck (1737-75) was captain of the guardship <hi rend="i">Centaur</hi>, 74, then at Spithead.</p></note> Hawkesworth was an experienced journalist, who imitated Dr Johnson's style with some success; when Sandwich accepted his nomination a considerable responsibility, therefore, rested on him to be accurate as well as interesting. He was the envy of all his fellow-practitioners. Sandwich made over all the captains' journals to him, and got Banks to lend his journal too for the writer to use at will.<note xml:id="fn3-290" n="3"><p>Hawkesworth to Sandwich, 19 November 1771; Sandwich Papers, Hinchingbrooke; Banks, I, 47 n.</p></note> Hawkesworth was left to make his own bargain with the booksellers, and made a very satisfactory one. They were convinced that he would anyhow be interesting. Garrick, who also claimed to have recommended Hawkesworth to Sandwich, was annoyed that he did not arrange publication with his own bookseller and friend Becket, of the anonymous journal. But Becket, explained Hawkesworth, would not give him more than £2000 for the copyright, and, ‘having had applications from half the Booksellers in London, none of whom offered me more than five thousand pounds without allowing me a single Copy, M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Strahan offered me six thousand, &amp; to furnish me with all the Copies that I had engaged to give away, which, being five &amp; twenty, amounted to seventy five pounds….’<note xml:id="fn4-290" n="4"><p>Hawkesworth to Garrick, n.d. ‘Wed. Evening’. B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 28104., ff. 45–6. There is in the Osborn collection, Yale University Library, a copy of a letter from Hawkesworth to ‘My dear Madam’, undated (? August, 1773) which gives a circumstantial account of the whole affair. I am indebted for a copy of this copy to Professor John L. Abbott, of the University of Connecticut.</p></note> Strahan, that is, swept everybody else aside; and though he had some second thoughts, he had them too late. The amount of £6075 compares very favourably with the wages of Cook, or even the combined wages of the four commanders who made the voyages; it was a great deal more than was paid for some of the most famous and successful books of the century; Hawkesworth would have to work hard to destroy interest. As to accuracy, the different accounts were to be subject to the perusal and emendation of all the commanders concerned. Because of Cook's expected early departure, the voyage of the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi> was first prepared, two
<pb xml:id="n324" n="291"/>
volumes out of Hawkesworth's three, in little more than four months. If Cook expected to read them, or hear them read, he was disappointed; indeed, he had now to deal with the disagreeable consequences of <name type="person" key="name-123818">Mr Joseph Banks</name>.</p>
        <p>They were not all disagreeable. It was indeed a pleasant consequence that Banks should meet Dr Johnson and extract from him the famous distich for the collar of the famous goat, now browsing at Mile End in honourable retirement from naval service:</p>
        <q>Perpetui, ambitâ bis terrâ, praemia lactis<lb/>
Haec habet, altrici Capra secunda Jovis.</q>
        <p>‘The globe twice circled, this the Goat, the second to the nurse of Jove, is thus rewarded for her never-failing milk.’<note xml:id="fn1-291" n="1"><p>Johnson to Banks, 27 February 1772; D.T.C., I, 30, printed by Boswell and in Chapman's edition (1052) of Johnson's <hi rend="i">Letters.</hi> She had, alas, few days to live, and died on 28 March 1772, at Mile End.—<hi rend="i">General Evening Post</hi>, 3 April. Robert Chambers, <hi rend="i">Book of Days</hi>, for 28 April (I, 559–60), giving that as the anniversary, says the Admiralty had just before signed a warrant admitting her to the privileges of an inpensioner of Greenwich Hospital. One hopes that this information at least was true. The collar was of silver.</p></note> It was a pleasantry that might have had to be explained to Cook. There were more serious things that Banks could do. As soon as the second voyage had been resolved upon, Sandwich had asked him if he would care to sail again. Certainly he would, and Dr Solander as well. He at once proceeded to make himself highly useful. He dealt, for example, with the order to Matthew Boulton for the striking of a medal to be distributed throughout the Pacific as a sign of British presence—the medal with the presentment of the two ships and the premature wording ‘Sailed from England March MDCCLXXII’. He was prepared to be a general scientific manager and consultant, to spend his own money as liberally as he had done on the first voyage, to recommend, recruit, expatiate. He was, unfortunately, prepared to go further; and having read the newspapers so much, talked in society so much, seen and heard the name ‘Mr Banks’ and the phrase ‘Mr Banks's voyage’ so often, had come to conceive of himself as a sort of presiding genius of exploration. From the moment it was known that he was to go on a second voyage communications descended upon him as if he were another department of state—in English, French, Latin, from London and the counties, France, Holland, Germany, Switzerland, making suggestions on every conceivable matter, asking for anything from the command of a ship to the essential parts of a whale; asking, the great majority of them, to go too. For some of them ruin, even suicide, is the alternative;
<pb xml:id="n325" n="292"/>
they ‘pant’ to go with Banks. It is not merely civilians, a little unhinged, who seek his patronage; seamen in the royal navy (including some from the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>) write to him rather than adopt a less dramatic mode of volunteering. They acknowledged his fame; they prophesied his immortality. Banks kept their letters.<note xml:id="fn1-292" n="1"><p>They are all bound up in the volume of Banks papers in the Mitchell Library, Safe 1/11, lettered ‘Voluntiers, Instructions, Provision for 2d. Voyage.’</p></note>
</p>
        <p>He knew it was to be a southern voyage. ‘O how Glorious would it be to set my heel upon the Pole! and turn myself round 360 degrees in a second’, he wrote to his French friend the Comte de Lauraguais. From what we can gather from his papers that was the extent of his geographical interest, though no doubt he would have been pleased to come upon the continent. But he was getting ready for most other things in the scientific line, and collecting what might be called a staff. He collected fifteen people in all, starting with the scientific <name type="person" key="name-150150">Dr James Lind</name> from Edinburgh and the painter Zoffany, and going on to lesser draughtsmen, secretaries, servants—even two horn-players; which, with Solander and himself, made a supernumerary party of seventeen to be accommodated. The great catch was Lind. Banks had first made an offer to the more celebrated <name type="person" key="name-150227">Joseph Priestley</name>, and then withdrawn it, on the ground that the professorial establishment of the Universities would veto a Unitarian minister.<note xml:id="fn2-292" n="2"><p>Priestley wrote a rather cutting reply to Banks, 1 December 1771, ‘Voluntiers’, 597–8, and Banks, I, 72, n. 1.</p></note> Solander was set to write to Lind, a pleasant young Scots physician and amateur astronomer, with general scientific interests, something of an inventer. He did so in high excitement. ‘Will You my Dear Doctor give us leave to propose You, to the Board of Longitude, as willing to go out as an Astronomer. Your well known character makes us all beg, pray &amp; long for your affirmative answer… . Good God, we shall do wonders if you only will come and assist us.’<note xml:id="fn3-292" n="3"><p>Solander to Lind, n.d.; Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> Q 161. The whole letter is printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 901–3.</p></note> The matter did not move quite as fast as Banks wanted, and it was February before the Council of the Royal Society recommended Lind to the Board of Longitude as a person who would be extremely useful, ‘on account of his skill and experience in his profession, and from his great Knowledge in Mineralogy, Chemistry, Mechanics, and various branches of Natural Philosophy; and also from his having spent several years in different climates, in the Indies.’<note xml:id="fn4-292" n="4"><p>Royal Society Council Minutes, VI, 131, 8 February 1772; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 913.</p></note> The Board, having appointed its own men, paid no attention to this. Then Parliament was prevailed on to make a special grant of £4000 for the benefit of Dr Lind, ‘but what the discoveries were, the
<pb xml:id="n326" n="293"/>
Parliament meant he was to make, and for which they made so liberal a Vote, I know not',<note xml:id="fn1-293" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 4.</p></note> said Cook, who had not read the minutes of the Council, and was less certain of the mineralogy of the South Pole. Banks kept on talking and heaping up baggage. We are brought back to the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, in which almost all these persons were to sail.</p>
        <p>The ship, we remember, was selected by Cook: ‘she was the ship of my choice and as I thought the fitest for the Service she was going upon of any I had ever seen.’<note xml:id="fn2-293" n="2"><p>B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27888, f. 5; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, xxvii.</p></note> That service was geographical discovery. She was not chosen as a passenger ship or a floating laboratory or an artist's studio, but precisely because she was what she was—a soundly-built collier, with adequate room for her crew and her stores. When Banks first saw her, he did not like her. Though she was larger than the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, he feared she was not large enough for him and his entourage, and he must already have begun to picture an entourage larger than his earlier one. ‘Mr Banks's voyage’, he could not forget, was a social and international sensation: he pictured a second Mr Banks's voyage which would be more sensational still, as well as even more scientifically valuable. Nor, it is to be feared, could he cease to take for granted his position as an English landed gentleman of very considerable estate; nor forget that the First Lord was his friend. While he remained scientifically disinterested, he had, a little prematurely, ‘given pledges to all Europe’, and he meant to astound all Europe. As the voyage was to be ‘his’ voyage, so—though it is improbable that he began by making too large claims—he was to be its real commander, Cook his executive officer, the ship's master rather than its captain. Mr Banks, we must conclude, had come by an unusually swelled head.</p>
        <p>He was even prepared to dogmatise on nautical concerns; and he must have the vessel altered. Some adaptation was called for, as a matter of course. On some things it was indispensable to consult Banks. He thought he should be consulted on everything. From the start there was one firm obstacle in his way—Palliser. The Comptroller of the Navy was a good judge of ships, and he agreed entirely with Cook about the type of ship needed on this occasion; and beyond necessary details he did not want the ship altered at all. Banks removed that obstacle by going to Sandwich. The Navy Board—Palliser was not alone in his objection—was overruled. Cook's sentiments at the large reconstruction that followed can be established with a good deal of certainty. He disapproved, he was anxious to oblige Banks, he hoped for the best; he forced himself,
<pb xml:id="n327" n="294"/>
against all reasonable expectation and in spite of all naval experience, to think it might do. In the end the vessel got a heightened waist and an additional upper deck, necessarily solidly built, and a raised poop or ‘round-house’ on top to accommodate the captain, who had relinquished his own quarters—including the ‘great cabin’—to Banks. There could hardly be a greater sacrifice to friendship. Banks accepted it without hesitation, and complained about the cabin's size. The extra space otherwise provided, or its equivalent, was to be occupied by Banks's followers, and the staggering amount of impedimenta, useful or useless, which for months he was accumulating. This programme made the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> the sight of the river: she was visited not merely by those whose business it was, but, as Cook remarked, by ‘many of all ranks … Ladies as well as gentlemen, for scarce a day past on which she was not crowded with Strangers who came on board for no other purpose but to see the Ship in which M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks was to sail round the world.’<note xml:id="fn1-294" n="1"><p>B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27888, f. 4–4v.</p></note> Whenever there was a hitch in the work, by which some little set-back to Banks seemed possible, he brought out his sovereign argument—he threatened not to go.</p>
        <p>There would certainly be no March departure. By the end of April Cook was feeling alarm; at Long Reach the ship's draught, with guns and ordnance stores on board, was seventeen feet, but overbuilt as she was, she still looked as if she would prove crank; nevertheless he restrained himself till she had a full trial, and even had twenty tons of ballast taken out. Sandwich had been down to look at the work several times, ‘a laudable tho rare thing in a first Lord of the Admiralty’,<note xml:id="fn2-294" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 6.</p></note> and on 2 May he, the French ambassador, and other ‘persons of distinction’ were entertained on board by Banks. Twelve days later came the crisis. Ordered to the Downs, the ship moved on the 10th. At the Nore, on the 14th, the pilot gave up. She was so top-heavy that she could hardly carry sail without capsizing. Cooper, the first lieutenant, in charge of her, gave Cook his opinion that she was ‘an exceeding dangerous and unsafe ship’; and the more ebullient Clerke gave his to Banks: ‘By God I'll go to Sea in a Grog Tub, if desir'd, or in the Resolution as soon as you please; but must say I think her by far the most unsafe Ship I ever saw or heard of.'<note xml:id="fn3-294" n="3"><p>Cooper to Cook, 13 May 1772, encl. in Admiralty Secretary to Navy Board, 14 May, <hi rend="c">Adm</hi>/A/2655. Clerke to Banks, 15 May, Mitchell Library, Banks Papers, 2, f. 1. Both letters are printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 929–31.</p></note> Cook's error of judgment in hoping that all might be well stared at him, and he immediately told the Admiralty secretary that the upper works would have to be cut down again. A day of rapid communications
<pb xml:id="n328" n="295"/>
between Admiralty and <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> settled the matter: the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> was to go back to Sheerness, the round-house and new upper deck to be removed, the guns reduced in weight; within a week it was resolved to shorten the masts as well. The passengers would have to fit the ship, not the ship the passengers. The effect on Banks, when he saw what was in train, was staggering. To quote the memoirs of the then young midshipman John Elliott, ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks came to Sheerness and when he saw the ship, and the Alterations that were made, He swore and stamp’d upon the Warfe, like a Mad Man; and instantly order'd his servants, and all his things out of the Ship.'<note xml:id="fn1-295" n="1"><p>‘Memoirs of the early life, of John Elliott…’, B. M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 42714, ff. 10–11. Cf. <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, xxx, n. 1. We have to allow for the fact that Elliott wrote later in life, and as a youth had not taken to Banks.</p></note> Or if that summarises too much, the result was no other. This time the Admiralty took Banks at his word.</p>
        <p>Rumours and counter-rumours flew, about the ship's behaviour in the merchant service. While the remedial work was going forward, Cook wrote from Sheerness to Hammond, whom he thought was in London, on 28 May, in terms of urgent intimacy: ‘Dear Sir</p>
        <q>As you cannot be Ignornant [<hi rend="i">sic</hi>] of what is said in Town for and againest the Resolution, I beg you will sit down and give me a full detail thereof, and if you suspect her to be, or ever thought her a tender ship let me find so much friendship from you as to trust me with the secret, as I can now Load and trim her accordingly; for my own part I am in no doubt of her Answering now she is striped of her Superfluous top hamper—Believe me to be D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Sir Your most Affectionate friend &amp; Humble Serv<hi rend="sup">t</hi>….<note xml:id="fn2-295" n="2"><p>Cook to Hammond, 28 May 1772, Dixson Library, <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> Q 140. Hammond must have been in London, as Cook first addressed him at Batsons Coffee House / Roy<hi rend="sup">l</hi> Exchange / London, and then substituted Hull.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>He could have got only a reassuring reply. Banks himself was busy in composition before he quite gave up hope. He wrote a long letter of passionate self-justification to Sandwich.<note xml:id="fn3-295" n="3"><p>30 May 1772, Sandwich Papers, Hinchingbrooke, endorsed ‘No. 93’. I have printed it, with a note on other copies and printings, in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 704–7; and, from Banks' draft, in Banks, II, 335–8. In the latter volume I have printed also the draft of another letter to Sandwich, not sent, probably a trial run for that of 30 May.</p></note> It was unwise to present the First Lord with a lecture on naval construction, or to complain that the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name> had purchased the ship ‘without ever consulting me'; and the side-blow at Cook, that there were many commanders of ability and experience, ambitious of showing the world that success depended more on a captain's prudence and perseverance than on any particular build of ship, was the least generous and most foolish thing that Banks ever said. The Navy Board and Palliser made their own remarks on this outburst; Sandwich entertained
<pb xml:id="n329" n="296"/>
himself by composing in his turn a detailed and crushing rejoinder, for use in case Banks rushed into print.<note xml:id="fn1-296" n="1"><p>The Navy Board memorandum, ‘Observations upon M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks's Letter to the Earl of Sandwich’, and Sandwich's letter are both in the Sandwich Papers, Hinchingbrooke, endorsed ‘No. 93’; similarly Palliser's ‘Thoughts upon the Kind of Ships proper to be employed on Discoveries in distant parts of the Globe’, endorsed ‘No. 98’, and Sandwich's draft of his rejoinder to Banks, endorsed ‘No. 94’, I have printed all three in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 707 ff., where I have noticed other printings, and, with some other relevant papers, in Banks, II, 342 ff.</p></note> The man retained enough sanity not to do so, though the press was active enough on his behalf, there were questions in the Commons, and some confidential political consultation. Lord Sandwich, for the time being, had had enough of his young friend. There was to be no Banks on the second voyage, no Solander, no Zoffany, there were to be no horn-players in scarlet and silver, performing to the brown girls, flower-garlanded, on far shores. Cook may sum the unhappy matter up.</p>
        <quote>
          <p>To many it will no doubt appear strange that M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks should attempt to over rule the opinions of the two great Boards who have the sole management of the whole Navy of Great Britain and likewise the opinions of the principal sea officers concern'd in the expedition; for a Gentleman of M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks's Fortune and Abilities to engage in these kind of Voyages is as uncommon as it is meritorious and the great additions he made last Voyage to the Systems of Botany and Natural History gain'd him great reputation which was increased by his imbarking in this. This, together with a desire in every one to make things as convenient to him as possible, made him to be consulted on every occasion and his influence was so great that his opinion was generally followed, was it ever so inconsistent, in preference to those who from their long experience in Sea affairs might be supposed better judges, till at length the Sloop was rendered unfit for any service whatever….</p>
          <p>M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Banks unfortunate for himself set out upon too large a Plan a Plan that was incompatible with a Scheme of discovery at the Antipodes; had he confined himself to the same plan as he set out upon last Voyage, attended only to his own persutes and not interfered with the choice, equipmint and even Direction of the Ships things that he was not a competent judge of, he would have found every one concerned in the expedition ever ready to oblige him, for my self I can declare it: instead of finding fault with the Ship he ought to have considered that the Endeavour Bark was just such another, whose good quallities … gave him an oppertunity to acquire that reputation the Publick has so liberally and with great justice bestowed upon him.<note xml:id="fn2-296" n="2"><p>B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27888, ff. 5–5v; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 718.</p></note></p>
        </quote>
        <p>There had been no need, and no attempt, to alter the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>, and about her no controversy ever centred. She shared the virtues of her build; she was to serve her purpose admirably. She was not
<pb xml:id="n330"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP025a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP025a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP025a-g"/><head>18. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi><lb/> Water-colour drawing by <name type="person" key="name-170589">Henry Roberts</name></head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n331"/>
<pb xml:id="n332" n="297"/>
quite the ship her consort was; she turned out harder to bring round into the wind. As for the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, that honest product of Messrs Fishburn's yard, thus returned into her original condition, she was to prove one of the great, one of the superb, ships of history; of all the ships of the past, could she by enchantment be recreated and made immortal, one would gaze on her with something like reverence.</p>
        <p>The complement of the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, officers and men, was 112, of the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> 81. The prospect of a long voyage to the southern hemisphere was not greatly attractive to many seamen, and by the time the crews were finally assembled there had been a large total of desertions, as well as a smaller number discharged in favour of better men.<note xml:id="fn1-297" n="1"><p>58 deserted from the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, 37 from the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>; 29 and 11 were discharged respectively. Cf. Clerke to Banks, 31 May: ‘they're going to stow the major part of the Cables in the Hold, to make room for the People even now: I ask'd Gilbert, if such was the present case, what the divil shou'd we have done, if we had all gone: Oh by God that was impossible; was his answer—'.—Mitchell Library, Banks Papers, 2, f. 2; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 937.</p></note> The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> carried 92 seamen and eighteen marines with their lieutenant and sergeant; the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> 69 seamen and ten marines with a second lieutenant and sergeant. Even without the aid of French horns, music was provided for, with marines who could play the bagpipes and a drummer who could play the violin. The men, most of them, were very much like those of the first voyage, the majority in their twenties, uneducated, uncivilised, insensitive, blasphemous, drunk when possible, competent, conservative, capable of great endurance. James and Nathaniel Cook again joined them, a year out from home. Eleven seamen and one marine in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> had been in the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>; the marine, curiously enough, was Gibson, who had tried to desert at Tahiti, had become Cook's devoted admirer, and was now promoted corporal. Of some of their superiors in rank there is more to be said, of others not much. We miss Gore, who had been round the world three times already, and for whatever reason was on half-pay. He occupied a few months of his time as Banks's guest on a less arduous voyage to Iceland. The <hi rend="i">Resolution's</hi> first lieutenant was Robert Palliser Cooper, a kinsman of the Comptroller who had served on the Newfoundland station: not original or lively, but steady, sober, certainly competent enough to have Cook speak well of his conduct of the ship, a post-captain to be. Charles Clerke, second lieutenant, we have met slightly on the first voyage: he is now a three-dimensional, a positive personality of the liveliest description to anyone who reads his journal and his happily-extant
<pb xml:id="n333" n="298"/>
letters<note xml:id="fn1-298" n="1"><p>The letters are all to Banks, and are in the Banks Papers, 2, Mitchell Library. They are printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, Calendar of Documents.</p></note>
—the journal in particular gives us a personality enlarged and matured as well as lively; he is capable of systematic observation and recording, serious generalisation as well as lightness of touch; it is Clerke with whom we feel tedium and irritation as well as amusement, it is Clerke whom we should like to hear talking at the end of the voyage. Banks evidently tried to tempt him away from his ship: ‘Am exceedingly oblig'd to you, my good Sir, for your kind concern on my account: but have stood too far on this tack to think of putting about with any kind of credit,'<note xml:id="fn2-298" n="2"><p>Clerke to Banks, 31 May 1772; Banks Papers, 2, f. 2; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 936–7.</p></note> he wrote. He is a first-class seaman, an excellent officer. Pickersgill is third lieutenant: ‘a good officer and astronomer, but liking y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Grog’,<note xml:id="fn3-298" n="3"><p>Elliott, <hi rend="i">Memoirs.</hi></p></note> said one of his juniors. There is something desperately serious about Pickersgill, as about so many of his fellow-romantics, something, in the end, of pathos. There are good intentions, never realised, the something beyond his grasp, whether because of lack of training or lack of mental stamina one does not know. When he amuses us, it is not of set purpose. A less striking figure than Clerke, he is a more complex one, less on good terms with the world; where Clerke writes down a jest, Pickersgill explains a grievance. Yet he is fit for responsible work, makes some notably good charts, and Cook finds him very useful. He seems to have got on well with the island peoples. Joseph Gilbert, the master, is the last of the senior officers, apart from the excellent Edgcumbe of the marines. Gilbert is old as ages go in that ship, about 40; one of the growing list of men from Lincolnshire who have to do with the Pacific, and one whose career, like Cook's, has been marked by his part in the Newfoundland-Labrador survey, when he was master of the <hi rend="i">Guernsey</hi>. He is a sound officer, in principal charge, underneath Cook, of the surveying work of the voyage. Cook says the right things about him, in due form, but even more indicative is the reason given for certain action, that ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Gilbert the Master, on whose judgement I had a good opinion’, was of a particular opinion himself. Gilbert was a good draughtsman, too: when it came to a ‘view’, a much better one than Cook, who had no large pretensions in that line.</p>
        <p>We know more about the midshipmen, that rather vague class, than usual, largely through the reminiscences of John Elliott, himself one of the ‘young gentlemen’; and we know how Cook trained them. They were not all a band of brothers. Some of them no doubt got their positions on their known merit, like the three who had been
<pb xml:id="n334" n="299"/>
out in the <hi rend="i">Endeavour</hi>, Manley, Harvey and Isaac Smith; some, like Elliott, through ‘interest’; some perhaps through accident. It was thought, says Elliott, ‘it would be quite a great feather, in a young man's Cap, to go with Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Cook, and it requir'd much Intrest to get out with him; My Uncle therefore determin'd to send me out with him in the Resolution'—and took the boy to Palliser, who passed him on to Cooper, who introduced him to Cook, ‘who promis'd to take care of me', and did. Elliott wrote brief characterisations of all the officers and civilians in his ship. Of most of them he thought highly. They were in general ‘steady’, some of them steady and clever as well. <name type="person" key="name-170589">Henry Roberts</name> indeed was a ‘very clever young man’, a skilful draughtsman and cartographer. Burney, ‘Clever &amp; Excentric’, was outside the usual run—though what his eccentricity led him to in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> we never learn. Then there was the small ‘wild &amp; drinking’ set; in which was poor Charles Loggie, with the trepanned head, drinking ‘from misfortune’, who was a great trial to the captain. There were two whom our memoirist disliked—the ‘Hypocritical canting fellow’ Maxwell, who got Loggie into trouble; and the ‘Jesuitical’ Whitehouse, ‘sensible but an insinuating litigious mischief making fellow’; with whom we may contrast one who was to rise to fame himself as an explorer, ‘M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Vancouver’, aged ‘about 13 1/2’ (in fact nearer 15), ‘a Quiet inoffensive young man’. Inoffensive or offensive, steady or unsteady, they all had to knock down together, and Cook made the best of them he could. To quote Elliott again (and to anticipate), ‘In the Early part of the Voyage, Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Cook made all us young gentlemen, do the duty aloft the same as the Sailors, learning to hand, and reef the sails, and Steer the Ship, E[x]ercise Small Arms &amp;c thereby making us good Sailors, as well as good Officers’; later on they were put to observing, surveying, and drawing. The training the young gentlemen got was to be highly regarded in important circles; it is difficult, indeed, to imagine a better education for a young seaman than three years in the <hi rend="i">Resolution.</hi> Lastly, not among the young gentlemen, but not very old, we must notice the surgeon and his mates, all three ‘steady clever’ men. James Patten, there can be no doubt, was good professionally: so far as any surgeon could, he was to save Cook's life. <name type="person" key="name-121726">William Anderson</name>, his first mate, was an extremely intelligent person, with a mind agreeably wide-ranging, interested in all the peculiarities of mankind, all the branches of natural history: his journals are the great loss from the records of this voyage. Benjamin Drawwater, the junior mate, apart from his steadiness and cleverness, remains but a name.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n335" n="300"/>
        <p>Those in the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>, with not many exceptions, are more shadowy. <name type="person" key="name-101199">Tobias Furneaux</name>, the commander, is plain enough.<note xml:id="fn1-300" n="1"><p>His biography has been written: <hi rend="i"><name type="person" key="name-101199">Tobias Furneaux</name></hi>, by Rupert Furneaux, London, 1960. His portrait was painted by Northcote. He did not have a long life; after his voyage with Cook he had a period on the North American station as a frigate captain, then three years on half-pay, and died in 1781.</p></note> One of a Devon-Cornish connection, which included <name type="person" key="name-150152">Samuel Wallis</name>, he had become a midshipman rather late, at the age of twenty, in 1755; on the Jamaica station had been promoted master's mate; for his gallantry in a sloop action further promoted lieutenant. He served on the coast of Africa and again in the West Indies; after the war was on half-pay for three years; appointed to the <hi rend="i">Dolphin</hi> as second lieutenant under Wallis, he was virtually in command during the long periods when Wallis and his first lieutenant were both sick men, while his conduct in charge of landing parties was considerate and wise. Experience and character alike, then, seemed to mark him out as an excellent second in command to Cook. But the face in his portrait, with its rather large nose, full eyes and lips, conveys vigour rather than a sense of thought; Furneaux, however humane, was indeed an executive rather than a ruminative officer. He was certainly a good seaman. As long as he was close to Cook, watched over by Cook, one finds no criticism to make. Separate them: and one feels immediately that he was not really an explorer. There was an incuriosity about him, a lack of imagination, a limitation to the mind, that would always prevent anything he touched from turning to the gold of discovery. His first lieutenant, Joseph Shank, departs early, smitten by gout, at the Cape. Arthur Kempe, there promoted from second to first, seems to have been the parallel of Cooper, educated, competent, without frills; he had some Pacific experience, having been a midshipman with Byron. He followed Cooper later up the ladder of promotion but out-topped him, because longevity (it is to be presumed) was to make him an admiral. Burney, transplanted at the Cape from the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, as second lieutenant, is our personality on board the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>, and a man we know a good deal about. We have seen his father speaking for him at Hinchingbrooke; when he sails he is of age, on paper still only an A.B., but one who has passed his lieutenant's examination; owing to a hint from Sandwich to Cook, he now sees promotion reasonably near. It comes, and it is clear by the end of his voyage that he has made the most of it. Burney, though he sailed very little with Cook himself, is one of the most interesting of Cook's officers; a thorough seaman, certainly one of the mainstays of the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>'s company; lively, observant, and (like all the Burneys) articulate. He was to become the great
<pb xml:id="n336" n="301"/>
scholar of Pacific exploration; some of his other activities might have been regarded by Mr Elliott as further proof of eccentricity. Peter Fannin, the master, was a good professional man, a talented chartmaker hardly visible as a person otherwise. In the journals, from time to time, are glimpsed his fellows, their horse-play or melancholy or quarrelling; evidently in the case of James Scott, lieutenant of marines, a quite real derangement of the mind, which made him a difficult shipmate.</p>
        <p>We must consider the astronomers. <name type="person" key="name-134492">William Wales</name>, assigned to the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, was a Yorkshireman in his late thirties, the brother-in-law of Green. He had observed the Transit of Venus for the Royal Society at Hudson Bay and helped Maskelyne with the <hi rend="i">Nautical Almanac.</hi> <name type="person" key="name-150155">William Bayly</name>, a few years younger, a Wiltshire farm-boy who had shown a talent for arithmetic and been an usher in schools, had gone to the North Cape for the Transit and been an assistant at the Royal Observatory. Both had published papers on their observations. Both were later to have a part in mathematical and naval education. Wales was the man who did the more varied work, had the more civilised, wide, and at the same time incisive, mind. It may have been a sort of luck that after the voyage he taught the Mathematical School at Christ's Hospital, so that, having Charles Lamb and Coleridge and Leigh Hunt among his pupils, he became enshrined in English literature, and we can remember, like Lamb, his Yorkshire accent, his ‘constant glee’, his severities that were without sting. To read his journal is to be impressed by a man devoted to a quite austere and fine sense of duty; to read his letters is to find him severe enough towards inadequate intellectual standards. He noted, with resignation, the rule of thumb conservatism of the sailors, the meddling of midshipmen with his belongings; registered his amusement at the behaviour of pretentious persons. His close scientific eye fronted a head that also carried poetry—he knew his Thomson and Shakespeare and Milton—and he was humane. With all this richness Bayly hardly compares, he was of a lesser order altogether; yet he knew his job, kept a hold on it, was at the same time aware of what was passing round him. We must consider also that rather late appointment, <name type="person" key="name-131240">William Hodges</name> the young artist, sent on board the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> by the Admiralty influenced by Lord Palmerston, while the ships lay at Plymouth at the end of June. He was a quite different thing in painters from Zoffany—or Sydney Parkinson: a pupil of Richard Wilson, his interest was landscape, and, more and more as he developed his own individuality in foreign climates, light. On the voyage he was
<pb xml:id="n337" n="302"/>
to work hard, and we are happily in his debt: we should be still happier had he had any talent for the figure. His landscapes, his seascapes, his wave-worn ice, his rapid wash drawings or oil sketches, his careful panoramic renderings of island cliffs and shores, on the other hand, are exactly what was desired; to Cook, an unsophisticated critic of art, they were masterly. Cook and Wales both liked him: likeable, gifted, making the most of his chances, he seems a rather enviable person.</p>
        <p>But who is going to envy <name type="person" key="name-124833">John Reinhold Forster</name>? We have come to one of the awkward beings of the age,<note xml:id="fn1-302" n="1"><p>The best account so far of <name type="person" key="name-124833">J. R. Forster</name> is that by Alfred Dove in <hi rend="i">Allgemeine Deutsche Biographie</hi>, VII (1878); but much light is thrown on his character by his letters, even the English ones in the Banks Papers and the Sandwich Papers. The brief note here given is enlarged upon a little in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, xliii-xlviii.</p></note> who walked on board the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> because Banks and his friends walked off. Let us admit at once the virtues of Forster, his learning, the width of his interests, his acuteness in some things; let us admit the lumbering geniality that was said to exist deep below the surface. Let us admit that the surface itself must have been, at first sight, sometimes impressive—or how else could he have taken in, temporarily, so many excellent persons? Let us concede, as a mitigating factor, that for ocean voyaging no man was ever by physical or mental constitution less fitted. Yet there is nothing that can make him other than one of the Admiralty's vast mistakes. One does not wish to draw a caricature; but how is one to deny that he was dogmatic, humourless, suspicious, censorious, pretentious, contentious, demanding? To deal with such a man is a problem anywhere, a desperate problem at sea. Cook is forced to conclude one interview by turning him out of the cabin, Clerke threatens to put him under arrest; the master's mate, whom he has called a liar, knocks him down; the seas break over him, men grow tired of listening to him; he says too often that he will complain to the king, the crew mimic him. He is exasperating, but not to be ignored.</p>
        <p>Forster was one of those unsettled men who so often, in the eighteenth century, came to England in search of prosperity. Born in 1729 in Polish Prussia of a family originally Scottish, he grew up with a large amount of learning, not scientific, and became a solidly old-fashioned orthodox minister near Danzig. In 1754 his son George was born.<note xml:id="fn2-302" n="2"><p>Recent German writers and editors insist on giving his name as Georg. It was natural enough to make him George in England. George, however, is the form as given by Dove, and seems likely to have been his baptismal name—in full, <name type="person" key="name-123817">Johann George Adam</name>.</p></note> It was George, a clever boy interested in natural history, who turned his father's mind in the same direction, while, with a growing family, an inadequate living, and a total lack of economy,
<pb xml:id="n338" n="303"/>
Reinhold used up his inheritances, and plunged into the debts that became his way of life. With a year's leave of absence from his church, he went with George to try his fortune in Russia, had poor fortune, overstayed his leave, lost his church; sold his library to maintain his family, went with George to England in 1766, spent a period of provincial teaching in languages and natural history, (though not the art of war, which he also proposed to teach), quarrelling with his acquaintances. Another man of large hopes, <name type="person" key="name-101210">Alexander Dalrymple</name>, invited him to London, to take a post with the East India Company, which was not Dalrymple's to give away. He came—always with George—and Dalrymple was himself dismissed by the Company. For two years he drudged in poverty, producing pamphlets on botany, zoology, mineralogy, geography, while George drudged at translation; getting himself known in scientific circles and picking up patrons—picking up, even, an F.R.S. Then came his chance. Banks, Solander, Lind—Science, as it were— deserted Cook. What would happen to Lind's £4000? At that moment <name type="person" key="name-150237">Daines Barrington</name> stepped in, that ‘worthy and learned gentleman’, lawyer, antiquary, naturalist, scientific hobbyist, with important and useful connections; a friend, if ever there was one, to the improvident and persistent Forster. He was successful at the Admiralty; the £4000 descended upon Forster, and Forster descended upon the Resolution. He descended with George, as natural history assistant and artist. George, brilliantly gifted, serious, intellectually alive, romantic, not yet eighteen, with difficult times behind him, a difficult parent beside him, a place, in history, yet unguessed at, ahead of. him, was for the next three years to have the difficult task of making the name of Forster tolerable.</p>
        <p>It was three weeks through June before work on the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, and her subsequent stowage,<note xml:id="fn1-303" n="1"><p>‘Captain Cooke never explain'd his scheme of Stowage to any of us. We were all very desirous of knowing, for it must have been upon a new plan intirely: know he kept whatever scheme he had quite a secret: for Cooper ask'd my opinion, and repeatedly declar'd he cou'd form no idea how it was possible to bring it about.'—Clerke to Banks, 31 May 1772, Mitchell Library, Banks Papers, 2, f. 2; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 936.</p></note> were completed. On the 8th Sandwich had to implore Lord North, the prime minister, hot to consider the possibility of Banks's changing his mind again;<note xml:id="fn2-303" n="2"><p>Sandwich to North, 8 June 1772; Sandwich Papers, Hinchingbrooke.</p></note> on the 15th, Cook had to see to the accommodation of the Forsters by the rebuilding of cabins already taken down—‘two fore mast Cabbins under the Quarter Deck’,<note xml:id="fn3-303" n="3"><p>Cook to Navy Board, 15 June 1772; Adm 106/1208.</p></note> supplies were still being prepared or requested, the Baron von Storsch's marmalade, stockfish, spirits in which to
<pb xml:id="n339" n="304"/>
preserve specimens. On Sunday the 21st, at the end of his last leave, to his family, and with Wales joined the ship at Sheerness. She sailed next day for Plymouth, arriving after some delay from the wind on 3 July. The previous evening, between the Start and Plymouth Sound, she had met the Admiralty yacht <hi rend="i">Augusta</hi>, bearing Sandwich and Palliser on their return from a dockyard inspection. The two came on board for a final report on the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>—which, says Cook, ‘I was now well able to give them and so much in her favour that I had not one fault to alledge againest her…. It is owing to the perseverance of these two persons that the expedition is in so much forwardness, had they given way to the general Clamour and not steadily adhered to their own better judgement the Voyage in all probabillity would have been laid aside.’<note xml:id="fn1-304" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 9.</p></note> As soon as he arrived at Plymouth he wrote officially to Stephens to assure him of the recovered virtue of the vessel: a doubt of a contrary Nature does not, I am persuaded, remain in the breast of any one person on board'; next day he similarly informed the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>.<note xml:id="fn2-304" n="2"><p>Cook to Stephens, 3 July 1772; Adm 1/1610, <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>. Cook to Navy Board, 4 July; B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 37425, f. 134; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 943–4. He tells the <name key="name-400769" type="organisation">Navy Board</name>, ‘I beg leave to inform you that the fault she formerly had in being crank is now entirely removed and that from the little tryal we have had of her sailing and working she promises to answer very well in these respects.’</p></note> What doubts, if any, were harboured in Banks's breast about the wisdom of his behaviour we do not know; he thought, quite mistakenly, that the East India Company might give him a ship for a South Sea voyage in the following year, and, with a large train left on his hands, he had just chartered a brig for a voyage to Iceland.</p>
        <p>The <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> had been waiting at Plymouth since the middle of May. There the ships' companies, as the result of unprecedented generosity on the Admiralty's part, received most of their arrears of pay and two months' advance; to provide themselves with what they deemed necessities for the voyage (they can have had few dependants to provide for);<note xml:id="fn3-304" n="3"><p>According to Midsshipman Harvey, the Admiralty generosity had to be stimulated by a petition to Sandwich from the <hi rend="i">Resolution's</hi> crew,—<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 10, n. 3.</p></note> and there Cook received his instructions. They were dated 25 June, and they told him nothing he did not know already: ‘indeed I was consulted at the time they-were drawn up and nothing was inserted that I did not fully comprehend and approve of’<note xml:id="fn4-304" n="4"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 10. The Instructions are entered in Adm 2/1332 and <hi rend="c">Clb</hi>, and printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, clxvii-clxx.</p></note>
—in other words, they put into formal words the plan he had himself matured. The ships had been fitted out to proceed upon farther discoveries towards the South Pole. He was to call at Madeira for
<pb xml:id="n340" n="305"/>
wine, at the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> for refreshment and supplies. He was to leave the Cape by the end of October or beginning of November and search for Cape Circumcision; if he found it, and it proved to be part of the continent, he was to explore as much of the continent as was possible and report on it as fully as possible (the instructions on this theme are virtually a transcript of those for his first voyage); then, if possible, to carry on discovery either to the east or west, as near to the South Pole as possible. If Cape Circumcision should prove to be part of an island only, he should, after examining this (or from its reported position if it was undiscoverable) stand on south so long as there seemed a likelihood of falling in with the continent, then eastward to circumnavigate the globe; after which the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>, and home. When the season made continuance in high latitudes unsafe, he should retire to ‘some known place’ northwards to refresh and refit. Islands were to be surveyed, charted, taken possession of, if consequential enough; such instructions presented nothing new. The explorer had what he wanted. The chronometers were all taken ashore at Drake's Island, checked in the portable observatories, and got going by Wales and Arnold. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> would take the Kendall instrument and one of Arnold's; the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> the other two of Arnold's. At 6 a.m. on 13 July 1772 he sailed from Plymouth, the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> in company, and stood south-west. ‘Farewell Old England’, wrote Lieutenant Pickersgill in his journal, very large, and scribbled a not very ornamental border round the words.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n341" n="306"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d18" type="section">
        <head>XIII<lb/>
England to New Zealand</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">The first</hi> spot of large importance in Cook's plan was the Cape. It was to be more than three months before he arrived there, after a passage generally agreeable; and that passage, a sort of prologue to the great story that was about to unfold, itself contains not merely minor incident, but indications sufficient of the administrative control and scientific detail of the voyage. Cook's journal at once fills with observation. Sighting the Spanish coast on 20 July, he picked up the north-east trade wind unusually early off Cape Finisterre. Two days later the ships were stopped by a Spanish squadron, a scene which Forster found ‘humiliating to the masters of the sea’, though to Cook it was quite unimportant, and the Spaniards, having identified them, merely wished them a good voyage. In the interval, in a calm, Wales had been across to the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> to compare the chronometers' rates of going. On the 29th they were at Madeira, anchored in Funchal Road. Here they were well received: Cook got his wine, water, fresh beef and fruit, and a thousand bunches of onions to distribute among his people for a sea store—‘a Custom I observed last Voyage and had reason to think that they received great benifit therefrom.’<note xml:id="fn1-306" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 21.</p></note> He also, for whatever reason, collected statistics of the island. From Madeira he reported on the behaviour of his ship:</p>
        <q>…the Resolution answers in every respect as well, nay even better than we could expect, she steers, works, sails well and is remarkably stiff and seems to promise to be a dry and very easy ship in the Sea; In our passage from Plymouth we were once under our Courses but it was not wind that obliged the Resolution to take in her Topsails tho' it blow'd hard, but because the Adventure could not carry hers, in point of sailing the two Sloops are well match'd what difference there is is in favour of the Resolution.<note xml:id="fn2-306" n="2"><p>1 March 1772; the person addressed is not apparent, but was possibly Stephens.—ibid., 685.</p></note></q>
        <p>In the same letter he reported on a person who had been waiting three months at the island for Mr Banks's arrival, and left three
<pb xml:id="n342" n="307"/>
days before Cook's. The person, who had spent much time botanising, had arrived as a gentleman who was to join the ship, but no one entertained a doubt that his sex was wrongly defined. It is fairly clear that the thoughtful young philosopher, in providing so many amenities for himself, before the explosion over the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, had provided also for the companionship of a lady. Cook was amused; there is amusement still in the vision of Banks trying to persuade the captain to accept this new addition to the scientific staff.<note xml:id="fn1-307" n="1"><p>ibid., and xxix, n. 4.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>With the new month Cook steered for Porto Praya, in San Tiago, one of the Cape Verde islands, to take in more water; for he did not want his people to be on an allowance. We find in the logs and journals—not Cook's only—evidence of the regimen he applied—the bilge pumped out regularly with fresh sea-water, the ship cleaned, aired, and dried with charcoal fires; the brewing of Pelham's ‘experimental beer’; the men compelled to air their bedding, to wash and dry their clothes properly and frequently. This in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>: there is no sign that Furneaux imposed such rules in his ship. The two vessels were tried against each other deliberately in sailing qualities: this first time the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> was the better, but more trials and experience made it hard to award a preference. At Porto Praya, 12–14 August, the water was tolerable, though not good, bullocks were unobtainable, hogs, goats, fowls, fruit were in plenty, the Forsters did some useful botanical collecting, Cook and Wales made a useful survey of the bay, the sailors bought monkeys. These poor animals dirtied the ship, and before long Cook had to have them thrown overboard.<note xml:id="fn2-307" n="2"><p>Forster, I, 41, was censorious. Cf. Wales, <hi rend="i">Remarks on Mr. Forster's Account of Captain Cook's last Voyage</hi> (1778), 20: ‘the captain paid more attention to the health of his people, than to the lives of a few monkies.’</p></note>
</p>
        <p>Five days after the departure from Porto Praya a carpenter's mate, Henry Smock, who was working over the side fitting a scuttle, fell into the sea and sank almost before he was seen. His loss might be regarded as a normal accident in the sailor's life, and Cook was not startled; but when a week later he learnt from Furneaux that one of the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>'s midshipmen was dead he might well have felt some alarm—and even more, less than three weeks after that, when another died. They both, said Furneaux, died of a fever ‘caught at S<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Iago by bathing and making too free with the water in the heat of the day’. Neither Dr James's Powders nor Dr Norris's Drops availed to save.<note xml:id="fn3-307" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 33, n. 3; 37, n. 4.</p></note> Others who had fallen sick had recovered; nevertheless, one may ask, why should men fall sick so soon after leaving
<pb xml:id="n343" n="308"/>
England? The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> had no sick, even from drenching in tropical rain. On 8 September the ships crossed the equator, with appropriate horseplay in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, none in the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>—for Furneaux thought it dangerous. Cook continued to experiment in one way or another, hoisting out a boat to try the current, trying the temperature of the sea with his submersible thermometer seventy fathoms below—Furneaux refused to allow Bayly a boat for the same purpose; trying the effect of his patent still in converting salt water to fresh, and getting a much better result, with no expenditure of fuel, from collecting rain-water; trying the effect of his experimental beer on his sailors, conservative men some of whom declared they would rather drink water. On 30 October the ships were anchored in Table Bay. The first thing noted, not only by Cook but by his officers, was the absence of sickness in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>: to quote Clerke, ‘Our people all in perfect Health and spirits, owing I believe in a great measure to the strict attention of Captain Cook to their cleanliness and every other article that respects their Welfare.’<note xml:id="fn1-308" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 46, n. 1.</p></note> The <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> too was doing well at this time, her only invalid being Lieutenant Shank, who for some weeks had been suffering badly from gout. This was in marked contrast to two outward bound Dutch Indiamen arriving a few days later, where the ravages of scurvy had been frightful; between them they had lost almost two hundred men.</p>
        <p>Cook liked the Cape as a port of call, except for its inevitable delays. The acting-governor, the Baron van Plettenburg, and one of the leading merchants, Mr Brand, made themselves very agreeable and helpful. There was delay over the baking of bread and the making up of the quantity of spirits deemed necessary: it did not matter, however, very much, as the men got every day all the fresh bread, meat and greens they could eat, and shore leave in batches for air and exercise. Wales and Bayly took their instruments on, shore, for ordinary astronomical observations and to check the chronometers. Of these, the Kendall one in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> had been behaving remarkably well, the Arnold one not at all well. The latter suffered when Wales was bringing it off from the shore; jarred to a stop as the long-boat struck the ship's side, it was started again, but continued to go badly for the rest of its life. The first Arnold instrument in the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>—that which had been tested at Greenwich—was ‘not to be complained on’, though it lost at an increasing rate; the second, having gone most imperfectly on the passage to the Cape, there stopped entirely. Cook had not yet begun to regard his Kendall
<pb xml:id="n344" n="309"/>
chronometer with affection, but as early as the beginning of September, in noting a noon longitude by lunar, and contrasting this with the result by log, or dead reckoning, he had remarked, ‘Such is the effect the Currants must have had on the Sloop, and which M<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Kendalls Watch tought us to expect.’<note xml:id="fn1-309" n="1"><p>ibid, 35 (2 September).</p></note> While the astronomers worked, Hodges painted an excellent picture of Capetown and its harbour, and Cook acquired information about two French voyages that interested him. The information was not very precise. The first voyage was one of two ships which had anticipated him in the south, discovering land in latitude 48° and losing a boat and its crew (this last item was not in fact true, though it could well have been so from the commander's behaviour). It was the first voyage of Kerguelen, in early 1772, which resulted in that nobleman's extravagant announcements of ‘La France Australe’ and its annexation. The second was the expedition of Marion du Fresne, to return Bougainville's ‘Aotourou’ to his native Tahiti, as well as to embark on more extended exploration. Cook learnt neither commander's name, though, he did hear that poor Ahutoru had died of smallpox. Travel, it seemed, was dangerous for Tahitians.</p>
        <p>There were a few changes in the ships' companies. In the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> the unfortunate Shank felt obliged to relinquish the voyage; his second, Arthur Kempe, was promoted in his place, and <name type="person" key="name-134494">James Burney</name>, in compliance with Sandwich's promise to his father of early advancement, was sent across from the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> to be second lieutenant. When Forster was on shore he met a young Swedish doctor, <name type="person" key="name-170595">Anders Sparrman</name>, who was studying the natural history of the place; nothing would content him but that, at his charge, Sparrman should join the expedition as his assistant. He persuaded Cook that there was room for one more. Sparrman was a sedate, discreet young man, a late student of Linnaeus, a good ethnographical collector as well as natural historian, destined for his own distinction—‘endowed with a heart capable of the warmest feelings, and worthy of a philosopher’.<note xml:id="fn2-309" n="2"><p>Forster, I, 68.</p></note> Cook never quite learned to spell his name. There was little more for the captain to do than to write letters, to report to the Admiralty on the experimental beer and on happenings at the Cape; to be conciliatory towards Banks; to bid farewell to Walker. These last two letters cast some light on his own character. ‘Dear Sir’, he wrote to Banks, ‘Some Cross circumstances which happened at the latter part of the equipment of the Resolution created, I have reason to think, a coolness betwixt you and I, but I can by no means think it was sufficient to me to break off all
<pb xml:id="n345" n="310"/>
corrispondance with a Man I am under many obligations too’. He tells him of a collection Brand has got together for him and of the two French expeditions: he thinks of Banks's own talk of a South Sea voyage, as one explorer considers a fellow in the trade.</p>
        <q>I am in your debt for the Pickled and dryed Salmon which you left on board, which a little time ago was most excellant, but the eight Casks of Pickled salted fish I kept for my self proved so bad that even the Hoggs would not eat it; these hints may be of use to you in providg for your intinded expeditation, in which I wish you all the Success you can wish your self… .<note xml:id="fn1-310" n="1"><p>Cook to Banks, 18 November 1772; <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 688.</p></note></q>
        <p>In this there may have been some deliberate generosity—he certainly did not refer to Mr, or Mrs, or Miss Burnett; in the letter to Walker there is certainly real warmth and regard for the Quaker mind.</p>
        <q>Having nothing new to communicate I should hardly have troubled you with a letter was it not customary for Men to take leave of their friends before they go out of the World, for I can hardly think my self in it so long as I am deprived from having any Connections with the civilized part of it, and this will soon be my case for two years at least. When I think of the Inhospitable parts I am going to, I think the Voyage dangerous, I however enter upon it with great cheerfullness, providence has been very kind to me on many occasions, and I trust in the continuation of the divine protection; I have two good Ships well provided and well Man'd. You must have heard of the Clamour raised against the Resolution before I left England, I can assure you I never set foot in a finer Ship. Please to make my best respects to all Friends at Whitby….</q>
        <p>Thus one ‘Most affectionate Friend’ to another.<note xml:id="fn2-310" n="2"><p>Cook to Walker, 20 November 1772; General Assembly Library, Wellington, ibid., 689.</p></note> After which, on the afternoon of 22 November, Cook weighed anchor, and having got clear of the land directed his course for Cape Circumcision—for ‘new and awful scenes’.<note xml:id="fn3-310" n="3"><p>The phrase is Forster's, I, 88.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>He was three weeks late, in terms of his instructions. It did not matter: it was even probably an advantage, because it gave the packice a chance to break up, and though this might provide dangers of a particular sort, it also provided an opportunity to penetrate farther south than would otherwise have been given. Cook could not take full enough advantage of this; for knowledge of the antarctic ice had to be built up over a long period, and he was the pioneer—a pioneer, furthermore, with no previous experience of ice-navigation. Certainly
<pb xml:id="n346" n="311"/>
he had experience enough of fogs, in the North Sea, off the coasts of Newfoundland and Nova Scotia; he had seen ice, even been entrapped in it for a day, on a passage from Halifax to the St Lawrence; but what was that? Nor were his men more deeply acquainted: two had served in the Greenland whale-fishery, Wales had had a summer month or two in Hudson Bay. There were certain dogmas to unlearn: that ice, for example, was a fresh-water phenomenon, and hence argued the neighbourhood of land, that some sorts of bird did not go far from land—hence the careful noting and description of birds in more than one journal; there was the discovery that in the higher latitudes, beyond 60° S, the prevailing wind is not westerly but easterly, so that the grand strategy of the west to east voyage was not necessarily, all the time, the best. There were problems set up by the currents that were consequent on those winds, the ‘west wind drift’ and the ‘east wind drift,’ to which Cook could give only very tentative answers. On the other hand, if he could have accounted for his fogs through knowledge of the Antarctic Convergence—the converging of layers of cold water from the south and the less cold of lower latitudes—he might have felt scientific satisfaction, but it would not have reduced his practical difficulties in navigation. He simply, for four months, had to keep a good lookout, and his men prepared to act instantly. This was the first, and the longest, of what have been called his three ice-edge cruises. How long he would be out of sight of land he could not guess: he began by announcing limits, not ungenerous but strict, on the use of fresh water.</p>
        <p>Cape Circumcision was said in the English documents to lie approximately in latitude 540 south and longitude 11°20' east of Greenwich. Cook had his chart of the Southern Ocean published by Dalrymple in 1769, which showed Bouvet's track.<note xml:id="fn1-311" n="1"><p>There was a brief account, translated from De Brosses, in Callander's <hi rend="i">Terra Australis Cognita</hi> (1768), III, 641–4. Dalrymple's production was his ‘Chart of the Ocean between South America and Africa. With the Tracks of D<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Edmund Halley in 1700 and Mons<hi rend="sup">r</hi> Lozier Bouvet in 1738.’ There was an accompanying <hi rend="i">Memoir</hi>, also published in 1769.</p></note> Bouvet's point of departure, when he struck south, was Santa Catarina, an island on the coast of Brazil, and for a start his longitude for this island was 4°20' too far east. The ice was unusually far north in the summer of 1738–9, so that when on 1 January, the Feast of the Circumcision, Bouvet descried out of the fog his high, rocky, desolate cape, flanked by glaciers, surmounted by a massive ice-cap, with ice stretching away to the east, he might be forgiven for thinking that he was on the edge of a considerable extent of land. Ice, seaweed, seals, penguins, all testified. His chief pilot was convinced that the cape,
<pb xml:id="n347" n="312"/>
though indubitably cape, was part of only a very small island, and he was right: it is an island only five miles long and less across, the most remote spot in the world, if one measures distance from other land, and it was only by a most remarkable chance that Bouvet sighted it.<note xml:id="fn1-312" n="1"><p>Bouvet Island, lat. 54°26' S, long. 3°24' E. ‘It is possible to draw, round Bouvet island, a circle with a radius of 1000 miles … which contains no other land at all. It is the only spot on the earth's surface possessing this peculiarity.’—R. T. Gould, <hi rend="i">Captain Cook</hi> (1935), 111. In 1808 it was found again by the Enderby whalers <hi rend="i">Swan</hi> and <hi rend="i">Otter</hi>; no landing was possible. Sealers visited it in 1822 and in 1825; in the latter year they managed to land. Its position was finally settled by the German Deep Sea Exploration Expedition in the <hi rend="i">Valdivia</hi> in 1898, which did not succeed in landing.</p></note> He could not get ashore; after making south to 57° he coasted the ice-edge eastwards for four hundred leagues, turned north-east to about 38°, and thence steered for home. The latitude he gave for his cape was 54°10'-15'S—which, considering the difficulty of accurate observation, was not badly astray from the correct one, 54°26'S. His longitude was between 27° and 28° east of Tenerife—that is, close to the Admiralty's 11°20'. Even with the correction for the Santa Gatarina error it would have worked out at 5°17' east of Greenwich—still nearly two degrees from the truth of 3°24' E. Cook had no correction. He was well aware of the unreliability of any figure for a longitude, but he was bound to begin by going as near as he could to a position given to him; was bound to begin, that is, by searching for Bouvet's discovery where he was certain not to find it. Bouvet's ice-field retreated; his fogs, in the midst of them his hard crumb of rock, remained.</p>
        <p>Cook plunged straight south, a course he maintained, inclining a little east, for the next three weeks. On the second day out he issued to each man a jacket and trousers of the thick warm material called fearnought; later on he had the skimped sleeves of these lengthened and red baize caps provided in addition. Without this extra clothing it is difficult to fancy the ships' companies surviving at all as they went farther south, as the cold pinched, sleet and snow fell, ice stuck to the sails and rigging. November went out; December came in with hard westerly gales, rain and hail, the ships hove to, Wales put Dr Lind's wind-gauge to trial: ‘the Adventure’, noted Clerke, ‘we find to be the most weatherly Ship in a Gale tho’ this is as good a Sea Boat as can possibly swim.'<note xml:id="fn2-312" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, II, 53, n. 2.</p></note> Oakum worked out of the seams and the ship began to leak, the men got colds, Cook lost hope under the succession of westerlies of reaching Cape Circumcision, the stock brought from the Cape died fast, and was eaten. On 10 December—latitude almost 51°—an ‘Island of Ice’ was sighted, twice as high as the topgallant masthead, at first mistaken for land; then ice islands
<pb xml:id="n348" n="313"/>
came thick. Pickersgill registered some excitement: ‘We being Now across M. Bouvets track to y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Eastw<hi rend="sup">d</hi> of Cape Circumcision, expect to find land hourerly, tho’ sailing here is render'd very Dangerous … such is the dispossion of y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> Crew that every Man seems to try who shall be foremost in y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> readest performance of his duty which calls for y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> loudest acknowledgem<hi rend="sup">ts</hi> under such rigorous circumstances.'<note xml:id="fn1-313" n="1"><p>ibid., 57, n. 3.</p></note> Cook was not yet ready for such enthusiasm. The thermometer went below freezing point, he counted the icebergs—brought up, one must think, from the ice shelf of the Weddell Sea—many of them two hundred feet high; remarked on 13 December that he was in latitude 54°, but 118 leagues east of Bouvet's cape; and next morning was stopped by the pack ice, in 54°55'. This was a good deal farther north than the mean for December, though even then not so far as Bouvet's pack—‘an immence field of Ice to which we could see no end, over it to the <hi rend="c">Swbs</hi> we thought we saw high land, but can by no means assert it.’<note xml:id="fn2-313" n="2"><p>ibid., 59.</p></note> He bore away south-east close along the ice-edge, noting the whales, the penguins and other ice-haunting birds; had Furneaux on board to arrange rendezvous in case of separation; and trying some pieces of ice found that, rather surprisingly—though why surprising if it came from a river?—it yielded fresh water.</p>
        <p>On 14 December the ships turned a point of the ice-field and hauled <hi rend="c">Ssw</hi>, as there appeared to be clear water in that direction. Soon embayed, however, they were forced away to the north and east to clear the ice. Fog was so thick next morning that it was impossible to see the length of the ship; the jolly boat, out with the master, Wales and Forster to try the current and the temperature of the sea, was for two hours uncomfortably lost. They recorded a surface temperature of 30° F. The ship could do nothing but tack briefly one way and the other, because of the fog and snow; the rigging and sails, hung with icicles, grew difficult to handle; whales played about the ship. On the 17th Cook, once more steering south, was once more stopped by heavy pack ice. The pack had begun to break up, and the process would be fast. Many bergs and much loose ice were found to seaward of the main body—very hampering obstacles to navigation they were; but the main body of ice to the south was still impenetrable, and how could Cook foretell its behaviour? If he had had the experience that no one had, he could have expected this main body to break effectively by the end of December, giving him three months of clear water. He considered the two evils, bergs and ‘field ice’; he preferred the bergs. ‘Dangerous as it is
<pb xml:id="n349" n="314"/>
sailing a mongest the floating Rocks in a thick Fog and unknown Sea,’ he says, ‘yet it is preferable to being intangled with Field Ice under the same circumstances.’ He had heard of a Greenland ship lying a whole nine weeks caught in that sort of ice. He could not risk it. He still watched for land, where in bays and rivers ice might form. By 18 December the ships had sailed some ninety miles eastward along the great edge, which lay nearly east and west except for its own bays—and they provided no way south. Cook, like Bouvet under the same circumstances, thought it reasonable ‘to suppose that this Ice either joins to or that there is land behind it and the appearence we had of land the day we fell in with it serves to increase the probabillity, we however could see nothing like land either last night or this Morn, altho’ the Weather was clearer than it has been for many days past.'<note xml:id="fn1-314" n="1"><p>18 December; ibid., 63.</p></note> He would not abandon his general plan: after getting a few miles farther north, he would ‘run 30 or 40 Leagues to the East before I haul again to the South, for here nothing can be done.’<note xml:id="fn2-314" n="2"><p>ibid.</p></note> He did, however, modify it: from no farther north than 54°, he at once made south as well as east. At this time there were a few signs of scurvy, and wort was made from malt for those affected. In a calm the current was tried; the boat found none, but Forster was able to shoot a few prions or ‘whale birds’. Next day Cook sent the master to see if fresh water could be collected in the Greenland fashion, as it ran from an iceberg; there was not a drop. The day after that was 25 December. The captain knew when to humour his crew. They had been hoarding their liquor. ‘At Noon seeing that the People were inclinable to celebrate Christmas Day in their own way, I brought the Sloops under a very snug sail least I should be surprised with a gale of wind with a drunken crew’—and ne added somewhat to the rum. He filled the great cabin at dinner with all the officers and petty officers who could get in, entertained the others in the gunroom; ‘mirth and good humor reigned throughout the whole Ship; the Crew of our consort seem'd to have kept Christmas day with the same festivity, for in the evening they rainged alongside of us and gave us three Cheers.'<note xml:id="fn3-314" n="3"><p>ibid., 66. This is from the Admiralty <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> of the journal, P.R.O., Adm 55/108.</p></note> There were those who were disdainful, or shocked: the ‘savage noise and drunkenness’ were not to Forster's taste, any more than to Sparrman's the passionate barbarities of English shipboard boxing. Indeed bloody noses and oaths may have consorted ill with the silent dignity of ice islands.</p>
        <p>The ships were passing through fields of loose ice, rotten, honey-combed
<pb xml:id="n350" n="315"/>
lumps sculptured into every variety of fantastic animal shape, or pieces heaped one upon another, the ‘rafted ice’ of modern terminology. On 27 December they were 240 miles almost due south of their position a week before. There seems little doubt that Cook had worked them round the end of a wide tongue or belt of pack ice, that in the early summer of most years stretches out in an unbroken mass far to the east from the Weddell Sea. His longitude was about 17° E. Not improbably—if again he could have known—he could then have pushed his way south through the loose ice to clear water in about latitude 60°; indeed he might have gone far enough to have sighted, perhaps even to have reached, the antarctic continent. He decided, as he had a clear sea and a favourable wind, to run as far west as the meridian of Cape Circumcision. This was on 29 December, a day when he tried unsuccessfully to pick up ice for water, but was instead regaled by the military behaviour of penguins on an iceberg: to quote Pickersgill, ‘they Seemd to perform their Evolutions so well that they only wanted the use of Arms to cut a figure on Whimbleton Common.’<note xml:id="fn1-315" n="1"><p>Pickersgill more at length: ‘Saw on the Island a Number of those live things which we found to be Penguins, they set errect on their Leggs ranged in regular lines, which with their Breast's forms a very Whimsical appearance we fire two 4 Pounders at them but Mist them after which they wheeld off three deep and March down to y<hi rend="sup">e</hi> water in a rank… .’—ibid., 69, n. 1.</p></note> Two days later, steering ‘direct’ for Cape Circumcision, he had to haul a few points to the north to avoid loose ice, only to discover an immense field to the north; and the wind turning to a south-east gale, with a dangerous sea, he had to stand back to the south—in retreat, that is, from the southern edge of the tongue of ice around which he had worked his way. He resumed his western course till 3 January 1773. At that moment, in latitude 59°18' and longitude 11°9', he had a well defined conviction. He was now west and south of the position assigned to the cape; the weather had been clear for a few hours and the horizon empty.</p>
        <q>In short, I am of opinion that what M. Bouvet took for Land and named Cape Circumcision was nothing but Mountains of Ice surrounded by field Ice. We our selves were undoubtedly deceived by the Ice Hills the Day we first fell in with the field Ice and many were of opinion that the Ice we run along join'd to land to the Southward, indeed this was a very probable supposission, the probabillity is however now very much lessened if not intirely set a side for the Distance betwixt the Northern edge of that Ice and our Track to the West, South of it, hath no where exceeded 100 Leagues and in some places not Sixty, from this it is plain that if there is land it can have no great extent North and South, but I am so fully of opinion that there is none that I shall not go in search of it, being now
<pb xml:id="n351" n="316"/>
determined to make the best of my way to the East in the Latitude of 60° or upwards, and am only sorry that in searching after those imaginary Lands, I have spent so much time, which will become the more valuable as the season advanceth. It is a general recieved opinion that Ice is formed near land, if so than there must be land in the Neighbourhood of this Ice, that is either to the Southward or Westward. I think it most probable that it lies to the West and the Ice is brought from it by the prevailing Westerly Winds and Sea. I however have no inclination to go any farther West in search of it, having a greater desire to proceed to the East in Search of the land said to have been lately discovered by the French in the Latitude of 48 1/2° South and in about the Longitude of 57° or 58° East.<note xml:id="fn1-316" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 71–2, 3 January 1773.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>This is a passage of interest, because it shows us the reasoning Cook. He had been attentive to the ice, its appearance and movement, since he first encountered it. He was still prepared to admit—wrongly, though in accord with the philosophers—that sea ice invariably implied land. He was right in thinking that the pack moves in an easterly direction, though it comes with the current rather than with the wind. (It is true that the current—the west wind drift—is itself engendered by the wind.) The course he had sailed quite certainly disposed of the cape as a projection of any large extent of land. The effect of the great bergs upon his mind, and of the pack, is evident from his conclusion that Bouvet, with the best will in the world, had been deceived by the ice. What is curious is that he does not weigh the possibility of an island, not of ice but of earth and rock—unless it is weighing a possibility to say that ‘if there is land it can have no great extent North and South, but I am so fully of opinion that there is none that I shall not go in search of it.’ It is all the more curious in that his instructions raise the possibility, and he had virtually written the instructions. The only person who talks in terms of an island is Lieutenant Kempe of the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>: ‘Standing now to the Eastward having given up our Searches after Cape Circumcision concluding if any such place, a small spot extending it self near East and West may be supposed from the Track we run down.’<note xml:id="fn2-316" n="2"><p>Kempe, 5 January 1773; ibid, 72, n. 1. Cf. Alan Villiers: ‘looking for such a place down there was like groping for a pinhead on a fogged-in airport.’—<hi rend="i">Captain Cook</hi> (1967), 167.</p></note> This was an accurate supposition. It may be that at this time Cook was not prepared to class such a phenomenon as land, especially against the other supposition that in the east he might find something more validly reported, also by the French, Kerguelen's land; and sailing eastwards he would be resuming his own fundamental strategy. As he changed course, in most unpleasant weather,
<pb xml:id="n352" n="317"/>
strong gales, thick fog, sleet and snow, with ice-covered rigging, he may even have felt a sense of relief. The crew were standing up to the conditions ‘tolerable well’, with their warm clothing and an extra glass of brandy every morning.</p>
        <p>On 4 January 1773 the ships were running to the east, some eighteen miles north of the position where there had been an impenetrable field of ice four days earlier. Cook infers correctly that such a large body of ice could not have melted in four days, that it must have drifted northward; once more, not for the last time, his journal-page receives his reflections on the current, as he makes east and somewhat south. It was the 9th that saw an important and triumphant experiment, the taking in of loose ice from round a berg for water—arduous and freezing, as well as picturesque, work (Hodges's drawing struck every fancy); but, with the coppers melting down the stuff and the boats on deck stacked high with it, the ships after another day's effort had more, and sweeter, water than when they left Cape Town. A few days later, while trying the current, Cook sank a thermometer to 100 fathoms, finding the temperature there 32°. That stimulated further cogitations, wherein the accepted physical and geographical principles are questioned. ‘Some curious and interesting experiments are wanting to know what effect cold has on Sea Water in some of the following instances: does it freeze or does it not, if it does, what degree of cold is necessary and what becomes of the Salt brine? for all the Ice we meet with yeilds Water perfectly sweet and fresh.’<note xml:id="fn1-317" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi>, II, 77. In Cook's later version of his journal, B.M., Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27888, he writes, ‘if it does freeze (of which I make no doubt)<hi rend="sup">1</hi>; but we do not know precisely when he made this addition—probably after his other ice observations. <name type="person" key="name-124833">J. R. Forster</name> discussed the problem at some length, concluding that the sea did freeze, and thus produce packice.—<hi rend="i">Observations</hi>, 76–102.</p></note> By this time he had abandoned his predominantly easterly course, with some southing in it, to steer sharp south, and a few days later, on 17 January, shortly before noon, he crossed the Antarctic Circle for the first time in history. His position for that day was latitude 660°36 1/2'—four and a half miles south of the circle—and longitude 39°35' E. Icebergs had become scarce; he was hoping that he had reached a clear sea. There were too many antarctic petrels and snow petrels about, lovers of the pack; in the afternoon tills appeared, loose pieces so strewn about it ‘that we were obliged to loof for one and bear up for another’—a constant process of dodging; right across the bows stretched a long line of bergs. In latitude 67°15' he was to tack and stand away. Apart from the bergs and ‘smaller pieces packed close together’, to the southeast could be seen an endless mass, sixteen or eighteen feet high, of
<pb xml:id="n353" n="318"/>
what the Greenland men called ‘field ice’. Cook did not trunk it prudent to try to get round this ice field. He was wise. He thought of his ships and remembered that the summer was half spent; but if he had known that he was then only 75 miles from the continent he might have hesitated a little longer.</p>
        <p>He stood north-east for the rest of the month, spreading the sloops four miles apart on favourable occasions to widen the field of vision. Only on one day were no icebergs seen—the only day since they were first met with, and Cook amused himself calculating how many square miles of ocean would be occupied altogether by the islands of ice. A great deal of the weather was disagreeable. At the beginning of February the ships were in the reported latitude of the land they were searching for, prevented by the wind from being as far west as Cook had planned to be. Furneaux reported seeing rock weed and diving petrels, ‘a great sign of the vicinity of land’: was it to the west or the east? If to the west that was bad luck, because with the wind where it was the only direction to go was east. He was, in reality, about ten degrees west of the land, though east of the meridian of Mauritius, on which it was supposed to lie. He tried east for a day or two; then the wind changed and he tried west. On 6 February the wind went round again. ‘Indeed’, says Cook, ‘I had no sort of incouragement to proceed farther to the West as we have had continualy a long heavy Swell from that quarter which made it very improbable that any large land lay to the West.’<note xml:id="fn1-318" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 89.</p></note> He bore away east and south, all sails set. Clerke summed up the facts: ‘We've been for these 6 or 7 days past cruizing for the Land the Frenchman gave intelligence of at the <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name>—if my friend Monsieur found any Land, he's been confoundedly out in the Latitude &amp; Longitude of it, for we've search'd the spot he represented it in and its Environs too pretty narrowly and the devil an Inch of Land is there.'<note xml:id="fn3-318" n="3"><p>The previous day, ‘Having fair and clear weather’, Cook ‘had all the peoples Bedding &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> upon deck to air a thing that was absolutely necessary.’—ibid., 90.</p></note> So the nearest Cook came to Monsieur's discovery, as he steered his new course, was to have the land on his larboard quarter, about five degrees off. Then, on 8 February, the ships parted company.</p>
        <p>It was in the morning, in a thick fog, in latitude 49°53' S, longitude 63°39' E. Penguins and diving petrels made men think that land might not be far away, and in the fog Cook made short tacks rather than carry blindly on his course; this, he later concluded, must have led to the separation, because the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> did
<pb xml:id="n354" n="319"/>
not answer his signal guns, so far as he could hear. He cruised about the position where he had last seen her, or lay hove to, for two days out of the three stipulated for such happenings; after which he judged that she, like his own ship, had been driven to leeward, and could not regain position. If that was so, he would do no good waiting a third day, and he resumed the course that he had broken off. He had no fear for his consort's safety, and a rendezvous had long been arranged at Queen Charlotte Sound. Three days later penguins about the ship in increased numbers made him consider again the question of land, and ‘various were the oppinions among the officers of its situation.’</p>
        <q>Some said we should find it to East others to the North, but it was remarkable that not one gave it as his opinion that any was to be found to the South which served to convince me that they had no inclination to proceed any farther that way. I however was resolved to get as far to the South as I conveniently could without looseing too much easting altho I must confess I had little hopes of meeting with land, for the high swell or Sea which we have had for some time from the West came now gradually round to <hi rend="c">Sse</hi> so that it was not probable any land was near between these two points and it is less probable that land of any extent can lie to the North….<note xml:id="fn1-319" n="1"><p>ibid., 93.</p></note></q>
        <p>Why not? Because to the north lay Tasman's track of 1642, and Tasman had met with no land till he altered course even more to the north and discovered Van Diemen's land. The intervening space, Cook rightly guessed, would be traversed by Furneaux, who was more of a free agent than his own officers, with their eyes fixed in the wrong direction. But these officers were somewhat justified. Only about forty miles to the north-east, on that 13 February, lay Heard Island, a great breeding-ground of penguins—not very great in extent, true, but still land; and the ship must have passed closer than Cook would have chosen, if he had had the choice, to the two small rocky islets lying off Heard Island to the west, the McDonald islands. The captain had another, allied, meditation: ‘it is now impossible for us to look upon Penguins to be certain signs of the vicinity of land or in short any other Aquatick birds which frequent high latitudes.’ This is true of penguins, though not of all ‘Aquatick birds’. Still, another dogma had gone.</p>
        <p>Two days after Cook's determination to go on further south, we come on another characteristic episode. There had been in the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> an outbreak of petty pilfering. Justice demanded, and was granted, some flogging—after which (we learn from the
<pb xml:id="n355" n="320"/>
midshipman Bowles Mitchel) ‘examin'd the peoples hands—those who had dirty where punish'd by stopping their daily allowance of Grog'.<note xml:id="fn1-320" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 94, n. 3.</p></note> We have the same scrutiny recorded a fortnight later, and (says Mr Mitchel) ‘the usual punishment’—which may have been regarded as a heavy one by the dirty-handed. And here we have Clerke testifying to the régime: ‘Captain Cook having Observ'd many of the People in rather a ragged condition, this forenoon he gave them some Needles thread and Buttons, that they may have no excuse for their tatter'd [condition]—they also have every Saturday to themselves to wash &amp;c—that they may likewise have no excuse for a dirty, or improper appearance.'<note xml:id="fn2-320" n="2"><p>ibid., 102, n. 4. On 14 March, Mitchel recorded, ‘Mustered the People and found them very clean.’—ibid., 105, n.</p></note> This was in addition to drying and airing the bedding, with anything else that could be dried and aired, in fine weather. Some of the tars may have felt put upon. No matter: the captain was going to see that they survived. It was as important for him as the sight of the Aurora Australis, now seen flooding the heavens, as trials of the electricity of the air, were important to Wales; almost as important, perhaps, as the constant replenishment of water from the broken pieces of icebergs. The voyage may sometimes seem to us to have been a mixture of trivialities and terrors. As the ship pushed south the number of icebergs increased—in a space of twenty-four hours more than a hundred were seen. Against one she just escaped being carried violently by a sort of indraught; another, three or four hundred feet high, toppled almost bottom up while she was close to it and the boats were picking up ice; another burst silently in pieces as she passed by—at least no noise could be heard above that of the waves and the wind. The gales, their heavy squalls and high seas, haze, snow and sleet, fell off only to return furiously; there was constant reefing of sails—in that cold!—and striking of topgallant yards; yet there were less unpleasant intervals, even gentle breezes. On 24 February, having gone as far as 61°52'S, about longitude 95°15'E, Cook decided he must go no farther. The weather was as bad as it could be, except that it did not blow quite a tempest. The captain's journal must be quoted again, both for the reasons he gives and for the glimpse we are allowed, among the trivialities and terrors, of a strange beauty. The night had been unpleasant.</p>
        <q>Under these circumstances and surrounded on every side with huge pieces of Ice equally as dangerous as so many rocks, it was natural for us to wish for day-light which when it came was so far from lessening the danger that
<pb xml:id="n356" n="321"/>
it served to increase our apprehensions thereof by exhibiting to our view those mountains of ice which in the night would have passed unseen. These obstacles together with dark nights and the advanced season of the year, discouraged me from carrying into execution a resolution I had taken of crossing the Antarctick Circle once more, according at 4 oClock in the <hi rend="c">Am</hi> we Tacked and Stood to the North under our two Courses and double reefed Topsails, stormy Weather still continuing which together with a great Sea from the East, made great destruction among the Islands of Ice. This was so far from being of any advantage to us that it served only to increase the number of pieces we had to avoide, for the pieces which break from the large Islands are more dangerous then the Islands themselves, the latter are generally seen at a sufficient distance to give time to steer clear of them, whereas the others cannot be seen in the night or thick weather till they are under the Bows: great as these dangers are, they are now become so very familiar to us that the apprehensions they cause are never of long duration and are in some measure compencated by the very curious and romantick Views many of these Islands exhibit and which are greatly heightned by the foaming and dashing of the waves against them and into the several holes and caverns which are formed in the most of them, in short the whole exhibits a View which can only be discribed by the pencle of an able painter and at once fills the mind with admiration and horror, the first is occasioned by the beautifullniss of the Picture and the latter by the danger attending it, for was a ship to fall aboard one of these large pieces of ice she would be dashed to pieces in a moment.<note xml:id="fn1-321" n="1"><p>ibid., 98–9.</p></note>
</q>
        <p>The pencil of Hodges was able enough, and there is hardly a journal of the voyage that does not attempt somehow to render the romantic fantasy. It may be added that if Cook had managed to cross the Antarctic Circle once more he would probably have found himself ashore, perhaps some miles inland on that part of the continent that is now the Australian Antarctic Territory; for in his longitude of 95°15', and for about fifty degrees to the east, the circle runs either a very short distance from the coast or within it.</p>
        <p>Although he stood to the north, he did so very half-heartedly. On 6 March he was still in latitude 60°4' S, and it was not till the next day that he got to 59°59'. He sailed east in 58° or 59° another ten days, for the most part in gales, on one day covering 155 miles, on another 163, though generally only half or a third of those distances. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> shipped no water to speak of, he observed: ‘Upon the whole she goes as dry over the Sea as any ship I ever met with.’<note xml:id="fn2-321" n="1"><p>ibid., 103,9 march.</p></note> Poor Mr Forster, however, thought he was always getting wet. At first the icebergs still abounded; at the end of February there were few—probably, Cook thought, broken up by ‘the late
<pb xml:id="n357" n="322"/>
gale’, but more probably because the main body had been moved away quick Jaily to the north-east by wind and current. He saw the last of them on 8 March. As late as the 14th of that month, having had some milder weather, he was hankering after a higher latitude. He soon changed his mind: next day the decks and rigging were covered with snow and ice, and he had to admit that the time was approaching ‘when these Seas were not to be navigated without induring intense cold, which however’—even then he must not overstate—‘by the by we were pretty well used to’.<note xml:id="fn1-322" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 105, 14 March.</p></note> The Southern Lights could not make it any warmer. On 17 March he gave way to prudence; and from latitude 59°7' S, longitude 146°53', some nine hundred miles south of Van Diemen's Land or Tasmania, bore away northeast and north inclining to east, resolving to make the best of his way either to New Holland or New Zealand. New Holland was something new in his plan, but he might find out whether or no Van Diemen's Land formed part of it. In the same journal-entry in which he declares this motive he records his pleasure (‘I was not a little pleased’) at determining the point of no variation of the compass.<note xml:id="fn2-322" n="2"><p>ibid., 106. There was variation, in fact, of 0° 31' E, but he writes, ‘I was not a little pleased with being able to determine with so much precision this point of the line in which the Compass hath no variation.’ He adds, in Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27888, ‘for I look upon half a degree [as] next to nothing’.</p></note> And he thinks fit to offer his potential reader a sort of apology for thus breaking off his antarctic cruise, to lessen, perhaps, any sense of shock that might be felt:</p>
        <q>If the reader of this Journal desires to know my reasons for taking the resolution just mentioned I desire he will only consider that after crusing four months in these high Latitudes it must be natural for me to wish to injoy some short repose in a harbour where I can procure some refreshments for my people of which they begin to stand in need of, to this point too great attention could not be paid as the Voyage is but in its infancy.<note xml:id="fn3-322" n="3"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 106.</p></note></q>
        <p>The reader is more likely to be baffled by the conscience that thinks explanation necessary.</p>
        <p>The wind was between north and west, and he put New Holland aside. Penguins and rock weed, those ministers of deceit, were passed: he did not know that Macquarie Island lay not far to his east. The air grew agreeably warmer. There were seals, Port Egmont hens or skuas, terns, weed which did say something, floating wood. At 10 in the morning of 25 March the masthead lookout sighted the coast of New Zealand. Cook intended to put into the <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name> of his first voyage, or any other convenient port in the neighbourhood,
<pb xml:id="n358" n="323"/>
because he had earlier examined none of it thoroughly. When in the afternoon he was before the mouth of a bay he mistakenly took for Dusky—the coast hereabouts is very deceptive, and this was probably Chalky Inlet—the weather turned thick and he stood out to sea. Coming in with the land again next day he recognised <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name> and entered it about noon; there was a great swell rolling in from the south-west, and the soundings rapidly deepened beyond his line, ‘we were however too far advanc<hi rend="sup">d</hi> to return and therefore pushed on not doubting but what we should find anchorage, for in this Bay we were all strangers….’</p>
        <p>Dusky Sound is one of the most remote and wildly magnificent spots in New Zealand. The great sheet of water, screened within its entrance from the ocean by an irregular line of islands, and extending into a number of long arms and a vast number of smaller indentations, lies over a bottom anciently gouged in the land by stupendous glaciers, so that its shores tend to stand up immediately from the sea. The water is almost uniformly deep; only at the head of subordinate stretches have shoals been built up by the quick detritus-laden streams. There is little flat land; the eye is ever carried to immense heights, whether close around or in far misty recession. Except where a prodigious cliff-face falls vertically to the depths, the steep slopes are covered from high water mark up to the limit of growth by forest dense, unbroken, sombre. The scale is so deceptive, as well as so vast, that a full-grown tree, taken as the measure of some less regarded height, becomes insignificant and lost; a tremendous white cataract seems to descend only a few yards, not hundreds of feet, before it plunges hidden under the dark green covering and changes its direction. Low islets are tree-clothed; a rock perhaps will jut out quite bare of earth. Rain falls heavily for days, thick cloud makes invisible the whole landscape; then the sun of an occasional clear day will render the scene sharp as well as heroic. Into this large frame entered the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>, no larger than she would have seemed amid the waste of the southern ocean. But now nature, however wild, was friendly. There was more than the immensities, there was a superabundance of refreshment, as Cook was soon to find.</p>
        <p>He ran about two leagues up the bay and inside the island he called Anchor Island let go his anchor for the first time in four months.<note xml:id="fn1-323" n="1"><p>Cook writes (<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 110), ‘after having been 117 Days at Sea in which time we have Sailed Leagues without once having sight of land’. In the Admiralty and <name type="person" key="name-134490">Palliser Hudson</name> <hi rend="c">Mss</hi> he gives the distance as 3660 leagues. His calculation of days seem to be wrong: as a point of pedantry, I make it 122 days.</p></note> He had one man sick with scurvy, two or three others with
<pb xml:id="n359" n="324"/>
slight complaints;<note xml:id="fn1-324" n="1"><p>Cf. Clerke, 28 March (ibid., 111, n. 1), ‘We've now arriv'd at a Port with a Ships Crew in the best Order that I believe ever was heard of after such a long Passage at Sea—particularly if we come to consult Climates; this happy state of Health was certainly owing to the Extraordinary indulgencies of Govern<hi rend="sup">t</hi> of Crowt, Wheat, Malt &amp;c &amp;c together with the strickt attention paid by Cap<hi rend="sup">t</hi> Cook to the Peoples Clenliness.'</p></note> a boat was immediately put to fishing, and returned with supper for all hands. Meanwhile, not liking his anchorage, he sent Pickersgill to the southern side of the sound to look for better, going himself in the opposite direction. He was not as successful as his lieutenant, so that in the morning the ship was taken through a narrow passage between an island and the shore to the entrancing Pickersgill Harbour, ‘full as safe and convenient as he had reported’. There she was moored head and stern to the trees—so close indeed that one tree growing out horizontally formed a natural bridge from shore to ship. Not far astern was a liberal stream of fresh water, above her stem rose a small bluff about fifty feet high which could be cleared for Wales's observations, and was called Observatory Point. The moss- and fern-covered stumps of a number of the largest trees then felled still stand amid the growth of two hundred years; the totara does not soon decay, even in that wet forest, and if the tangled cap of greenery be lifted, underneath in places can still be seen the straight cut of the seaman's axe.<note xml:id="fn2-324" n="2"><p>See the sketch map of the clearing on Astronomers Point with the stumps located, in <name type="person" key="name-207388">A. Charles Begg</name> &amp; <name type="person" key="name-207391">Neil C. Begg</name>, <hi rend="i">Dusky Bay</hi> (Christchurch, 1966), 135; and pl. 4 in that volume.</p></note> Tents were pitched near the stream for the waterers, coopers, sailmakers, the forge was set up for the repair of iron-work; the fishermen were out every day; Cook began to brew ‘spruce beer’ on the Newfoundland model with the leaves and small branches of a tree which, he thought, ‘resembles the Americo black Spruce’—the New Zealand rimu—together with those of the less astringent ‘tea shrub’ or manuka, his ‘Inspissated Juce of Wort’ and molasses. The majority of the crew took to it very well, and indeed they had to; for when the beer was started the spirits were stopped. Cook thought it was healthful, and a fair substitute for the green vegetables of which he could here find none; Sparrman, a connoisseur, liked mixing rum and brown sugar with it. The naturalists were busily employed, Forster at last removed from the reach of the waves and, if he cared to go far enough, other men's bad language; though the most devoted of naturalists found it hard to shoot a bird whose innocency led it to perch on the end of the gun-barrel. It was Forster who made his way up beside the stream, over the sodden foot-betraying ground, and found the enchanting small lake, a mirror of light and air, whence it flowed.</p>
        <pb xml:id="n360" n="325"/>
        <p>Fresh provision was not confined to the daily catch of fish—‘all large, firm, and exceedingly well tasted’, says Clerke, with love enumerating them—‘likewise great abundance of very large and very good Crawfish’. Seals found at Seal island or rock, not far within the entrance to the sound, were killed for food and lamp oil, ‘whose Haslets are exceeding good, and some part of the Body properly manag'd make steaks very little inferior (some of our Gentry sware, far superior) to Beefsteak'. Cook is as rapturous as anyone over the wild fowl—‘To day we had an excellent dinner on fish, seal, and wild fowl’—ducks of various sorts, wood hens or weka, oystercatchers. There were sporting expeditions; the survey which was faithfully carried on (Pickersgill produced an admirable chart) might well finish for the day with a burst of firing. Some of the names inscribed upon the chart registered pleasant occasions of sport or its aftermath—Duck Cove, Luncheon Cove, Supper Cove. Goose Cove, however, was named not for slaughter, but because here Cook chose to leave the last of his <name key="name-170606" type="place">Cape of Good Hope</name> geese, rather than consume them, entertaining no doubt ‘but what they will breed and may in time spread over the whole Country, which will answer the intent of the founder’.<note xml:id="fn1-325" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 126.</p></note> Alas, it did not answer thus.</p>
        <p>Were there people? If so, Cook was anxious to make their acquaintance. The morning after the ship was settled in harbour some of the officers took a boat on a shooting party into the next arm of the bay, the arm that Cook was soon to call Cascade Cove. Seeing inhabitants, they returned to inform the captain, thinking it unsafe to go on when the rain would make their fire-arms useless in case of need. The interested natives just appeared within sight of the ship, then retired behind a point of land in the heavy rain. When the rain lifted one canoe came again, closer, and those in it stared for half an hour before they retreated, untouched by demonstrations of friendship. After dinner Cook went to the cove in search of them; he found two poor huts, a canoe, fishing nets and a few fish, but no people; leaving a few medals, therefore, looking-glasses, beads and a hatchet, he himself retired in patience. Three days later these articles were still undisturbed. It was not until the evening of 6 April that Cook, on his way back with Hodges and the Forsters from exploring the north side of the bay, met on a rock at the north-east point of a small island with an ‘Indian’ and two women who did not retreat when the boat drew near. Cook's approach is described by <name type="person" key="name-123817">George Forster</name>: he went to the head of the boat, called to the man in a friendly way, ‘and threw him his own and some other handkerchiefs,
<pb xml:id="n361" n="326"/>
which he would not pick up. The captain then taking some sheets of white paper in his hand, landed on the rock unarmed, and held the paper out to the native. The man now trembled very visibly, and having exhibited strong marks of fear in his countenance took the paper: upon which captain Cook coming up to him, took hold of his hand, and embraced him, touching the man's nose with his own, which is their mode of salutation.’<note xml:id="fn1-326" n="1"><p>Forster, I, 137–8.</p></note> Half an hour was spent in ‘chitchat’, uncomprehended on either side, the younger of the two women being the most voluble, ‘which occasion'd one of the Seamen to say, that weomen did not want tongue in no part of the world'.<note xml:id="fn2-326" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 116, n. 5.</p></note> Next day Cook went twice to ‘Indian Island’, met the man and his whole family of seven, saw their huts and small double canoe, and exchanged gifts with them. Hodges drew them. It was then the turn of the natives to pay a visit, though nothing—not even bagpipes or fife and drum—would induce them to come on board the ship. They stayed three days nearby and after four more came back, when at last the man and the girl were tempted on board, to indulge a large curiosity and take the lead themselves in the exchange of presents with a valuable greenstone adze and feather cloak. The hatchets and spike nails the man got were a very considerable return in his eyes. The young lady was not ‘kind’. Cook this time was anxious to be rid of them, because he was about to set off on a surveying expedition to the head of the most southerly arm of the sound. His early duck shooting roused more of the people, with two of whom, putting away his gun and advancing singly, he managed to get on friendly terms:</p>
        <q>they retired but waited when I advanced alone and beckoned with their hands for the others to keep back as they had seen me do. At length one of them laid down his spear, pulled up a grass plant and came to me with it in his hand giving me hold of one end while he held the other, standing in this manner he made a speach not one word of which I understood, in it were some long pauses waiting as I thought for me to make answer, for when I spoke he proceeded; as soon as this ceremony was over, which was but short we saluted each other, he then took his hahou or coat from off his back and put it upon mine after which peace seemed firmly established….<note xml:id="fn3-326" n="3"><p>ibid., 124–5. This may be the occasion referred to by Midshipman Elliott in his <hi rend="i">Memoirs</hi>, ff. 16v-17: ‘certainly no man could be better calculated to gain the confidence of Savages than Capt<hi rend="sup">n</hi> Cook. He was Brave, uncommonly Cool, Humane and Patient. He would land alone unarm'd—or lay aside his Arms, and sit down, when they threaten'd with theirs, throwing them Beads, Knives, and other little presents, then by degrees advancing nearer, till by Patience, and forbearance, he gain'd their friendship, and an intercourse with them; which to people in our situation, was of the utmost consequence.'—Quoted ibid., 124, n. 3.</p></note></q>
        <pb xml:id="n362" n="327"/>
        <p>It is typical; and one would give much to have heard the voices and the words of those two men in that place. Cook could not stay to visit the habitations in the bush, up a tidal river. He arrived at the ship, with a good deal added to his chart, after two nights out, to find that his other friends had disappeared. The glimpses of these few men and women he gives us, the defeated and scattered remnant of the Mamoe people, driven from easier lands farther north, are the only glimpses we have; for even here their enemies pursued them and slew. Cook was at a loss to know why they lived apart.</p>
        <p>Returning from this expedition he lacked the time to explore an arm of the sound that ran north. April was moving on, by the 25th there had been a week without rain, in which the ship had been put in a condition for sea, and he now determined to investigate this unexplored inlet. It was more than an inlet, it proved to supply a northern passage to the outer sea. Cook resolved to use it. He got everything on board and only waited for a wind to leave, spending a last few hours in digging a garden and sowing seeds, not with much hope of a successful outcome. On 29 April he weighed and stood up the sound with a light south-west breeze. It was 11 May before he was clear of the northern entrance and out at sea again. At first calms, then bad weather, then a baffling mixture of both delayed his progress; at times the boats towed, but this was slow work, and most of these days were spent at anchor, while the winter gales began to blow in from the Tasman Sea, and morning after a storm showed the heights covered with snow. It was still possible to manage shooting and exploring trips. Wales, the conscientious astronomer, went on one—‘This is the first Days Amusement I have been able to take since I came to this Place.—I might with great Truth have said since I left England’; and added, ‘About 9 0 Clock we returned on board the Ship with not a dry thread about us. I am right served for repining in the Morning.’<note xml:id="fn1-327" n="1"><p>2-3 May; ibid., 783.</p></note> Happily the sport among the wild fowl had been good. Pickersgill, who had been sent with the Forsters in the pinnace to look into an arm which ran off east from the main passage, had a worse experience, being out for thirty-six hours in a most violent storm of snow, hail, thunder and lightning, with no fire—the wood being too thoroughly soaked to burn—and no food except a few mussels: it seemed ‘as if all nature was hastening to a general catastrophe’, runs the Forster record, and doubtful whether the ships would survive.<note xml:id="fn2-327" n="2"><p>‘… our hearts sunk with apprehension lest the ship might be destroyed by the tempest or its concomitant aetherial fires, and ourselves left to perish in an unfrequented part of the world.—Forster, I, 185. It was this sort of thing that made Dr Johnson impatient of <name type="person" key="name-123817">George Forster</name>'s book.</p></note> Cook, less dramatic, called this inlet
<pb xml:id="n363" n="328"/>
Wetjacket Arm. He could not go on the little expedition himself because, he explains, he was ‘confined on board by a Cold’. It is not surprising that he had a cold, after the previous five weeks' experiences; but balancing Forster's possible over-statement against Cook's under-statement, it is likely that he had more than a cold. The Forster version is ‘a fever and violent pain in the groin, which terminated in a rheumatic swelling of the right foot, contracted probably by wading too frequently in the water, and sitting too long in the boat after it, without changing his cloaths’.<note xml:id="fn1-328" n="1"><p>Forster, I, 181.</p></note> Cook, one is to remember, was now in his mid-forties, and may well have been fighting off, by denial, some rheumatic fever. It was one thing, on the day when he admits his cold, a day of fair weather, to get up the cables and everything else from between decks, clean the space and air it with fires; it was another to exert a scrupulous care over himself. He had done a good deal of forcing his way ‘through the wet Woods up to the back side in Water’.</p>
        <p>Nevertheless, no sooner did he have Pickersgill back on board than he was out himself, exploring another arm that ran eastwards, nearer the entrance, and was out for twelve hours, returning wet through, though with plenty of wild fowl. Meanwhile Gilbert the master had examined the passage to the sea. Next day Cook and all the officers were shooting again, ‘for a Sea Stock’; then it was another strong westerly gale with heavy rain which kept the ship at anchor; as soon as this moderated he went to the rocks which lay off the entrance to gather in a supply of seals. At last, on the morning of 11 May, a breeze came from the south-east, and the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> got to sea in a ‘prodigious’ south-west swell. She left her name behind her attached to the lofty-peaked and much-indented island that forms a large part of the north shore of <name key="name-150168" type="place">Dusky Sound</name>, separated from the other heights by the passage up which Cook had just made his rain-soaked way.</p>
        <p>He gives an appreciative account of the place, both for the ‘curious reader’ and for future navigators, ‘for we can by no means till what use future ages may make of the discoveries made in the present’; and no port in New Zealand that he had been in, far remote as it was from the trading parts of the world, afforded such plenty of refreshments; a port of safe and easy access, with anchorages for fleets, with timber to mast them. As Mr Hodges has drawn the country very accurately, Cook will describe it only in general terms.
<pb xml:id="n364" n="329"/>
We get more of its natural history than we should have done had this been his first voyage. His interests have widened since Banks hung over strange plants at Thetis Bay, just outside the Strait of Le Maire, almost five years gone. He may, contemplating <name type="person" key="name-124833">John Reinhold Forster</name>, have regretted a little the absence of Banks; for here was the part of the country where the young man whom he had had to rebuff was so anxious to land. Well: there is nothing to complain about apart from the rain and the constant plague of sandflies; nor has the rain done his people harm, they are all strong and vigorous. But perhaps the climate was less noxious to Englishmen than to any other nation, because it is analogous to their own, says Forster sourly. We may consult some of our other voyagers. Pickersgill and Gilbert climbed one of the heights above Cascade Cove, and reported that inland nothing could be seen but barren mountains with huge craggy precipices frightful to behold; Clerke talks of his gratitude to this ‘good Bay’, and its many good qualities, though frequent and heavy rains rendered it very disagreeable at times, but ‘I do think that <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>, for a Set of Hungry fellows after a long passage at Sea is as good as any place I've ever yet met with'.<note xml:id="fn1-329" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 755–6; and ‘The Happy taughtness of my Jacket excites in me a gratitude to do some justice to this good <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>, Before I take my final departure from it.’—ibid., Ixviii, quoted from B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 8951, 11 May 1773.</p></note> Wales, who was extremely busy the whole time with his professional observations, yet gives us a natural history résumé rivalling the Forsters'. He cannot help being a little testy by 10 May, he had not liked the weather: ‘We are now (thank God) leaving this dirty, and, on that Account, disagreeable Place; after a stay of near Six Weeks, during the greater part of which I was continually troubled with severe Colds, attended with a fever owing to my being almost always wet, and sometimes so bad that it was with the utmost difficulty that I attended my bussiness.’ Yet it was Wales who, after seeing a rainbow above a waterfall, ‘one of Nature's most romantic Scenes’, burst into quotation from <hi rend="i">The Seasons</hi>, adding a line or two of his own to adapt the bard to the New Zealand ambience.<note xml:id="fn2-329" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 782–3.</p></note> We return to Cook, the master of these able, so divergent men, and his journal, as he turns up the coast from his <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>; we find little romance, no poetry, he does not seem to have had any really disagreeable experience; we do find him going thoroughly into the manufacture of spruce beer, a discussion of the chronometers, and sailing directions—diet, science, seamanship.</p>
        <p>There was a mixture of weather as he made up the west coast, but nothing remarkable until 17 May. That morning the ship had
<pb xml:id="n365" n="330"/>
rounded Cape Farewell and was sailing towards <name key="name-400738" type="place">Cook Strait</name>; in the afternoon, in dark cloudy weather with the wind all round the compass, half a dozen waterspouts rose up about her, one whirling fifty yards or less from her stern. There was some perturbation in the ship as well as the sea. Cook wrote as minute an account of the phenomenon as he could. There was no casualty, the weather cleared, as he sailed on he was able to identify the bay where Tasman had had his fatal encounter with the New Zealanders; on the 18th in the morning they saw the flashes of signal guns from the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> in Ship Cove, by evening they were anchored, and next day moved further in and moored with a hawser to the shore.</p>
      </div>
      <pb xml:id="n366" n="331"/>
      <div xml:id="t1-body-d19" type="section">
        <head>XIV<lb/>
The First Island Sweep</head>
        <p><hi rend="sc">Furneaux</hi> came on board. His report interested Cook. When the ships parted cómpany on 8 February he had done his best to carry out his instructions, but he could not regain position, and after waiting around three full days decided to bear away for the rendezvous in New Zealand. Although, as we can see from his log, he was anxious to make a landfall as soon as possible, he pursued the sensible course Cook thought he would. He knew that Cook had the Van Diemen's Land problem in his mind, he knew what course Tasman had sailed across the southern <name key="name-001315" type="place">Indian Ocean</name>, he had a fair idea what course Cook was intending to sail, and he therefore sailed roughly midway between them. In this way, though it would be possible to miss islands, the possibility of any large piece of land escaping notice could hardly arise. At the beginning of March, when his longitude was about 106° E, he began to decrease his latitude significantly in the direction of Van Diemen's Land. He had favouring winds though poor weather; no very remarkable events on board apart from signs of madness shown by his lieutenant of marines, and one mistaken cry of land just before he made north; and on 9 March did unmistakably see land—in modern terms, that around the South West Cape of Tasmania. He was not the first man on that coast since Tasman. Marion du Fresne had been there the year before; but Marion was not interested in the geography of the country, only in repairs to his ships and fresh water. The south coast was inviting to neither man. Furneaux, after getting a boat's crew, ashore briefly at Louisa Bay, on the 11th anchored in a likeable spot further east that he called Adventure Bay, on the east side of Bruny island—which he mistook for the Tasman peninsula.<note xml:id="fn1-331" n="1"><p>Furneaux, by beginning to identify from too far west the features Tasman had named—he thought, or was persuaded by Cook that his South West Cape was Tasman's South Cape—got them all wrong. He thought that the wide entrance to D'Entrecasteaux Channel was Tasman's Storm Bay. This latter however, was his own Adventure Bay.</p></note> There was what he most needed, good water; the hillsides were thickly covered with eucalypts. He found few animated things, but he was no
<pb xml:id="n367" n="332"/>
naturalist; there were many signs of the native people, primitive huts, heaped mussel and scallop shells, fire-places, inland smoke, some large fires; none appeared, however, and having in four days got all the wood and water he needed, he left, intending to coast northwards till he came to Cook's landfall in New Holland and see if the two countries were joined. The weather was squally, there were islands and breakers closer in; Furneaux thought the coast generally dangerous. On 18 March, in latitude 40°50', he was off a break in the land which he concluded, with little encouraging evidence, to be a deep bay, though his officers took it for a strait. On the morning of the 19th, in about 39° S, <name key="name-000457" type="place">Bass Strait</name> lay open before him. He had some shoal water. ‘I should have stood further to the Northward’, he writes, ‘but the wind blowing strong at <hi rend="c">Sse</hi> and looking likely to haul round to the Eastward, which would have blown right on the land, I therefore thought it more prudent to leave the Coast and steer for New Zealand.’ And the geographical query?—‘it is my opinion that there is no Streights between New Holland and Van Dieman's Land, but a very deep bay.’<note xml:id="fn1-332" n="1"><p>Furneaux's Narrative, B.M. Add. <hi rend="c">Ms</hi> 27890, printed in <hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 736.</p></note> All his company, we learn from one of them, were looking forward to winter quarters, ‘Spending a few Months in Ease &amp; Quietness’.<note xml:id="fn2-332" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 153, n. 4: ‘Every one being of Hopes to meet with our Concort, and Spending a Few Months in Ease &amp; Quietness, After Beat<hi rend="sup">g</hi> the Seas For 4 Months without Intermission.’—Midshipman Wilby.</p></note> The passage of the Tasman Sea threw up one storm. Early on 7 April the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> was moored in Ship Cove, and Furneaux celebrated by serving out an extra half-allowance of brandy.</p>
        <p>Cook studied Furneaux's journal, possibly cross-examined him on it, and made his own analysis. Furneaux's consistent westerly winds were in contrast with the prevalent easterlies south of 58° or 60°: the southern oceanic wind system was obviously different from the simple pattern he had had in his mind at the outset of the voyage. He does not seem to have seen the journals of any of Furneaux's officers, or he might have hesitated longer over accepting Furneaux's verdict on the main point. A ‘deep bay’ and a ‘very deep bay’? Curiously enough, those officers did not argue for a strait in the position of Bass Strait proper—the ‘very deep bay’—or even raise its possibility. The ‘deep bay’ they took for a strait, however, was indeed a strait, Banks Strait, which communicates with Bass Strait between Tasmania and the Furneaux islands; and Bass Strait opens widely to the north of the Furneaux islands. Furneaux ‘supposes’ (perhaps under cross-examination) ‘that there is a Strait or Passage behind’ these islands; but neither he nor Cook supposes the possibility
<pb xml:id="n368" n="333"/>
of this strait or passage joining a larger strait or passage. Cook considers the land seen and the distance estimated by Furneaux on 19 March: ‘it is therefore highly probable that the whole is one continued land and that Van Diemen's Land is a part of New Holland, the Similarity of the Countrys, Soil Produce Inhabitents &amp;c<hi rend="sup">a</hi> all serve to increase the probability.’<note xml:id="fn1-333" n="1"><p>ibid., 165.</p></note> Admittedly Furneaux had seen none of the inhabitants. One is left with the impression that Cook, who had himself turned <hi rend="i">Zeehanes bocht</hi>, another deep bay, into Cook's Strait, was persuading himself hard to agree with Furneaux, and that the man who had clung on through storm to the northern end of New Zealand and negotiated the shoals of New Holland would not have retired from Van Diemen's Land without proof one way or the other. We may remember also that Cook's own journal was a report to the Admiralty, and that all his journals indicate that he disliked acquainting his masters with a defect he might perceive in his subordinates.</p>
        <p>He now formulated his plan for the immediate future. This entailed some disturbance of the expectation entertained by his second in command. Furneaux, like any orthodox naval captain, regarded the winter months as a time for winter quarters, for ‘ease and quietness’, and had stripped his ship and settled down accordingly. The first two or three weeks he divided between Ship Cove, in the usual work about the vessel, and the island Motuara, where he put up tents, moved his sick (he had some bad cases of scurvy), and planted vegetable gardens. On the rocky islet at its end Bayly had his observatory. The New Zealanders came daily both to ship and shore, trading freely their fish, and almost anything they had, for nails and old bottles and whatever else they could get: they would certainly not part with the freshly severed head they had in one of their canoes. They enquired about Tupaia. With some notable exceptions they were, thought Burney, ‘Thieves and cursed lousy’. Towards the end of April Furneaux transferred the tents to Ship Cove, close to the watering place, and moored the ship closer in shore. Here it was that two severe shocks of an earthquake were felt, followed a week later by the possibly worse shock of Cook's arrival—though for the moment, after a separation of fourteen weeks, and a little despair of ever seeing the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> again, there was on both sides ‘an uncommon joy’. Cook immediately had his men out, and went himself, to look for wild celery and scurvy grass; and, if his orders were obeyed, there was a radical revision of the <hi rend="i">Adventure's</hi> diet. It is not clear that they were obeyed with a literal adherence
<pb xml:id="n369" n="334"/>
<figure xml:id="Bea04CookP026a"><graphic url="Bea04CookP026a.jpg" mimeType="image/jpeg" xml:id="Bea04CookP026a-g"/><head>Islands of the South Paćific</head></figure>
<pb xml:id="n370" n="335"/>
Sadly enough, it was two members of the <hi rend="i">Resolution's</hi> company that proved unequal to the land. These were a ram and a ewe, last of the sheep that Cook had brought from the Cape. At Dusky Sound they had tottered off the ship almost dead of scurvy; now, with herbage abundant, they survived a bare three days—the reason being ‘some poisonous plant’, thought Cook; ‘thus all my fine hopes of stocking this Country with a breed of Sheep were blasted in a moment.’<note xml:id="fn1-335" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 167. The poisonous plant theory is quite likely to have been correct. The sheep could very easily have come on the attractive, but deadly, Tutu (<hi rend="i">Coriaria sarmentosa</hi>)—the New Zealand farmers' ‘Tute’—a bane of wandering stock.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>The shock of Cook's arrival arose from his announcement that there was to be no more ease and quietness, that winter quarters were over. Since Furneaux had ‘in a great degree’ cleared up the Van Diemen's Land question he would not go there himself; but he would not—to use his own uncompromising language—idle away the whole winter in port, he would explore the unknown parts of the sea to the east and north. This he ‘proposed’ to Furneaux; to this proposition Furneaux ‘readily agreed’; really there was nothing else he could do, in the face of this overwhelming commander, and accordingly began to get his sloop ready for sea again, as he was ‘disired’, as quickly as possible. In the meantime Cook wasted few moments. He inspected the vegetable gardens, and encouraged the native people to look after them, cleared more ground on Motuara and planted wheat and peas, carrots, parsnips and strawberries; released a pair of goats, hoping, as Furneaux had already put a boar and sow on shore, that in time goats and hogs, even if not sheep would populate the country (he trusted too much in the fear that he thought the people had of these animals); he added to his observations of the New Zealanders' habits, their divisions, their unsettled nature, and noted that the visits of his own ships had done nothing to improve their morals. Alas, for wives and daughters; alas, for the ‘happy tranquillity’ enjoyed by this people and their forefathers before the arrival of civilised Christians—which he had so signally failed to notice himself when he first arrived three years before. There is a naïve oddity about these bursts of sentimental nonsense from Cook. Had the captain this time been too much exposed to the oratory of <name type="person" key="name-124833">J. R. Forster</name>? Well, he has a hard demand of us: ‘tell me what the Natives of the whole extent of America have gained by the commerce they have had with Europeans.’ Perhaps it was a useful diversion from these gloomy thoughts to be able to spend some of his royal master's birthday in festivity, with the officers of both ships to
<pb xml:id="n371" n="336"/>
dinner, and a jovial afternoon, a double allowance of rum to the seamen, and twenty-one guns echoing about the sides of the primitive hills and islands. Certainly (to leave both philosophy and commemorative joy) there was great interest in other observations, the scientific observations of Mr Bayly. There was no surprise in his latitude, his variation of the compass, dip of the needle, his tides; but his longitude, his 173°48′55 1/2″ East of Greenwich? If that was correct then Cook had charted the whole country 1°20′ too far to the east. Were Cook and Green wrong in their 175°9′? Bayly's observations were borne out by Wales's at <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>, reduced to Queen Charlotte Sound by the Watches; it was—we can see from the way Cook recurs to it, in copy after copy of his journal, much more than from the words he employs—astounding. There is no doubt a little point of professional pride: ‘errors as great as this will frequently be found in such nice observations as these,’ he writes in his log, ‘Errors I call them tho’ in reality they may be None but only differences which cannot be avoided'. He had made a great number of observations himself; ‘I cannot think the error so great as these two Astronomers have made it,’ (he now writes his journal): ‘but supposing it is it will not much effect either Geography or Navigation but for the benifit of both I thought proper to mention it though few I beleive will look upon it as capital error.’<note xml:id="fn1-336" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 174; and 579–80.</p></note> Few indeed in that age would look on such an error as capital; and few would have been disturbed by the subtle line to be drawn between difference and error. The captain was right in thinking the astronomers had made the error too great. Cook had put Queen Charlotte Sound not 1°20′, but 40′, too far east; Bayly put it 40′ too far west. In the end Wales came to think less than well of Bayly; but Wales, for all his trouble, had not produced an impeccable result for <name key="name-400763" type="place">Dusky Bay</name>.<note xml:id="fn2-336" n="2"><p>Wales's own longitude for <name key="name-150168" type="place">Dusky Sound</name> was not quite accurate: he made it 166°2′461/2″ E (<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 138) compared with the correct 166°33′56″E.</p></note>
</p>
        <p>By the beginning of June both ships were ready for sea. Cook summarised his programme anew and gave it to Furneaux in writing. He would sail east between the latitudes of 41° and 46° S until he came to longitude 140° or 135° W; then, if he had discovered no land, make for Tahiti to refresh: from Tahiti he would return ‘by the Shortest rout’ to his New Zealand base, whence he would plunge south for the completion of his instructions. That is, he would cross, first, a part of the ocean untouched on his previous voyage, when he had come down from Tahiti to latitude 40° and turned west to New Zealand; and second, another part where theoretically a
<pb xml:id="n372" n="337"/>
continental peninsula might thrust upwards on the map, ‘between his southerly track in August 1769 and the north-westerly one from the Horn to Tahiti in the earlier months of that year. He had not then considered land likely in this great sector, because of the run of the sea, but it must now certainly be explored to remove all doubt. We get another of Cook's little meditations as he considers the prospect:</p>
        <q>It may be thought by some an extraordinary step in me to proceed on discoveries as far south as 46° in the very depth of Winter for it must be own'd that this is a Season by no means favourable for discoveries. It nevertheless appear'd to me necessary that something must be done in it, in order to lessen the work I am upon least I should not be ablel to finish the discovery of the Southern part of the South Pacifick Ocean the insuing Summer, besides if I should discover any land in my rout to the East I shall be ready to begin with the Summer to explore it; seting aside all these considerations I have little to fear, having two good Ships well provided and healthy crews.<note xml:id="fn1-337" n="1"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 173.</p></note></q>
        <p>A dangerous expedition, thought Forster; a ‘party of Pleasure’, fancied others, their minds no doubt a little bemused with the notion of Tahiti. For two days a contrary wind kept the ships in harbour; on 7 June they were able to put to sea and next morning were clear of the strait. It was on this day, the 8th, that the Arnold chronometer on board the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> would not wind, and had to be let finally run down; the surviving <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> one was still keeping reasonably good time. The Harrison-Kendall watch ticked steadily on.</p>
        <p>The winter weather was unpleasant, though not intolerably so. There was no ice to coat the rigging and jam the blocks. There was some fog, a great deal of haze and rain, dark gloomy weather, a succession of southerly gales, fresh gales, strong gales, hard gales, squalls, high seas; when the wind went round to the north it generally blew a gale; topsails split; there was continual reefing and double reefing and striking of yards. There were a few calm, even pleasant, intervals, some gentle breezes. Once Cook was able to set his studding. sails. The great swell continually came in from the south or southwest, with very few changes to the north. A little rockweed was seen, pretty clearly drifted from New Zealand. The <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi>'s wheel, bucking, carried two steersmen in succession right over it in opposite directions, one of them twice. A goat fell overboard, was rescued and died of the immersion. In the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>, said Bayly, there was very
<pb xml:id="n373" n="338"/>
little amusement save reading; but Bayly did not have to climb ropes and reef sails—if that can be called amusement, Cook, who was watching his longitudes narrowly, recorded them in relation to Cape Palliser as well as to Greenwich, noting that they were consistently farther: east than they should have been had Bayly's Motuara observation been correct. Wales lost no chance of comparing the going of the two watches that remained in order. As for the track, the ships made southward to latitude 46°56', not far short of the latitude of the southernmost point of New Zealand, when they were according to reckoning in longitude 172°49', on 16 June, before Cook altered course north-east, then east inclining to north. June passed into July with moderately good weather. Cook gradually and irregularly lessened his latitude over almost forty degrees of longitude till he crossed the fortieth parallel at about 133°30' W, on 17 July, having run down the whole of the longitude he had. intended—indeed, a degree and a half farther—and was nearly midway between his tracks north and south in 1769. Here he turned almost directly north, to bisect the unknown area, the last area possible in a temperate zone for the existence of a continent.</p>
        <p>There was a flurry, not quite the last, of strong gales and squalls; after which the weather turned to gentle breezes and fair pleasant days, and sighs were heard for the trade wind. The temperature rose; lighter clothes were necessary. Then the <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi>'s men began to go down with scurvy. Her cook, a dirty indolent man, a natural prey, died of it on 23 July, though Cook learnt nothing of sickness for five days more. He was able to send a boat on board the day after that and was told of twenty men sick with scurvy and flux. He immediately despatched a new cook, and urged every method he could think of on Furneaux to stay the disease. A few of his own crew were showing slight symptoms but were already being specially dieted; a single man, a marine, was seriously ill, of dropsy—he had been ailing since the ship left England. Furneaux, it seems, was doing his best, too late: he could not, Cook thought, have insisted on a proper use of greens at Queen Charlotte Sound. Tropic birds appeared in the sky, the winds were uncertain, tending to go round to the north, the passage became tedious to many persons. Where was the trade wind? Furneaux on 6 August reported great improvement in his men, the flux gone; from that night the trade wind blew. But the improvement was temporary only: by the 10th more than a third of them were scurvy cases. His lieutenant Burney hit on one of the reasons, the ship's ‘being greatly Lumber'd, the people have scarce room to stir below,' and they were depressed at the length of
<pb xml:id="n374" n="339"/>
the passage; yet Cook's men, in equally crowded quarters, did not suffer from lack of exercise. It is true that one of his junior officers thought that it was ‘d-d hard’ to set this cruise! down ‘under the Article of Refreshment’.<note xml:id="fn1-339" n="1"><p>The guess that it was a junior officer—a midshipman?—who delivered himself of this judgment may be wrong. We get it from Burney, Ferguson <hi rend="c">Ms</hi>: ‘One of the Resolution's gentlemen says Nothing hurts him more than this Cruize being mentioned as a patty of Pleasure, if, says he, they had put it down to the account of hard services, I had been content &amp; thought myself well off, but to have it set down under the Article of Refreshment is d-d hard.’—<hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 191, n. 4.</p></note> The officer would find refreshment enough in Tahiti, if he could wait. Meanwhile Cook considered his progress again. He had crossed Carteret's track of 1767, in about latitude 25° S, on 1 August, looked out for Pitcairn Island in the east, and seen only two tropic birds: crossed his own track of 1769, in 19°, on 7 August: where was the continent? ‘Circumstances seem to point out to us that there is none but this is too important a point to be left to conjector, facts must determine it’; there was sea still to be examined south of his present track. That could wait, now he must get to the north of his outward track in 1769; for something new might lie in the way to be discovered. But he could not press ahead recklessly in the now steady trade; there must be caution, he must bring to or shorten sail in the moonless nights; and thus delay the arrival of scurvy-stricken men at their salvation.</p>
        <p>In the evening of 11 August, as the ships sailed almost west, an atoll was sighted to the southward—perhaps one of those discovered by Bougainville, vaguely placed by him? It was not, it was the islet Tauere; ‘this Sea abounds in these little paltry Islands’, says Clerke, islands producing nothing but coconuts and surrounded with dangerous coral reefs. In the evening there was another, Tekokota; and the following daybreak still another, right ahead not more than two miles distant, a large shoal or reef twenty leagues round, dotted with islets on its north side, a dreadful surf on the south—Marutea, one of the most dangerous atolls in the Tuamotus.<note xml:id="fn2-339" n="2"><p><hi rend="i">Journals</hi> II, 194, 196. Tauere was not discovered by Bougainville, but by Don Domingo de Boenechca, in the <hi rend="i">Aguila</hi>, in 1772. The printed <hi rend="i">Voyage</hi> calls it Resolution Island. Cook was the first discoverer of Tekokota—the printed <hi rend="i">Voyage</hi> calls it Doubtful Island—and also of Marutea, called Furneaux in the printed <hi rend="i">Voyage.</hi> The atoll discovered on the 13th was Motu Tu'a. Cook tried various names, Stephens Isle, Sandwich Isle, Harveys Isle, and finally in the printed <hi rend="i">Voyage</hi> came down on Adventure Island. Wales called it The Devil's Girdle.</p></note> Well had Bougainville called this cluster the Dangerous Archipelago. There was another at daylight on the 13th: luckily, smooth as the sea was the ship had brought to for the night. That afternoon Anaa was visible, Chain Island of the first voyage; and Cook, reluctant to incur further delay by bringing to, met the night by sending his cutter ahead with a masthead light for signalling. By morning there
<pb xml:id="n375" n="340"/>
was a large swell from the south again, which convinced him that he was clear of danger from low islands, so he hoisted in the boat. He was right: the next island was the high Osnaburg, or Mehetia, the pointer to Tahiti. He had resolved to put in at once at Vaitepiha Bay at the east end of the island for refreshment before going on to Matavai Bay. As dusk began to fall on Sunday, 15 August, the Tahitian mountains stood clear in the west. The <hi rend="i">Adventure</hi> was so sickly that Furneaux had to borrow men from the <hi rend="i">Resolution</hi> to work the ship.</p>
        <p>Cook estimated the shore to be about eight leagues off—some thirty miles. He sailed on till midnight, then brought to till 4 a.m., then stood in for the land. When he retired to bed he left directions for the steering of the ship; when he rose at dawn he found that ‘by some mistake’—a dozing officer of the watch?—she was on a wrong course and not more than half a league from the reef. He immediately gave orders—no doubt delivered with some force—to haul off to the north. Had the breeze continued all would have been well: it flattened to a calm, and the set of the sea carried the ships closer and closer in. The boats were towing; for a short time it looked as if they might get them round the point of the island into the bay. Even then natives were on board' and round them in canoes, busily trading fruit and fish for nails and beads. About two in the afternoon they were before an opening in the reef. The situation outside was becoming more and more dangerous. It was too deep to anchor. Perhaps they could get through that opening into safety? No, it was too shallow: worse, it caused such an indraught that both ships were carried towards the reef at an alarming rate. Cook held in readiness one of the warping-machines he had extorted from the Admiralty: now was the time to use it, and it was quite useless. H